From 7a729522c5937ef0d8af13ceba4b5f6e5d407d70 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alex Chernevskiy Date: Mon, 22 Aug 2022 17:21:53 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] Regenerated objects.py module * Mostly class docstrings are updated, and schema changes are applied. --- infoblox_client/objects.py | 19756 ++++++++++++++++++----------------- 1 file changed, 10407 insertions(+), 9349 deletions(-) diff --git a/infoblox_client/objects.py b/infoblox_client/objects.py index 63893a1..af76aef 100644 --- a/infoblox_client/objects.py +++ b/infoblox_client/objects.py @@ -220,7 +220,6 @@ class InfobloxObject(BaseObject): _custom_field_processing = {} _global_field_processing = {'extattrs': EA.from_dict} _ip_version = None - _response = None def __new__(cls, connector, **kwargs): return super(InfobloxObject, @@ -423,7 +422,6 @@ def fetch(self, only_ref=False): Returns: True if object successfully fetched. False otherwise. - Raises: InfobloxFetchGotMultipleObjects: If fetch got multiple objects from the API and unable to @@ -633,7 +631,7 @@ def next_available_ip_from_range(cls, net_view_name, first_ip, last_ip): '{net_view_name}'.format(**locals())) -WAPI_VERSION = "2.10.1" +WAPI_VERSION = "2.12.1" # AUTOGENERATED CODE BELOW # @@ -682,7 +680,7 @@ class Dhcpddns(SubObjects): class Dhcpmember(SubObjects): - _fields = ['_struct', 'ipv4addr', 'ipv6addr', 'name'] + _fields = ['ipv4addr', 'ipv6addr', 'name', '_struct'] class DhcpOption(SubObjects): @@ -693,13 +691,9 @@ class DiscoveryAutoconversionsetting(SubObjects): _fields = ['comment', 'condition', 'format', 'network_view', 'type'] -class DiscoveryCiscoapicconfiguration(SubObjects): - _fields = ['address', 'ca_certificate', 'comment', 'network_view', - 'password', 'protocol', 'username'] - - class DiscoveryClicredential(SubObjects): - _fields = ['comment', 'credential_type', 'id', 'password', 'user'] + _fields = ['comment', 'credential_group', 'credential_type', 'id', + 'password', 'user'] class DiscoveryIfaddrinfo(SubObjects): @@ -718,17 +712,25 @@ class DiscoveryScaninterface(SubObjects): _fields = ['network_view', 'scan_virtual_ip', 'type'] +class DiscoverySdnconfig(SubObjects): + _fields = ['addresses', 'api_key', 'comment', 'handle', + 'network_interface_type', 'network_interface_virtual_ip', + 'network_view', 'on_prem', 'password', 'protocol', 'sdn_type', + 'use_global_proxy', 'username', 'uuid'] + + class DiscoverySeedrouter(SubObjects): _fields = ['address', 'comment', 'network_view'] class DiscoverySnmp3Credential(SubObjects): _fields = ['authentication_password', 'authentication_protocol', 'comment', - 'privacy_password', 'privacy_protocol', 'user'] + 'credential_group', 'privacy_password', 'privacy_protocol', + 'user'] class DiscoverySnmpcredential(SubObjects): - _fields = ['comment', 'community_string'] + _fields = ['comment', 'community_string', 'credential_group'] class DiscoveryVlaninfo(SubObjects): @@ -763,7 +765,8 @@ class DtcMonitorSnmpOid(SubObjects): class DtcPoolConsolidatedMonitorHealth(SubObjects): - _fields = ['availability', 'members', 'monitor'] + _fields = ['availability', 'full_health_communication', 'members', + 'monitor'] class DtcPoolLink(SubObjects): @@ -890,7 +893,7 @@ class MemberDnsgluerecordaddr(SubObjects): class MemberDnsip(SubObjects): - _fields = ['ip_address', 'ipsd'] + _fields = ['ip_address'] class Memberserver(SubObjects): @@ -1031,6 +1034,10 @@ class Sortlist(SubObjects): _fields = ['address', 'match_list'] +class SshKey(SubObjects): + _fields = ['key_name', 'key_type', 'key_value'] + + class SyslogEndpointServers(SubObjects): _fields = ['address', 'certificate', 'certificate_token', 'connection_type', 'facility', 'format', 'hostname', 'port', @@ -1112,21 +1119,23 @@ class AdAuthService(InfobloxObject): authentication method and the AD authentication servers that Infoblox uses to authenticate administrators. - Fields: - ad_domain: The Active Directory domain to which this server belongs. - additional_search_paths: The unordered list of additional search - paths for nested group querying. - comment: The descriptive comment for the AD authentication service. - disable_default_search_path: Determines whether the default search - path for nested group querying is used. - disabled: Determines if Active Directory Authentication Service is - disabled. - domain_controllers: The AD authentication server list. - name: The AD authentication service name. - nested_group_querying: Determines whether the nested group querying - is enabled. - timeout: The number of seconds that the appliance waits for a - response from the AD server. + Attributes: + ad_domain: The Active Directory domain to which this server + belongs. + additional_search_paths: The unordered list of additional search + paths for nested group querying. + comment: The descriptive comment for the AD authentication + service. + disable_default_search_path: Determines whether the default + search path for nested group querying is used. + disabled: Determines if Active Directory Authentication Service + is disabled. + domain_controllers: The AD authentication server list. + name: The AD authentication service name. + nested_group_querying: Determines whether the nested group + querying is enabled. + timeout: The number of seconds that the appliance waits for a + response from the AD server. """ _infoblox_type = 'ad_auth_service' _fields = ['ad_domain', 'additional_search_paths', 'comment', @@ -1153,48 +1162,102 @@ class Admingroup(InfobloxObject): the group apply to all the admin accounts that are assigned to the group. - Fields: - access_method: Access methods specify whether an admin group can use - the GUI and the API to access the appliance or to send Taxii - messages to the appliance. Note that API includes both the Perl - API and RESTful API. - comment: Comment for the Admin Group; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines whether the Admin Group is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the Admin Group is enabled. - disable_concurrent_login: Disable concurrent login feature - email_addresses: The e-mail addresses for the Admin Group. - enable_restricted_user_access: Determines whether the restrictions - will be applied to the admin connector level for users of this - Admin Group. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - inactivity_lockout_setting: The Admin group inactivity lockout - settings. - lockout_setting: This struct specifies security policy settings in - admin group. - name: The name of the Admin Group. - password_setting: The Admin Group password settings. - roles: The names of roles this Admin Group applies to. - saml_setting: The Admin Group SAML settings. - superuser: Determines whether this Admin Group is a superuser group. - A superuser group can perform all operations on the appliance, - and can view and configure all types of data. - use_account_inactivity_lockout_enable: This is the use flag for - account inactivity lockout settings. - use_disable_concurrent_login: Whether to override grid concurrent - login - use_lockout_setting: Whether to override grid sequential lockout - setting - use_password_setting: Whether grid password expiry setting should be - override. - user_access: The access control items for this Admin Group. + Attributes: + access_method: Access methods specify whether an admin group can + use the GUI and the API to access the appliance or to send + Taxii messages to the appliance. Note that API includes both + the Perl API and RESTful API. + admin_set_commands: Admin set commands for the admin command + group. + admin_show_commands: Admin show commands for the admin command + group. + admin_toplevel_commands: Admin_toplevel commands for the admin + command group + cloud_set_commands: Cloud set commands for the cloud command + group. + cloud_show_commands: Cloud show commands for admin group + comment: Comment for the Admin Group; maximum 256 characters. + database_set_commands: Database show commands for admin group. + database_show_commands: Database show commands for the database + command + dhcp_set_commands: Dhcp set commands for the dhcp command group. + dhcp_show_commands: Dhcp show commands for the dhcp command + group. + disable: Determines whether the Admin Group is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the Admin Group is enabled. + disable_concurrent_login: Disable concurrent login feature + dns_set_commands: Dns set commands for the dns command group. + dns_show_commands: Dns show commands for the dns command group. + dns_toplevel_commands: Dns toplevel commands for the dns command + group. + docker_set_commands: Docker set commands for the dcoker command + group. + docker_show_commands: Docker show commands for the dcoker + command group. + email_addresses: The e-mail addresses for the Admin Group. + enable_restricted_user_access: Determines whether the + restrictions will be applied to the admin connector level + for users of this Admin Group. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + grid_set_commands: Grid set commands for the grid command group. + grid_show_commands: Show commands for the grid command group. + inactivity_lockout_setting: The Admin group inactivity lockout + settings. + licensing_set_commands: Set commands for the licensing command + group. + licensing_show_commands: Show commands for the licensing command + group. + lockout_setting: This struct specifies security policy settings + in admin group. + machine_control_toplevel_commands: Machine control toplevel + commands for the machine control command group. + name: The name of the Admin Group. + networking_set_commands: Set commands for the networking command + group. + networking_show_commands: Show commands for the networking + command group. + password_setting: The Admin Group password settings. + roles: The names of roles this Admin Group applies to. + saml_setting: The Admin Group SAML settings. + security_set_commands: Set commands for the security command + group. + security_show_commands: Show commands for the security command + group. + superuser: Determines whether this Admin Group is a superuser + group. A superuser group can perform all operations on the + appliance, and can view and configure all types of data. + trouble_shooting_toplevel_commands: Toplevel commands for the + troubleshooting command group. + use_account_inactivity_lockout_enable: This is the use flag for + account inactivity lockout settings. + use_disable_concurrent_login: Whether to override grid + concurrent login + use_lockout_setting: Whether to override grid sequential lockout + setting + use_password_setting: Whether grid password expiry setting + should be override. + user_access: The access control items for this Admin Group. """ _infoblox_type = 'admingroup' - _fields = ['access_method', 'comment', 'disable', - 'disable_concurrent_login', 'email_addresses', + _fields = ['access_method', 'admin_set_commands', 'admin_show_commands', + 'admin_toplevel_commands', 'cloud_set_commands', + 'cloud_show_commands', 'comment', 'database_set_commands', + 'database_show_commands', 'dhcp_set_commands', + 'dhcp_show_commands', 'disable', 'disable_concurrent_login', + 'dns_set_commands', 'dns_show_commands', + 'dns_toplevel_commands', 'docker_set_commands', + 'docker_show_commands', 'email_addresses', 'enable_restricted_user_access', 'extattrs', - 'inactivity_lockout_setting', 'lockout_setting', 'name', - 'password_setting', 'roles', 'saml_setting', 'superuser', + 'grid_set_commands', 'grid_show_commands', + 'inactivity_lockout_setting', 'licensing_set_commands', + 'licensing_show_commands', 'lockout_setting', + 'machine_control_toplevel_commands', 'name', + 'networking_set_commands', 'networking_show_commands', + 'password_setting', 'roles', 'saml_setting', + 'security_set_commands', 'security_show_commands', 'superuser', + 'trouble_shooting_toplevel_commands', 'use_account_inactivity_lockout_enable', 'use_disable_concurrent_login', 'use_lockout_setting', 'use_password_setting', 'user_access'] @@ -1218,21 +1281,20 @@ class Adminrole(InfobloxObject): Infoblox appliance. A Role object is used to aggregate a set of permissions (represented by Permission objects). - The - - name - - part of the admin role object reference has the following + The name part of the admin role object reference has the following components: + Name of the Admin Role object + Example: adminrole/ZG5zLm5ldHdvcmtfdmlldyQxMTk:default - Fields: - comment: The descriptive comment of the Admin Role object. - disable: The disable flag. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name of an admin role. + Attributes: + comment: The descriptive comment of the Admin Role object. + disable: The disable flag. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name of an admin role. """ _infoblox_type = 'adminrole' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'name'] @@ -1252,34 +1314,43 @@ class Adminuser(InfobloxObject): account inherits the privileges and properties of the group to which it belongs. - Fields: - admin_groups: The names of the Admin Groups to which this Admin User - belongs. Currently, this is limited to only one Admin Group. - auth_type: The authentication type for the admin user. - ca_certificate_issuer: The CA certificate that is used for user - lookup during authentication. - client_certificate_serial_number: The serial number of the client - certificate. - comment: Comment for the admin user; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines whether the admin user is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the admin user is enabled. - email: The e-mail address for the admin user. - enable_certificate_authentication: Determines whether the user is - allowed to log in only with the certificate. Regular - username/password authentication will be disabled for this user. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name of the admin user. - password: The password for the administrator to use when logging in. - status: Status of the user account. - time_zone: The time zone for this admin user. - use_time_zone: Use flag for: time_zone + Attributes: + admin_groups: The names of the Admin Groups to which this Admin + User belongs. Currently, this is limited to only one Admin + Group. + auth_method: Determines the way of authentication + auth_type: The authentication type for the admin user. + ca_certificate_issuer: The CA certificate that is used for user + lookup during authentication. + client_certificate_serial_number: The serial number of the + client certificate. + comment: Comment for the admin user; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines whether the admin user is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the admin user is enabled. + email: The e-mail address for the admin user. + enable_certificate_authentication: Determines whether the user + is allowed to log in only with the certificate. Regular + username/password authentication will be disabled for this + user. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name of the admin user. + password: The password for the administrator to use when logging + in. + ssh_keys: List of ssh keys for a particular user. + status: Status of the user account. + time_zone: The time zone for this admin user. + use_ssh_keys: + use_time_zone: Use flag for: time_zone """ _infoblox_type = 'adminuser' - _fields = ['admin_groups', 'auth_type', 'ca_certificate_issuer', - 'client_certificate_serial_number', 'comment', 'disable', - 'email', 'enable_certificate_authentication', 'extattrs', - 'name', 'password', 'status', 'time_zone', 'use_time_zone'] + _fields = ['admin_groups', 'auth_method', 'auth_type', + 'ca_certificate_issuer', 'client_certificate_serial_number', + 'comment', 'disable', 'email', + 'enable_certificate_authentication', 'extattrs', 'name', + 'password', 'ssh_keys', 'status', 'time_zone', 'use_ssh_keys', + 'use_time_zone'] _search_for_update_fields = ['admin_groups', 'name'] _updateable_search_fields = ['admin_groups', 'ca_certificate_issuer', 'client_certificate_serial_number', 'comment', @@ -1291,6 +1362,10 @@ class Adminuser(InfobloxObject): _remap = {} _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + _custom_field_processing = { + 'ssh_keys': SshKey.from_dict, + } + class Allendpoints(InfobloxObject): """ Allendpoints: All Endpoints object. @@ -1299,16 +1374,16 @@ class Allendpoints(InfobloxObject): The object provides information about all thrid-party servers configured on the Grid. - Fields: - address: The Grid endpoint IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address or Fully- - Qualified Domain Name (FQDN). - comment: The Grid endpoint descriptive comment. - disable: Determines whether a Grid endpoint is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the Grid endpoint is enabled. - subscribing_member: The name of the Grid Member object that is - serving Grid endpoint. - type: The Grid endpoint type. - version: The Grid endpoint version. + Attributes: + address: The Grid endpoint IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address or + Fully-Qualified Domain Name (FQDN). + comment: The Grid endpoint descriptive comment. + disable: Determines whether a Grid endpoint is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the Grid endpoint is enabled. + subscribing_member: The name of the Grid Member object that is + serving Grid endpoint. + type: The Grid endpoint type. + version: The Grid endpoint version. """ _infoblox_type = 'allendpoints' _fields = ['address', 'comment', 'disable', 'subscribing_member', 'type', @@ -1329,10 +1404,10 @@ class Allnsgroup(InfobloxObject): The All NS Groups object is a generic name server group object that provides information about all name server groups. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the name server group. - name: The name of the name server group. - type: The type of the name server group. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the name server group. + name: The name of the name server group. + type: The type of the name server group. """ _infoblox_type = 'allnsgroup' _fields = ['comment', 'name', 'type'] @@ -1354,29 +1429,29 @@ class Allrecords(InfobloxObject): Since this is a synthetic object, it supports reading only by specifying search parameters, not by reference. - Fields: - address: The record address. - comment: The record comment. - creator: The record creator. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: The disable value determines if the record is disabled or - not. "False" means the record is enabled. - dtc_obscured: The specific LBDN record. - name: The name of the record. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - record: The record object, if supported by the WAPI. Otherwise, the - value is "None". - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for which the record is valid or - being cached. The 32-bit unsigned integer represents the - duration in seconds. Zero indicates that the record should not - be cached. - type: The record type. When searching for an unspecified record - type, the search is performed for all records. On retrieval, the - appliance returns "UNSUPPORTED" for unsupported records. - view: Name of the DNS View in which the record resides. - zone: Name of the zone in which the record resides. + Attributes: + address: The record address. + comment: The record comment. + creator: The record creator. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: The disable value determines if the record is disabled + or not. "False" means the record is enabled. + dtc_obscured: The specific LBDN record. + name: The name of the record. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + record: The record object, if supported by the WAPI. Otherwise, + the value is "None". + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for which the record is valid + or being cached. The 32-bit unsigned integer represents the + duration in seconds. Zero indicates that the record should + not be cached. + type: The record type. When searching for an unspecified record + type, the search is performed for all records. On retrieval, + the appliance returns "UNSUPPORTED" for unsupported records. + view: Name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + zone: Name of the zone in which the record resides. """ _infoblox_type = 'allrecords' _fields = ['address', 'comment', 'creator', 'ddns_principal', @@ -1398,33 +1473,34 @@ class Allrpzrecords(InfobloxObject): A synthetic object used to return record object types that belong to a Response Policy Zone. - Fields: - alert_type: The alert type of the record associated with the - allrpzrecords object. - comment: The descriptive comment of the record associated with the - allrpzrecords object. - disable: The disable flag of the record associated with the - allrpzrecords object (if present). - expiration_time: The expiration time of the record associated with - the allrpzrecords object. - last_updated: The time when the record associated with the - allrpzrecords object was last updated. - name: The name of the record associated with the allrpzrecords - object. Note that this value might be different than the value - of the name field for the associated record. - record: The record object associated with the allrpzrecords object. - rpz_rule: The RPZ rule type of the record associated with the - allrpzrecrods object. - ttl: The TTL value of the record associated with the allrpzrecords - object (if present). - type: The type of record associated with the allrpzrecords object. - This is a descriptive string that identifies the record to which - this allrpzrecords object refers. (Examples: 'record:rpz:a', - 'record:rpz:mx', etc.) - view: The DNS view name of the record associated with the - allrpzrecords object. - zone: The Response Policy Zone name of the record associated with - the allrpzrecords object. + Attributes: + alert_type: The alert type of the record associated with the + allrpzrecords object. + comment: The descriptive comment of the record associated with + the allrpzrecords object. + disable: The disable flag of the record associated with the + allrpzrecords object (if present). + expiration_time: The expiration time of the record associated + with the allrpzrecords object. + last_updated: The time when the record associated with the + allrpzrecords object was last updated. + name: The name of the record associated with the allrpzrecords + object. Note that this value might be different than the + value of the name field for the associated record. + record: The record object associated with the allrpzrecords + object. + rpz_rule: The RPZ rule type of the record associated with the + allrpzrecrods object. + ttl: The TTL value of the record associated with the + allrpzrecords object (if present). + type: The type of record associated with the allrpzrecords + object. This is a descriptive string that identifies the + record to which this allrpzrecords object refers. (Examples: + 'record:rpz:a', 'record:rpz:mx', etc.) + view: The DNS view name of the record associated with the + allrpzrecords object. + zone: The Response Policy Zone name of the record associated + with the allrpzrecords object. """ _infoblox_type = 'allrpzrecords' _fields = ['alert_type', 'comment', 'disable', 'expiration_time', @@ -1452,41 +1528,45 @@ class Approvalworkflow(InfobloxObject): workflows are useful when you want to control tasks that require reviews. - Fields: - approval_group: The approval administration group. - approval_notify_to: The destination for approval task notifications. - approved_notify_to: The destination for approved task notifications. - approver_comment: The requirement for the comment when an approver - approves a submitted task. - enable_approval_notify: Determines whether approval task - notifications are enabled. - enable_approved_notify: Determines whether approved task - notifications are enabled. - enable_failed_notify: Determines whether failed task notifications - are enabled. - enable_notify_group: Determines whether e-mail notifications to - admin group's e-mail address are enabled. - enable_notify_user: Determines whether e-mail notifications to an - admin member's e-mail address are enabled. - enable_rejected_notify: Determines whether rejected task - notifications are enabled. - enable_rescheduled_notify: Determines whether rescheduled task - notifications are enabled. - enable_succeeded_notify: Determines whether succeeded task - notifications are enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - failed_notify_to: The destination for failed task notifications. - rejected_notify_to: The destination for rejected task notifications. - rescheduled_notify_to: The destination for rescheduled task - notifications. - submitter_comment: The requirement for the comment when a submitter - submits a task for approval. - submitter_group: The submitter admininstration group. - succeeded_notify_to: The destination for succeeded task - notifications. - ticket_number: The requirement for the ticket number when a - submitter submits a task for approval. + Attributes: + approval_group: The approval administration group. + approval_notify_to: The destination for approval task + notifications. + approved_notify_to: The destination for approved task + notifications. + approver_comment: The requirement for the comment when an + approver approves a submitted task. + enable_approval_notify: Determines whether approval task + notifications are enabled. + enable_approved_notify: Determines whether approved task + notifications are enabled. + enable_failed_notify: Determines whether failed task + notifications are enabled. + enable_notify_group: Determines whether e-mail notifications to + admin group's e-mail address are enabled. + enable_notify_user: Determines whether e-mail notifications to + an admin member's e-mail address are enabled. + enable_rejected_notify: Determines whether rejected task + notifications are enabled. + enable_rescheduled_notify: Determines whether rescheduled task + notifications are enabled. + enable_succeeded_notify: Determines whether succeeded task + notifications are enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + failed_notify_to: The destination for failed task notifications. + rejected_notify_to: The destination for rejected task + notifications. + rescheduled_notify_to: The destination for rescheduled task + notifications. + submitter_comment: The requirement for the comment when a + submitter submits a task for approval. + submitter_group: The submitter admininstration group. + succeeded_notify_to: The destination for succeeded task + notifications. + ticket_number: The requirement for the ticket number when a + submitter submits a task for approval. """ _infoblox_type = 'approvalworkflow' _fields = ['approval_group', 'approval_notify_to', 'approved_notify_to', @@ -1514,17 +1594,17 @@ class Authpolicy(InfobloxObject): the appliance uses to authenticate admins and lists the local admin groups that map to the remote admin groups. - Fields: - admin_groups: List of names of local administration groups that are - mapped to remote administration groups. - auth_services: The array that contains an ordered list of refs to - localuser:authservice object, ldap_auth_service object, - radius:authservice object, tacacsplus:authservice object, - ad_auth_service object, certificate:authservice object. - saml:authservice object, - default_group: The default admin group that provides authentication - in case no valid group is found. - usage_type: Remote policies usage. + Attributes: + admin_groups: List of names of local administration groups that + are mapped to remote administration groups. + auth_services: The array that contains an ordered list of refs + to localuser:authservice object, ldap_auth_service object, + radius:authservice object, tacacsplus:authservice object, + ad_auth_service object, certificate:authservice object. + saml:authservice object, + default_group: The default admin group that provides + authentication in case no valid group is found. + usage_type: Remote policies usage. """ _infoblox_type = 'authpolicy' _fields = ['admin_groups', 'auth_services', 'default_group', 'usage_type'] @@ -1546,20 +1626,22 @@ class Awsrte53Taskgroup(InfobloxObject): Grouping these tasks together helps organize related groups of sync data, enable/disable these and manage the grid member these run on. - Fields: - account_id: The AWS Account ID associated with this task group. - comment: Comment for the task group; maximum 256 characters. - consolidate_zones: Indicates if all zones need to be saved into a - single view. - consolidated_view: The name of the DNS view for consolidating zones. - disabled: Indicates if the task group is enabled or disabled. - grid_member: Member on which the tasks in this task group will be - run. - name: The name of this AWS Route53 sync task group. - network_view: The name of the tenant's network view. - network_view_mapping_policy: The network view mapping policy. - sync_status: Indicate the overall sync status of this task group. - task_list: List of AWS Route53 tasks in this group. + Attributes: + account_id: The AWS Account ID associated with this task group. + comment: Comment for the task group; maximum 256 characters. + consolidate_zones: Indicates if all zones need to be saved into + a single view. + consolidated_view: The name of the DNS view for consolidating + zones. + disabled: Indicates if the task group is enabled or disabled. + grid_member: Member on which the tasks in this task group will + be run. + name: The name of this AWS Route53 sync task group. + network_view: The name of the tenant's network view. + network_view_mapping_policy: The network view mapping policy. + sync_status: Indicate the overall sync status of this task + group. + task_list: List of AWS Route53 tasks in this group. """ _infoblox_type = 'awsrte53taskgroup' _fields = ['account_id', 'comment', 'consolidate_zones', @@ -1593,19 +1675,19 @@ class Awsuser(InfobloxObject): An AWS user object represents a specific access key and secret key pair credentials of an AWS user. - Fields: - access_key_id: The unique Access Key ID of this AWS user. Maximum - 255 characters. - account_id: The AWS Account ID of this AWS user. Maximum 64 - characters. - last_used: The timestamp when this AWS user credentials was last - used. - name: The AWS user name. Maximum 64 characters. - nios_user_name: The NIOS user name mapped to this AWS user. Maximum - 64 characters. - secret_access_key: The Secret Access Key for the Access Key ID of - this user. Maximum 255 characters. - status: Indicate the validity status of this AWS user. + Attributes: + access_key_id: The unique Access Key ID of this AWS user. + Maximum 255 characters. + account_id: The AWS Account ID of this AWS user. Maximum 64 + characters. + last_used: The timestamp when this AWS user credentials was last + used. + name: The AWS user name. Maximum 64 characters. + nios_user_name: The NIOS user name mapped to this AWS user. + Maximum 64 characters. + secret_access_key: The Secret Access Key for the Access Key ID + of this user. Maximum 255 characters. + status: Indicate the validity status of this AWS user. """ _infoblox_type = 'awsuser' _fields = ['access_key_id', 'account_id', 'last_used', 'name', @@ -1628,21 +1710,22 @@ class Bfdtemplate(InfobloxObject): configuration of advanced BFD settings such as authentication and timer intervals. - Fields: - authentication_key: The authentication key for BFD protocol message- - digest authentication. - authentication_key_id: The authentication key identifier for BFD - protocol authentication. Valid values are between 1 and 255. - authentication_type: The authentication type for BFD protocol. - detection_multiplier: The detection time multiplier value for BFD - protocol. The negotiated transmit interval, multiplied by this - value, provides the detection time for the receiving system in - asynchronous BFD mode. Valid values are between 3 and 50. - min_rx_interval: The minimum receive time (in seconds) for BFD - protocol. Valid values are between 50 and 9999. - min_tx_interval: The minimum transmission time (in seconds) for BFD - protocol. Valid values are between 50 and 9999. - name: The name of the BFD template object. + Attributes: + authentication_key: The authentication key for BFD protocol + message-digest authentication. + authentication_key_id: The authentication key identifier for BFD + protocol authentication. Valid values are between 1 and 255. + authentication_type: The authentication type for BFD protocol. + detection_multiplier: The detection time multiplier value for + BFD protocol. The negotiated transmit interval, multiplied + by this value, provides the detection time for the receiving + system in asynchronous BFD mode. Valid values are between 3 + and 50. + min_rx_interval: The minimum receive time (in seconds) for BFD + protocol. Valid values are between 50 and 9999. + min_tx_interval: The minimum transmission time (in seconds) for + BFD protocol. Valid values are between 50 and 9999. + name: The name of the BFD template object. """ _infoblox_type = 'bfdtemplate' _fields = ['authentication_key', 'authentication_key_id', @@ -1669,33 +1752,35 @@ class Bulkhost(InfobloxObject): doing so causes conflicts. Before adding a bulk host, make sure that no CNAMEs or host aliases uses this name. - Fields: - cloud_info: The cloud API related information. - comment: The descriptive comment. - disable: The disable flag of a DNS BulkHost record. - dns_prefix: The prefix, in punycode format, for the bulk host. - end_addr: The last IP address in the address range for the bulk - host. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name_template: The bulk host name template. - network_view: The network view associated with the bulk host view. - policy: The hostname policy for records under the bulk host parent - zone. - prefix: The prefix for the bulk host. The prefix is the name (or a - series of characters) inserted at the beginning of each host - name. - reverse: The reverse flag of the BulkHost record. - start_addr: The first IP address in the address range for the bulk - host. - template_format: The bulk host name template format. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. - use_name_template: Use flag for: name_template - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The view for the bulk host. - zone: The zone name. + Attributes: + cloud_info: The cloud API related information. + comment: The descriptive comment. + disable: The disable flag of a DNS BulkHost record. + dns_prefix: The prefix, in punycode format, for the bulk host. + end_addr: The last IP address in the address range for the bulk + host. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name_template: The bulk host name template. + network_view: The network view associated with the bulk host + view. + policy: The hostname policy for records under the bulk host + parent zone. + prefix: The prefix for the bulk host. The prefix is the name (or + a series of characters) inserted at the beginning of each + host name. + reverse: The reverse flag of the BulkHost record. + start_addr: The first IP address in the address range for the + bulk host. + template_format: The bulk host name template format. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. + use_name_template: Use flag for: name_template + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The view for the bulk host. + zone: The zone name. """ _infoblox_type = 'bulkhost' _fields = ['cloud_info', 'comment', 'disable', 'dns_prefix', 'end_addr', @@ -1723,14 +1808,14 @@ class Bulkhostnametemplate(InfobloxObject): The object manages the DNS bulk host name formats defined at the Grid level. - Fields: - is_grid_default: True if this template is Grid default. - pre_defined: True if this is a pre-defined template, False - otherwise. - template_format: The format of bulk host name template. It should - follow certain rules (please use Administration Guide as - reference). - template_name: The name of bulk host name template. + Attributes: + is_grid_default: True if this template is Grid default. + pre_defined: True if this is a pre-defined template, False + otherwise. + template_format: The format of bulk host name template. It + should follow certain rules (please use Administration Guide + as reference). + template_name: The name of bulk host name template. """ _infoblox_type = 'bulkhostnametemplate' _fields = ['is_grid_default', 'pre_defined', 'template_format', @@ -1749,15 +1834,15 @@ class Cacertificate(InfobloxObject): An CA Certificate object represents a CA certificate description. - Fields: - distinguished_name: The certificate subject name. - issuer: The certificate issuer subject name. - serial: The certificate serial number in hex format. - used_by: Information about the CA certificate usage. - valid_not_after: The date after which the certificate becomes - invalid. - valid_not_before: The date before which the certificate is not - valid. + Attributes: + distinguished_name: The certificate subject name. + issuer: The certificate issuer subject name. + serial: The certificate serial number in hex format. + used_by: Information about the CA certificate usage. + valid_not_after: The date after which the certificate becomes + invalid. + valid_not_before: The date before which the certificate is not + valid. """ _infoblox_type = 'cacertificate' _fields = ['distinguished_name', 'issuer', 'serial', 'used_by', @@ -1779,18 +1864,18 @@ class Capacityreport(InfobloxObject): count, interface count, and other memory usage statistics for a Grid member. - Fields: - hardware_type: Hardware type of a Grid member. - max_capacity: The maximum amount of capacity available for the Grid - member. - name: The Grid member name. - object_counts: A list of instance counts for object types created on - the Grid member. - percent_used: The percentage of the capacity in use by the Grid - member. - role: The Grid member role. - total_objects: The total number of objects created by the Grid - member. + Attributes: + hardware_type: Hardware type of a Grid member. + max_capacity: The maximum amount of capacity available for the + Grid member. + name: The Grid member name. + object_counts: A list of instance counts for object types + created on the Grid member. + percent_used: The percentage of the capacity in use by the Grid + member. + role: The Grid member role. + total_objects: The total number of objects created by the Grid + member. """ _infoblox_type = 'capacityreport' _fields = ['hardware_type', 'max_capacity', 'name', 'object_counts', @@ -1813,65 +1898,68 @@ class Captiveportal(InfobloxObject): This object represents the captive portal configuration. - Fields: - authn_server_group: The authentication server group assigned to this - captive portal. - company_name: The company name that appears in the guest - registration page. - enable_syslog_auth_failure: Determines if authentication failures - are logged to syslog or not. - enable_syslog_auth_success: Determines if successful authentications - are logged to syslog or not. - enable_user_type: The type of user to be enabled for the captive - portal. - encryption: The encryption the captive portal uses. - files: The list of files associated with the captive portal. - guest_custom_field1_name: The name of the custom field that you are - adding to the guest registration page. - guest_custom_field1_required: Determines if the custom field is - required or not. - guest_custom_field2_name: The name of the custom field that you are - adding to the guest registration page. - guest_custom_field2_required: Determines if the custom field is - required or not. - guest_custom_field3_name: The name of the custom field that you are - adding to the guest registration page. - guest_custom_field3_required: Determines if the custom field is - required or not. - guest_custom_field4_name: The name of the custom field that you are - adding to the guest registration page. - guest_custom_field4_required: Determines if the custom field is - required or not. - guest_email_required: Determines if the email address of the guest - is required or not. - guest_first_name_required: Determines if the first name of the guest - is required or not. - guest_last_name_required: Determines if the last name of the guest - is required or not. - guest_middle_name_required: Determines if the middle name of the - guest is required or not. - guest_phone_required: Determines if the phone number of the guest is - required or not. - helpdesk_message: The helpdesk message that appears in the guest - registration page. - listen_address_ip: Determines the IP address on which the captive - portal listens. Valid if listen address type is 'IP'. - listen_address_type: Determines the type of the IP address on which - the captive portal listens. - name: The hostname of the Grid member that hosts the captive portal. - network_view: The network view of the captive portal. - port: The TCP port used by the Captive Portal service. The port is - required when the Captive Portal service is enabled. Valid - values are between 1 and 63999. Please note that setting the - port number to 80 or 443 might impact performance. - service_enabled: Determines if the captive portal service is enabled - or not. - syslog_auth_failure_level: The syslog level at which authentication - failures are logged. - syslog_auth_success_level: The syslog level at which successful - authentications are logged. - welcome_message: The welcome message that appears in the guest - registration page. + Attributes: + authn_server_group: The authentication server group assigned to + this captive portal. + company_name: The company name that appears in the guest + registration page. + enable_syslog_auth_failure: Determines if authentication + failures are logged to syslog or not. + enable_syslog_auth_success: Determines if successful + authentications are logged to syslog or not. + enable_user_type: The type of user to be enabled for the captive + portal. + encryption: The encryption the captive portal uses. + files: The list of files associated with the captive portal. + guest_custom_field1_name: The name of the custom field that you + are adding to the guest registration page. + guest_custom_field1_required: Determines if the custom field is + required or not. + guest_custom_field2_name: The name of the custom field that you + are adding to the guest registration page. + guest_custom_field2_required: Determines if the custom field is + required or not. + guest_custom_field3_name: The name of the custom field that you + are adding to the guest registration page. + guest_custom_field3_required: Determines if the custom field is + required or not. + guest_custom_field4_name: The name of the custom field that you + are adding to the guest registration page. + guest_custom_field4_required: Determines if the custom field is + required or not. + guest_email_required: Determines if the email address of the + guest is required or not. + guest_first_name_required: Determines if the first name of the + guest is required or not. + guest_last_name_required: Determines if the last name of the + guest is required or not. + guest_middle_name_required: Determines if the middle name of the + guest is required or not. + guest_phone_required: Determines if the phone number of the + guest is required or not. + helpdesk_message: The helpdesk message that appears in the guest + registration page. + listen_address_ip: Determines the IP address on which the + captive portal listens. Valid if listen address type is + 'IP'. + listen_address_type: Determines the type of the IP address on + which the captive portal listens. + name: The hostname of the Grid member that hosts the captive + portal. + network_view: The network view of the captive portal. + port: The TCP port used by the Captive Portal service. The port + is required when the Captive Portal service is enabled. + Valid values are between 1 and 63999. Please note that + setting the port number to 80 or 443 might impact + performance. + service_enabled: Determines if the captive portal service is + enabled or not. + syslog_auth_failure_level: The syslog level at which + authentication failures are logged. + syslog_auth_success_level: The syslog level at which successful + authentications are logged. + welcome_message: The welcome message that appears in the guest + registration page. """ _infoblox_type = 'captiveportal' _fields = ['authn_server_group', 'company_name', @@ -1906,36 +1994,37 @@ class CertificateAuthservice(InfobloxObject): This object represents an certificate authentication service. - Fields: - auto_populate_login: Specifies the value of the client certificate - for automatically populating the NIOS login name. - ca_certificates: The list of CA certificates. - comment: The descriptive comment for the certificate authentication - service. - disabled: Determines if this certificate authentication service is - enabled or disabled. - enable_password_request: Determines if username/password - authentication together with client certificate authentication - is enabled or disabled. - enable_remote_lookup: Determines if the lookup for user group - membership information on remote services is enabled or - disabled. - max_retries: The number of validation attempts before the appliance - contacts the next responder. - name: The name of the certificate authentication service. - ocsp_check: Specifies the source of OCSP settings. - ocsp_responders: An ordered list of OCSP responders that are part of - the certificate authentication service. - recovery_interval: The period of time the appliance waits before it - attempts to contact a responder that is out of service again. - The value must be between 1 and 600 seconds. - remote_lookup_password: The password for the service account. - remote_lookup_service: The service that will be used for remote - lookup. - remote_lookup_username: The username for the service account. - response_timeout: The validation timeout period in milliseconds. - trust_model: The OCSP trust model. - user_match_type: Specifies how to search for a user. + Attributes: + auto_populate_login: Specifies the value of the client + certificate for automatically populating the NIOS login + name. + ca_certificates: The list of CA certificates. + comment: The descriptive comment for the certificate + authentication service. + disabled: Determines if this certificate authentication service + is enabled or disabled. + enable_password_request: Determines if username/password + authentication together with client certificate + authentication is enabled or disabled. + enable_remote_lookup: Determines if the lookup for user group + membership information on remote services is enabled or + disabled. + max_retries: The number of validation attempts before the + appliance contacts the next responder. + name: The name of the certificate authentication service. + ocsp_check: Specifies the source of OCSP settings. + ocsp_responders: An ordered list of OCSP responders that are + part of the certificate authentication service. + recovery_interval: The period of time the appliance waits before + it attempts to contact a responder that is out of service + again. The value must be between 1 and 600 seconds. + remote_lookup_password: The password for the service account. + remote_lookup_service: The service that will be used for remote + lookup. + remote_lookup_username: The username for the service account. + response_timeout: The validation timeout period in milliseconds. + trust_model: The OCSP trust model. + user_match_type: Specifies how to search for a user. """ _infoblox_type = 'certificate:authservice' _fields = ['auto_populate_login', 'ca_certificates', 'comment', 'disabled', @@ -1967,46 +2056,49 @@ class CiscoiseEndpoint(InfobloxObject): Cisco ISE servers integration, configuration for Cisco ISE publishing and subscription. - Fields: - address: The Cisco ISE endpoint IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address or - Fully-Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) - bulk_download_certificate_subject: The Cisco ISE bulk download - certificate subject. - bulk_download_certificate_token: The token returned by the - uploadinit function call in object fileop for Cisco ISE bulk - download certificate. - bulk_download_certificate_valid_from: The Cisco ISE bulk download - certificate valid from. - bulk_download_certificate_valid_to: The Cisco ISE bulk download - certificate valid to. - client_certificate_subject: The Cisco ISE client certificate - subject. - client_certificate_token: The token returned by the uploadinit - function call in object fileop for Cisco ISE client certificate. - client_certificate_valid_from: The Cisco ISE client certificate - valid from. - client_certificate_valid_to: The Cisco ISE client certificate valid - to. - comment: The Cisco ISE endpoint descriptive comment. - connection_status: The Cisco ISE connection status. - connection_timeout: The Cisco ISE connection timeout. - disable: Determines whether a Cisco ISE endpoint is disabled or not. - When this is set to False, the Cisco ISE endpoint is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - network_view: The Cisco ISE network view name. - publish_settings: The Cisco ISE publish settings. - resolved_address: The resolved IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the - Cisco ISE endpoint. - resolved_secondary_address: The resolved IPv4 Address or IPv6 - Address of the Cisco ISE endpoint. - secondary_address: The Cisco ISE endpoint secondary IPv4 Address or - IPv6 Address or Fully-Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) - subscribe_settings: The Cisco ISE subscribe settings. - subscribing_member: The name of the Grid Member object that is - serving Cisco ISE endpoint. - type: The Cisco ISE endpoint type. - version: The Cisco ISE endpoint version. + Attributes: + address: The Cisco ISE endpoint IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address or + Fully-Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) + bulk_download_certificate_subject: The Cisco ISE bulk download + certificate subject. + bulk_download_certificate_token: The token returned by the + uploadinit function call in object fileop for Cisco ISE bulk + download certificate. + bulk_download_certificate_valid_from: The Cisco ISE bulk + download certificate valid from. + bulk_download_certificate_valid_to: The Cisco ISE bulk download + certificate valid to. + client_certificate_subject: The Cisco ISE client certificate + subject. + client_certificate_token: The token returned by the uploadinit + function call in object fileop for Cisco ISE client + certificate. + client_certificate_valid_from: The Cisco ISE client certificate + valid from. + client_certificate_valid_to: The Cisco ISE client certificate + valid to. + comment: The Cisco ISE endpoint descriptive comment. + connection_status: The Cisco ISE connection status. + connection_timeout: The Cisco ISE connection timeout. + disable: Determines whether a Cisco ISE endpoint is disabled or + not. When this is set to False, the Cisco ISE endpoint is + enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + network_view: The Cisco ISE network view name. + publish_settings: The Cisco ISE publish settings. + resolved_address: The resolved IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of + the Cisco ISE endpoint. + resolved_secondary_address: The resolved IPv4 Address or IPv6 + Address of the Cisco ISE endpoint. + secondary_address: The Cisco ISE endpoint secondary IPv4 Address + or IPv6 Address or Fully-Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) + subscribe_settings: The Cisco ISE subscribe settings. + subscribing_member: The name of the Grid Member object that is + serving Cisco ISE endpoint. + type: The Cisco ISE endpoint type. + version: The Cisco ISE endpoint version. """ _infoblox_type = 'ciscoise:endpoint' _fields = ['address', 'bulk_download_certificate_subject', @@ -2046,22 +2138,23 @@ class Csvimporttask(InfobloxObject): but not started by an import operation, it can be started by modifying it and assigning the value 'START' to the 'action' field. - Fields: - action: The action to execute. - admin_name: The login name of the administrator. - end_time: The end time of this import operation. - file_name: The name of the file used for the import operation. - file_size: The size of the file used for the import operation. - import_id: The ID of the current import task. - lines_failed: The number of lines that encountered an error. - lines_processed: The number of lines that have been processed. - lines_warning: The number of lines that encountered a warning. - on_error: The action to take when an error is encountered. - operation: The operation to execute. - separator: The separator to be used for the data in the CSV file. - start_time: The start time of the import operation. - status: The status of the import operation - update_method: The update method to be used for the operation. + Attributes: + action: The action to execute. + admin_name: The login name of the administrator. + end_time: The end time of this import operation. + file_name: The name of the file used for the import operation. + file_size: The size of the file used for the import operation. + import_id: The ID of the current import task. + lines_failed: The number of lines that encountered an error. + lines_processed: The number of lines that have been processed. + lines_warning: The number of lines that encountered a warning. + on_error: The action to take when an error is encountered. + operation: The operation to execute. + separator: The separator to be used for the data in the CSV + file. + start_time: The start time of the import operation. + status: The status of the import operation + update_method: The update method to be used for the operation. """ _infoblox_type = 'csvimporttask' _fields = ['action', 'admin_name', 'end_time', 'file_name', 'file_size', @@ -2090,13 +2183,13 @@ class DbObjects(InfobloxObject): The DB Objects object is used to search for changes in objects of the Infoblox Grid. - Fields: - last_sequence_id: The last returned sequence ID. - object: The record object when supported by WAPI. Otherwise, the - value is "None". - object_type: The object type. This is undefined if the object is not - supported. - unique_id: The unique ID of the requested object. + Attributes: + last_sequence_id: The last returned sequence ID. + object: The record object when supported by WAPI. Otherwise, the + value is "None". + object_type: The object type. This is undefined if the object is + not supported. + unique_id: The unique ID of the requested object. """ _infoblox_type = 'db_objects' _fields = ['last_sequence_id', 'object', 'object_type', 'unique_id'] @@ -2115,10 +2208,10 @@ class Dbsnapshot(InfobloxObject): The object provides information about the OneDB snapshot, the last time it was taken and the descriptive comment. - Fields: - comment: The descriptive comment. - timestamp: The time when the latest OneDB snapshot was taken in - Epoch seconds format. + Attributes: + comment: The descriptive comment. + timestamp: The time when the latest OneDB snapshot was taken in + Epoch seconds format. """ _infoblox_type = 'dbsnapshot' _fields = ['comment', 'timestamp'] @@ -2144,11 +2237,11 @@ class DdnsPrincipalcluster(InfobloxObject): such that any principal in a DDNS Principal Cluster can update records created by any other principal in the same cluster. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the DDNS Principal Cluster. - group: The DDNS Principal cluster group name. - name: The name of this DDNS Principal Cluster. - principals: The list of equivalent principals. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the DDNS Principal Cluster. + group: The DDNS Principal cluster group name. + name: The name of this DDNS Principal Cluster. + principals: The list of equivalent principals. """ _infoblox_type = 'ddns:principalcluster' _fields = ['comment', 'group', 'name', 'principals'] @@ -2167,10 +2260,10 @@ class DdnsPrincipalclusterGroup(InfobloxObject): The DDNS Principal Cluster Group object represents a set of DDNS Principal Clusters. A single group can be active at any time. - Fields: - clusters: The list of equivalent DDNS principal clusters. - comment: Comment for the DDNS Principal Cluster Group. - name: The name of this DDNS Principal Cluster Group. + Attributes: + clusters: The list of equivalent DDNS principal clusters. + comment: Comment for the DDNS Principal Cluster Group. + name: The name of this DDNS Principal Cluster Group. """ _infoblox_type = 'ddns:principalcluster:group' _fields = ['clusters', 'comment', 'name'] @@ -2190,9 +2283,9 @@ class DeletedObjects(InfobloxObject): deleted objects. You can retrieve it from the appliance only as a part of DB Objects response. - Fields: - object_type: The object type of the deleted object. This is - undefined if the object is not supported. + Attributes: + object_type: The object type of the deleted object. This is + undefined if the object is not supported. """ _infoblox_type = 'deleted_objects' _fields = ['object_type'] @@ -2219,19 +2312,20 @@ class DhcpStatistics(InfobloxObject): Note that read by reference is not supported. - Fields: - dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization of - DHCP objects multiplied by 1000. This is the percentage of the - total number of available IP addresses belonging to the object - versus the total number of all IP addresses in object. - dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization level - of the DHCP object. - dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the DHCP - object. - static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in the - DHCP object. - total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in the - DHCP object. + Attributes: + dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization + of DHCP objects multiplied by 1000. This is the percentage + of the total number of available IP addresses belonging to + the object versus the total number of all IP addresses in + object. + dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization + level of the DHCP object. + dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the + DHCP object. + static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in + the DHCP object. + total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in + the DHCP object. """ _infoblox_type = 'dhcp:statistics' _fields = ['dhcp_utilization', 'dhcp_utilization_status', 'dynamic_hosts', @@ -2254,80 +2348,83 @@ class Dhcpfailover(InfobloxObject): network for any reason. DHCP failover can be used to configure two DHCP servers to operate as a redundant pair. - Fields: - association_type: The value indicating whether the failover - assoctaion is Microsoft or Grid based. This is a read-only - attribute. - comment: A descriptive comment about a DHCP failover object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - failover_port: Determines the TCP port on which the server should - listen for connections from its failover peer. Valid values are - between 1 and 63999. - load_balance_split: A load balancing split value of a DHCP failover - object. Specify the value of the maximum load balancing delay in - a 8-bit integer format (range from 0 to 256). - max_client_lead_time: The maximum client lead time value of a DHCP - failover object. Specify the value of the maximum client lead - time in a 32-bit integer format (range from 0 to 4294967295) - that represents the duration in seconds. Valid values are - between 1 and 4294967295. - max_load_balance_delay: The maximum load balancing delay value of a - DHCP failover object. Specify the value of the maximum load - balancing delay in a 32-bit integer format (range from 0 to - 4294967295) that represents the duration in seconds. Valid - values are between 1 and 4294967295. - max_response_delay: The maximum response delay value of a DHCP - failover object. Specify the value of the maximum response delay - in a 32-bit integer format (range from 0 to 4294967295) that - represents the duration in seconds. Valid values are between 1 - and 4294967295. - max_unacked_updates: The maximum number of unacked updates value of - a DHCP failover object. Specify the value of the maximum number - of unacked updates in a 32-bit integer format (range from 0 to - 4294967295) that represents the number of messages. Valid values - are between 1 and 4294967295. - ms_association_mode: The value that indicates whether the failover - association is read-write or read-only. This is a read-only - attribute. - ms_enable_authentication: Determines if the authentication for the - failover association is enabled or not. - ms_enable_switchover_interval: Determines if the switchover interval - is enabled or not. - ms_failover_mode: The mode for the failover association. - ms_failover_partner: Failover partner defined in the association - with the Microsoft Server. - ms_hotstandby_partner_role: The partner role in the case of - HotStandby. - ms_is_conflict: Determines if the matching Microsfot failover - association (if any) is in synchronization (False) or not - (True). If there is no matching failover association the - returned values is False. This is a read-only attribute. - ms_previous_state: The previous failover association state. This is - a read-only attribute. - ms_server: The primary Microsoft Server. - ms_shared_secret: The failover association authentication. This is a - write-only attribute. - ms_state: The failover association state. This is a read-only - attribute. - ms_switchover_interval: The time (in seconds) that DHCPv4 server - will wait before transitioning the server from the - COMMUNICATION-INT state to PARTNER-DOWN state. - name: The name of a DHCP failover object. - primary: The primary server of a DHCP failover object. - primary_server_type: The type of the primary server of DHCP Failover - association object. - primary_state: The primary server status of a DHCP failover object. - recycle_leases: Determines if the leases are kept in recycle bin - until one week after expiration or not. - secondary: The secondary server of a DHCP failover object. - secondary_server_type: The type of the secondary server of DHCP - Failover association object. - secondary_state: The secondary server status of a DHCP failover - object. - use_failover_port: Use flag for: failover_port - use_ms_switchover_interval: Use flag for: ms_switchover_interval - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + Attributes: + association_type: The value indicating whether the failover + assoctaion is Microsoft or Grid based. This is a read-only + attribute. + comment: A descriptive comment about a DHCP failover object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + failover_port: Determines the TCP port on which the server + should listen for connections from its failover peer. Valid + values are between 1 and 63999. + load_balance_split: A load balancing split value of a DHCP + failover object. Specify the value of the maximum load + balancing delay in a 8-bit integer format (range from 0 to + 256). + max_client_lead_time: The maximum client lead time value of a + DHCP failover object. Specify the value of the maximum + client lead time in a 32-bit integer format (range from 0 to + 4294967295) that represents the duration in seconds. Valid + values are between 1 and 4294967295. + max_load_balance_delay: The maximum load balancing delay value + of a DHCP failover object. Specify the value of the maximum + load balancing delay in a 32-bit integer format (range from + 0 to 4294967295) that represents the duration in seconds. + Valid values are between 1 and 4294967295. + max_response_delay: The maximum response delay value of a DHCP + failover object. Specify the value of the maximum response + delay in a 32-bit integer format (range from 0 to + 4294967295) that represents the duration in seconds. Valid + values are between 1 and 4294967295. + max_unacked_updates: The maximum number of unacked updates value + of a DHCP failover object. Specify the value of the maximum + number of unacked updates in a 32-bit integer format (range + from 0 to 4294967295) that represents the number of + messages. Valid values are between 1 and 4294967295. + ms_association_mode: The value that indicates whether the + failover association is read-write or read-only. This is a + read-only attribute. + ms_enable_authentication: Determines if the authentication for + the failover association is enabled or not. + ms_enable_switchover_interval: Determines if the switchover + interval is enabled or not. + ms_failover_mode: The mode for the failover association. + ms_failover_partner: Failover partner defined in the association + with the Microsoft Server. + ms_hotstandby_partner_role: The partner role in the case of + HotStandby. + ms_is_conflict: Determines if the matching Microsfot failover + association (if any) is in synchronization (False) or not + (True). If there is no matching failover association the + returned values is False. This is a read-only attribute. + ms_previous_state: The previous failover association state. This + is a read-only attribute. + ms_server: The primary Microsoft Server. + ms_shared_secret: The failover association authentication. This + is a write-only attribute. + ms_state: The failover association state. This is a read-only + attribute. + ms_switchover_interval: The time (in seconds) that DHCPv4 server + will wait before transitioning the server from the + COMMUNICATION-INT state to PARTNER-DOWN state. + name: The name of a DHCP failover object. + primary: The primary server of a DHCP failover object. + primary_server_type: The type of the primary server of DHCP + Failover association object. + primary_state: The primary server status of a DHCP failover + object. + recycle_leases: Determines if the leases are kept in recycle bin + until one week after expiration or not. + secondary: The secondary server of a DHCP failover object. + secondary_server_type: The type of the secondary server of DHCP + Failover association object. + secondary_state: The secondary server status of a DHCP failover + object. + use_failover_port: Use flag for: failover_port + use_ms_switchover_interval: Use flag for: ms_switchover_interval + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases """ _infoblox_type = 'dhcpfailover' _fields = ['association_type', 'comment', 'extattrs', 'failover_port', @@ -2378,12 +2475,12 @@ class DhcpOptionDefinitionV4(DhcpOptionDefinition): space or in the user-defined vendor option space. To define an option, add the option definition to the required option space. - Fields: - code: The code of a DHCP option definition object. An option code - number is used to identify the DHCP option. - name: The name of a DHCP option definition object. - space: The space of a DHCP option definition object. - type: The data type of the Grid DHCP option. + Attributes: + code: The code of a DHCP option definition object. An option + code number is used to identify the DHCP option. + name: The name of a DHCP option definition object. + space: The space of a DHCP option definition object. + type: The data type of the Grid DHCP option. """ _infoblox_type = 'dhcpoptiondefinition' _fields = ['code', 'name', 'space', 'type'] @@ -2406,12 +2503,12 @@ class DhcpOptionDefinitionV6(DhcpOptionDefinition): IPv6 option space. To define an IPv6 option, add the IPv6 option definition to the required IPv6 option space. - Fields: - code: The code of a DHCP IPv6 option definition object. An option - code number is used to identify the DHCP option. - name: The name of a DHCP IPv6 option definition object. - space: The space of a DHCP option definition object. - type: The data type of the Grid DHCP IPv6 option. + Attributes: + code: The code of a DHCP IPv6 option definition object. An + option code number is used to identify the DHCP option. + name: The name of a DHCP IPv6 option definition object. + space: The space of a DHCP option definition object. + type: The data type of the Grid DHCP IPv6 option. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6dhcpoptiondefinition' _fields = ['code', 'name', 'space', 'type'] @@ -2442,11 +2539,11 @@ class DhcpOptionSpaceV4(DhcpOptionSpace): defined. To define a specific vendor option space, add an option space to DHCP. - Fields: - comment: A descriptive comment of a DHCP option space object. - name: The name of a DHCP option space object. - option_definitions: The list of DHCP option definition objects. - space_type: The type of a DHCP option space object. + Attributes: + comment: A descriptive comment of a DHCP option space object. + name: The name of a DHCP option space object. + option_definitions: The list of DHCP option definition objects. + space_type: The type of a DHCP option space object. """ _infoblox_type = 'dhcpoptionspace' _fields = ['comment', 'name', 'option_definitions', 'space_type'] @@ -2467,12 +2564,14 @@ class DhcpOptionSpaceV6(DhcpOptionSpace): options can be defined. To define a specific vendor IPv6 option space, add an IPv6 option space to DHCP. - Fields: - comment: A descriptive comment of a DHCP IPv6 option space object. - enterprise_number: The enterprise number of a DHCP IPv6 option space - object. - name: The name of a DHCP IPv6 option space object. - option_definitions: The list of DHCP IPv6 option definition objects. + Attributes: + comment: A descriptive comment of a DHCP IPv6 option space + object. + enterprise_number: The enterprise number of a DHCP IPv6 option + space object. + name: The name of a DHCP IPv6 option space object. + option_definitions: The list of DHCP IPv6 option definition + objects. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6dhcpoptionspace' _fields = ['comment', 'enterprise_number', 'name', 'option_definitions'] @@ -2492,7 +2591,7 @@ class Discovery(InfobloxObject): This object can be used to control the Network Insight functionality of the appliance. - Fields: + Attributes: """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery' _fields = [] @@ -2525,6 +2624,9 @@ def get_job_process_details(self, *args, **kwargs): def import_device_support_bundle(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("import_device_support_bundle", *args, **kwargs) + def modify_sdn_assignment(self, *args, **kwargs): + return self._call_func("modify_sdn_assignment", *args, **kwargs) + def modify_vrf_assignment(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("modify_vrf_assignment", *args, **kwargs) @@ -2535,71 +2637,96 @@ def provision_network_port(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("provision_network_port", *args, **kwargs) +class DiscoveryCredentialgroup(InfobloxObject): + """ DiscoveryCredentialgroup: The Credential group object. + Corresponds to WAPI object 'discovery:credentialgroup' + + This object provides information about the Credential group. + + Attributes: + name: The name of the Credential group. + """ + _infoblox_type = 'discovery:credentialgroup' + _fields = ['name'] + _search_for_update_fields = [] + _updateable_search_fields = [] + _all_searchable_fields = [] + _return_fields = ['name'] + _remap = {} + _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + + class DiscoveryDevice(InfobloxObject): """ DiscoveryDevice: Discovery Device object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'discovery:device' The devices discovered by Network Automation - Fields: - address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the device. - address_ref: The ref to management IP address of the device. - available_mgmt_ips: The list of available management IPs for the - device. - cap_admin_status_ind: Determines whether to modify the admin status - of an interface of the device. - cap_admin_status_na_reason: The reason that the edit admin status - action is not available. - cap_description_ind: Determines whether to modify the description of - an interface on the device. - cap_description_na_reason: The reason that the edit description - action is not available. - cap_net_deprovisioning_ind: Determines whether to deprovision a - network from interfaces of the device. - cap_net_deprovisioning_na_reason: The reason that the deprovision a - network from interfaces of this device is not available. - cap_net_provisioning_ind: Determines whether to modify the network - associated to an interface of the device. - cap_net_provisioning_na_reason: The reason that network provisioning - is not available. - cap_net_vlan_provisioning_ind: Determines whether to create a VLAN - and then provision a network to the interface of the device. - cap_net_vlan_provisioning_na_reason: The reason that network - provisioning on VLAN is not available. - cap_vlan_assignment_ind: Determines whether to modify the VLAN - assignement of an interface of the device. - cap_vlan_assignment_na_reason: The reason that VLAN assignment - action is not available. - cap_voice_vlan_ind: Determines whether to modify the voice VLAN - assignment of an interface of the device. - cap_voice_vlan_na_reason: The reason that voice VLAN assignment - action is not available. - chassis_serial_number: The device chassis serial number. - description: The description of the device. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - interfaces: List of the device interfaces. - location: The location of the device. - model: The model name of the device. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: The name of the device. - neighbors: List of the device neighbors. - network: The ref to the network to which belongs the management IP - address belongs. - network_infos: The list of networks to which the device interfaces - belong. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this device - resides. - networks: The list of networks to which the device interfaces - belong. - os_version: The Operating System version running on the device. - port_stats: The port statistics of the device. - type: The type of the device. - user_defined_mgmt_ip: User-defined management IP address of the - device. - vendor: The vendor name of the device. - vlan_infos: The list of VLAN information associated with the device. + Attributes: + address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the device. + address_ref: The ref to management IP address of the device. + available_mgmt_ips: The list of available management IPs for the + device. + cap_admin_status_ind: Determines whether to modify the admin + status of an interface of the device. + cap_admin_status_na_reason: The reason that the edit admin + status action is not available. + cap_description_ind: Determines whether to modify the + description of an interface on the device. + cap_description_na_reason: The reason that the edit description + action is not available. + cap_net_deprovisioning_ind: Determines whether to deprovision a + network from interfaces of the device. + cap_net_deprovisioning_na_reason: The reason that the + deprovision a network from interfaces of this device is not + available. + cap_net_provisioning_ind: Determines whether to modify the + network associated to an interface of the device. + cap_net_provisioning_na_reason: The reason that network + provisioning is not available. + cap_net_vlan_provisioning_ind: Determines whether to create a + VLAN and then provision a network to the interface of the + device. + cap_net_vlan_provisioning_na_reason: The reason that network + provisioning on VLAN is not available. + cap_vlan_assignment_ind: Determines whether to modify the VLAN + assignement of an interface of the device. + cap_vlan_assignment_na_reason: The reason that VLAN assignment + action is not available. + cap_voice_vlan_ind: Determines whether to modify the voice VLAN + assignment of an interface of the device. + cap_voice_vlan_na_reason: The reason that voice VLAN assignment + action is not available. + chassis_serial_number: The device chassis serial number. + description: The description of the device. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + interfaces: List of the device interfaces. + location: The location of the device. + model: The model name of the device. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: The name of the device. + neighbors: List of the device neighbors. + network: The ref to the network to which belongs the management + IP address belongs. + network_infos: The list of networks to which the device + interfaces belong. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this device + resides. + networks: The list of networks to which the device interfaces + belong. + os_version: The Operating System version running on the device. + port_stats: The port statistics of the device. + privileged_polling: A flag indicated that NI should send enable + command when interacting with device. + type: The type of the device. + user_defined_mgmt_ip: User-defined management IP address of the + device. + vendor: The vendor name of the device. + vlan_infos: The list of VLAN information associated with the + device. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:device' _fields = ['address', 'address_ref', 'available_mgmt_ips', @@ -2615,8 +2742,8 @@ class DiscoveryDevice(InfobloxObject): 'chassis_serial_number', 'description', 'extattrs', 'interfaces', 'location', 'model', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'name', 'neighbors', 'network', 'network_infos', 'network_view', - 'networks', 'os_version', 'port_stats', 'type', - 'user_defined_mgmt_ip', 'vendor', 'vlan_infos'] + 'networks', 'os_version', 'port_stats', 'privileged_polling', + 'type', 'user_defined_mgmt_ip', 'vendor', 'vlan_infos'] _search_for_update_fields = ['address', 'name', 'network_view'] _updateable_search_fields = [] _all_searchable_fields = ['address', 'chassis_serial_number', 'location', @@ -2638,13 +2765,14 @@ class DiscoveryDevicecomponent(InfobloxObject): The device components discovered by Network Automation. - Fields: - component_name: The component name. - description: The description of the device component. - device: A reference to a device, to which this component belongs to. - model: The model of the device component. - serial: The serial number of the device component. - type: The type of device component. + Attributes: + component_name: The component name. + description: The description of the device component. + device: A reference to a device, to which this component belongs + to. + model: The model of the device component. + serial: The serial number of the device component. + type: The type of device component. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:devicecomponent' _fields = ['component_name', 'description', 'device', 'model', 'serial', @@ -2664,83 +2792,89 @@ class DiscoveryDeviceinterface(InfobloxObject): Interfaces on devices discovered by Network Automation - Fields: - admin_status: Administrative state of the interface. - admin_status_task_info: The configured admin status task info of the - interface. - cap_if_admin_status_ind: Determines whether to modify the admin - status of the interface. - cap_if_admin_status_na_reason: The reason that the edit admin status - action is not available. - cap_if_description_ind: Determines whether to modify the description - of the interface. - cap_if_description_na_reason: The reason that the edit description - action is not available. - cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv4_ind: Determines whether to - deprovision a IPv4 network from the interfaces. - cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv4_na_reason: The reason that the - deprovision a IPv4 network from the interface. - cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv6_ind: Determines whether to - deprovision a IPv6 network from the interfaces. - cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv6_na_reason: The reason that the - deprovision a IPv6 network from the interface. - cap_if_net_provisioning_ipv4_ind: Determines whether to modify the - IPv4 network associated to the interface. - cap_if_net_provisioning_ipv4_na_reason: The reason that IPv4 network - provisioning is not available. - cap_if_net_provisioning_ipv6_ind: Determines whether to modify the - IPv6 network associated to the interface. - cap_if_net_provisioning_ipv6_na_reason: The reason that IPv6 network - provisioning is not available. - cap_if_vlan_assignment_ind: Determines whether to modify the VLAN - assignement of the interface. - cap_if_vlan_assignment_na_reason: The reason that VLAN assignment - action is not available. - cap_if_voice_vlan_ind: Determines whether to modify the voice VLAN - assignement of the interface. - cap_if_voice_vlan_na_reason: The reason that voice VLAN assignment - action is not available. - description: The description of the interface. - description_task_info: The configured description task info of the - interface. - device: The ref to the device to which the interface belongs. - duplex: The duplex state of the interface. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ifaddr_infos: List of IFaddr information associated with the - interface. - index: The interface index number, as reported by SNMP. - last_change: Timestamp of the last interface property change - detected. - link_aggregation: This field indicates if this is a link aggregation - interface. - mac: The MAC address of the interface. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: The interface system name. - network_view: Th name of the network view. - oper_status: Operating state of the interface. - port_fast: The Port Fast status of the interface. - reserved_object: The reference to - object(Host/FixedAddress/GridMember) to which this port is - reserved. - speed: The interface speed in bps. - trunk_status: Indicates if the interface is tagged as a VLAN trunk - or not. - type: The type of interface. - vlan_info_task_info: The configured VLAN status task info of the - interface. - vlan_infos: The list of VLAN information associated with the - interface. - vrf_description: The description of the Virtual Routing and - Forwarding (VRF) associated with the interface. - vrf_name: The name of the Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) - associated with the interface. - vrf_rd: The route distinguisher of the Virtual Routing and - Forwarding (VRF) associated with the interface. + Attributes: + admin_status: Administrative state of the interface. + admin_status_task_info: The configured admin status task info of + the interface. + aggr_interface_name: Name of the port channel current interface + belongs to. + cap_if_admin_status_ind: Determines whether to modify the admin + status of the interface. + cap_if_admin_status_na_reason: The reason that the edit admin + status action is not available. + cap_if_description_ind: Determines whether to modify the + description of the interface. + cap_if_description_na_reason: The reason that the edit + description action is not available. + cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv4_ind: Determines whether to + deprovision a IPv4 network from the interfaces. + cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv4_na_reason: The reason that the + deprovision a IPv4 network from the interface. + cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv6_ind: Determines whether to + deprovision a IPv6 network from the interfaces. + cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv6_na_reason: The reason that the + deprovision a IPv6 network from the interface. + cap_if_net_provisioning_ipv4_ind: Determines whether to modify + the IPv4 network associated to the interface. + cap_if_net_provisioning_ipv4_na_reason: The reason that IPv4 + network provisioning is not available. + cap_if_net_provisioning_ipv6_ind: Determines whether to modify + the IPv6 network associated to the interface. + cap_if_net_provisioning_ipv6_na_reason: The reason that IPv6 + network provisioning is not available. + cap_if_vlan_assignment_ind: Determines whether to modify the + VLAN assignement of the interface. + cap_if_vlan_assignment_na_reason: The reason that VLAN + assignment action is not available. + cap_if_voice_vlan_ind: Determines whether to modify the voice + VLAN assignement of the interface. + cap_if_voice_vlan_na_reason: The reason that voice VLAN + assignment action is not available. + description: The description of the interface. + description_task_info: The configured description task info of + the interface. + device: The ref to the device to which the interface belongs. + duplex: The duplex state of the interface. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ifaddr_infos: List of IFaddr information associated with the + interface. + index: The interface index number, as reported by SNMP. + last_change: Timestamp of the last interface property change + detected. + link_aggregation: This field indicates if this is a link + aggregation interface. + mac: The MAC address of the interface. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: The interface system name. + network_view: Th name of the network view. + oper_status: Operating state of the interface. + port_fast: The Port Fast status of the interface. + reserved_object: The reference to + object(Host/FixedAddress/GridMember) to which this port is + reserved. + speed: The interface speed in bps. + trunk_status: Indicates if the interface is tagged as a VLAN + trunk or not. + type: The type of interface. + vlan_info_task_info: The configured VLAN status task info of the + interface. + vlan_infos: The list of VLAN information associated with the + interface. + vpc_peer: Aggregated interface name of vPC peer device current + port is connected to. + vpc_peer_device: The reference to vPC peer device. + vrf_description: The description of the Virtual Routing and + Forwarding (VRF) associated with the interface. + vrf_name: The name of the Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) + associated with the interface. + vrf_rd: The route distinguisher of the Virtual Routing and + Forwarding (VRF) associated with the interface. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:deviceinterface' - _fields = ['admin_status', 'admin_status_task_info', + _fields = ['admin_status', 'admin_status_task_info', 'aggr_interface_name', 'cap_if_admin_status_ind', 'cap_if_admin_status_na_reason', 'cap_if_description_ind', 'cap_if_description_na_reason', 'cap_if_net_deprovisioning_ipv4_ind', @@ -2758,13 +2892,14 @@ class DiscoveryDeviceinterface(InfobloxObject): 'ifaddr_infos', 'index', 'last_change', 'link_aggregation', 'mac', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'name', 'network_view', 'oper_status', 'port_fast', 'reserved_object', 'speed', 'trunk_status', 'type', - 'vlan_info_task_info', 'vlan_infos', 'vrf_description', - 'vrf_name', 'vrf_rd'] + 'vlan_info_task_info', 'vlan_infos', 'vpc_peer', + 'vpc_peer_device', 'vrf_description', 'vrf_name', 'vrf_rd'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name', 'type'] _updateable_search_fields = [] - _all_searchable_fields = ['description', 'mac', 'name', 'network_view', - 'oper_status', 'speed', 'type', - 'vrf_description', 'vrf_name', 'vrf_rd'] + _all_searchable_fields = ['aggr_interface_name', 'description', 'mac', + 'name', 'network_view', 'oper_status', 'speed', + 'type', 'vpc_peer', 'vrf_description', + 'vrf_name', 'vrf_rd'] _return_fields = ['extattrs', 'name', 'type'] _remap = {} _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] @@ -2782,17 +2917,19 @@ class DiscoveryDeviceneighbor(InfobloxObject): The neighbor associated with the device discovered by Network Automation. - Fields: - address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the device neighbor. - address_ref: The ref to the management IP address of the device - neighbor. - device: The ref to the device to which the device neighbor belongs. - interface: The ref to the interface to which the device neighbor - belongs. - mac: The MAC address of the device neighbor. - name: The name of the device neighbor. - vlan_infos: The list of VLAN information associated with the device - neighbor. + Attributes: + address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the device + neighbor. + address_ref: The ref to the management IP address of the device + neighbor. + device: The ref to the device to which the device neighbor + belongs. + interface: The ref to the interface to which the device neighbor + belongs. + mac: The MAC address of the device neighbor. + name: The name of the device neighbor. + vlan_infos: The list of VLAN information associated with the + device neighbor. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:deviceneighbor' _fields = ['address', 'address_ref', 'device', 'interface', 'mac', 'name', @@ -2821,13 +2958,14 @@ class DiscoveryDevicesupportbundle(InfobloxObject): The device support bundle represents the entity for displaying and managing device support files. - Fields: - author: The developer of the device support bundle. - integrated_ind: Determines whether the device support bundle is - integrated or imported. Note that integrated support bundles - cannot be removed. - name: The descriptive device name for the device support bundle. - version: The version of the currently active device support bundle. + Attributes: + author: The developer of the device support bundle. + integrated_ind: Determines whether the device support bundle is + integrated or imported. Note that integrated support bundles + cannot be removed. + name: The descriptive device name for the device support bundle. + version: The version of the currently active device support + bundle. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:devicesupportbundle' _fields = ['author', 'integrated_ind', 'name', 'version'] @@ -2845,16 +2983,19 @@ class DiscoveryDiagnostictask(InfobloxObject): The object provides information about the discovery diagnostic task. - Fields: - community_string: The SNMP community string of the discovery - diagnostic task. - debug_snmp: The SNMP debug flag of the discovery diagnostic task. - force_test: The force test flag of the discovery diagnostic task. - ip_address: The IP address of the discovery diagnostic task. - network_view: The network view name of the discovery diagnostic - task. - start_time: The time when the discovery diagnostic task was started. - task_id: The ID of the discovery diagnostic task. + Attributes: + community_string: The SNMP community string of the discovery + diagnostic task. + debug_snmp: The SNMP debug flag of the discovery diagnostic + task. + force_test: The force test flag of the discovery diagnostic + task. + ip_address: The IP address of the discovery diagnostic task. + network_view: The network view name of the discovery diagnostic + task. + start_time: The time when the discovery diagnostic task was + started. + task_id: The ID of the discovery diagnostic task. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:diagnostictask' _fields = ['community_string', 'debug_snmp', 'force_test', 'ip_address', @@ -2873,46 +3014,50 @@ class DiscoveryGridproperties(InfobloxObject): The object provides information about the Grid discovery properties. - Fields: - advanced_polling_settings: Discovery advanced polling settings. - advisor_settings: Advisor settings. - auto_conversion_settings: Automatic conversion settings. - basic_polling_settings: Discovery basic polling settings. - cli_credentials: Discovery CLI credentials. - discovery_blackout_setting: Discovery blackout setting. - dns_lookup_option: The type of the devices the DNS processor - operates on. - dns_lookup_throttle: The percentage of available capacity the DNS - processor operates at.Valid values are unsigned integer between - 1 and 100, inclusive. - enable_advisor: Advisor application enabled/disabled. - enable_auto_conversion: The flag that enables automatic conversion - of discovered data. - enable_auto_updates: The flag that enables updating discovered data - for managed objects. - grid_name: The Grid name. - ignore_conflict_duration: Determines the timeout to ignore the - discovery conflict duration (in seconds). - port_control_blackout_setting: Port control blackout setting. - ports: Ports to scan. - same_port_control_discovery_blackout: Determines if the same port - control is used for discovery blackout. - snmpv1v2_credentials: Discovery SNMP v1 and v2 credentials. - snmpv3_credentials: Discovery SNMP v3 credentials. - unmanaged_ips_limit: Limit of discovered unmanaged IP address which - determines how frequently the user is notified about the new - unmanaged IP address in a particular network. - unmanaged_ips_timeout: Determines the timeout between two - notifications (in seconds) about the new unmanaged IP address in - a particular network. The value must be between 60 seconds and - the number of seconds remaining to Jan 2038. - vrf_mapping_policy: The policy type used to define the behavior of - the VRF mapping. - vrf_mapping_rules: VRF mapping rules. + Attributes: + advanced_polling_settings: Discovery advanced polling settings. + advanced_sdn_polling_settings: Discovery advanced polling + settings. + advisor_settings: Advisor settings. + auto_conversion_settings: Automatic conversion settings. + basic_polling_settings: Discovery basic polling settings. + basic_sdn_polling_settings: Discovery basic polling settings. + cli_credentials: Discovery CLI credentials. + discovery_blackout_setting: Discovery blackout setting. + dns_lookup_option: The type of the devices the DNS processor + operates on. + dns_lookup_throttle: The percentage of available capacity the + DNS processor operates at.Valid values are unsigned integer + between 1 and 100, inclusive. + enable_advisor: Advisor application enabled/disabled. + enable_auto_conversion: The flag that enables automatic + conversion of discovered data. + enable_auto_updates: The flag that enables updating discovered + data for managed objects. + grid_name: The Grid name. + ignore_conflict_duration: Determines the timeout to ignore the + discovery conflict duration (in seconds). + port_control_blackout_setting: Port control blackout setting. + ports: Ports to scan. + same_port_control_discovery_blackout: Determines if the same + port control is used for discovery blackout. + snmpv1v2_credentials: Discovery SNMP v1 and v2 credentials. + snmpv3_credentials: Discovery SNMP v3 credentials. + unmanaged_ips_limit: Limit of discovered unmanaged IP address + which determines how frequently the user is notified about + the new unmanaged IP address in a particular network. + unmanaged_ips_timeout: Determines the timeout between two + notifications (in seconds) about the new unmanaged IP + address in a particular network. The value must be between + 60 seconds and the number of seconds remaining to Jan 2038. + vrf_mapping_policy: The policy type used to define the behavior + of the VRF mapping. + vrf_mapping_rules: VRF mapping rules. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:gridproperties' - _fields = ['advanced_polling_settings', 'advisor_settings', - 'auto_conversion_settings', 'basic_polling_settings', + _fields = ['advanced_polling_settings', 'advanced_sdn_polling_settings', + 'advisor_settings', 'auto_conversion_settings', + 'basic_polling_settings', 'basic_sdn_polling_settings', 'cli_credentials', 'discovery_blackout_setting', 'dns_lookup_option', 'dns_lookup_throttle', 'enable_advisor', 'enable_auto_conversion', 'enable_auto_updates', 'grid_name', @@ -2958,29 +3103,30 @@ class DiscoveryMemberproperties(InfobloxObject): The object provides information about the Grid member discovery properties. - Fields: - address: The Grid member address IP address. - cisco_apic_configurations: Cisco APIC configurations. - cli_credentials: Discovery CLI credentials. - default_seed_routers: Default seed routers. - discovery_member: The name of the network discovery Grid member. - enable_service: Determines if the discovery service is enabled. - gateway_seed_routers: Gateway seed routers. - is_sa: Determines if the standalone mode for discovery network - monitor is enabled or not. - role: Discovery member role. - scan_interfaces: Discovery networks to which the member is assigned. - seed_routers: Seed routers. - snmpv1v2_credentials: Discovery SNMP v1 and v2 credentials. - snmpv3_credentials: Discovery SNMP v3 credentials. - use_cli_credentials: Use flag for: cli_credentials - use_snmpv1v2_credentials: Use flag for: snmpv1v2_credentials - use_snmpv3_credentials: Use flag for: snmpv3_credentials + Attributes: + address: The Grid member address IP address. + cli_credentials: Discovery CLI credentials. + default_seed_routers: Default seed routers. + discovery_member: The name of the network discovery Grid member. + enable_service: Determines if the discovery service is enabled. + gateway_seed_routers: Gateway seed routers. + is_sa: Determines if the standalone mode for discovery network + monitor is enabled or not. + role: Discovery member role. + scan_interfaces: Discovery networks to which the member is + assigned. + sdn_configs: List of SDN/SDWAN controller configurations. + seed_routers: Seed routers. + snmpv1v2_credentials: Discovery SNMP v1 and v2 credentials. + snmpv3_credentials: Discovery SNMP v3 credentials. + use_cli_credentials: Use flag for: cli_credentials + use_snmpv1v2_credentials: Use flag for: snmpv1v2_credentials + use_snmpv3_credentials: Use flag for: snmpv3_credentials """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:memberproperties' - _fields = ['address', 'cisco_apic_configurations', 'cli_credentials', - 'default_seed_routers', 'discovery_member', 'enable_service', - 'gateway_seed_routers', 'is_sa', 'role', 'scan_interfaces', + _fields = ['address', 'cli_credentials', 'default_seed_routers', + 'discovery_member', 'enable_service', 'gateway_seed_routers', + 'is_sa', 'role', 'scan_interfaces', 'sdn_configs', 'seed_routers', 'snmpv1v2_credentials', 'snmpv3_credentials', 'use_cli_credentials', 'use_snmpv1v2_credentials', 'use_snmpv3_credentials'] @@ -2993,55 +3139,88 @@ class DiscoveryMemberproperties(InfobloxObject): _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] _custom_field_processing = { - 'cisco_apic_configurations': DiscoveryCiscoapicconfiguration.from_dict, 'cli_credentials': DiscoveryClicredential.from_dict, 'default_seed_routers': DiscoverySeedrouter.from_dict, 'gateway_seed_routers': DiscoverySeedrouter.from_dict, 'scan_interfaces': DiscoveryScaninterface.from_dict, + 'sdn_configs': DiscoverySdnconfig.from_dict, 'seed_routers': DiscoverySeedrouter.from_dict, 'snmpv1v2_credentials': DiscoverySnmpcredential.from_dict, 'snmpv3_credentials': DiscoverySnmp3Credential.from_dict, } +class DiscoverySdnnetwork(InfobloxObject): + """ DiscoverySdnnetwork: The SDN network object. + Corresponds to WAPI object 'discovery:sdnnetwork' + + This object provides information about the SDN networks. They are + the elements of address space hierarchy discovered on SDN/SDWAN + controllers + + Attributes: + first_seen: Timestamp when this SDN network was first + discovered. + name: The name of the SDN network. + network_view: The name of the network view assigned to this SDN + network. + source_sdn_config: Name of SDN configuration this network + belongs to. + """ + _infoblox_type = 'discovery:sdnnetwork' + _fields = ['first_seen', 'name', 'network_view', 'source_sdn_config'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['name', 'network_view', 'source_sdn_config'] + _updateable_search_fields = [] + _all_searchable_fields = ['name', 'network_view', 'source_sdn_config'] + _return_fields = ['name', 'network_view', 'source_sdn_config'] + _remap = {} + _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + + class DiscoveryStatus(InfobloxObject): """ DiscoveryStatus: Discovery Status object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'discovery:status' The discovery status of discovered data - Fields: - address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the device. - cli_collection_enabled: Indicates if CLI collection is enabled. - cli_credential_info: The CLI credential status information of the - device. - existence_info: The existence status information of the device. - fingerprint_enabled: Indicates if DHCP finterprinting is enabled. - fingerprint_info: This DHCP finterprinting status information of the - device. - first_seen: The timestamp when the device was first discovered. - last_action: The timestamp of the last detected interface property - change. - last_seen: The timestamp when the device was last discovered. - last_timestamp: The timestamp of the last executed action for the - device. - name: The name of the device. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this device - resides. - reachable_info: The reachable status information of the device. - snmp_collection_enabled: Indicates if SNMP collection is enabled. - snmp_collection_info: The SNMP collection status information of the - device. - snmp_credential_info: The SNMP credential status information of the - device. - status: The overall status of the device. - type: The type of device. + Attributes: + address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the device. + cli_collection_enabled: Indicates if CLI collection is enabled. + cli_credential_info: The CLI credential status information of + the device. + existence_info: The existence status information of the device. + fingerprint_enabled: Indicates if DHCP finterprinting is + enabled. + fingerprint_info: This DHCP finterprinting status information of + the device. + first_seen: The timestamp when the device was first discovered. + last_action: The timestamp of the last detected interface + property change. + last_seen: The timestamp when the device was last discovered. + last_timestamp: The timestamp of the last executed action for + the device. + name: The name of the device. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this device + resides. + reachable_info: The reachable status information of the device. + sdn_collection_enabled: Indicate whether SDN collection enabled + for the device. + sdn_collection_info: Device SDN collection status information. + snmp_collection_enabled: Indicates if SNMP collection is + enabled. + snmp_collection_info: The SNMP collection status information of + the device. + snmp_credential_info: The SNMP credential status information of + the device. + status: The overall status of the device. + type: The type of device. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:status' _fields = ['address', 'cli_collection_enabled', 'cli_credential_info', 'existence_info', 'fingerprint_enabled', 'fingerprint_info', 'first_seen', 'last_action', 'last_seen', 'last_timestamp', 'name', 'network_view', 'reachable_info', + 'sdn_collection_enabled', 'sdn_collection_info', 'snmp_collection_enabled', 'snmp_collection_info', 'snmp_credential_info', 'status', 'type'] _search_for_update_fields = ['address', 'name', 'network_view'] @@ -3059,14 +3238,14 @@ class DiscoveryVrf(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the virtual network membership (VRF). - Fields: - description: Additional information about the VRF. - device: The device to which the VRF belongs. - name: The name of the VRF. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this VRF - resides. - route_distinguisher: The route distinguisher associated with the - VRF. + Attributes: + description: Additional information about the VRF. + device: The device to which the VRF belongs. + name: The name of the VRF. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this VRF + resides. + route_distinguisher: The route distinguisher associated with the + VRF. """ _infoblox_type = 'discovery:vrf' _fields = ['description', 'device', 'name', 'network_view', @@ -3087,36 +3266,37 @@ class Discoverytask(InfobloxObject): Configuration parameters have control over the behavior of network discovery jobs. - Fields: - csv_file_name: The network discovery CSV file name. - disable_ip_scanning: Determines whether IP scanning is disabled. - disable_vmware_scanning: Determines whether VMWare scanning is - disabled. - discovery_task_oid: The discovery task identifier. - member_name: The Grid member that runs the discovery. - merge_data: Determines whether to replace or merge new data with - existing data. - mode: Network discovery scanning mode. - network_view: Name of the network view in which target networks for - network discovery reside. - networks: The list of the networks on which the network discovery - will be invoked. - ping_retries: The number of times to perfrom ping for ICMP and FULL - modes. - ping_timeout: The ping timeout for ICMP and FULL modes. - scheduled_run: The schedule setting for network discovery task. - state: The network discovery process state. - state_time: Time when the network discovery process state was last - updated. - status: The network discovery process descriptive status. - status_time: The time when the network discovery process status was - last updated. - tcp_ports: The ports to scan for FULL and TCP modes. - tcp_scan_technique: The TCP scan techinque for FULL and TCP modes. - v_network_view: Name of the network view in which target networks - for VMWare scanning reside. - vservers: The list of VMware vSphere servers for VM discovery. - warning: The network discovery process warning. + Attributes: + csv_file_name: The network discovery CSV file name. + disable_ip_scanning: Determines whether IP scanning is disabled. + disable_vmware_scanning: Determines whether VMWare scanning is + disabled. + discovery_task_oid: The discovery task identifier. + member_name: The Grid member that runs the discovery. + merge_data: Determines whether to replace or merge new data with + existing data. + mode: Network discovery scanning mode. + network_view: Name of the network view in which target networks + for network discovery reside. + networks: The list of the networks on which the network + discovery will be invoked. + ping_retries: The number of times to perfrom ping for ICMP and + FULL modes. + ping_timeout: The ping timeout for ICMP and FULL modes. + scheduled_run: The schedule setting for network discovery task. + state: The network discovery process state. + state_time: Time when the network discovery process state was + last updated. + status: The network discovery process descriptive status. + status_time: The time when the network discovery process status + was last updated. + tcp_ports: The ports to scan for FULL and TCP modes. + tcp_scan_technique: The TCP scan techinque for FULL and TCP + modes. + v_network_view: Name of the network view in which target + networks for VMWare scanning reside. + vservers: The list of VMware vSphere servers for VM discovery. + warning: The network discovery process warning. """ _infoblox_type = 'discoverytask' _fields = ['csv_file_name', 'disable_ip_scanning', @@ -3163,11 +3343,11 @@ class Distributionschedule(InfobloxObject): scheduled distribution of the software, activation of the schedule, as well as date and time settings. - Fields: - active: Determines whether the distribution schedule is active. - start_time: The start time of the distribution. - time_zone: Time zone of the distribution start time. - upgrade_groups: The upgrade groups scheduling settings. + Attributes: + active: Determines whether the distribution schedule is active. + start_time: The start time of the distribution. + time_zone: Time zone of the distribution start time. + upgrade_groups: The upgrade groups scheduling settings. """ _infoblox_type = 'distributionschedule' _fields = ['active', 'start_time', 'time_zone', 'upgrade_groups'] @@ -3197,31 +3377,35 @@ class Dns64Group(InfobloxObject): is reserved for representing IPv4 addresses in the IPv6 address space. - Fields: - clients: Access Control settings that contain IPv4 and IPv6 DNS - clients and networks to which the DNS server is allowed to send - synthesized AAAA records with the specified IPv6 prefix. - comment: The descriptive comment for the DNS64 synthesis group - object. - disable: Determines whether the DNS64 synthesis group is disabled. - enable_dnssec_dns64: Determines whether the DNS64 synthesis of AAAA - records is enabled for DNS64 synthesis groups that request - DNSSEC data. - exclude: Access Control settings that contain IPv6 addresses or - prefix ranges that cannot be used by IPv6-only hosts, such as IP - addresses in the ::ffff:0:0/96 network. When DNS server - retrieves an AAAA record that contains an IPv6 address that - matches an excluded address, it does not return the AAAA record. - Instead it synthesizes an AAAA record from the A record. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - mapped: Access Control settings that contain IPv4 addresses and - networks for which the DNS server can synthesize AAAA records - with the specified prefix. - name: The name of the DNS64 synthesis group object. - prefix: The IPv6 prefix used for the synthesized AAAA records. The - prefix length must be /32, /40, /48, /56, /64 or /96, and all - bits beyond the specified length must be zero. + Attributes: + clients: Access Control settings that contain IPv4 and IPv6 DNS + clients and networks to which the DNS server is allowed to + send synthesized AAAA records with the specified IPv6 + prefix. + comment: The descriptive comment for the DNS64 synthesis group + object. + disable: Determines whether the DNS64 synthesis group is + disabled. + enable_dnssec_dns64: Determines whether the DNS64 synthesis of + AAAA records is enabled for DNS64 synthesis groups that + request DNSSEC data. + exclude: Access Control settings that contain IPv6 addresses or + prefix ranges that cannot be used by IPv6-only hosts, such + as IP addresses in the ::ffff:0:0/96 network. When DNS + server retrieves an AAAA record that contains an IPv6 + address that matches an excluded address, it does not return + the AAAA record. Instead it synthesizes an AAAA record from + the A record. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + mapped: Access Control settings that contain IPv4 addresses and + networks for which the DNS server can synthesize AAAA + records with the specified prefix. + name: The name of the DNS64 synthesis group object. + prefix: The IPv6 prefix used for the synthesized AAAA records. + The prefix length must be /32, /40, /48, /56, /64 or /96, + and all bits beyond the specified length must be zero. """ _infoblox_type = 'dns64group' _fields = ['clients', 'comment', 'disable', 'enable_dnssec_dns64', @@ -3247,7 +3431,7 @@ class Dtc(InfobloxObject): This object can be used to control the DTC functionality of the appliance. - Fields: + Attributes: """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc' _fields = [] @@ -3281,19 +3465,19 @@ class DtcAllrecords(InfobloxObject): Since this is a synthetic object, it is read-only by specifying search parameters, not by specifying a reference. - Fields: - comment: The record comment. - disable: The disable value determines if the record is disabled or - not. "False" means the record is enabled. - dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the record - is associated. - record: The record object, if supported by the WAPI. Otherwise, the - value is "None". - ttl: The TTL value of the record associated with the DTC AllRecords - object. - type: The record type. When searching for an unspecified record - type, the search is performed for all records. On retrieval, the - appliance returns "UNSUPPORTED" for unsupported records. + Attributes: + comment: The record comment. + disable: The disable value determines if the record is disabled + or not. "False" means the record is enabled. + dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the + record is associated. + record: The record object, if supported by the WAPI. Otherwise, + the value is "None". + ttl: The TTL value of the record associated with the DTC + AllRecords object. + type: The record type. When searching for an unspecified record + type, the search is performed for all records. On retrieval, + the appliance returns "UNSUPPORTED" for unsupported records. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:allrecords' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'dtc_server', 'record', 'ttl', 'type'] @@ -3311,9 +3495,9 @@ class DtcCertificate(InfobloxObject): These are DTC health monitor certificates. - Fields: - certificate: Reference to underlying X509Certificate. - in_use: Determines whether the certificate is in use or not. + Attributes: + certificate: Reference to underlying X509Certificate. + in_use: Determines whether the certificate is in use or not. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:certificate' _fields = ['certificate', 'in_use'] @@ -3334,38 +3518,42 @@ class DtcLbdn(InfobloxObject): qualified domain name associated with a specific service such as ftp.abc.com or www.abc.com. - Fields: - auth_zones: List of linked auth zones. - comment: Comment for the DTC LBDN; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines whether the DTC LBDN is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the fixed address is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - health: The LBDN health information. - lb_method: The load balancing method. Used to select pool. - name: The display name of the DTC LBDN, not DNS related. - patterns: LBDN wildcards for pattern match. - persistence: Maximum time, in seconds, for which client specific - LBDN responses will be cached. Zero specifies no caching. - pools: The maximum time, in seconds, for which client specific LBDN - responses will be cached. Zero specifies no caching. - priority: The LBDN pattern match priority for "overlapping" DTC LBDN - objects. LBDNs are "overlapping" if they are simultaneously - assigned to a zone and have patterns that can match the same - FQDN. The matching LBDN with highest priority (lowest ordinal) - will be used. - topology: The topology rules for TOPOLOGY method. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the DTC LBDN. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the - record should not be cached. - types: The list of resource record types supported by LBDN. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + auth_zones: List of linked auth zones. + auto_consolidated_monitors: Flag for enabling auto managing DTC + Consolidated Monitors on related DTC Pools. + comment: Comment for the DTC LBDN; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines whether the DTC LBDN is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the fixed address is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + health: The LBDN health information. + lb_method: The load balancing method. Used to select pool. + name: The display name of the DTC LBDN, not DNS related. + patterns: LBDN wildcards for pattern match. + persistence: Maximum time, in seconds, for which client specific + LBDN responses will be cached. Zero specifies no caching. + pools: The maximum time, in seconds, for which client specific + LBDN responses will be cached. Zero specifies no caching. + priority: The LBDN pattern match priority for "overlapping" DTC + LBDN objects. LBDNs are "overlapping" if they are + simultaneously assigned to a zone and have patterns that can + match the same FQDN. The matching LBDN with highest priority + (lowest ordinal) will be used. + topology: The topology rules for TOPOLOGY method. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the DTC LBDN. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + types: The list of resource record types supported by LBDN. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:lbdn' - _fields = ['auth_zones', 'comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'health', - 'lb_method', 'name', 'patterns', 'persistence', 'pools', - 'priority', 'topology', 'ttl', 'types', 'use_ttl'] + _fields = ['auth_zones', 'auto_consolidated_monitors', 'comment', + 'disable', 'extattrs', 'health', 'lb_method', 'name', + 'patterns', 'persistence', 'pools', 'priority', 'topology', + 'ttl', 'types', 'use_ttl'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'name'] _all_searchable_fields = ['comment', 'name'] @@ -3385,20 +3573,21 @@ class DtcMonitor(InfobloxObject): The DTC Monitor object is used to determine the health of a server by evaluating the response to a health request. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - interval: The interval for a health check. - monitor: The actual monitor object. - name: The display name for this DTC monitor. - port: The health monitor port value. - retry_down: The number of how many times the server should appear as - "DOWN" to be treated as dead after it was alive. - retry_up: The number of many times the server should appear as "UP" - to be treated as alive after it was dead. - timeout: The timeout for a health check. - type: The request transport type. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + interval: The interval for a health check. + monitor: The actual monitor object. + name: The display name for this DTC monitor. + port: The health monitor port value. + retry_down: The number of how many times the server should + appear as "DOWN" to be treated as dead after it was alive. + retry_up: The number of many times the server should appear as + "UP" to be treated as alive after it was dead. + timeout: The timeout for a health check. + type: The request transport type. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:monitor' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'interval', 'monitor', 'name', 'port', @@ -3421,40 +3610,41 @@ class DtcMonitorHttp(InfobloxObject): validation is successful if the received response matches the expected message. - Fields: - ciphers: An optional cipher list for a secure HTTP/S connection. - client_cert: An optional client certificate, supplied in a secure - HTTP/S mode if present. - comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. - content_check: The content check type. - content_check_input: A portion of response to use as input for - content check. - content_check_op: A content check success criteria operator. - content_check_regex: A content check regular expression. - content_extract_group: A content extraction sub-expression to - extract. - content_extract_type: A content extraction expected type for the - extracted data. - content_extract_value: A content extraction value to compare with - extracted result. - enable_sni: Determines whether the Server Name Indication (SNI) for - HTTPS monitor is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - interval: The interval for TCP health check. - name: The display name for this DTC monitor. - port: Port for TCP requests. - request: An HTTP request to send. - result: The type of an expected result. - result_code: The expected return code. - retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear as - down to be treated as dead after it was alive. - retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear as up - to be treated as alive after it was dead. - secure: The connection security status. - timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. - validate_cert: Determines whether the validation of the remote - server's certificate is enabled. + Attributes: + ciphers: An optional cipher list for a secure HTTP/S connection. + client_cert: An optional client certificate, supplied in a + secure HTTP/S mode if present. + comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. + content_check: The content check type. + content_check_input: A portion of response to use as input for + content check. + content_check_op: A content check success criteria operator. + content_check_regex: A content check regular expression. + content_extract_group: A content extraction sub-expression to + extract. + content_extract_type: A content extraction expected type for the + extracted data. + content_extract_value: A content extraction value to compare + with extracted result. + enable_sni: Determines whether the Server Name Indication (SNI) + for HTTPS monitor is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + interval: The interval for TCP health check. + name: The display name for this DTC monitor. + port: Port for TCP requests. + request: An HTTP request to send. + result: The type of an expected result. + result_code: The expected return code. + retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear + as down to be treated as dead after it was alive. + retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear + as up to be treated as alive after it was dead. + secure: The connection security status. + timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. + validate_cert: Determines whether the validation of the remote + server's certificate is enabled. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:monitor:http' _fields = ['ciphers', 'client_cert', 'comment', 'content_check', @@ -3479,17 +3669,18 @@ class DtcMonitorIcmp(InfobloxObject): The DTC ICMP monitor object is used to determine the health of a server by monitoring the response to an ICMP ping. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - interval: The interval for TCP health check. - name: The display name for this DTC monitor. - retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear as - down to be treated as dead after it was alive. - retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear as up - to be treated as alive after it was dead. - timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + interval: The interval for TCP health check. + name: The display name for this DTC monitor. + retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear + as down to be treated as dead after it was alive. + retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear + as up to be treated as alive after it was dead. + timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:monitor:icmp' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'interval', 'name', 'retry_down', @@ -3510,18 +3701,19 @@ class DtcMonitorPdp(InfobloxObject): server by sending a PDP ECHO and considering a valid reply to mean that service is available. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - interval: The interval for TCP health check. - name: The display name for this DTC monitor. - port: The port value for PDP requests. - retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear as - down to be treated as dead after it was alive. - retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear as up - to be treated as alive after it was dead. - timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + interval: The interval for TCP health check. + name: The display name for this DTC monitor. + port: The port value for PDP requests. + retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear + as down to be treated as dead after it was alive. + retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear + as up to be treated as alive after it was dead. + timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:monitor:pdp' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'interval', 'name', 'port', 'retry_down', @@ -3544,27 +3736,28 @@ class DtcMonitorSip(InfobloxObject): response provided by the server. The service is considered available If the received response matches the expected response. - Fields: - ciphers: An optional cipher list for secure TLS/SIPS connection. - client_cert: An optional client certificate, supplied in TLS and - SIPS mode if present. - comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - interval: The interval for TCP health check. - name: The display name for this DTC monitor. - port: The port value for SIP requests. - request: A SIP request to send - result: The type of an expected result. - result_code: The expected return code value. - retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear as - down to be treated as dead after it was alive. - retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear as up - to be treated as alive after it was dead. - timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. - transport: The transport layer protocol to use for SIP check. - validate_cert: Determines whether the validation of the remote - server's certificate is enabled. + Attributes: + ciphers: An optional cipher list for secure TLS/SIPS connection. + client_cert: An optional client certificate, supplied in TLS and + SIPS mode if present. + comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + interval: The interval for TCP health check. + name: The display name for this DTC monitor. + port: The port value for SIP requests. + request: A SIP request to send + result: The type of an expected result. + result_code: The expected return code value. + retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear + as down to be treated as dead after it was alive. + retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear + as up to be treated as alive after it was dead. + timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. + transport: The transport layer protocol to use for SIP check. + validate_cert: Determines whether the validation of the remote + server's certificate is enabled. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:monitor:sip' _fields = ['ciphers', 'client_cert', 'comment', 'extattrs', 'interval', @@ -3589,24 +3782,25 @@ class DtcMonitorSnmp(InfobloxObject): response sent by the server. The service is considered available if the returned response matches the expected response. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. - community: The SNMP community string for SNMP authentication. - context: The SNMPv3 context. - engine_id: The SNMPv3 engine identifier. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - interval: The interval for TCP health check. - name: The display name for this DTC monitor. - oids: A list of OIDs for SNMP monitoring. - port: The port value for SNMP requests. - retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear as - down to be treated as dead after it was alive. - retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear as up - to be treated as alive after it was dead. - timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. - user: The SNMPv3 user setting. - version: The SNMP protocol version for the SNMP health check. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. + community: The SNMP community string for SNMP authentication. + context: The SNMPv3 context. + engine_id: The SNMPv3 engine identifier. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + interval: The interval for TCP health check. + name: The display name for this DTC monitor. + oids: A list of OIDs for SNMP monitoring. + port: The port value for SNMP requests. + retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear + as down to be treated as dead after it was alive. + retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear + as up to be treated as alive after it was dead. + timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. + user: The SNMPv3 user setting. + version: The SNMP protocol version for the SNMP health check. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:monitor:snmp' _fields = ['comment', 'community', 'context', 'engine_id', 'extattrs', @@ -3631,18 +3825,19 @@ class DtcMonitorTcp(InfobloxObject): The DTC TCP monitor object is used to determine the health of a server by evaluating the response to a TCP request. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - interval: The interval for TCP health check. - name: The display name for this DTC monitor. - port: The port value for TCP requests. - retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear as - down to be treated as dead after it was alive. - retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear as up - to be treated as alive after it was dead. - timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this DTC monitor; maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + interval: The interval for TCP health check. + name: The display name for this DTC monitor. + port: The port value for TCP requests. + retry_down: The value of how many times the server should appear + as down to be treated as dead after it was alive. + retry_up: The value of how many times the server should appear + as up to be treated as alive after it was dead. + timeout: The timeout for TCP health check in seconds. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:monitor:tcp' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'interval', 'name', 'port', 'retry_down', @@ -3661,19 +3856,20 @@ class DtcObject(InfobloxObject): An object for all load balancer managed DTC objects. - Fields: - abstract_type: The abstract object type. - comment: The comment for the DTC object; maximum 256 characters. - display_type: The display object type. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv4_address_list: The list of IPv4 addresses. - ipv6_address_list: The list of IPv6 addresses. - name: The display name of the DTC object. - object: The specific DTC object. - status: The availability color status. - status_time: The timestamp when status or health was last - determined. + Attributes: + abstract_type: The abstract object type. + comment: The comment for the DTC object; maximum 256 characters. + display_type: The display object type. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv4_address_list: The list of IPv4 addresses. + ipv6_address_list: The list of IPv6 addresses. + name: The display name of the DTC object. + object: The specific DTC object. + status: The availability color status. + status_time: The timestamp when status or health was last + determined. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:object' _fields = ['abstract_type', 'comment', 'display_type', 'extattrs', @@ -3694,47 +3890,54 @@ class DtcPool(InfobloxObject): The collection of IDNS resources (virtual servers). - Fields: - availability: A resource in the pool is available if ANY, at least - QUORUM, or ALL monitors for the pool say that it is up. - comment: The comment for the DTC Pool; maximum 256 characters. - consolidated_monitors: List of monitors and associated members - statuses of which are shared across members and consolidated in - server availability determination. - disable: Determines whether the DTC Pool is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the fixed address is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - health: The health status. - lb_alternate_method: The alternate load balancing method. Use this - to select a method type from the pool if the preferred method - does not return any results. - lb_alternate_topology: The alternate topology for load balancing. - lb_dynamic_ratio_alternate: The DTC Pool settings for dynamic ratio - when it's selected as alternate method. - lb_dynamic_ratio_preferred: The DTC Pool settings for dynamic ratio - when it's selected as preferred method. - lb_preferred_method: The preferred load balancing method. Use this - to select a method type from the pool. - lb_preferred_topology: The preferred topology for load balancing. - monitors: The monitors related to pool. - name: The DTC Pool display name. - quorum: For availability mode QUORUM, at least this many monitors - must report the resource as up for it to be available - servers: The servers related to the pool. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the DTC Pool. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the - record should not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + auto_consolidated_monitors: Flag for enabling auto managing DTC + Consolidated Monitors in DTC Pool. + availability: A resource in the pool is available if ANY, at + least QUORUM, or ALL monitors for the pool say that it is + up. + comment: The comment for the DTC Pool; maximum 256 characters. + consolidated_monitors: List of monitors and associated members + statuses of which are shared across members and consolidated + in server availability determination. + disable: Determines whether the DTC Pool is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the fixed address is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + health: The health status. + lb_alternate_method: The alternate load balancing method. Use + this to select a method type from the pool if the preferred + method does not return any results. + lb_alternate_topology: The alternate topology for load + balancing. + lb_dynamic_ratio_alternate: The DTC Pool settings for dynamic + ratio when it's selected as alternate method. + lb_dynamic_ratio_preferred: The DTC Pool settings for dynamic + ratio when it's selected as preferred method. + lb_preferred_method: The preferred load balancing method. Use + this to select a method type from the pool. + lb_preferred_topology: The preferred topology for load + balancing. + monitors: The monitors related to pool. + name: The DTC Pool display name. + quorum: For availability mode QUORUM, at least this many + monitors must report the resource as up for it to be + available + servers: The servers related to the pool. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the DTC Pool. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:pool' - _fields = ['availability', 'comment', 'consolidated_monitors', 'disable', - 'extattrs', 'health', 'lb_alternate_method', - 'lb_alternate_topology', 'lb_dynamic_ratio_alternate', - 'lb_dynamic_ratio_preferred', 'lb_preferred_method', - 'lb_preferred_topology', 'monitors', 'name', 'quorum', - 'servers', 'ttl', 'use_ttl'] + _fields = ['auto_consolidated_monitors', 'availability', 'comment', + 'consolidated_monitors', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'health', + 'lb_alternate_method', 'lb_alternate_topology', + 'lb_dynamic_ratio_alternate', 'lb_dynamic_ratio_preferred', + 'lb_preferred_method', 'lb_preferred_topology', 'monitors', + 'name', 'quorum', 'servers', 'ttl', 'use_ttl'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'name'] _all_searchable_fields = ['comment', 'name'] @@ -3766,17 +3969,17 @@ class ADtcRecord(ADtcRecordBase): resource record. This resource record specifies mapping from domain name to IPv4 address. - Fields: - auto_created: Flag that indicates whether this record was - automatically created by NIOS. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC - record is associated. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the domain name. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + auto_created: Flag that indicates whether this record was + automatically created by NIOS. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC + record is associated. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the domain name. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:record:a' _fields = ['auto_created', 'comment', 'disable', 'dtc_server', 'ipv4addr', @@ -3798,17 +4001,17 @@ class AAAADtcRecord(ADtcRecordBase): AAAA) resource record. This resource record specifies mapping from domain name to IPv6 address. - Fields: - auto_created: Flag that indicates whether this record was - automatically created by NIOS. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC - record is associated. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the domain name. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + auto_created: Flag that indicates whether this record was + automatically created by NIOS. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC + record is associated. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the domain name. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:record:aaaa' _fields = ['auto_created', 'comment', 'disable', 'dtc_server', 'ipv6addr', @@ -3830,18 +4033,18 @@ class CNAMEDtcRecord(InfobloxObject): (DTC CNAME) resource record. DTC CNAME record maps domain name alias to its canonical domain name. - Fields: - auto_created: Flag that indicates whether this record was - automatically created by NIOS. - canonical: The canonical name of the host. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_canonical: The canonical name as server by DNS protocol. - dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC - record is associated. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + auto_created: Flag that indicates whether this record was + automatically created by NIOS. + canonical: The canonical name of the host. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_canonical: The canonical name as server by DNS protocol. + dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC + record is associated. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:record:cname' _fields = ['auto_created', 'canonical', 'comment', 'disable', @@ -3863,36 +4066,36 @@ class NaptrDtcRecord(InfobloxObject): a regular expression-based rewrite rule that, when applied to an existing string, produces a new domain name or URI. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC - record is associated. - flags: The flags used to control the interpretation of the fields - for an NAPTR record object. Supported values for the flags field - are "U", "S", "P" and "A". - order: The order parameter of the NAPTR records. This parameter - specifies the order in which the NAPTR rules are applied when - multiple rules are present. Valid values are from 0 to 65535 - (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - preference: The preference of the NAPTR record. The preference field - determines the order the NAPTR records are processed when - multiple records with the same order parameter are present. - Valid values are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned - integer format. - regexp: The regular expression-based rewriting rule of the NAPTR - record. This should be a POSIX compliant regular expression, - including the substitution rule and flags. Refer to RFC 2915 for - the field syntax details. - replacement: The replacement field of the NAPTR record object. For - nonterminal NAPTR records, this field specifies the next domain - name to look up. This value can be in unicode format. - services: The services field of the NAPTR record object; maximum 128 - characters. The services field contains protocol and service - identifiers, such as "http+E2U" or "SIPS+D2T". - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC + record is associated. + flags: The flags used to control the interpretation of the + fields for an NAPTR record object. Supported values for the + flags field are "U", "S", "P" and "A". + order: The order parameter of the NAPTR records. This parameter + specifies the order in which the NAPTR rules are applied + when multiple rules are present. Valid values are from 0 to + 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + preference: The preference of the NAPTR record. The preference + field determines the order the NAPTR records are processed + when multiple records with the same order parameter are + present. Valid values are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in + 32-bit unsigned integer format. + regexp: The regular expression-based rewriting rule of the NAPTR + record. This should be a POSIX compliant regular expression, + including the substitution rule and flags. Refer to RFC 2915 + for the field syntax details. + replacement: The replacement field of the NAPTR record object. + For nonterminal NAPTR records, this field specifies the next + domain name to look up. This value can be in unicode format. + services: The services field of the NAPTR record object; maximum + 128 characters. The services field contains protocol and + service identifiers, such as "http+E2U" or "SIPS+D2T". + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:record:naptr' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'dtc_server', 'flags', 'order', @@ -3918,23 +4121,23 @@ class SRVDtcRecord(InfobloxObject): record. This resource record provides information on available services. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC - record is associated. - name: The name for an SRV record in unicode format. - port: The port of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to 65535 - (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - priority: The priority of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to - 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - target: The target of the SRV record in FQDN format. This value can - be in unicode format. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - weight: The weight of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to - 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dtc_server: The name of the DTC Server object with which the DTC + record is associated. + name: The name for an SRV record in unicode format. + port: The port of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to + 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + priority: The priority of the SRV record. Valid values are from + 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + target: The target of the SRV record in FQDN format. This value + can be in unicode format. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + weight: The weight of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to + 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:record:srv' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'dtc_server', 'name', 'port', 'priority', @@ -3957,23 +4160,24 @@ class DtcServer(InfobloxObject): This is a DTC Server. Aka resource, virtual server or pool member. - Fields: - auto_create_host_record: Enabling this option will auto-create a - single read-only A/AAAA/CNAME record corresponding to the - configured hostname and update it if the hostname changes. - comment: Comment for the DTC Server; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines whether the DTC Server is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the fixed address is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - health: The health status. - host: The address or FQDN of the server. - monitors: List of IP/FQDN and monitor pairs to be used for - additional monitoring. - name: The DTC Server display name. - sni_hostname: The hostname for Server Name Indication (SNI) in FQDN - format. - use_sni_hostname: Use flag for: sni_hostname + Attributes: + auto_create_host_record: Enabling this option will auto-create a + single read-only A/AAAA/CNAME record corresponding to the + configured hostname and update it if the hostname changes. + comment: Comment for the DTC Server; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines whether the DTC Server is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the fixed address is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + health: The health status. + host: The address or FQDN of the server. + monitors: List of IP/FQDN and monitor pairs to be used for + additional monitoring. + name: The DTC Server display name. + sni_hostname: The hostname for Server Name Indication (SNI) in + FQDN format. + use_sni_hostname: Use flag for: sni_hostname """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:server' _fields = ['auto_create_host_record', 'comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', @@ -3999,13 +4203,14 @@ class DtcTopology(InfobloxObject): map client IPs to pools or resources. They require the Topology DB and named labels refer to it. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the DTC TOPOLOGY monitor object; maximum - 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: Display name of the DTC Topology. - rules: Topology rules. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the DTC TOPOLOGY monitor object; + maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: Display name of the DTC Topology. + rules: Topology rules. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:topology' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'name', 'rules'] @@ -4023,10 +4228,10 @@ class DtcTopologyLabel(InfobloxObject): This is the label of the field in the Topology database. - Fields: - field: The name of the field in the Topology database the label was - obtained from. - label: The DTC Topology label name. + Attributes: + field: The name of the field in the Topology database the label + was obtained from. + label: The DTC Topology label name. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:topology:label' _fields = ['field', 'label'] @@ -4046,19 +4251,22 @@ class DtcTopologyRule(InfobloxObject): the Topology DB and named labels refer to it. Can be created only as part of topology. - Fields: - dest_type: The type of the destination for this DTC Topology rule. - destination_link: The reference to the destination DTC pool or DTC - server. - sources: The conditions for matching sources. Should be empty to set - rule as default destination. - topology: The DTC Topology the rule belongs to. - valid: True if the label in the rule exists in the current Topology - DB. Always true for SUBNET rules. Rules with non-existent labels - may be configured but will never match. + Attributes: + dest_type: The type of the destination for this DTC Topology + rule. + destination_link: The reference to the destination DTC pool or + DTC server. + return_type: Type of the DNS response for rule. + sources: The conditions for matching sources. Should be empty to + set rule as default destination. + topology: The DTC Topology the rule belongs to. + valid: True if the label in the rule exists in the current + Topology DB. Always true for SUBNET rules. Rules with non- + existent labels may be configured but will never match. """ _infoblox_type = 'dtc:topology:rule' - _fields = ['dest_type', 'destination_link', 'sources', 'topology', 'valid'] + _fields = ['dest_type', 'destination_link', 'return_type', 'sources', + 'topology', 'valid'] _search_for_update_fields = [] _updateable_search_fields = [] _all_searchable_fields = ['topology'] @@ -4078,37 +4286,39 @@ class DxlEndpoint(InfobloxObject): The DXL endpoint object represents the settings of a particular DXL endpoint. - Fields: - brokers: The list of DXL endpoint brokers. Note that you cannot - specify brokers and brokers_import_token at the same time. - brokers_import_token: The token returned by the uploadinit function - call in object fileop for a DXL broker configuration file. Note - that you cannot specify brokers and brokers_import_token at the - same time. - client_certificate_subject: The client certificate subject of a DXL - endpoint. - client_certificate_token: The token returned by the uploadinit - function call in object fileop for a DXL endpoint client - certificate. - client_certificate_valid_from: The timestamp when client certificate - for a DXL endpoint was created. - client_certificate_valid_to: The timestamp when the client - certificate for a DXL endpoint expires. - comment: The comment of a DXL endpoint. - disable: Determines whether a DXL endpoint is disabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - log_level: The log level for a DXL endpoint. - name: The name of a DXL endpoint. - outbound_member_type: The outbound member that will generate events. - outbound_members: The list of members for outbound events. - template_instance: The DXL template instance. You cannot change the - parameters of the DXL endpoint template instance. - timeout: The timeout of session management (in seconds). - topics: DXL topics - vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. - wapi_user_name: The user name for WAPI integration. - wapi_user_password: The user password for WAPI integration. + Attributes: + brokers: The list of DXL endpoint brokers. Note that you cannot + specify brokers and brokers_import_token at the same time. + brokers_import_token: The token returned by the uploadinit + function call in object fileop for a DXL broker + configuration file. Note that you cannot specify brokers and + brokers_import_token at the same time. + client_certificate_subject: The client certificate subject of a + DXL endpoint. + client_certificate_token: The token returned by the uploadinit + function call in object fileop for a DXL endpoint client + certificate. + client_certificate_valid_from: The timestamp when client + certificate for a DXL endpoint was created. + client_certificate_valid_to: The timestamp when the client + certificate for a DXL endpoint expires. + comment: The comment of a DXL endpoint. + disable: Determines whether a DXL endpoint is disabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + log_level: The log level for a DXL endpoint. + name: The name of a DXL endpoint. + outbound_member_type: The outbound member that will generate + events. + outbound_members: The list of members for outbound events. + template_instance: The DXL template instance. You cannot change + the parameters of the DXL endpoint template instance. + timeout: The timeout of session management (in seconds). + topics: DXL topics + vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. + wapi_user_name: The user name for WAPI integration. + wapi_user_password: The user password for WAPI integration. """ _infoblox_type = 'dxl:endpoint' _fields = ['brokers', 'brokers_import_token', 'client_certificate_subject', @@ -4149,38 +4359,39 @@ class EADefinition(InfobloxObject): Network Template, DHCP Range, DHCP Range Template, DNS Host, DHCP Failover and DNS Zone objects that support extensible attributes - Fields: - allowed_object_types: The object types this extensible attribute is - allowed to associate with. - comment: Comment for the Extensible Attribute Definition; maximum - 256 characters. - default_value: Default value used to pre-populate the attribute - value in the GUI. For email, URL, and string types, the value is - a string with a maximum of 256 characters. For an integer, the - value is an integer from -2147483648 through 2147483647. For a - date, the value is the number of seconds that have elapsed since - January 1st, 1970 UTC. - descendants_action: This option describes the action that must be - taken on the extensible attribute by its descendant in case the - 'Inheritable' flag is set. - flags: This field contains extensible attribute flags. Possible - values: (A)udited, (C)loud API, Cloud (G)master, (I)nheritable, - (L)isted, (M)andatory value, MGM (P)rivate, (R)ead Only, (S)ort - enum values, Multiple (V)alues If there are two or more flags in - the field, you must list them according to the order they are - listed above.For example, 'CR' is a valid value for the 'flags' - field because C = Cloud API is listed before R = Read only. - However, the value 'RC' is invalid because the order for the - 'flags' field is broken. - list_values: List of Values. Applicable if the extensible attribute - type is ENUM. - max: Maximum allowed value of extensible attribute. Applicable if - the extensible attribute type is INTEGER. - min: Minimum allowed value of extensible attribute. Applicable if - the extensible attribute type is INTEGER. - name: The name of the Extensible Attribute Definition. - namespace: Namespace for the Extensible Attribute Definition. - type: Type for the Extensible Attribute Definition. + Attributes: + allowed_object_types: The object types this extensible attribute + is allowed to associate with. + comment: Comment for the Extensible Attribute Definition; + maximum 256 characters. + default_value: Default value used to pre-populate the attribute + value in the GUI. For email, URL, and string types, the + value is a string with a maximum of 256 characters. For an + integer, the value is an integer from -2147483648 through + 2147483647. For a date, the value is the number of seconds + that have elapsed since January 1st, 1970 UTC. + descendants_action: This option describes the action that must + be taken on the extensible attribute by its descendant in + case the 'Inheritable' flag is set. + flags: This field contains extensible attribute flags. Possible + values: (A)udited, (C)loud API, Cloud (G)master, + (I)nheritable, (L)isted, (M)andatory value, MGM (P)rivate, + (R)ead Only, (S)ort enum values, Multiple (V)alues If there + are two or more flags in the field, you must list them + according to the order they are listed above.For example, + 'CR' is a valid value for the 'flags' field because C = + Cloud API is listed before R = Read only. However, the value + 'RC' is invalid because the order for the 'flags' field is + broken. + list_values: List of Values. Applicable if the extensible + attribute type is ENUM. + max: Maximum allowed value of extensible attribute. Applicable + if the extensible attribute type is INTEGER. + min: Minimum allowed value of extensible attribute. Applicable + if the extensible attribute type is INTEGER. + name: The name of the Extensible Attribute Definition. + namespace: Namespace for the Extensible Attribute Definition. + type: Type for the Extensible Attribute Definition. """ _infoblox_type = 'extensibleattributedef' _fields = ['allowed_object_types', 'comment', 'default_value', @@ -4205,7 +4416,7 @@ class Fileop(InfobloxObject): This object controls uploading and downloading data from the appliance. - Fields: + Attributes: """ _infoblox_type = 'fileop' _fields = [] @@ -4216,6 +4427,12 @@ class Fileop(InfobloxObject): _remap = {} _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + def upload_file(self, *args, **kwargs): + return self.connector.upload_file(*args, **kwargs) + + def download_file(self, *args, **kwargs): + return self.connector.download_file(*args, **kwargs) + def csv_error_log(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("csv_error_log", *args, **kwargs) @@ -4342,12 +4559,6 @@ def uploadinit(self, *args, **kwargs): def uploadserviceaccount(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("uploadserviceaccount", *args, **kwargs) - def upload_file(self, *args, **kwargs): - return self.connector.upload_file(*args, **kwargs) - - def download_file(self, *args, **kwargs): - return self.connector.download_file(*args, **kwargs) - class Filterfingerprint(InfobloxObject): """ Filterfingerprint: DHCP Fingerprint Filter object. @@ -4360,12 +4571,13 @@ class Filterfingerprint(InfobloxObject): Only superuser can add/modify/delete fingerprint filters. - Fields: - comment: The descriptive comment. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - fingerprint: The list of DHCP Fingerprint objects. - name: The name of a DHCP Fingerprint Filter object. + Attributes: + comment: The descriptive comment. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + fingerprint: The list of DHCP Fingerprint objects. + name: The name of a DHCP Fingerprint Filter object. """ _infoblox_type = 'filterfingerprint' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'fingerprint', 'name'] @@ -4387,31 +4599,32 @@ class Filtermac(InfobloxObject): appliance to either grant or deny an address request if the requesting host matches the filter. - Fields: - comment: The descriptive comment of a DHCP MAC Filter object. - default_mac_address_expiration: The default MAC expiration time of - the DHCP MAC Address Filter object.By default, the MAC address - filter never expires; otherwise, it is the absolute interval - when the MAC address filter expires. The maximum value can - extend up to 4294967295 secs. The minimum value is 60 secs (1 - min). - disable: Determines if the DHCP Fingerprint object is disabled or - not. - enforce_expiration_times: The flag to enforce MAC address expiration - of the DHCP MAC Address Filter object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - lease_time: The length of time the DHCP server leases an IP address - to a client. The lease time applies to hosts that meet the - filter criteria. - name: The name of a DHCP MAC Filter object. - never_expires: Determines if DHCP MAC Filter never expires or - automatically expires. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - reserved_for_infoblox: This is reserved for writing comments related - to the particular MAC address filter. The length of comment - cannot exceed 1024 bytes. + Attributes: + comment: The descriptive comment of a DHCP MAC Filter object. + default_mac_address_expiration: The default MAC expiration time + of the DHCP MAC Address Filter object.By default, the MAC + address filter never expires; otherwise, it is the absolute + interval when the MAC address filter expires. The maximum + value can extend up to 4294967295 secs. The minimum value is + 60 secs (1 min). + disable: Determines if the DHCP Fingerprint object is disabled + or not. + enforce_expiration_times: The flag to enforce MAC address + expiration of the DHCP MAC Address Filter object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + lease_time: The length of time the DHCP server leases an IP + address to a client. The lease time applies to hosts that + meet the filter criteria. + name: The name of a DHCP MAC Filter object. + never_expires: Determines if DHCP MAC Filter never expires or + automatically expires. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + reserved_for_infoblox: This is reserved for writing comments + related to the particular MAC address filter. The length of + comment cannot exceed 1024 bytes. """ _infoblox_type = 'filtermac' _fields = ['comment', 'default_mac_address_expiration', 'disable', @@ -4440,17 +4653,19 @@ class Filternac(InfobloxObject): Only superuser can add/modify/delete NAC filters. - Fields: - comment: The descriptive comment of a DHCP NAC Filter object. - expression: The conditional expression of a DHCP NAC Filter object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - lease_time: The length of time the DHCP server leases an IP address - to a client. The lease time applies to hosts that meet the - filter criteria. - name: The name of a DHCP NAC Filter object. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. + Attributes: + comment: The descriptive comment of a DHCP NAC Filter object. + expression: The conditional expression of a DHCP NAC Filter + object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + lease_time: The length of time the DHCP server leases an IP + address to a client. The lease time applies to hosts that + meet the filter criteria. + name: The name of a DHCP NAC Filter object. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. """ _infoblox_type = 'filternac' _fields = ['comment', 'expression', 'extattrs', 'lease_time', 'name', @@ -4477,33 +4692,35 @@ class Filteroption(InfobloxObject): Only superuser can add/modify/delete option filters. - Fields: - apply_as_class: Determines if apply as class is enabled or not. If - this flag is set to "true" the filter is treated as global DHCP - class, e.g it is written to dhcpd config file even if it is not - present in any DHCP range. - bootfile: A name of boot file of a DHCP filter option object. - bootserver: Determines the boot server of a DHCP filter option - object. You can specify the name and/or IP address of the boot - server that host needs to boot. - comment: The descriptive comment of a DHCP filter option object. - expression: The conditional expression of a DHCP filter option - object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - lease_time: Determines the lease time of a DHCP filter option - object. - name: The name of a DHCP option filter object. - next_server: Determines the next server of a DHCP filter option - object. You can specify the name and/or IP address of the next - server that the host needs to boot. - option_list: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP - options associated with the object. - option_space: The option space of a DHCP filter option object. - pxe_lease_time: Determines the PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) - lease time of a DHCP filter option object. To specify the - duration of time it takes a host to connect to a boot server, - such as a TFTP server, and download the file it needs to boot. + Attributes: + apply_as_class: Determines if apply as class is enabled or not. + If this flag is set to "true" the filter is treated as + global DHCP class, e.g it is written to dhcpd config file + even if it is not present in any DHCP range. + bootfile: A name of boot file of a DHCP filter option object. + bootserver: Determines the boot server of a DHCP filter option + object. You can specify the name and/or IP address of the + boot server that host needs to boot. + comment: The descriptive comment of a DHCP filter option object. + expression: The conditional expression of a DHCP filter option + object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + lease_time: Determines the lease time of a DHCP filter option + object. + name: The name of a DHCP option filter object. + next_server: Determines the next server of a DHCP filter option + object. You can specify the name and/or IP address of the + next server that the host needs to boot. + option_list: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + option_space: The option space of a DHCP filter option object. + pxe_lease_time: Determines the PXE (Preboot Execution + Environment) lease time of a DHCP filter option object. To + specify the duration of time it takes a host to connect to a + boot server, such as a TFTP server, and download the file it + needs to boot. """ _infoblox_type = 'filteroption' _fields = ['apply_as_class', 'bootfile', 'bootserver', 'comment', @@ -4536,40 +4753,43 @@ class Filterrelayagent(InfobloxObject): configured parameters; that is, the Grant lease and Deny lease parameters). - Fields: - circuit_id_name: The circuit_id_name of a DHCP relay agent filter - object. This filter identifies the circuit between the remote - host and the relay agent. For example, the identifier can be the - ingress interface number of the circuit access unit, perhaps - concatenated with the unit ID number and slot number. Also, the - circuit ID can be an ATM virtual circuit ID or cable data - virtual circuit ID. - circuit_id_substring_length: The circuit ID substring length. - circuit_id_substring_offset: The circuit ID substring offset. - comment: A descriptive comment of a DHCP relay agent filter object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - is_circuit_id: The circuit ID matching rule of a DHCP relay agent - filter object. The circuit_id value takes effect only if the - value is "MATCHES_VALUE". - is_circuit_id_substring: Determines if the substring of circuit ID, - instead of the full circuit ID, is matched. - is_remote_id: The remote ID matching rule of a DHCP relay agent - filter object. The remote_id value takes effect only if the - value is Matches_Value. - is_remote_id_substring: Determines if the substring of remote ID, - instead of the full remote ID, is matched. - name: The name of a DHCP relay agent filter object. - remote_id_name: The remote ID name attribute of a relay agent filter - object. This filter identifies the remote host. The remote ID - name can represent many different things such as the caller ID - telephone number for a dial-up connection, a user name for - logging in to the ISP, a modem ID, etc. When the remote ID name - is defined on the relay agent, the DHCP server will have a - trusted relationship to identify the remote host. The remote ID - name is considered as a trusted identifier. - remote_id_substring_length: The remote ID substring length. - remote_id_substring_offset: The remote ID substring offset. + Attributes: + circuit_id_name: The circuit_id_name of a DHCP relay agent + filter object. This filter identifies the circuit between + the remote host and the relay agent. For example, the + identifier can be the ingress interface number of the + circuit access unit, perhaps concatenated with the unit ID + number and slot number. Also, the circuit ID can be an ATM + virtual circuit ID or cable data virtual circuit ID. + circuit_id_substring_length: The circuit ID substring length. + circuit_id_substring_offset: The circuit ID substring offset. + comment: A descriptive comment of a DHCP relay agent filter + object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + is_circuit_id: The circuit ID matching rule of a DHCP relay + agent filter object. The circuit_id value takes effect only + if the value is "MATCHES_VALUE". + is_circuit_id_substring: Determines if the substring of circuit + ID, instead of the full circuit ID, is matched. + is_remote_id: The remote ID matching rule of a DHCP relay agent + filter object. The remote_id value takes effect only if the + value is Matches_Value. + is_remote_id_substring: Determines if the substring of remote + ID, instead of the full remote ID, is matched. + name: The name of a DHCP relay agent filter object. + remote_id_name: The remote ID name attribute of a relay agent + filter object. This filter identifies the remote host. The + remote ID name can represent many different things such as + the caller ID telephone number for a dial-up connection, a + user name for logging in to the ISP, a modem ID, etc. When + the remote ID name is defined on the relay agent, the DHCP + server will have a trusted relationship to identify the + remote host. The remote ID name is considered as a trusted + identifier. + remote_id_substring_length: The remote ID substring length. + remote_id_substring_offset: The remote ID substring offset. """ _infoblox_type = 'filterrelayagent' _fields = ['circuit_id_name', 'circuit_id_substring_length', @@ -4594,21 +4814,23 @@ class Fingerprint(InfobloxObject): Only 'CUSTOM' fingerprint can be added or modified. The 'STANDARD' fingerprint can be disabled only. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the Fingerprint; maximum 256 characters. - device_class: A class of DHCP Fingerprint object; maximum 256 - characters. - disable: Determines if the DHCP Fingerprint object is disabled or - not. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv6_option_sequence: A list (comma separated list) of IPv6 option - number sequences of the device or operating system. - name: Name of the DHCP Fingerprint object. - option_sequence: A list (comma separated list) of IPv4 option number - sequences of the device or operating system. - type: The type of the DHCP Fingerprint object. - vendor_id: A list of vendor IDs of the device or operating system. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the Fingerprint; maximum 256 characters. + device_class: A class of DHCP Fingerprint object; maximum 256 + characters. + disable: Determines if the DHCP Fingerprint object is disabled + or not. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv6_option_sequence: A list (comma separated list) of IPv6 + option number sequences of the device or operating system. + name: Name of the DHCP Fingerprint object. + option_sequence: A list (comma separated list) of IPv4 option + number sequences of the device or operating system. + type: The type of the DHCP Fingerprint object. + vendor_id: A list of vendor IDs of the device or operating + system. """ _infoblox_type = 'fingerprint' _fields = ['comment', 'device_class', 'disable', 'extattrs', @@ -4640,125 +4862,135 @@ class FixedAddressV4(FixedAddress): assigns when a lease request comes from a particular MAC address of the client. - Fields: - agent_circuit_id: The agent circuit ID for the fixed address. - agent_remote_id: The agent remote ID for the fixed address. - allow_telnet: This field controls whether the credential is used for - both the Telnet and SSH credentials. If set to False, the - credential is used only for SSH. - always_update_dns: This field controls whether only the DHCP server - is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP client - requests. - bootfile: The bootfile name for the fixed address. You can configure - the DHCP server to support clients that use the boot file name - option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. - bootserver: The bootserver address for the fixed address. You can - specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that the - host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN - format. - cli_credentials: The CLI credentials for the fixed address. - client_identifier_prepend_zero: This field controls whether there is - a prepend for the dhcp-client-identifier of a fixed address. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the fixed address; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this fixed address. - ddns_hostname: The DDNS host name for this fixed address. - deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - device_description: The description of the device. - device_location: The location of the device. - device_type: The type of the device. - device_vendor: The vendor of the device. - dhcp_client_identifier: The DHCP client ID for the fixed address. - disable: Determines whether a fixed address is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the fixed address is enabled. - disable_discovery: Determines if the discovery for this fixed - address is disabled or not. False means that the discovery is - enabled. - discover_now_status: The discovery status of this fixed address. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this fixed address. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP Fixed Address - object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to - DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - fixed address should be immediately enabled. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the fixed address. - is_invalid_mac: This flag reflects whether the MAC address for this - fixed address is invalid. - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on the this fixed address.This list corresponds to the - match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - mac: The MAC address value for this fixed address. - match_client: The match_client value for this fixed address. Valid - values are:"MAC_ADDRESS": The fixed IP address is leased to the - matching MAC address."CLIENT_ID": The fixed IP address is leased - to the matching DHCP client identifier."RESERVED": The fixed IP - address is reserved for later use with a MAC address that only - has zeros."CIRCUIT_ID": The fixed IP address is leased to the - DHCP client with a matching circuit ID. Note that the - "agent_circuit_id" field must be set in this case."REMOTE_ID": - The fixed IP address is leased to the DHCP client with a - matching remote ID. Note that the "agent_remote_id" field must - be set in this case. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - ms_options: This field contains the Microsoft DHCP options for this - fixed address. - ms_server: The Microsoft server associated with this fixed address. - name: This field contains the name of this fixed address. - network: The network to which this fixed address belongs, in IPv4 - Address/CIDR format. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this fixed - address resides. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address format of the next - server that the host needs to boot. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value for a DHCP Fixed Address - object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to - boot remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, - set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can - configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a - shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP - addresses are not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - reserved_interface: The ref to the reserved interface to which the - device belongs. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - snmp3_credential: The SNMPv3 credential for this fixed address. - snmp_credential: The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 credential for this fixed - address. - template: If set on creation, the fixed address will be created - according to the values specified in the named template. - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_cli_credentials: If set to true, the CLI credential will - override member-level settings. - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_ms_options: Use flag for: ms_options - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_snmp3_credential: Determines if the SNMPv3 credential should be - used for the fixed address. - use_snmp_credential: If set to true, the SNMP credential will - override member-level settings. + Attributes: + agent_circuit_id: The agent circuit ID for the fixed address. + agent_remote_id: The agent remote ID for the fixed address. + allow_telnet: This field controls whether the credential is used + for both the Telnet and SSH credentials. If set to False, + the credential is used only for SSH. + always_update_dns: This field controls whether only the DHCP + server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + client requests. + bootfile: The bootfile name for the fixed address. You can + configure the DHCP server to support clients that use the + boot file name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. + bootserver: The bootserver address for the fixed address. You + can specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server + that the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or + name in FQDN format. + cli_credentials: The CLI credentials for the fixed address. + client_identifier_prepend_zero: This field controls whether + there is a prepend for the dhcp-client-identifier of a fixed + address. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the fixed address; maximum 256 characters. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this fixed address. + ddns_hostname: The DDNS host name for this fixed address. + deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and + BOOTP requests will be denied. + device_description: The description of the device. + device_location: The location of the device. + device_type: The type of the device. + device_vendor: The vendor of the device. + dhcp_client_identifier: The DHCP client ID for the fixed + address. + disable: Determines whether a fixed address is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the fixed address is enabled. + disable_discovery: Determines if the discovery for this fixed + address is disabled or not. False means that the discovery + is enabled. + discover_now_status: The discovery status of this fixed address. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this fixed address. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP Fixed + Address object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS + updates to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + fixed address should be immediately enabled. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the fixed address. + is_invalid_mac: This flag reflects whether the MAC address for + this fixed address is invalid. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this fixed address.This list corresponds to + the match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration + file. + mac: The MAC address value for this fixed address. + match_client: The match_client value for this fixed address. + Valid values are:"MAC_ADDRESS": The fixed IP address is + leased to the matching MAC address."CLIENT_ID": The fixed IP + address is leased to the matching DHCP client + identifier."RESERVED": The fixed IP address is reserved for + later use with a MAC address that only has + zeros."CIRCUIT_ID": The fixed IP address is leased to the + DHCP client with a matching circuit ID. Note that the + "agent_circuit_id" field must be set in this + case."REMOTE_ID": The fixed IP address is leased to the DHCP + client with a matching remote ID. Note that the + "agent_remote_id" field must be set in this case. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + ms_options: This field contains the Microsoft DHCP options for + this fixed address. + ms_server: The Microsoft server associated with this fixed + address. + name: This field contains the name of this fixed address. + network: The network to which this fixed address belongs, in + IPv4 Address/CIDR format. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this fixed + address resides. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address format of the + next server that the host needs to boot. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value for a DHCP Fixed + Address object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution + Environment) to boot remotely from a server. To better + manage your IP resources, set a different lease time for PXE + boot requests. You can configure the DHCP server to allocate + an IP address with a shorter lease time to hosts that send + PXE boot requests, so IP addresses are not leased longer + than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the + duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero + indicates that the update is not cached. + reserved_interface: The ref to the reserved interface to which + the device belongs. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. The + restart_if_needed flag can trigger a restart on DHCP + services only when it is enabled on CP member. + snmp3_credential: The SNMPv3 credential for this fixed address. + snmp_credential: The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 credential for this fixed + address. + template: If set on creation, the fixed address will be created + according to the values specified in the named template. + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_cli_credentials: If set to true, the CLI credential will + override member-level settings. + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_ms_options: Use flag for: ms_options + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_snmp3_credential: Determines if the SNMPv3 credential should + be used for the fixed address. + use_snmp_credential: If set to true, the SNMP credential will + override member-level settings. """ _infoblox_type = 'fixedaddress' _fields = ['agent_circuit_id', 'agent_remote_id', 'allow_telnet', @@ -4825,79 +5057,92 @@ class FixedAddressV6(FixedAddress): always assigns when a lease request comes from a particular DUID of the client. - Fields: - address_type: The address type value for this IPv6 fixed - address.When the address type is "ADDRESS", a value for the - 'ipv6addr' member is required. When the address type is - "PREFIX", values for 'ipv6prefix' and 'ipv6prefix_bits' are - required. When the address type is "BOTH", values for - 'ipv6addr', 'ipv6prefix', and 'ipv6prefix_bits' are all - required. - allow_telnet: This field controls whether the credential is used for - both the Telnet and SSH credentials. If set to False, the - credential is used only for SSH. - cli_credentials: The CLI credentials for the IPv6 fixed address. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the fixed address; maximum 256 characters. - device_description: The description of the device. - device_location: The location of the device. - device_type: The type of the device. - device_vendor: The vendor of the device. - disable: Determines whether a fixed address is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the IPv6 fixed address is enabled. - disable_discovery: Determines if the discovery for this IPv6 fixed - address is disabled or not. False means that the discovery is - enabled. - discover_now_status: The discovery status of this IPv6 fixed - address. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this IPv6 fixed address. - domain_name: The domain name for this IPv6 fixed address. - domain_name_servers: The IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive name - servers to which the DHCP client can send name resolution - requests. The DHCP server includes this information in the DNS - Recursive Name Server option in Advertise, Rebind, Information- - Request, and Reply messages. - duid: The DUID value for this IPv6 fixed address. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the IPv6 - fixed address should be immediately enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the DHCP IPv6 fixed address. - ipv6prefix: The IPv6 Address prefix of the DHCP IPv6 fixed address. - ipv6prefix_bits: Prefix bits of the DHCP IPv6 fixed address. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: This field contains the name of this IPv6 fixed address. - network: The network to which this IPv6 fixed address belongs, in - IPv6 Address/CIDR format. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this IPv6 fixed - address resides. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value for this DHCP IPv6 - fixed address object. - reserved_interface: The reference to the reserved interface to which - the device belongs. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - snmp3_credential: The SNMPv3 credential for this IPv6 fixed address. - snmp_credential: The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 credential for this IPv6 fixed - address. - template: If set on creation, the IPv6 fixed address will be created - according to the values specified in the named template. - use_cli_credentials: If set to true, the CLI credential will - override member-level settings. - use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name - use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_snmp3_credential: Determines if the SNMPv3 credential should be - used for the IPv6 fixed address. - use_snmp_credential: If set to true, SNMP credential will override - member level settings. - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime value for this DHCP IPv6 Fixed - Address object. + Attributes: + address_type: The address type value for this IPv6 fixed + address.When the address type is "ADDRESS", a value for the + 'ipv6addr' member is required. When the address type is + "PREFIX", values for 'ipv6prefix' and 'ipv6prefix_bits' are + required. When the address type is "BOTH", values for + 'ipv6addr', 'ipv6prefix', and 'ipv6prefix_bits' are all + required. + allow_telnet: This field controls whether the credential is used + for both the Telnet and SSH credentials. If set to False, + the credential is used only for SSH. + cli_credentials: The CLI credentials for the IPv6 fixed address. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the fixed address; maximum 256 characters. + device_description: The description of the device. + device_location: The location of the device. + device_type: The type of the device. + device_vendor: The vendor of the device. + disable: Determines whether a fixed address is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the IPv6 fixed address is + enabled. + disable_discovery: Determines if the discovery for this IPv6 + fixed address is disabled or not. False means that the + discovery is enabled. + discover_now_status: The discovery status of this IPv6 fixed + address. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this IPv6 fixed + address. + domain_name: The domain name for this IPv6 fixed address. + domain_name_servers: The IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive name + servers to which the DHCP client can send name resolution + requests. The DHCP server includes this information in the + DNS Recursive Name Server option in Advertise, Rebind, + Information-Request, and Reply messages. + duid: The DUID value for this IPv6 fixed address. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + IPv6 fixed address should be immediately enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the DHCP IPv6 fixed address. + ipv6prefix: The IPv6 Address prefix of the DHCP IPv6 fixed + address. + ipv6prefix_bits: Prefix bits of the DHCP IPv6 fixed address. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied to this IPv6 fixed address.This list corresponds to + the match rules that are written to the DHCPv6 configuration + file. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: This field contains the name of this IPv6 fixed address. + network: The network to which this IPv6 fixed address belongs, + in IPv6 Address/CIDR format. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this IPv6 + fixed address resides. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value for this DHCP + IPv6 fixed address object. + reserved_interface: The reference to the reserved interface to + which the device belongs. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. The + restart_if_needed flag can trigger a restart on DHCP + services only when it is enabled on CP member. + snmp3_credential: The SNMPv3 credential for this IPv6 fixed + address. + snmp_credential: The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 credential for this IPv6 + fixed address. + template: If set on creation, the IPv6 fixed address will be + created according to the values specified in the named + template. + use_cli_credentials: If set to true, the CLI credential will + override member-level settings. + use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name + use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_snmp3_credential: Determines if the SNMPv3 credential should + be used for the IPv6 fixed address. + use_snmp_credential: If set to true, SNMP credential will + override member level settings. + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime value for this DHCP IPv6 + Fixed Address object. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6fixedaddress' _fields = ['address_type', 'allow_telnet', 'cli_credentials', 'cloud_info', @@ -4906,11 +5151,12 @@ class FixedAddressV6(FixedAddress): 'discover_now_status', 'discovered_data', 'domain_name', 'domain_name_servers', 'duid', 'enable_immediate_discovery', 'extattrs', 'ipv6addr', 'ipv6prefix', 'ipv6prefix_bits', - 'ms_ad_user_data', 'name', 'network', 'network_view', 'options', - 'preferred_lifetime', 'reserved_interface', 'restart_if_needed', - 'snmp3_credential', 'snmp_credential', 'template', - 'use_cli_credentials', 'use_domain_name', - 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_options', + 'logic_filter_rules', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'name', 'network', + 'network_view', 'options', 'preferred_lifetime', + 'reserved_interface', 'restart_if_needed', 'snmp3_credential', + 'snmp_credential', 'template', 'use_cli_credentials', + 'use_domain_name', 'use_domain_name_servers', + 'use_logic_filter_rules', 'use_options', 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_snmp3_credential', 'use_snmp_credential', 'use_valid_lifetime', 'valid_lifetime'] _search_for_update_fields = ['duid', 'ipv6addr', 'network_view'] @@ -4961,6 +5207,7 @@ def ip(self, ip): _custom_field_processing = { 'cli_credentials': DiscoveryClicredential.from_dict, + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, 'options': DhcpOption.from_dict, } @@ -4985,60 +5232,65 @@ class FixedAddressTemplateV4(FixedAddressTemplate): address template object so most of the fixed address template properties are the same as the fixed address object properties. - Fields: - bootfile: The boot file name for the fixed address. You can - configure the DHCP server to support clients that use the boot - file name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. - bootserver: The boot server address for the fixed address. You can - specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that the - host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN - format. - comment: A descriptive comment of a fixed address template object. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this fixed address. - ddns_hostname: The DDNS host name for this fixed address. - deny_bootp: Determines if BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - enable_ddns: Determines if the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to DNS - servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on this fixed address.This list corresponds to the match - rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - name: The name of a fixed address template object. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address format of the next - server that the host needs to boot. - number_of_addresses: The number of addresses for this fixed address. - offset: The start address offset for this fixed address. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value for a DHCP Fixed Address - object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to - boot remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, - set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can - configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a - shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP - addresses are not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + Attributes: + bootfile: The boot file name for the fixed address. You can + configure the DHCP server to support clients that use the + boot file name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. + bootserver: The boot server address for the fixed address. You + can specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server + that the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or + name in FQDN format. + comment: A descriptive comment of a fixed address template + object. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this fixed address. + ddns_hostname: The DDNS host name for this fixed address. + deny_bootp: Determines if BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP + requests will be denied. + enable_ddns: Determines if the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to + DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on this fixed address.This list corresponds to the + match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration + file. + name: The name of a fixed address template object. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address format of the + next server that the host needs to boot. + number_of_addresses: The number of addresses for this fixed + address. + offset: The start address offset for this fixed address. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value for a DHCP Fixed + Address object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution + Environment) to boot remotely from a server. To better + manage your IP resources, set a different lease time for PXE + boot requests. You can configure the DHCP server to allocate + an IP address with a shorter lease time to hosts that send + PXE boot requests, so IP addresses are not leased longer + than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the + duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero + indicates that the update is not cached. + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time """ _infoblox_type = 'fixedaddresstemplate' _fields = ['bootfile', 'bootserver', 'comment', 'ddns_domainname', @@ -5075,39 +5327,46 @@ class FixedAddressTemplateV6(FixedAddressTemplate): therefor, most of the IPv6 fixed address template properties are the same as the fixed address object properties. - Fields: - comment: A descriptive comment of an IPv6 fixed address template - object. - domain_name: Domain name of the IPv6 fixed address template object. - domain_name_servers: The IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive name - servers to which the DHCP client can send name resolution - requests. The DHCP server includes this information in the DNS - Recursive Name Server option in Advertise, Rebind, Information- - Request, and Reply messages. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: Name of an IPv6 fixed address template object. - number_of_addresses: The number of IPv6 addresses for this fixed - address. - offset: The start address offset for this IPv6 fixed address. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value for this DHCP IPv6 - fixed address template object. - use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name - use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime value for this DHCP IPv6 fixed - address template object. + Attributes: + comment: A descriptive comment of an IPv6 fixed address template + object. + domain_name: Domain name of the IPv6 fixed address template + object. + domain_name_servers: The IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive name + servers to which the DHCP client can send name resolution + requests. The DHCP server includes this information in the + DNS Recursive Name Server option in Advertise, Rebind, + Information-Request, and Reply messages. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied to this IPv6 fixed address.This list corresponds to + the match rules that are written to the DHCPv6 configuration + file. + name: Name of an IPv6 fixed address template object. + number_of_addresses: The number of IPv6 addresses for this fixed + address. + offset: The start address offset for this IPv6 fixed address. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value for this DHCP + IPv6 fixed address template object. + use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name + use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime value for this DHCP IPv6 + fixed address template object. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6fixedaddresstemplate' _fields = ['comment', 'domain_name', 'domain_name_servers', 'extattrs', - 'name', 'number_of_addresses', 'offset', 'options', - 'preferred_lifetime', 'use_domain_name', - 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_options', - 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_valid_lifetime', + 'logic_filter_rules', 'name', 'number_of_addresses', 'offset', + 'options', 'preferred_lifetime', 'use_domain_name', + 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_logic_filter_rules', + 'use_options', 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_valid_lifetime', 'valid_lifetime'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'name'] @@ -5118,6 +5377,7 @@ class FixedAddressTemplateV6(FixedAddressTemplate): _ip_version = 6 _custom_field_processing = { + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, 'options': DhcpOption.from_dict, } @@ -5129,16 +5389,17 @@ class Ftpuser(InfobloxObject): The FTP user represents the user accounts to be used with the FTP client. - Fields: - create_home_dir: Determines whether to create the home directory - with the user name or to use the existing directory as the home - directory. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - home_dir: The absolute path of the FTP user's home directory. - password: The FTP user password. - permission: The FTP user permission. - username: The FTP user name. + Attributes: + create_home_dir: Determines whether to create the home directory + with the user name or to use the existing directory as the + home directory. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + home_dir: The absolute path of the FTP user's home directory. + password: The FTP user password. + permission: The FTP user permission. + username: The FTP user name. """ _infoblox_type = 'ftpuser' _fields = ['create_home_dir', 'extattrs', 'home_dir', 'password', @@ -5157,106 +5418,116 @@ class Grid(InfobloxObject): This object represents the Infoblox Grid. - Fields: - allow_recursive_deletion: The property to allow recursive deletion. - Determines the users who can choose to perform recursive - deletion on networks or zones from the GUI only. - audit_log_format: Determines the audit log format. - audit_to_syslog_enable: If set to True, audit log messages are also - copied to the syslog. - automated_traffic_capture_setting: The grid level settings for - automated traffic capture. - consent_banner_setting: The Grid consent banner settings. - csp_api_config: The Grid csp api config settings. - deny_mgm_snapshots: If set to True, the managed Grid will not send - snapshots to the Multi-Grid Master. - descendants_action: The default actions for extensbile attributes - that exist on descendants. - dns_resolver_setting: The DNS resolver setting. - dscp: The DSCP value.Valid values are integers between 0 and 63 - inclusive. - email_setting: The e-mail settings for the Grid. - enable_gui_api_for_lan_vip: If set to True, GUI and API access are - enabled on the LAN/VIP port and MGMT port (if configured). - enable_lom: Determines if the LOM functionality is enabled or not. - enable_member_redirect: Determines redirections is enabled or not - for members. - enable_recycle_bin: Determines if the Recycle Bin is enabled or not. - enable_rir_swip: Determines if the RIR/SWIP support is enabled or - not. - external_syslog_backup_servers: The list of external backup syslog - servers. - external_syslog_server_enable: If set to True, external syslog - servers are enabled. - http_proxy_server_setting: The Grid HTTP proxy server settings. - informational_banner_setting: The Grid informational level banner - settings. - is_grid_visualization_visible: If set to True, graphical - visualization of the Grid is enabled. - lockout_setting: Security Setting for Account lockout. - lom_users: The list of LOM users. - mgm_strict_delegate_mode: Determines if strict delegate mode for the - Grid managed by the Master Grid is enabled or not. - ms_setting: The settings for all Microsoft servers in the Grid. - name: The grid name. - nat_groups: The list of all Network Address Translation (NAT) groups - configured on the Grid. - ntp_setting: The Grid Network Time Protocol (NTP) settings. - objects_changes_tracking_setting: Determines the object changes - tracking settings. - password_setting: The Grid password settings. - restart_banner_setting: The setting for the Restart Banner. - restart_status: The restart status for the Grid. - rpz_hit_rate_interval: The time interval (in seconds) that - determines how often the appliance calculates the RPZ hit rate. - rpz_hit_rate_max_query: The maximum number of incoming queries - between the RPZ hit rate checks. - rpz_hit_rate_min_query: The minimum number of incoming queries - between the RPZ hit rate checks. - scheduled_backup: The scheduled backup configuration. - secret: The shared secret of the Grid. This is a write-only - attribute. - security_banner_setting: The Grid security banner settings. - security_setting: The Grid security settings. - service_status: Determines overall service status of the Grid. - snmp_setting: The Grid SNMP settings. - syslog_facility: If 'audit_to_syslog_enable' is set to True, the - facility that determines the processes and daemons from which - the log messages are generated. - syslog_servers: The list of external syslog servers. - syslog_size: The maximum size for the syslog file expressed in - megabytes. - threshold_traps: Determines the list of threshold traps. The user - can only change the values for each trap or remove traps. - time_zone: The time zone of the Grid. The UTC string that represents - the time zone, such as "(UTC - 5:00) Eastern Time (US and - Canada)". - token_usage_delay: The delayed usage (in minutes) of a permission - token. - traffic_capture_auth_dns_setting: Grid level settings for enabling - authoritative DNS latency thresholds for automated traffic - capture. - traffic_capture_chr_setting: Grid level settings for enabling DNS - cache hit ratio threshold for automated traffic capture. - traffic_capture_qps_setting: Grid level settings for enabling DNS - query per second threshold for automated traffic capture. - traffic_capture_rec_dns_setting: Grid level settings for enabling - recursive DNS latency thresholds for automated traffic capture. - traffic_capture_rec_queries_setting: Grid level settings for - enabling count for concurrent outgoing recursive queries for - automated traffic capture. - trap_notifications: Determines configuration of the trap - notifications. - updates_download_member_config: The list of member configuration - structures, which provides information and settings for - configuring the member that is responsible for downloading - updates. - vpn_port: The VPN port. + Attributes: + allow_recursive_deletion: The property to allow recursive + deletion. Determines the users who can choose to perform + recursive deletion on networks or zones from the GUI only. + audit_log_format: Determines the audit log format. + audit_to_syslog_enable: If set to True, audit log messages are + also copied to the syslog. + automated_traffic_capture_setting: The grid level settings for + automated traffic capture. + consent_banner_setting: The Grid consent banner settings. + csp_api_config: The Grid csp api config settings. + csp_grid_setting: CSP settings at grid level + deny_mgm_snapshots: If set to True, the managed Grid will not + send snapshots to the Multi-Grid Master. + descendants_action: The default actions for extensbile + attributes that exist on descendants. + dns_resolver_setting: The DNS resolver setting. + dscp: The DSCP value.Valid values are integers between 0 and 63 + inclusive. + email_setting: The e-mail settings for the Grid. + enable_gui_api_for_lan_vip: If set to True, GUI and API access + are enabled on the LAN/VIP port and MGMT port (if + configured). + enable_lom: Determines if the LOM functionality is enabled or + not. + enable_member_redirect: Determines redirections is enabled or + not for members. + enable_recycle_bin: Determines if the Recycle Bin is enabled or + not. + enable_rir_swip: Determines if the RIR/SWIP support is enabled + or not. + external_syslog_backup_servers: The list of external backup + syslog servers. + external_syslog_server_enable: If set to True, external syslog + servers are enabled. + http_proxy_server_setting: The Grid HTTP proxy server settings. + informational_banner_setting: The Grid informational level + banner settings. + is_grid_visualization_visible: If set to True, graphical + visualization of the Grid is enabled. + lockout_setting: Security Setting for Account lockout. + lom_users: The list of LOM users. + mgm_strict_delegate_mode: Determines if strict delegate mode for + the Grid managed by the Master Grid is enabled or not. + ms_setting: The settings for all Microsoft servers in the Grid. + name: The grid name. + nat_groups: The list of all Network Address Translation (NAT) + groups configured on the Grid. + ntp_setting: The Grid Network Time Protocol (NTP) settings. + objects_changes_tracking_setting: Determines the object changes + tracking settings. + password_setting: The Grid password settings. + restart_banner_setting: The setting for the Restart Banner. + restart_status: The restart status for the Grid. + rpz_hit_rate_interval: The time interval (in seconds) that + determines how often the appliance calculates the RPZ hit + rate. + rpz_hit_rate_max_query: The maximum number of incoming queries + between the RPZ hit rate checks. + rpz_hit_rate_min_query: The minimum number of incoming queries + between the RPZ hit rate checks. + scheduled_backup: The scheduled backup configuration. + secret: The shared secret of the Grid. This is a write-only + attribute. + security_banner_setting: The Grid security banner settings. + security_setting: The Grid security settings. + service_status: Determines overall service status of the Grid. + snmp_setting: The Grid SNMP settings. + support_bundle_download_timeout: Support bundle download timeout + in seconds. + syslog_facility: If 'audit_to_syslog_enable' is set to True, the + facility that determines the processes and daemons from + which the log messages are generated. + syslog_servers: The list of external syslog servers. + syslog_size: The maximum size for the syslog file expressed in + megabytes. + threshold_traps: Determines the list of threshold traps. The + user can only change the values for each trap or remove + traps. + time_zone: The time zone of the Grid. The UTC string that + represents the time zone, such as "(UTC - 5:00) Eastern Time + (US and Canada)". + token_usage_delay: The delayed usage (in minutes) of a + permission token. + traffic_capture_auth_dns_setting: Grid level settings for + enabling authoritative DNS latency thresholds for automated + traffic capture. + traffic_capture_chr_setting: Grid level settings for enabling + DNS cache hit ratio threshold for automated traffic capture. + traffic_capture_qps_setting: Grid level settings for enabling + DNS query per second threshold for automated traffic + capture. + traffic_capture_rec_dns_setting: Grid level settings for + enabling recursive DNS latency thresholds for automated + traffic capture. + traffic_capture_rec_queries_setting: Grid level settings for + enabling count for concurrent outgoing recursive queries for + automated traffic capture. + trap_notifications: Determines configuration of the trap + notifications. + updates_download_member_config: The list of member configuration + structures, which provides information and settings for + configuring the member that is responsible for downloading + updates. + vpn_port: The VPN port. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid' _fields = ['allow_recursive_deletion', 'audit_log_format', 'audit_to_syslog_enable', 'automated_traffic_capture_setting', - 'consent_banner_setting', 'csp_api_config', + 'consent_banner_setting', 'csp_api_config', 'csp_grid_setting', 'deny_mgm_snapshots', 'descendants_action', 'dns_resolver_setting', 'dscp', 'email_setting', 'enable_gui_api_for_lan_vip', 'enable_lom', @@ -5271,9 +5542,10 @@ class Grid(InfobloxObject): 'rpz_hit_rate_interval', 'rpz_hit_rate_max_query', 'rpz_hit_rate_min_query', 'scheduled_backup', 'secret', 'security_banner_setting', 'security_setting', 'service_status', - 'snmp_setting', 'syslog_facility', 'syslog_servers', - 'syslog_size', 'threshold_traps', 'time_zone', - 'token_usage_delay', 'traffic_capture_auth_dns_setting', + 'snmp_setting', 'support_bundle_download_timeout', + 'syslog_facility', 'syslog_servers', 'syslog_size', + 'threshold_traps', 'time_zone', 'token_usage_delay', + 'traffic_capture_auth_dns_setting', 'traffic_capture_chr_setting', 'traffic_capture_qps_setting', 'traffic_capture_rec_dns_setting', 'traffic_capture_rec_queries_setting', 'trap_notifications', @@ -5322,6 +5594,9 @@ def join(self, *args, **kwargs): def join_mgm(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("join_mgm", *args, **kwargs) + def join_mgm_mod2(self, *args, **kwargs): + return self._call_func("join_mgm_mod2", *args, **kwargs) + def leave_mgm(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("leave_mgm", *args, **kwargs) @@ -5369,17 +5644,17 @@ class GridCloudapi(InfobloxObject): This object represents the Cloud Grid. - Fields: - allow_api_admins: Defines administrators who can perform cloud API - requests on the Grid Master. The valid value is NONE (no - administrator), ALL (all administrators), or LIST - (administrators on the ACL). - allowed_api_admins: The list of administrators who can perform cloud - API requests on the Cloud Platform Appliance. - enable_recycle_bin: Determines whether the recycle bin for deleted - cloud objects is enabled or not on the Grid Master. - gateway_config: Structure containing all the information related to - Gateway configuration for the Grid Master + Attributes: + allow_api_admins: Defines administrators who can perform cloud + API requests on the Grid Master. The valid value is NONE (no + administrator), ALL (all administrators), or LIST + (administrators on the ACL). + allowed_api_admins: The list of administrators who can perform + cloud API requests on the Cloud Platform Appliance. + enable_recycle_bin: Determines whether the recycle bin for + deleted cloud objects is enabled or not on the Grid Master. + gateway_config: Structure containing all the information related + to Gateway configuration for the Grid Master """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:cloudapi' _fields = ['allow_api_admins', 'allowed_api_admins', 'enable_recycle_bin', @@ -5403,21 +5678,21 @@ class GridCloudapiCloudstatistics(InfobloxObject): Represents the cloud statistics data. - Fields: - allocated_available_ratio: Ratio of allocated vs. available IPs - allocated_ip_count: Total number of IPs allocated by tenants. - available_ip_count: The total number of IP addresses available to - tenants. Only IP addresses in networks that are within a - delegation scope are counted. - fixed_ip_count: The total number of fixed IP addresses currently in - use by all tenants in the system. - floating_ip_count: The total number of floating IP addresses - currently in use by all tenants in the system. - tenant_count: Total number of tenant currently in the system. - tenant_ip_count: The total number of IP addresses currently in use - by all tenants in the system. - tenant_vm_count: The total number of VMs currently in use by all - tenants in the system. + Attributes: + allocated_available_ratio: Ratio of allocated vs. available IPs + allocated_ip_count: Total number of IPs allocated by tenants. + available_ip_count: The total number of IP addresses available + to tenants. Only IP addresses in networks that are within a + delegation scope are counted. + fixed_ip_count: The total number of fixed IP addresses currently + in use by all tenants in the system. + floating_ip_count: The total number of floating IP addresses + currently in use by all tenants in the system. + tenant_count: Total number of tenant currently in the system. + tenant_ip_count: The total number of IP addresses currently in + use by all tenants in the system. + tenant_vm_count: The total number of VMs currently in use by all + tenants in the system. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:cloudapi:cloudstatistics' _fields = ['allocated_available_ratio', 'allocated_ip_count', @@ -5444,20 +5719,20 @@ class Tenant(InfobloxObject): network views, default DNS view, and all related extensive attributes. - Fields: - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the Grid Cloud API Tenant object; maximum 256 - characters. - created_ts: The timestamp when the tenant was first created in the - system. - id: Unique ID associated with the tenant. This is set only when the - tenant is first created. - last_event_ts: The timestamp when the last event associated with the - tenant happened. - name: Name of the tenant. - network_count: Number of Networks associated with the tenant. - vm_count: Number of VMs associated with the tenant. + Attributes: + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the Grid Cloud API Tenant object; maximum + 256 characters. + created_ts: The timestamp when the tenant was first created in + the system. + id: Unique ID associated with the tenant. This is set only when + the tenant is first created. + last_event_ts: The timestamp when the last event associated with + the tenant happened. + name: Name of the tenant. + network_count: Number of Networks associated with the tenant. + vm_count: Number of VMs associated with the tenant. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:cloudapi:tenant' _fields = ['cloud_info', 'comment', 'created_ts', 'id', 'last_event_ts', @@ -5478,43 +5753,45 @@ class GridCloudapiVm(InfobloxObject): elements such as IP addresses (fixed and floating, private and public), DNS names and all related extensive attributes. - Fields: - availability_zone: Availability zone of the VM. - cloud_info: Structure containing all the cloud API related - information for this object. - comment: Comment for the vm object; maximum 1024 characters. - elastic_ip_address: Elastic IP address associated with the VM's - primary interface. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - first_seen: The timestamp when the VM was first seen in the system. - hostname: Hostname part of the FQDN for the address associated with - the VM's primary interface. - id: Unique ID associated with the VM. This is set only when the VM - is first created. - kernel_id: Identifier of the kernel that this VM is running; maximum - 128 characters. - last_seen: The timestamp when the last event associated with the VM - happened. - name: Name of the VM. - network_count: Number of Networks containing any address associated - with this VM. - operating_system: Guest Operating system that this VM is running; - maximum 128 characters. - primary_mac_address: MAC address associated with the VM's primary - interface. - subnet_address: Address of the network that is the container of the - address associated with the VM's primary interface. - subnet_cidr: CIDR of the network that is the container of the - address associated with the VM's primary interface. - subnet_id: Subnet ID of the network that is the container of the - address associated with the VM's primary interface. - tenant_name: Name of the tenant associated with the VM. - vm_type: VM type; maximum 64 characters. - vpc_address: Network address of the parent VPC. - vpc_cidr: Network CIDR of the parent VPC. - vpc_id: Identifier of the parent VPC. - vpc_name: Name of the parent VPC. + Attributes: + availability_zone: Availability zone of the VM. + cloud_info: Structure containing all the cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the vm object; maximum 1024 characters. + elastic_ip_address: Elastic IP address associated with the VM's + primary interface. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + first_seen: The timestamp when the VM was first seen in the + system. + hostname: Hostname part of the FQDN for the address associated + with the VM's primary interface. + id: Unique ID associated with the VM. This is set only when the + VM is first created. + kernel_id: Identifier of the kernel that this VM is running; + maximum 128 characters. + last_seen: The timestamp when the last event associated with the + VM happened. + name: Name of the VM. + network_count: Number of Networks containing any address + associated with this VM. + operating_system: Guest Operating system that this VM is + running; maximum 128 characters. + primary_mac_address: MAC address associated with the VM's + primary interface. + subnet_address: Address of the network that is the container of + the address associated with the VM's primary interface. + subnet_cidr: CIDR of the network that is the container of the + address associated with the VM's primary interface. + subnet_id: Subnet ID of the network that is the container of the + address associated with the VM's primary interface. + tenant_name: Name of the tenant associated with the VM. + vm_type: VM type; maximum 64 characters. + vpc_address: Network address of the parent VPC. + vpc_cidr: Network CIDR of the parent VPC. + vpc_id: Identifier of the parent VPC. + vpc_name: Name of the parent VPC. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:cloudapi:vm' _fields = ['availability_zone', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -5539,70 +5816,74 @@ class GridCloudapiVmaddress(InfobloxObject): VM address is an abstract object that represents a virtual machine running on the Cloud Management Platform. - Fields: - address: The IP address of the interface. - address_type: IP address type (Public, Private, Elastic, Floating, - ...). - associated_ip: Reference to associated IPv4 or IPv6 address. - associated_object_types: Array of string denoting the types of - underlying objects IPv4/IPv6 - "A", "AAAA", "PTR", "HOST", "FA", - "RESERVATION", "UNMANAGED" + ("BULKHOST", "DHCP_RANGE", - "RESERVED_RANGE", "LEASE", "NETWORK", "BROADCAST", "PENDING"), - associated_objects: The list of references to the object (Host, - Fixed Address, RR, ...) that defines this IP. - cloud_info: Structure containing all the cloud API related - information. Only management platform "mgmt_platform" is updated - for this object. - dns_names: The list of all FQDNs associated with the IP address. - elastic_address: Elastic IP address associated with this private - address, if this address is a private address; otherwise empty. - interface_name: Name of the interface associated with this IP - address. - is_ipv4: Indicates whether the address is IPv4 or IPv6. - mac_address: The MAC address of the interface. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - network: The network to which this address belongs, in IPv4 - Address/CIDR format. - network_view: Network view name of the delegated object. - port_id: Port identifier of the interface. - private_address: Private IP address associated with this public (or - elastic or floating) address, if this address is a public - address; otherwise empty. - private_hostname: Host part of the FQDN of this address if this - address is a private address; otherwise empty - public_address: Public IP address associated with this private - address, if this address is a private address; otherwise empty. - public_hostname: Host part of the FQDN of this address if this - address is a public (or elastic or floating) address; otherwise - empty - subnet_address: Network address of the subnet that is the container - of this address. - subnet_cidr: CIDR of the subnet that is the container of this - address. - subnet_id: Subnet ID that is the container of this address. - tenant: The Cloud API Tenant object. - vm_availability_zone: Availability zone of the VM. - vm_comment: VM comment. - vm_creation_time: Date/time the VM was first created as NIOS object. - vm_hostname: Host part of the FQDN of the address attached to the - primary interface. - vm_id: The UUID of the Virtual Machine. - vm_kernel_id: Kernel ID of the VM that this address is associated - with. - vm_last_update_time: Last time the VM was updated. - vm_name: The name of the Virtual Machine. - vm_network_count: Count of networks containing all the addresses of - the VM. - vm_operating_system: Operating system that the VM is running. - vm_type: Type of the VM this address is associated with. - vm_vpc_address: Network address of the VPC of the VM that this - address is associated with. - vm_vpc_cidr: CIDR of the VPC of the VM that this address is - associated with. - vm_vpc_id: Identifier of the VPC where the VM is defined. - vm_vpc_name: Name of the VPC where the VM is defined. - vm_vpc_ref: Reference to the VPC where the VM is defined. + Attributes: + address: The IP address of the interface. + address_type: IP address type (Public, Private, Elastic, + Floating, ...). + associated_ip: Reference to associated IPv4 or IPv6 address. + associated_object_types: Array of string denoting the types of + underlying objects IPv4/IPv6 - "A", "AAAA", "PTR", "HOST", + "FA", "RESERVATION", "UNMANAGED" + ("BULKHOST", + "DHCP_RANGE", "RESERVED_RANGE", "LEASE", "NETWORK", + "BROADCAST", "PENDING"), + associated_objects: The list of references to the object (Host, + Fixed Address, RR, ...) that defines this IP. + cloud_info: Structure containing all the cloud API related + information. Only management platform "mgmt_platform" is + updated for this object. + dns_names: The list of all FQDNs associated with the IP address. + elastic_address: Elastic IP address associated with this private + address, if this address is a private address; otherwise + empty. + interface_name: Name of the interface associated with this IP + address. + is_ipv4: Indicates whether the address is IPv4 or IPv6. + mac_address: The MAC address of the interface. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + network: The network to which this address belongs, in IPv4 + Address/CIDR format. + network_view: Network view name of the delegated object. + port_id: Port identifier of the interface. + private_address: Private IP address associated with this public + (or elastic or floating) address, if this address is a + public address; otherwise empty. + private_hostname: Host part of the FQDN of this address if this + address is a private address; otherwise empty + public_address: Public IP address associated with this private + address, if this address is a private address; otherwise + empty. + public_hostname: Host part of the FQDN of this address if this + address is a public (or elastic or floating) address; + otherwise empty + subnet_address: Network address of the subnet that is the + container of this address. + subnet_cidr: CIDR of the subnet that is the container of this + address. + subnet_id: Subnet ID that is the container of this address. + tenant: The Cloud API Tenant object. + vm_availability_zone: Availability zone of the VM. + vm_comment: VM comment. + vm_creation_time: Date/time the VM was first created as NIOS + object. + vm_hostname: Host part of the FQDN of the address attached to + the primary interface. + vm_id: The UUID of the Virtual Machine. + vm_kernel_id: Kernel ID of the VM that this address is + associated with. + vm_last_update_time: Last time the VM was updated. + vm_name: The name of the Virtual Machine. + vm_network_count: Count of networks containing all the addresses + of the VM. + vm_operating_system: Operating system that the VM is running. + vm_type: Type of the VM this address is associated with. + vm_vpc_address: Network address of the VPC of the VM that this + address is associated with. + vm_vpc_cidr: CIDR of the VPC of the VM that this address is + associated with. + vm_vpc_id: Identifier of the VPC where the VM is defined. + vm_vpc_name: Name of the VPC where the VM is defined. + vm_vpc_ref: Reference to the VPC where the VM is defined. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:cloudapi:vmaddress' _fields = ['address', 'address_type', 'associated_ip', @@ -5635,35 +5916,35 @@ class GridDashboard(InfobloxObject): Analytics events. These threshold values are used to calculate the security status for ATP, RPZ, and Analytics. - Fields: - analytics_tunneling_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard - critical threshold for Analytics tunneling events. - analytics_tunneling_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard - warning threshold for Analytics tunneling events. - atp_critical_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard critical - threshold for ATP critical events. - atp_critical_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard warning - threshold for ATP critical events. - atp_major_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard critical - threshold for ATP major events. - atp_major_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard warning - threshold for ATP major events. - atp_warning_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard critical - threshold for ATP warning events. - atp_warning_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard warning - threshold for ATP warning events. - rpz_blocked_hit_critical_threshold: The critical threshold value for - blocked RPZ hits in the Grid dashboard. - rpz_blocked_hit_warning_threshold: The warning threshold value for - blocked RPZ hits in the Grid dashboard. - rpz_passthru_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard critical - threshold for RPZ passthru events. - rpz_passthru_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard warning - threshold for RPZ passthru events. - rpz_substituted_hit_critical_threshold: The critical threshold value - for substituted RPZ hits in the Grid dashboard. - rpz_substituted_hit_warning_threshold: The warning threshold value - for substituted RPZ hits in the Grid dashboard. + Attributes: + analytics_tunneling_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard + critical threshold for Analytics tunneling events. + analytics_tunneling_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard + warning threshold for Analytics tunneling events. + atp_critical_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard + critical threshold for ATP critical events. + atp_critical_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard warning + threshold for ATP critical events. + atp_major_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard critical + threshold for ATP major events. + atp_major_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard warning + threshold for ATP major events. + atp_warning_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard + critical threshold for ATP warning events. + atp_warning_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard warning + threshold for ATP warning events. + rpz_blocked_hit_critical_threshold: The critical threshold value + for blocked RPZ hits in the Grid dashboard. + rpz_blocked_hit_warning_threshold: The warning threshold value + for blocked RPZ hits in the Grid dashboard. + rpz_passthru_event_critical_threshold: The Grid Dashboard + critical threshold for RPZ passthru events. + rpz_passthru_event_warning_threshold: The Grid Dashboard warning + threshold for RPZ passthru events. + rpz_substituted_hit_critical_threshold: The critical threshold + value for substituted RPZ hits in the Grid dashboard. + rpz_substituted_hit_warning_threshold: The warning threshold + value for substituted RPZ hits in the Grid dashboard. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:dashboard' _fields = ['analytics_tunneling_event_critical_threshold', @@ -5708,223 +5989,235 @@ class GridDhcpproperties(InfobloxObject): This object represents a subset of the Infoblox Grid DHCP properties. - Fields: - authority: The Grid-level authority flag. This flag specifies - whether a DHCP server is authoritative for a domain. - bootfile: The name of a file that DHCP clients need to boot. Some - DHCP clients use BOOTP (bootstrap protocol) or include the boot - file name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. - bootserver: The name of the server on which a boot file is stored. - capture_hostname: The Grid-level capture hostname flag. Set this - flag to capture the hostname and lease time when assigning a - fixed address. - ddns_domainname: The member DDNS domain name value. - ddns_generate_hostname: Determines if the ability of a DHCP server - to generate a host name and update DNS with this host name when - it receives a DHCP REQUEST message that does not include a host - name is enabled or not. - ddns_retry_interval: Determines the retry interval when the DHCP - server makes repeated attempts to send DDNS updates to a DNS - server. - ddns_server_always_updates: Determines that only the DHCP server is - allowed to update DNS, regardless of the requests from the DHCP - clients. - ddns_ttl: The DDNS TTL (Dynamic DNS Time To Live) value specifies - the number of seconds an IP address for the name is cached. - ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Determines if the Grid DHCP server's - ability to update the A and PTR records with a fixed address is - enabled or not. - ddns_use_option81: Determines if support for option 81 is enabled or - not. - deny_bootp: Determines if deny BOOTP is enabled or not. - disable_all_nac_filters: If set to True, NAC filters will be - disabled on the Infoblox Grid. - dns_update_style: The update style for dynamic DNS updates. - email_list: The Grid-level email_list value. Specify an e-mail - address to which you want the Infoblox appliance to send e-mail - notifications when the DHCP address usage for the grid crosses a - threshold. You can create a list of several e-mail addresses. - enable_ddns: Determines if the member DHCP server's ability to send - DDNS updates is enabled or not. - enable_dhcp_thresholds: Represents the watermarks above or below - which address usage in a network is unexpected and might warrant - your attention. - enable_email_warnings: Determines if e-mail warnings are enabled or - disabled. When DHCP threshold is enabled and DHCP address usage - crosses a watermark threshold, the appliance sends an e-mail - notification to an administrator. - enable_fingerprint: Determines if the fingerprint feature is enabled - or not. If you enable this feature, the server will match a - fingerprint for incoming lease requests. - enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether all appliances are enabled to - receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DHCP clients. - enable_hostname_rewrite: Determines if the Grid-level host name - rewrite feature is enabled or not. - enable_leasequery: Determines if lease query is allowed or not. - enable_roaming_hosts: Determines if DHCP servers in a Grid support - roaming hosts or not. - enable_snmp_warnings: Determined if the SNMP warnings on Grid-level - are enabled or not. When DHCP threshold is enabled and DHCP - address usage crosses a watermark threshold, the appliance sends - an SNMP trap to the trap receiver that you defined you defined - at the Grid member level. - format_log_option_82: The format option for Option 82 logging. - grid: Determines the Grid that serves DHCP. This specifies a group - of Infoblox appliances that are connected together to provide a - single point of device administration and service configuration - in a secure, highly available environment. - gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a Grid DHCP object. - high_water_mark: Determines the high watermark value of a Grid DHCP - server. If the percentage of allocated addresses exceeds this - watermark, the appliance makes a syslog entry and sends an - e-mail notification (if enabled). Specifies the percentage of - allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - high_water_mark_reset: Determines the high watermark reset value of - a member DHCP server. If the percentage of allocated addresses - drops below this value, a corresponding SNMP trap is reset. - Specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range is - from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be lower than - the high watermark value. - hostname_rewrite_policy: The name of the default hostname rewrite - policy, which is also in the protocol_hostname_rewrite_policies - array. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Determines if the ignore DHCP - option list request flag of a Grid DHCP is enabled or not. If - this flag is set to true all available DHCP options will be - returned to the client. - ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP client - IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", "CLIENT", or - "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". - ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will - ignore. - immediate_fa_configuration: Determines if the fixed address - configuration takes effect immediately without DHCP service - restart or not. - ipv6_capture_hostname: Determines if the IPv6 host name and lease - time is captured or not while assigning a fixed address. - ipv6_ddns_domainname: The Grid-level DDNS domain name value. - ipv6_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Controls whether the FQDN option sent - by the client is to be used, or if the server can automatically - generate the FQDN. - ipv6_ddns_server_always_updates: Determines if the server always - updates DNS or updates only if requested by the client. - ipv6_ddns_ttl: The Grid-level IPv6 DDNS TTL value. - ipv6_default_prefix: The Grid-level IPv6 default prefix. - ipv6_dns_update_style: The update style for dynamic DHCPv6 DNS - updates. - ipv6_domain_name: The IPv6 domain name. - ipv6_domain_name_servers: The comma separated list of domain name - server addresses in IPv6 address format. - ipv6_enable_ddns: Determines if sending DDNS updates by the DHCPv6 - server is enabled or not. - ipv6_enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether the all appliances are - enabled to receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DHCPv6 - clients. - ipv6_enable_lease_scavenging: Indicates whether DHCPv6 lease - scavenging is enabled or disabled. - ipv6_enable_retry_updates: Determines if the DHCPv6 server retries - failed dynamic DNS updates or not. - ipv6_generate_hostname: Determines if the server generates the - hostname if it is not sent by the client. - ipv6_gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a Grid DHCPv6 - object. - ipv6_kdc_server: The IPv6 address or FQDN of the Kerberos server for - DHCPv6 GSS-TSIG authentication. - ipv6_lease_scavenging_time: The Grid-level grace period (in seconds) - to keep an expired lease before it is deleted by the scavenging - process. - ipv6_microsoft_code_page: The Grid-level Microsoft client DHCP IPv6 - code page value. This value is the hostname translation code - page for Microsoft DHCP IPv6 clients. - ipv6_options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCPv6 - options associated with the object. - ipv6_prefixes: The Grid-level list of IPv6 prefixes. - ipv6_recycle_leases: Determines if the IPv6 recycle leases feature - is enabled or not. If the feature is enabled, leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. When the - feature is disabled, the leases are irrecoverably deleted. - ipv6_remember_expired_client_association: Enable binding for expired - DHCPv6 leases. - ipv6_retry_updates_interval: Determines the retry interval when the - member DHCPv6 server makes repeated attempts to send DDNS - updates to a DNS server. - ipv6_txt_record_handling: The Grid-level TXT record handling value. - This value specifies how DHCPv6 should treat the TXT records - when performing DNS updates. - ipv6_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Controls whether the DHCPv6 server - updates DNS when an IPv6 DHCP lease is renewed. - kdc_server: The IPv4 address or FQDN of the Kerberos server for - DHCPv4 GSS-TSIG authentication. - lease_logging_member: The Grid member on which you want to store the - DHCP lease history log. Infoblox recommends that you dedicate a - member other than the master as a logging member. If possible, - use this member solely for storing the DHCP lease history log. - If you do not select a member, no logging can occur. - lease_per_client_settings: Defines how the appliance releases DHCP - leases. Valid values are "RELEASE_MACHING_ID", "NEVER_RELEASE", - or "ONE_LEASE_PER_CLIENT". The default is "RELEASE_MATCHING_ID". - lease_scavenge_time: Determines the lease scavenging time value. - When this field is set, the appliance permanently deletes the - free and backup leases, that remain in the database beyond a - specified period of time.To disable lease scavenging, set the - parameter to -1. The minimum positive value must be greater than - 86400 seconds (1 day). - log_lease_events: This value specifies whether the Grid DHCP members - log lease events is enabled or not. - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on the Infoblox Grid.This list corresponds to the match - rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - low_water_mark: Determines the low watermark value. If the percent - of allocated addresses drops below this watermark, the appliance - makes a syslog entry and if enabled, sends an e-mail - notification. - low_water_mark_reset: Determines the low watermark reset value.If - the percentage of allocated addresses exceeds this value, a - corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that specifies the - percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - The low watermark reset value must be higher than the low - watermark value. - microsoft_code_page: The Microsoft client DHCP IPv4 code page value - of a Grid. This value is the hostname translation code page for - Microsoft DHCP IPv4 clients. - nextserver: The next server value of a DHCP server. This value is - the IP address or name of the boot file server on which the boot - file is stored. - option60_match_rules: The list of option 60 match rules. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. Note that WAPI does not return - special options 'routers', 'domain-name-servers', 'domain-name' - and 'broadcast-address' with empty values for this object. - ping_count: Specifies the number of pings that the Infoblox - appliance sends to an IP address to verify that it is not in - use. Values are range is from 0 to 10, where 0 disables pings. - ping_timeout: Indicates the number of milliseconds the appliance - waits for a response to its ping.Valid values are 100, 500, - 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 and 5000 milliseconds. - preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value. - prefix_length_mode: The Prefix length mode for DHCPv6. - protocol_hostname_rewrite_policies: The list of hostname rewrite - policies. - pxe_lease_time: Specifies the duration of time it takes a host to - connect to a boot server, such as a TFTP server, and download - the file it needs to boot.A 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - recycle_leases: Determines if the recycle leases feature is enabled - or not. If you enabled this feature, and then delete a DHCP - range, the appliance stores active leases from this range up to - one week after the leases expires. - restart_setting: The restart setting. - retry_ddns_updates: Indicates whether the DHCP server makes repeated - attempts to send DDNS updates to a DNS server. - syslog_facility: The syslog facility is the location on the syslog - server to which you want to sort the syslog messages. - txt_record_handling: The Grid-level TXT record handling value. This - value specifies how DHCP should treat the TXT records when - performing DNS updates. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Controls whether the DHCP server - updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime for the Grid members. + Attributes: + authority: The Grid-level authority flag. This flag specifies + whether a DHCP server is authoritative for a domain. + bootfile: The name of a file that DHCP clients need to boot. + Some DHCP clients use BOOTP (bootstrap protocol) or include + the boot file name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. + bootserver: The name of the server on which a boot file is + stored. + capture_hostname: The Grid-level capture hostname flag. Set this + flag to capture the hostname and lease time when assigning a + fixed address. + ddns_domainname: The member DDNS domain name value. + ddns_generate_hostname: Determines if the ability of a DHCP + server to generate a host name and update DNS with this host + name when it receives a DHCP REQUEST message that does not + include a host name is enabled or not. + ddns_retry_interval: Determines the retry interval when the DHCP + server makes repeated attempts to send DDNS updates to a DNS + server. + ddns_server_always_updates: Determines that only the DHCP server + is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the requests from + the DHCP clients. + ddns_ttl: The DDNS TTL (Dynamic DNS Time To Live) value + specifies the number of seconds an IP address for the name + is cached. + ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Determines if the Grid DHCP + server's ability to update the A and PTR records with a + fixed address is enabled or not. + ddns_use_option81: Determines if support for option 81 is + enabled or not. + deny_bootp: Determines if deny BOOTP is enabled or not. + disable_all_nac_filters: If set to True, NAC filters will be + disabled on the Infoblox Grid. + dns_update_style: The update style for dynamic DNS updates. + email_list: The Grid-level email_list value. Specify an e-mail + address to which you want the Infoblox appliance to send + e-mail notifications when the DHCP address usage for the + grid crosses a threshold. You can create a list of several + e-mail addresses. + enable_ddns: Determines if the member DHCP server's ability to + send DDNS updates is enabled or not. + enable_dhcp_thresholds: Represents the watermarks above or below + which address usage in a network is unexpected and might + warrant your attention. + enable_email_warnings: Determines if e-mail warnings are enabled + or disabled. When DHCP threshold is enabled and DHCP address + usage crosses a watermark threshold, the appliance sends an + e-mail notification to an administrator. + enable_fingerprint: Determines if the fingerprint feature is + enabled or not. If you enable this feature, the server will + match a fingerprint for incoming lease requests. + enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether all appliances are enabled + to receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DHCP clients. + enable_hostname_rewrite: Determines if the Grid-level host name + rewrite feature is enabled or not. + enable_leasequery: Determines if lease query is allowed or not. + enable_roaming_hosts: Determines if DHCP servers in a Grid + support roaming hosts or not. + enable_snmp_warnings: Determined if the SNMP warnings on Grid- + level are enabled or not. When DHCP threshold is enabled and + DHCP address usage crosses a watermark threshold, the + appliance sends an SNMP trap to the trap receiver that you + defined you defined at the Grid member level. + format_log_option_82: The format option for Option 82 logging. + grid: Determines the Grid that serves DHCP. This specifies a + group of Infoblox appliances that are connected together to + provide a single point of device administration and service + configuration in a secure, highly available environment. + gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a Grid DHCP object. + high_water_mark: Determines the high watermark value of a Grid + DHCP server. If the percentage of allocated addresses + exceeds this watermark, the appliance makes a syslog entry + and sends an e-mail notification (if enabled). Specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. + high_water_mark_reset: Determines the high watermark reset value + of a member DHCP server. If the percentage of allocated + addresses drops below this value, a corresponding SNMP trap + is reset. Specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. + The range is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value + must be lower than the high watermark value. + hostname_rewrite_policy: The name of the default hostname + rewrite policy, which is also in the + protocol_hostname_rewrite_policies array. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Determines if the ignore DHCP + option list request flag of a Grid DHCP is enabled or not. + If this flag is set to true all available DHCP options will + be returned to the client. + ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP + client IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", + "CLIENT", or "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". + ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will + ignore. + immediate_fa_configuration: Determines if the fixed address + configuration takes effect immediately without DHCP service + restart or not. + ipv6_capture_hostname: Determines if the IPv6 host name and + lease time is captured or not while assigning a fixed + address. + ipv6_ddns_domainname: The Grid-level DDNS domain name value. + ipv6_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Controls whether the FQDN option + sent by the client is to be used, or if the server can + automatically generate the FQDN. + ipv6_ddns_server_always_updates: Determines if the server always + updates DNS or updates only if requested by the client. + ipv6_ddns_ttl: The Grid-level IPv6 DDNS TTL value. + ipv6_default_prefix: The Grid-level IPv6 default prefix. + ipv6_dns_update_style: The update style for dynamic DHCPv6 DNS + updates. + ipv6_domain_name: The IPv6 domain name. + ipv6_domain_name_servers: The comma separated list of domain + name server addresses in IPv6 address format. + ipv6_enable_ddns: Determines if sending DDNS updates by the + DHCPv6 server is enabled or not. + ipv6_enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether the all appliances are + enabled to receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from + DHCPv6 clients. + ipv6_enable_lease_scavenging: Indicates whether DHCPv6 lease + scavenging is enabled or disabled. + ipv6_enable_retry_updates: Determines if the DHCPv6 server + retries failed dynamic DNS updates or not. + ipv6_generate_hostname: Determines if the server generates the + hostname if it is not sent by the client. + ipv6_gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a Grid DHCPv6 + object. + ipv6_kdc_server: The IPv6 address or FQDN of the Kerberos server + for DHCPv6 GSS-TSIG authentication. + ipv6_lease_scavenging_time: The Grid-level grace period (in + seconds) to keep an expired lease before it is deleted by + the scavenging process. + ipv6_microsoft_code_page: The Grid-level Microsoft client DHCP + IPv6 code page value. This value is the hostname translation + code page for Microsoft DHCP IPv6 clients. + ipv6_options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the + DHCPv6 options associated with the object. + ipv6_prefixes: The Grid-level list of IPv6 prefixes. + ipv6_recycle_leases: Determines if the IPv6 recycle leases + feature is enabled or not. If the feature is enabled, leases + are kept in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + When the feature is disabled, the leases are irrecoverably + deleted. + ipv6_remember_expired_client_association: Enable binding for + expired DHCPv6 leases. + ipv6_retry_updates_interval: Determines the retry interval when + the member DHCPv6 server makes repeated attempts to send + DDNS updates to a DNS server. + ipv6_txt_record_handling: The Grid-level TXT record handling + value. This value specifies how DHCPv6 should treat the TXT + records when performing DNS updates. + ipv6_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Controls whether the DHCPv6 + server updates DNS when an IPv6 DHCP lease is renewed. + kdc_server: The IPv4 address or FQDN of the Kerberos server for + DHCPv4 GSS-TSIG authentication. + lease_logging_member: The Grid member on which you want to store + the DHCP lease history log. Infoblox recommends that you + dedicate a member other than the master as a logging member. + If possible, use this member solely for storing the DHCP + lease history log. If you do not select a member, no logging + can occur. + lease_per_client_settings: Defines how the appliance releases + DHCP leases. Valid values are "RELEASE_MACHING_ID", + "NEVER_RELEASE", or "ONE_LEASE_PER_CLIENT". The default is + "RELEASE_MATCHING_ID". + lease_scavenge_time: Determines the lease scavenging time value. + When this field is set, the appliance permanently deletes + the free and backup leases, that remain in the database + beyond a specified period of time.To disable lease + scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The minimum positive + value must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 day). + log_lease_events: This value specifies whether the Grid DHCP + members log lease events is enabled or not. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the Infoblox Grid.This list corresponds to the + match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration + file. + low_water_mark: Determines the low watermark value. If the + percent of allocated addresses drops below this watermark, + the appliance makes a syslog entry and if enabled, sends an + e-mail notification. + low_water_mark_reset: Determines the low watermark reset + value.If the percentage of allocated addresses exceeds this + value, a corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that + specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range + is from 1 to 100. The low watermark reset value must be + higher than the low watermark value. + microsoft_code_page: The Microsoft client DHCP IPv4 code page + value of a Grid. This value is the hostname translation code + page for Microsoft DHCP IPv4 clients. + nextserver: The next server value of a DHCP server. This value + is the IP address or name of the boot file server on which + the boot file is stored. + option60_match_rules: The list of option 60 match rules. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. Note that WAPI does not + return special options 'routers', 'domain-name-servers', + 'domain-name' and 'broadcast-address' with empty values for + this object. + ping_count: Specifies the number of pings that the Infoblox + appliance sends to an IP address to verify that it is not in + use. Values are range is from 0 to 10, where 0 disables + pings. + ping_timeout: Indicates the number of milliseconds the appliance + waits for a response to its ping.Valid values are 100, 500, + 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 and 5000 milliseconds. + preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value. + prefix_length_mode: The Prefix length mode for DHCPv6. + protocol_hostname_rewrite_policies: The list of hostname rewrite + policies. + pxe_lease_time: Specifies the duration of time it takes a host + to connect to a boot server, such as a TFTP server, and + download the file it needs to boot.A 32-bit unsigned integer + that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the + update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not + cached. + recycle_leases: Determines if the recycle leases feature is + enabled or not. If you enabled this feature, and then delete + a DHCP range, the appliance stores active leases from this + range up to one week after the leases expires. + restart_setting: The restart setting. + retry_ddns_updates: Indicates whether the DHCP server makes + repeated attempts to send DDNS updates to a DNS server. + syslog_facility: The syslog facility is the location on the + syslog server to which you want to sort the syslog messages. + txt_record_handling: The Grid-level TXT record handling value. + This value specifies how DHCP should treat the TXT records + when performing DNS updates. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Controls whether the DHCP server + updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime for the Grid members. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:dhcpproperties' _fields = ['authority', 'bootfile', 'bootserver', 'capture_hostname', @@ -5992,336 +6285,386 @@ class GridDns(InfobloxObject): configure services at the grid level before configuring member, zone and network services. - Fields: - add_client_ip_mac_options: Add custom IP, MAC and DNS View name - ENDS0 options to outgoing recursive queries. - allow_bulkhost_ddns: Determines if DDNS bulk host is allowed or not. - allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates: Determines whether GSS-TSIG zone update - is enabled for all Grid members. - allow_query: Determines if queries from the specified IPv4 or IPv6 - addresses and networks are allowed or not. The appliance can - also use Transaction Signature (TSIG) keys to authenticate the - queries. - allow_recursive_query: Determines if the responses to recursive - queries are enabled or not. - allow_transfer: Determines if zone transfers from specified IPv4 or - IPv6 addresses and networks or transfers from hosts - authenticated by Transaction signature (TSIG) key are allowed or - not. - allow_update: Determines if dynamic updates from specified IPv4 or - IPv6 addresses, networks or from host authenticated by TSIG key - are allowed or not. - anonymize_response_logging: Determines if the anonymization of - captured DNS responses is enabled or disabled. - attack_mitigation: Mitigation settings for DNS attacks. - auto_blackhole: The auto blackhole settings. - bind_check_names_policy: The BIND check names policy, which - indicates the action the appliance takes when it encounters host - names that do not comply with the Strict Hostname Checking - policy. This method applies only if the host name restriction - policy is set to "Strict Hostname Checking". - bind_hostname_directive: The value of the hostname directive for - BIND. - blackhole_list: The list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and networks from - which DNS queries are blocked. - blacklist_action: The action to perform when a domain name matches - the pattern defined in a rule that is specified by the blacklist - ruleset. - blacklist_log_query: Determines if blacklist redirection queries are - logged or not. - blacklist_redirect_addresses: The IP addresses the appliance - includes in the response it sends in place of a blacklisted IP - address. - blacklist_redirect_ttl: The TTL value (in seconds) of the synthetic - DNS responses that result from blacklist redirection. - blacklist_rulesets: The DNS Ruleset object names assigned at the - Grid level for blacklist redirection. - bulk_host_name_templates: The list of bulk host name templates. - There are four Infoblox predefined bulk host name templates. - Template Name Template Format "Four Octets" -$1-$2-$3-$4 "Three - Octets" -$2-$3-$4 "Two Octets" -$3-$4 "One Octet" -$4 - capture_dns_queries_on_all_domains: Determines if the capture of DNS - queries for all domains is enabled or disabled. - check_names_for_ddns_and_zone_transfer: Determines whether the - application of BIND check-names for zone transfers and DDNS - updates are enabled. - client_subnet_domains: The list of zone domain names that are - allowed or forbidden for EDNS client subnet (ECS) recursion. - client_subnet_ipv4_prefix_length: Default IPv4 Source Prefix-Length - used when sending queries with EDNS client subnet option. - client_subnet_ipv6_prefix_length: Default IPv6 Source Prefix-Length - used when sending queries with EDNS client subnet option. - copy_client_ip_mac_options: Copy custom IP, MAC and DNS View name - ENDS0 options from incoming to outgoing recursive queries. - copy_xfer_to_notify: The allowed IPs, from the zone transfer list, - added to the also-notify statement in the named.conf file. - custom_root_name_servers: The list of customized root nameserver(s). - You can use Internet root name servers or specify host names and - IP addresses of custom root name servers. - ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Defines whether creation - timestamp of RR should be updated ' when DDNS update happens - even if there is no change to ' the RR. - ddns_principal_group: The DDNS Principal cluster group name. - ddns_principal_tracking: Determines if the DDNS principal track is - enabled or disabled. - ddns_restrict_patterns: Determines if an option to restrict DDNS - update request based on FQDN patterns is enabled or disabled. - ddns_restrict_patterns_list: The unordered list of restriction - patterns for an option of to restrict DDNS updates based on FQDN - patterns. - ddns_restrict_protected: Determines if an option to restrict DDNS - update request to protected resource records is enabled or - disabled. - ddns_restrict_secure: Determines if DDNS update request for - principal other than target resource record's principal is - restricted. - ddns_restrict_static: Determines if an option to restrict DDNS - update request to resource records which are marked as 'STATIC' - is enabled or disabled. - default_bulk_host_name_template: Default bulk host name of a Grid - DNS. - default_ttl: The default TTL value of a Grid DNS object. This - interval tells the secondary how long the data can be cached. - disable_edns: Determines if the EDNS0 support for queries that - require recursive resolution on Grid members is enabled or not. - dns64_groups: The list of DNS64 synthesis groups associated with - this Grid DNS object. - dns_cache_acceleration_ttl: The minimum TTL value, in seconds, that - a DNS record must have in order for it to be cached by the DNS - Cache Acceleration service.An integer from 1 to 65000 that - represents the TTL in seconds. - dns_health_check_anycast_control: Determines if the anycast failure - (BFD session down) is enabled on member failure or not. - dns_health_check_domain_list: The list of domain names for the DNS - health check. - dns_health_check_interval: The time interval (in seconds) for DNS - health check. - dns_health_check_recursion_flag: Determines if the recursive DNS - health check is enabled or not. - dns_health_check_retries: The number of DNS health check retries. - dns_health_check_timeout: The DNS health check timeout interval (in - seconds). - dns_query_capture_file_time_limit: The time limit (in minutes) for - the DNS query capture file. - dnssec_blacklist_enabled: Determines if the blacklist rules for - DNSSEC-enabled clients are enabled or not. - dnssec_dns64_enabled: Determines if the DNS64 groups for DNSSEC- - enabled clients are enabled or not. - dnssec_enabled: Determines if the DNS security extension is enabled - or not. - dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled: Determines when the DNS member - accepts expired signatures. - dnssec_key_params: This structure contains the DNSSEC key parameters - for this zone. - dnssec_negative_trust_anchors: A list of zones for which the server - does not perform DNSSEC validation. - dnssec_nxdomain_enabled: Determines if the NXDOMAIN rules for - DNSSEC-enabled clients are enabled or not. - dnssec_rpz_enabled: Determines if the RPZ policies for DNSSEC- - enabled clients are enabled or not. - dnssec_trusted_keys: The list of trusted keys for the DNSSEC - feature. - dnssec_validation_enabled: Determines if the DNS security validation - is enabled or not. - domains_to_capture_dns_queries: The list of domains for DNS query - capture. - dtc_dnssec_mode: DTC DNSSEC operation mode. - dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet: Determines whether to prefer the - client address from the edns-client-subnet option for DTC or - not. - dtc_scheduled_backup: The scheduled backup configuration. - dtc_topology_ea_list: The DTC topology extensible attribute - definition list. When configuring a DTC topology, users may - configure classification as either "Geographic" or "Extensible - Attributes". Selecting extensible attributes will replace - supported Topology database labels (Continent, Country, - Subdivision, City) with the names of the selection EA types and - provide values extracted from DHCP Network Container, Network - and Range objects with those extensible attributes. - email: The email address of a Grid DNS object. - enable_blackhole: Determines if the blocking of DNS queries is - enabled or not. - enable_blacklist: Determines if a blacklist is enabled or not. - enable_capture_dns_queries: Determines if the capture of DNS queries - is enabled or disabled. - enable_capture_dns_responses: Determines if the capture of DNS - responses is enabled or disabled. - enable_client_subnet_forwarding: Determines whether to enable - forwarding EDNS client subnet options to upstream servers. - enable_client_subnet_recursive: Determines whether to enable adding - EDNS client subnet options in recursive resolution. - enable_delete_associated_ptr: Determines if the ability to - automatically remove associated PTR records while deleting A or - AAAA records is enabled or not. - enable_dns64: Determines if the DNS64 support is enabled or not. - enable_dns_health_check: Determines if the DNS health check is - enabled or not. - enable_dtc_dns_fall_through: Determines whether to enable the DTC to - DNS fall-through or not. - enable_excluded_domain_names: Determines if excluding domain names - from captured DNS queries and responses is enabled or disabled. - enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Determines if the fixed RRset order - FQDN is enabled or not. - enable_ftc: Determines whether Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC) is - enabled. - enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether all appliances in the Grid are - enabled to receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DNS - clients. - enable_host_rrset_order: Determines if the host RRset order is - enabled or not. - enable_hsm_signing: Determines whether Hardware Security Modules - (HSMs) are enabled for key generation and signing. Note, that - you must configure the HSM group with at least one enabled HSM. - enable_notify_source_port: Determines if the notify source port at - the Grid Level is enabled or not. - enable_query_rewrite: Determines if the DNS query rewrite is enabled - or not. - enable_query_source_port: Determines if the query source port at the - Grid Level is enabled or not. - excluded_domain_names: The list of domains that are excluded from - DNS query and response capture. - expire_after: The expiration time of a Grid DNS object. If the - secondary DNS server fails to contact the primary server for the - specified interval, the secondary server stops giving out - answers about the zone because the zone data is too old to be - useful. - file_transfer_setting: The DNS capture file transfer - settings.Include the specified parameter to set the attribute - value. Omit the parameter to retrieve the attribute value. - filter_aaaa: The type of AAAA filtering for this member DNS object. - filter_aaaa_list: The list of IPv4 addresses and networks from which - queries are received. AAAA filtering is applied to these - addresses. - fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: The fixed RRset order FQDN. If this field - does not contain an empty value, the appliance will - automatically set the enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns field to - 'true', unless the same request sets the enable field to - 'false'. - forward_only: Determines if member sends queries to forwarders only. - When the value is "true", the member sends queries to forwarders - only, and not to other internal or Internet root servers. - forward_updates: Determines if secondary servers is allowed to - forward updates to the DNS server or not. - forwarders: The forwarders for the member. A forwarder is - essentially a name server to which other name servers first send - all of their off-site queries. The forwarder builds up a cache - of information, avoiding the need for the other name servers to - send queries off-site. - ftc_expired_record_timeout: The timeout interval (in seconds) after - which the expired Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC)record is stale - and no longer valid. - ftc_expired_record_ttl: The TTL value (in seconds) of the expired - Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC) record in DNS responses. - gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a Grid DNS object. - lame_ttl: The number of seconds to cache lame delegations or lame - servers. - logging_categories: The logging categories. - max_cache_ttl: The maximum time (in seconds) for which the server - will cache positive answers. - max_cached_lifetime: The maximum time (in seconds) a DNS response - can be stored in the hardware acceleration cache.Valid values - are unsigned integer between 60 and 86400, inclusive. - max_ncache_ttl: The maximum time (in seconds) for which the server - will cache negative (NXDOMAIN) responses.The maximum allowed - value is 604800. - member_secondary_notify: Determines if Grid members that are - authoritative secondary servers are allowed to send notification - messages to external name servers, if the Grid member that is - primary for a zone fails or loses connectivity. - negative_ttl: The negative TTL value of a Grid DNS object. This - interval tells the secondary how long data can be cached for - "Does Not Respond" responses. - notify_delay: Specifies with how many seconds of delay the notify - messages are sent to secondaries. - notify_source_port: The source port for notify messages. When - requesting zone transfers from the primary server, some - secondary DNS servers use the source port number (the primary - server used to send the notify message) as the destination port - number in the zone transfer request.Valid values are between 1 - and 63999. The default is picked by BIND. - nsgroup_default: The default nameserver group. - nsgroups: A name server group is a collection of one primary DNS - server and one or more secondary DNS servers. - nxdomain_log_query: Determines if NXDOMAIN redirection queries are - logged or not. - nxdomain_redirect: Determines if NXDOMAIN redirection is enabled or - not. - nxdomain_redirect_addresses: The list of IPv4 NXDOMAIN redirection - addresses. - nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6: The list of IPv6 NXDOMAIN - redirection addresses. - nxdomain_redirect_ttl: The TTL value (in seconds) of synthetic DNS - responses that result from NXDOMAIN redirection. - nxdomain_rulesets: The Ruleset object names assigned at the Grid - level for NXDOMAIN redirection. - preserve_host_rrset_order_on_secondaries: Determines if the host - RRset order on secondaries is preserved or not. - protocol_record_name_policies: The list of record name policies. - query_rewrite_domain_names: The list of domain names that trigger - DNS query rewrite. - query_rewrite_prefix: The domain name prefix for DNS query rewrite. - query_source_port: The source port for queries. Specifying a source - port number for recursive queries ensures that a firewall will - allow the response.Valid values are between 1 and 63999. The - default is picked by BIND. - recursive_query_list: The list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, networks - or hosts authenticated by Transaction signature (TSIG) key from - which recursive queries are allowed or denied. - refresh_timer: The refresh time. This interval tells the secondary - how often to send a message to the primary for a zone to check - that its data is current, and retrieve fresh data if it is not. - resolver_query_timeout: The recursive query timeout for the member. - response_rate_limiting: The response rate limiting settings for the - member. - restart_setting: The restart setting. - retry_timer: The retry time. This interval tells the secondary how - long to wait before attempting to recontact the primary after a - connection failure occurs between the two servers. - root_name_server_type: Determines the type of root name servers. - rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip: Determines if NSDNAME and NSIP resource - records from RPZ feeds are enabled or not. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled: Enables the appliance to ignore RPZ-IP - triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum - prefix length. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4: The minimum prefix length - for IPv4 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ-IP triggers - with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum IPv4 prefix - length. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6: The minimum prefix length - for IPv6 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ-IP triggers - with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum IPv6 prefix - length. - rpz_qname_wait_recurse: Determines if recursive RPZ lookups are - enabled. - scavenging_settings: The Grid level scavenging settings. - serial_query_rate: The number of maximum concurrent SOA queries per - second.Valid values are unsigned integer between 20 and 1000, - inclusive. - server_id_directive: The value of the server-id directive for BIND - and Unbound DNS. - sortlist: A sort list determines the order of addresses in responses - made to DNS queries. - store_locally: Determines if the storage of query capture reports on - the appliance is enabled or disabled. - syslog_facility: The syslog facility. This is the location on the - syslog server to which you want to sort the DNS logging - messages. - transfer_excluded_servers: The list of excluded DNS servers during - zone transfers. - transfer_format: The BIND format for a zone transfer. This provides - tracking capabilities for single or multiple transfers and their - associated servers. - transfers_in: The number of maximum concurrent transfers for the - Grid.Valid values are unsigned integer between 10 and 100, - inclusive. - transfers_out: The number of maximum outbound concurrent zone - transfers.Valid values are unsigned integer between 10 and 100, - inclusive. - transfers_per_ns: The number of maximum concurrent transfers per - member.Valid values are unsigned integer between 2 and 100, - inclusive. - zone_deletion_double_confirm: Determines if the double confirmation - during zone deletion is enabled or not. + Attributes: + add_client_ip_mac_options: Add custom IP, MAC and DNS View name + ENDS0 options to outgoing recursive queries. + allow_bulkhost_ddns: Determines if DDNS bulk host is allowed or + not. + allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates: Determines whether GSS-TSIG zone + update is enabled for all Grid members. + allow_query: Determines if queries from the specified IPv4 or + IPv6 addresses and networks are allowed or not. The + appliance can also use Transaction Signature (TSIG) keys to + authenticate the queries. + allow_recursive_query: Determines if the responses to recursive + queries are enabled or not. + allow_transfer: Determines if zone transfers from specified IPv4 + or IPv6 addresses and networks or transfers from hosts + authenticated by Transaction signature (TSIG) key are + allowed or not. + allow_update: Determines if dynamic updates from specified IPv4 + or IPv6 addresses, networks or from host authenticated by + TSIG key are allowed or not. + anonymize_response_logging: Determines if the anonymization of + captured DNS responses is enabled or disabled. + attack_mitigation: Mitigation settings for DNS attacks. + auto_blackhole: The auto blackhole settings. + bind_check_names_policy: The BIND check names policy, which + indicates the action the appliance takes when it encounters + host names that do not comply with the Strict Hostname + Checking policy. This method applies only if the host name + restriction policy is set to "Strict Hostname Checking". + bind_hostname_directive: The value of the hostname directive for + BIND. + blackhole_list: The list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and networks + from which DNS queries are blocked. + blacklist_action: The action to perform when a domain name + matches the pattern defined in a rule that is specified by + the blacklist ruleset. + blacklist_log_query: Determines if blacklist redirection queries + are logged or not. + blacklist_redirect_addresses: The IP addresses the appliance + includes in the response it sends in place of a blacklisted + IP address. + blacklist_redirect_ttl: The TTL value (in seconds) of the + synthetic DNS responses that result from blacklist + redirection. + blacklist_rulesets: The DNS Ruleset object names assigned at the + Grid level for blacklist redirection. + bulk_host_name_templates: The list of bulk host name templates. + There are four Infoblox predefined bulk host name templates. + Template Name Template Format "Four Octets" -$1-$2-$3-$4 + "Three Octets" -$2-$3-$4 "Two Octets" -$3-$4 "One Octet" -$4 + capture_dns_queries_on_all_domains: Determines if the capture of + DNS queries for all domains is enabled or disabled. + check_names_for_ddns_and_zone_transfer: Determines whether the + application of BIND check-names for zone transfers and DDNS + updates are enabled. + client_subnet_domains: The list of zone domain names that are + allowed or forbidden for EDNS client subnet (ECS) recursion. + client_subnet_ipv4_prefix_length: Default IPv4 Source Prefix- + Length used when sending queries with EDNS client subnet + option. + client_subnet_ipv6_prefix_length: Default IPv6 Source Prefix- + Length used when sending queries with EDNS client subnet + option. + copy_client_ip_mac_options: Copy custom IP, MAC and DNS View + name ENDS0 options from incoming to outgoing recursive + queries. + copy_xfer_to_notify: The allowed IPs, from the zone transfer + list, added to the also-notify statement in the named.conf + file. + custom_root_name_servers: The list of customized root + nameserver(s). You can use Internet root name servers or + specify host names and IP addresses of custom root name + servers. + ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Defines whether creation + timestamp of RR should be updated ' when DDNS update happens + even if there is no change to ' the RR. + ddns_principal_group: The DDNS Principal cluster group name. + ddns_principal_tracking: Determines if the DDNS principal track + is enabled or disabled. + ddns_restrict_patterns: Determines if an option to restrict DDNS + update request based on FQDN patterns is enabled or + disabled. + ddns_restrict_patterns_list: The unordered list of restriction + patterns for an option of to restrict DDNS updates based on + FQDN patterns. + ddns_restrict_protected: Determines if an option to restrict + DDNS update request to protected resource records is enabled + or disabled. + ddns_restrict_secure: Determines if DDNS update request for + principal other than target resource record's principal is + restricted. + ddns_restrict_static: Determines if an option to restrict DDNS + update request to resource records which are marked as + 'STATIC' is enabled or disabled. + default_bulk_host_name_template: Default bulk host name of a + Grid DNS. + default_ttl: The default TTL value of a Grid DNS object. This + interval tells the secondary how long the data can be + cached. + disable_edns: Determines if the EDNS0 support for queries that + require recursive resolution on Grid members is enabled or + not. + dns64_groups: The list of DNS64 synthesis groups associated with + this Grid DNS object. + dns_cache_acceleration_ttl: The minimum TTL value, in seconds, + that a DNS record must have in order for it to be cached by + the DNS Cache Acceleration service.An integer from 1 to + 65000 that represents the TTL in seconds. + dns_health_check_anycast_control: Determines if the anycast + failure (BFD session down) is enabled on member failure or + not. + dns_health_check_domain_list: The list of domain names for the + DNS health check. + dns_health_check_interval: The time interval (in seconds) for + DNS health check. + dns_health_check_recursion_flag: Determines if the recursive DNS + health check is enabled or not. + dns_health_check_retries: The number of DNS health check + retries. + dns_health_check_timeout: The DNS health check timeout interval + (in seconds). + dns_query_capture_file_time_limit: The time limit (in minutes) + for the DNS query capture file. + dnssec_blacklist_enabled: Determines if the blacklist rules for + DNSSEC-enabled clients are enabled or not. + dnssec_dns64_enabled: Determines if the DNS64 groups for DNSSEC- + enabled clients are enabled or not. + dnssec_enabled: Determines if the DNS security extension is + enabled or not. + dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled: Determines when the DNS + member accepts expired signatures. + dnssec_key_params: This structure contains the DNSSEC key + parameters for this zone. + dnssec_negative_trust_anchors: A list of zones for which the + server does not perform DNSSEC validation. + dnssec_nxdomain_enabled: Determines if the NXDOMAIN rules for + DNSSEC-enabled clients are enabled or not. + dnssec_rpz_enabled: Determines if the RPZ policies for DNSSEC- + enabled clients are enabled or not. + dnssec_trusted_keys: The list of trusted keys for the DNSSEC + feature. + dnssec_validation_enabled: Determines if the DNS security + validation is enabled or not. + dnstap_setting: The DNSTAP settings. + domains_to_capture_dns_queries: The list of domains for DNS + query capture. + dtc_dns_queries_specific_behavior: Setting to control specific + behavior for DTC DNS responses for incoming lbdn matched + queries. + dtc_dnssec_mode: DTC DNSSEC operation mode. + dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet: Determines whether to prefer the + client address from the edns-client-subnet option for DTC or + not. + dtc_scheduled_backup: The scheduled backup configuration. + dtc_topology_ea_list: The DTC topology extensible attribute + definition list. When configuring a DTC topology, users may + configure classification as either "Geographic" or + "Extensible Attributes". Selecting extensible attributes + will replace supported Topology database labels (Continent, + Country, Subdivision, City) with the names of the selection + EA types and provide values extracted from DHCP Network + Container, Network and Range objects with those extensible + attributes. + edns_udp_size: Advertises the EDNS0 buffer size to the upstream + server. The value should be between 512 and 4096 bytes. The + recommended value is between 512 and 1220 bytes. + email: The email address of a Grid DNS object. + enable_blackhole: Determines if the blocking of DNS queries is + enabled or not. + enable_blacklist: Determines if a blacklist is enabled or not. + enable_capture_dns_queries: Determines if the capture of DNS + queries is enabled or disabled. + enable_capture_dns_responses: Determines if the capture of DNS + responses is enabled or disabled. + enable_client_subnet_forwarding: Determines whether to enable + forwarding EDNS client subnet options to upstream servers. + enable_client_subnet_recursive: Determines whether to enable + adding EDNS client subnet options in recursive resolution. + enable_delete_associated_ptr: Determines if the ability to + automatically remove associated PTR records while deleting A + or AAAA records is enabled or not. + enable_dns64: Determines if the DNS64 support is enabled or not. + enable_dns_health_check: Determines if the DNS health check is + enabled or not. + enable_dnstap_queries: Determines whether the query messages + need to be forwarded to DNSTAP or not. + enable_dnstap_responses: Determines whether the response + messages need to be forwarded to DNSTAP or not. + enable_excluded_domain_names: Determines if excluding domain + names from captured DNS queries and responses is enabled or + disabled. + enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Determines if the fixed RRset + order FQDN is enabled or not. + enable_ftc: Determines whether Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC) is + enabled. + enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether all appliances in the Grid + are enabled to receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from + DNS clients. + enable_host_rrset_order: Determines if the host RRset order is + enabled or not. + enable_hsm_signing: Determines whether Hardware Security Modules + (HSMs) are enabled for key generation and signing. Note, + that you must configure the HSM group with at least one + enabled HSM. + enable_notify_source_port: Determines if the notify source port + at the Grid Level is enabled or not. + enable_query_rewrite: Determines if the DNS query rewrite is + enabled or not. + enable_query_source_port: Determines if the query source port at + the Grid Level is enabled or not. + excluded_domain_names: The list of domains that are excluded + from DNS query and response capture. + expire_after: The expiration time of a Grid DNS object. If the + secondary DNS server fails to contact the primary server for + the specified interval, the secondary server stops giving + out answers about the zone because the zone data is too old + to be useful. + file_transfer_setting: The DNS capture file transfer + settings.Include the specified parameter to set the + attribute value. Omit the parameter to retrieve the + attribute value. + filter_aaaa: The type of AAAA filtering for this member DNS + object. + filter_aaaa_list: The list of IPv4 addresses and networks from + which queries are received. AAAA filtering is applied to + these addresses. + fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: The fixed RRset order FQDN. If this + field does not contain an empty value, the appliance will + automatically set the enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns field + to 'true', unless the same request sets the enable field to + 'false'. + forward_only: Determines if member sends queries to forwarders + only. When the value is "true", the member sends queries to + forwarders only, and not to other internal or Internet root + servers. + forward_updates: Determines if secondary servers is allowed to + forward updates to the DNS server or not. + forwarders: The forwarders for the member. A forwarder is + essentially a name server to which other name servers first + send all of their off-site queries. The forwarder builds up + a cache of information, avoiding the need for the other name + servers to send queries off-site. + ftc_expired_record_timeout: The timeout interval (in seconds) + after which the expired Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC)record + is stale and no longer valid. + ftc_expired_record_ttl: The TTL value (in seconds) of the + expired Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC) record in DNS + responses. + gen_eadb_from_hosts: Flag for taking EA values from IPAM Hosts + into consideration for the DTC topology EA database. + gen_eadb_from_network_containers: Flag for taking EA values from + IPAM Network Containers into consideration for the DTC + topology EA database. + gen_eadb_from_networks: Flag for taking EA values from IPAM + Network into consideration for the DTC topology EA database. + gen_eadb_from_ranges: Flag for taking EA values from IPAM Ranges + into consideration for the DTC topology EA database. + gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a Grid DNS object. + lame_ttl: The number of seconds to cache lame delegations or + lame servers. + last_queried_acl: Determines last queried ACL for the specified + IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and networks in scavenging settings. + logging_categories: The logging categories. + max_cache_ttl: The maximum time (in seconds) for which the + server will cache positive answers. + max_cached_lifetime: The maximum time (in seconds) a DNS + response can be stored in the hardware acceleration + cache.Valid values are unsigned integer between 60 and + 86400, inclusive. + max_ncache_ttl: The maximum time (in seconds) for which the + server will cache negative (NXDOMAIN) responses.The maximum + allowed value is 604800. + max_udp_size: The value is used by authoritative DNS servers to + never send DNS responses larger than the configured value. + The value should be between 512 and 4096 bytes. The + recommended value is between 512 and 1220 bytes. + member_secondary_notify: Determines if Grid members that are + authoritative secondary servers are allowed to send + notification messages to external name servers, if the Grid + member that is primary for a zone fails or loses + connectivity. + negative_ttl: The negative TTL value of a Grid DNS object. This + interval tells the secondary how long data can be cached for + "Does Not Respond" responses. + notify_delay: Specifies with how many seconds of delay the + notify messages are sent to secondaries. + notify_source_port: The source port for notify messages. When + requesting zone transfers from the primary server, some + secondary DNS servers use the source port number (the + primary server used to send the notify message) as the + destination port number in the zone transfer request.Valid + values are between 1 and 63999. The default is picked by + BIND. + nsgroup_default: The default nameserver group. + nsgroups: A name server group is a collection of one primary DNS + server and one or more secondary DNS servers. + nxdomain_log_query: Determines if NXDOMAIN redirection queries + are logged or not. + nxdomain_redirect: Determines if NXDOMAIN redirection is enabled + or not. + nxdomain_redirect_addresses: The list of IPv4 NXDOMAIN + redirection addresses. + nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6: The list of IPv6 NXDOMAIN + redirection addresses. + nxdomain_redirect_ttl: The TTL value (in seconds) of synthetic + DNS responses that result from NXDOMAIN redirection. + nxdomain_rulesets: The Ruleset object names assigned at the Grid + level for NXDOMAIN redirection. + preserve_host_rrset_order_on_secondaries: Determines if the host + RRset order on secondaries is preserved or not. + protocol_record_name_policies: The list of record name policies. + query_rewrite_domain_names: The list of domain names that + trigger DNS query rewrite. + query_rewrite_prefix: The domain name prefix for DNS query + rewrite. + query_source_port: The source port for queries. Specifying a + source port number for recursive queries ensures that a + firewall will allow the response.Valid values are between 1 + and 63999. The default is picked by BIND. + recursive_query_list: The list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, + networks or hosts authenticated by Transaction signature + (TSIG) key from which recursive queries are allowed or + denied. + refresh_timer: The refresh time. This interval tells the + secondary how often to send a message to the primary for a + zone to check that its data is current, and retrieve fresh + data if it is not. + resolver_query_timeout: The recursive query timeout for the + member. + response_rate_limiting: The response rate limiting settings for + the member. + restart_setting: The restart setting. + retry_timer: The retry time. This interval tells the secondary + how long to wait before attempting to recontact the primary + after a connection failure occurs between the two servers. + root_name_server_type: Determines the type of root name servers. + rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip: Determines if NSDNAME and NSIP + resource records from RPZ feeds are enabled or not. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled: Enables the appliance to ignore RPZ-IP + triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum + prefix length. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4: The minimum prefix + length for IPv4 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ- + IP triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified + minimum IPv4 prefix length. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6: The minimum prefix + length for IPv6 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ- + IP triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified + minimum IPv6 prefix length. + rpz_qname_wait_recurse: Determines if recursive RPZ lookups are + enabled. + scavenging_settings: The Grid level scavenging settings. + serial_query_rate: The number of maximum concurrent SOA queries + per second.Valid values are unsigned integer between 20 and + 1000, inclusive. + server_id_directive: The value of the server-id directive for + BIND and Unbound DNS. + sortlist: A sort list determines the order of addresses in + responses made to DNS queries. + store_locally: Determines if the storage of query capture + reports on the appliance is enabled or disabled. + syslog_facility: The syslog facility. This is the location on + the syslog server to which you want to sort the DNS logging + messages. + transfer_excluded_servers: The list of excluded DNS servers + during zone transfers. + transfer_format: The BIND format for a zone transfer. This + provides tracking capabilities for single or multiple + transfers and their associated servers. + transfers_in: The number of maximum concurrent transfers for the + Grid.Valid values are unsigned integer between 10 and 10000, + inclusive. + transfers_out: The number of maximum outbound concurrent zone + transfers.Valid values are unsigned integer between 10 and + 10000, inclusive. + transfers_per_ns: The number of maximum concurrent transfers per + member.Valid values are unsigned integer between 2 and + 10000, inclusive. + zone_deletion_double_confirm: Determines if the double + confirmation during zone deletion is enabled or not. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:dns' _fields = ['add_client_ip_mac_options', 'allow_bulkhost_ddns', @@ -6354,16 +6697,17 @@ class GridDns(InfobloxObject): 'dnssec_key_params', 'dnssec_negative_trust_anchors', 'dnssec_nxdomain_enabled', 'dnssec_rpz_enabled', 'dnssec_trusted_keys', 'dnssec_validation_enabled', - 'domains_to_capture_dns_queries', 'dtc_dnssec_mode', + 'dnstap_setting', 'domains_to_capture_dns_queries', + 'dtc_dns_queries_specific_behavior', 'dtc_dnssec_mode', 'dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet', 'dtc_scheduled_backup', - 'dtc_topology_ea_list', 'email', 'enable_blackhole', - 'enable_blacklist', 'enable_capture_dns_queries', - 'enable_capture_dns_responses', + 'dtc_topology_ea_list', 'edns_udp_size', 'email', + 'enable_blackhole', 'enable_blacklist', + 'enable_capture_dns_queries', 'enable_capture_dns_responses', 'enable_client_subnet_forwarding', 'enable_client_subnet_recursive', 'enable_delete_associated_ptr', 'enable_dns64', - 'enable_dns_health_check', 'enable_dtc_dns_fall_through', - 'enable_excluded_domain_names', + 'enable_dns_health_check', 'enable_dnstap_queries', + 'enable_dnstap_responses', 'enable_excluded_domain_names', 'enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', 'enable_ftc', 'enable_gss_tsig', 'enable_host_rrset_order', 'enable_hsm_signing', 'enable_notify_source_port', @@ -6372,11 +6716,14 @@ class GridDns(InfobloxObject): 'file_transfer_setting', 'filter_aaaa', 'filter_aaaa_list', 'fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', 'forward_only', 'forward_updates', 'forwarders', 'ftc_expired_record_timeout', - 'ftc_expired_record_ttl', 'gss_tsig_keys', 'lame_ttl', - 'logging_categories', 'max_cache_ttl', 'max_cached_lifetime', - 'max_ncache_ttl', 'member_secondary_notify', 'negative_ttl', - 'notify_delay', 'notify_source_port', 'nsgroup_default', - 'nsgroups', 'nxdomain_log_query', 'nxdomain_redirect', + 'ftc_expired_record_ttl', 'gen_eadb_from_hosts', + 'gen_eadb_from_network_containers', 'gen_eadb_from_networks', + 'gen_eadb_from_ranges', 'gss_tsig_keys', 'lame_ttl', + 'last_queried_acl', 'logging_categories', 'max_cache_ttl', + 'max_cached_lifetime', 'max_ncache_ttl', 'max_udp_size', + 'member_secondary_notify', 'negative_ttl', 'notify_delay', + 'notify_source_port', 'nsgroup_default', 'nsgroups', + 'nxdomain_log_query', 'nxdomain_redirect', 'nxdomain_redirect_addresses', 'nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6', 'nxdomain_redirect_ttl', 'nxdomain_rulesets', 'preserve_host_rrset_order_on_secondaries', @@ -6410,6 +6757,7 @@ class GridDns(InfobloxObject): 'dnssec_trusted_keys': Dnssectrustedkey.from_dict, 'filter_aaaa_list': Addressac.from_dict, 'fixed_rrset_order_fqdns': GridDnsFixedrrsetorderfqdn.from_dict, + 'last_queried_acl': Addressac.from_dict, 'recursive_query_list': Addressac.from_dict, 'sortlist': Sortlist.from_dict, } @@ -6425,22 +6773,22 @@ class GridFiledistribution(InfobloxObject): The Grid file distribution object represents the file distribution storage limit configuration and global file distribution statistics. - Fields: - allow_uploads: Determines whether the uploads to Grid members are - allowed. - backup_storage: Determines whether to include distributed files in - the backup. - current_usage: The value is the percentage of the allocated TFTP - storage space that is used, expressed in tenth of a percent. - Valid values are from 0 to 1000. - enable_anonymous_ftp: Determines whether the FTP anonymous login is - enabled. - global_status: The Grid file distribution global status. - name: The Grid name. - storage_limit: Maximum storage in megabytes allowed on the Grid. The - maximum storage space allowed for all file distribution services - on a Grid is equal to the storage space allowed to the Grid - member with the smallest amount of space allowed. + Attributes: + allow_uploads: Determines whether the uploads to Grid members + are allowed. + backup_storage: Determines whether to include distributed files + in the backup. + current_usage: The value is the percentage of the allocated TFTP + storage space that is used, expressed in tenth of a percent. + Valid values are from 0 to 1000. + enable_anonymous_ftp: Determines whether the FTP anonymous login + is enabled. + global_status: The Grid file distribution global status. + name: The Grid name. + storage_limit: Maximum storage in megabytes allowed on the Grid. + The maximum storage space allowed for all file distribution + services on a Grid is equal to the storage space allowed to + the Grid member with the smallest amount of space allowed. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:filedistribution' _fields = ['allow_uploads', 'backup_storage', 'current_usage', @@ -6461,22 +6809,22 @@ class GridLicensePool(InfobloxObject): This object represents the Grid license pool. - Fields: - assigned: The number of dynamic licenses allocated to vNIOS - appliances. - expiration_status: The license expiration status. - expiry_date: The expiration timestamp of the license. - installed: The total number of dynamic licenses allowed for this - license pool. - key: The license string for the license pool. - limit: The limitation of dynamic license that can be allocated from - the license pool. - limit_context: The license limit context. - model: The supported vNIOS virtual appliance model. - subpools: The license pool subpools. - temp_assigned: The total number of temporary dynamic licenses - allocated to vNIOS appliances. - type: The license type. + Attributes: + assigned: The number of dynamic licenses allocated to vNIOS + appliances. + expiration_status: The license expiration status. + expiry_date: The expiration timestamp of the license. + installed: The total number of dynamic licenses allowed for this + license pool. + key: The license string for the license pool. + limit: The limitation of dynamic license that can be allocated + from the license pool. + limit_context: The license limit context. + model: The supported vNIOS virtual appliance model. + subpools: The license pool subpools. + temp_assigned: The total number of temporary dynamic licenses + allocated to vNIOS appliances. + type: The license type. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:license_pool' _fields = ['assigned', 'expiration_status', 'expiry_date', 'installed', @@ -6500,10 +6848,11 @@ class GridLicensePoolContainer(InfobloxObject): This object represents the Grid license pool container. - Fields: - last_entitlement_update: The timestamp when the last pool licenses - were updated. - lpc_uid: The world-wide unique ID for the license pool container. + Attributes: + last_entitlement_update: The timestamp when the last pool + licenses were updated. + lpc_uid: The world-wide unique ID for the license pool + container. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:license_pool_container' _fields = ['last_entitlement_update', 'lpc_uid'] @@ -6524,16 +6873,16 @@ class GridMaxminddbinfo(InfobloxObject): The information about Topology DB. - Fields: - binary_major_version: The major version of DB binary format. - binary_minor_version: The minor version of DB binary format. - build_time: The time at which the DB was built. - database_type: The structure of data records ("GeoLite2-Country", - GeoLite2-City", etc.). - deployment_time: The time at which the current Topology DB was - deployed. - member: The member for testing the connection. - topology_type: The topology type. + Attributes: + binary_major_version: The major version of DB binary format. + binary_minor_version: The minor version of DB binary format. + build_time: The time at which the DB was built. + database_type: The structure of data records + ("GeoLite2-Country", GeoLite2-City", etc.). + deployment_time: The time at which the current Topology DB was + deployed. + member: The member for testing the connection. + topology_type: The topology type. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:maxminddbinfo' _fields = ['binary_major_version', 'binary_minor_version', 'build_time', @@ -6554,21 +6903,22 @@ class GridMemberCloudapi(InfobloxObject): Class that represents member Cloud configuration settings. - Fields: - allow_api_admins: Defines which administrators are allowed to - perform Cloud API request on the Grid Member: no administrators - (NONE), any administrators (ALL) or administrators in the ACL - list (LIST). Default is ALL. - allowed_api_admins: List of administrators allowed to perform Cloud - Platform API requests on that member. - enable_service: Controls whether the Cloud API service runs on the - member or not. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - gateway_config: Structure containing all the information related to - Gateway configuration for the member - member: The related Grid Member. - status: Status of Cloud API service on the member. + Attributes: + allow_api_admins: Defines which administrators are allowed to + perform Cloud API request on the Grid Member: no + administrators (NONE), any administrators (ALL) or + administrators in the ACL list (LIST). Default is ALL. + allowed_api_admins: List of administrators allowed to perform + Cloud Platform API requests on that member. + enable_service: Controls whether the Cloud API service runs on + the member or not. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + gateway_config: Structure containing all the information related + to Gateway configuration for the member + member: The related Grid Member. + status: Status of Cloud API service on the member. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:member:cloudapi' _fields = ['allow_api_admins', 'allowed_api_admins', 'enable_service', @@ -6594,21 +6944,24 @@ class GridServicerestartGroup(InfobloxObject): information about the restart: applicable services, members, restart order, and periodicity. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the Restart Group; maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - is_default: Determines if this Restart Group is the default group. - last_updated_time: The timestamp when the status of the latest - request has changed. - members: The list of members belonging to the group. - mode: The default restart method for this Restart Group. - name: The name of this Restart Group. - position: The order to restart. - recurring_schedule: The recurring schedule for restart of a group. - requests: The list of requests associated with a restart group. - service: The applicable service for this Restart Group. - status: The restart status for a restart group. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the Restart Group; maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + is_default: Determines if this Restart Group is the default + group. + last_updated_time: The timestamp when the status of the latest + request has changed. + members: The list of members belonging to the group. + mode: The default restart method for this Restart Group. + name: The name of this Restart Group. + position: The order to restart. + recurring_schedule: The recurring schedule for restart of a + group. + requests: The list of requests associated with a restart group. + service: The applicable service for this Restart Group. + status: The restart status for a restart group. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:servicerestart:group' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'is_default', 'last_updated_time', @@ -6629,8 +6982,8 @@ class GridServicerestartGroupOrder(InfobloxObject): The Grid Service Restart Group Order Setting is used to set the restart order for particular services and members. - Fields: - groups: The ordered list of the Service Restart Group. + Attributes: + groups: The ordered list of the Service Restart Group. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:servicerestart:group:order' _fields = ['groups'] @@ -6649,18 +7002,19 @@ class GridServicerestartRequest(InfobloxObject): The Restart Request object provides information and statistics about the service restart routine for the Service Restart Group. - Fields: - error: The error message if restart has failed. - forced: Indicates if this is a force restart. - group: The name of the Restart Group associated with the request. - last_updated_time: The timestamp when the status of the request has - changed. - member: The member to restart. - needed: Indicates if restart is needed. - order: The order to restart. - result: The result of the restart operation. - service: The service to restart. - state: The state of the request. + Attributes: + error: The error message if restart has failed. + forced: Indicates if this is a force restart. + group: The name of the Restart Group associated with the + request. + last_updated_time: The timestamp when the status of the request + has changed. + member: The member to restart. + needed: Indicates if restart is needed. + order: The order to restart. + result: The result of the restart operation. + service: The service to restart. + state: The state of the request. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:servicerestart:request' _fields = ['error', 'forced', 'group', 'last_updated_time', 'member', @@ -6682,14 +7036,16 @@ class GridServicerestartRequestChangedobject(InfobloxObject): The Grid service restart request changed object provides information about changes that are waiting for the restart. - Fields: - action: The operation on the changed object. - changed_properties: The list of changed properties in the object. - changed_time: The time when the object was changed. - object_name: The name of the changed object. - object_type: The type of the changed object. This is undefined if - the object is not supported. - user_name: The name of the user who changed the object properties. + Attributes: + action: The operation on the changed object. + changed_properties: The list of changed properties in the + object. + changed_time: The time when the object was changed. + object_name: The name of the changed object. + object_type: The type of the changed object. This is undefined + if the object is not supported. + user_name: The name of the user who changed the object + properties. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:servicerestart:request:changedobject' _fields = ['action', 'changed_properties', 'changed_time', 'object_name', @@ -6710,24 +7066,26 @@ class GridServicerestartStatus(InfobloxObject): The Restart Status object provides information and statistics about service restart routine for the Grid or Service Restart Group. - Fields: - failures: The number of failed requests. - finished: The number of finished requests. - grouped: The type of grouping. - needed_restart: The number of created yet unprocessed requests for - restart. - no_restart: The number of requests that did not require a restart. - parent: A reference to the grid or grid:servicerestart:group object - associated with the request. - pending: The number of requests that are pending a restart. - pending_restart: The number of forced or needed requests pending for - restart. - processing: The number of not forced and not needed requests pending - for restart. - restarting: The number of service restarts for corresponding - members. - success: The number of requests associated with successful restarts. - timeouts: The number of timeout requests. + Attributes: + failures: The number of failed requests. + finished: The number of finished requests. + grouped: The type of grouping. + needed_restart: The number of created yet unprocessed requests + for restart. + no_restart: The number of requests that did not require a + restart. + parent: A reference to the grid or grid:servicerestart:group + object associated with the request. + pending: The number of requests that are pending a restart. + pending_restart: The number of forced or needed requests pending + for restart. + processing: The number of not forced and not needed requests + pending for restart. + restarting: The number of service restarts for corresponding + members. + success: The number of requests associated with successful + restarts. + timeouts: The number of timeout requests. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:servicerestart:status' _fields = ['failures', 'finished', 'grouped', 'needed_restart', @@ -6755,37 +7113,56 @@ class GridThreatanalytics(InfobloxObject): about updates download, and mitigation response policy zone to which queries on blacklisted domains are transfered. - Fields: - current_moduleset: The current threat analytics module set. - dns_tunnel_black_list_rpz_zones: The list of response policy zones - for DNS tunnelling requests. - enable_auto_download: Determines whether the automatic threat - analytics module set download is enabled. - enable_scheduled_download: Determines whether the scheduled download - of the threat analytics module set is enabled. - last_checked_for_update: The last time when the threat analytics - module set was checked for the update. - last_module_update_time: The last update time for the threat - analytics module set. - last_module_update_version: The version number of the last updated - threat analytics module set. - last_whitelist_update_time: The last update time for the threat - analytics whitelist. - last_whitelist_update_version: The version number of the last - updated threat analytics whitelist. - module_update_policy: The update policy for the threat analytics - module set. - name: The Grid name. - scheduled_download: The schedule settings for the threat analytics - module set download. + Attributes: + configure_domain_collapsing: Disable domain collapsing at grid + level + current_moduleset: The current threat analytics module set. + current_whitelist: The Grid whitelist. + dns_tunnel_black_list_rpz_zones: The list of response policy + zones for DNS tunnelling requests. + domain_collapsing_level: Level of domain collapsing + enable_auto_download: Determines whether the automatic threat + analytics module set download is enabled. + enable_scheduled_download: Determines whether the scheduled + download of the threat analytics module set is enabled. + enable_whitelist_auto_download: Indicates whether auto download + service is enabled + enable_whitelist_scheduled_download: Indicates whether the + custom scheduled settings for auto download is enabled. If + false then default frequency is once per 24 hours + last_checked_for_update: The last time when the threat analytics + module set was checked for the update. + last_checked_for_whitelist_update: Timestamp of last checked + whitelist + last_module_update_time: The last update time for the threat + analytics module set. + last_module_update_version: The version number of the last + updated threat analytics module set. + last_whitelist_update_time: The last update time for the threat + analytics whitelist. + last_whitelist_update_version: The version number of the last + updated threat analytics whitelist. + module_update_policy: The update policy for the threat analytics + module set. + name: The Grid name. + scheduled_download: The schedule settings for the threat + analytics module set download. + scheduled_whitelist_download: Schedule setting for automatic + whitelist update run + whitelist_update_policy: whitelist update policy (manual or + automatic) """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:threatanalytics' - _fields = ['current_moduleset', 'dns_tunnel_black_list_rpz_zones', - 'enable_auto_download', 'enable_scheduled_download', - 'last_checked_for_update', 'last_module_update_time', - 'last_module_update_version', 'last_whitelist_update_time', - 'last_whitelist_update_version', 'module_update_policy', 'name', - 'scheduled_download'] + _fields = ['configure_domain_collapsing', 'current_moduleset', + 'current_whitelist', 'dns_tunnel_black_list_rpz_zones', + 'domain_collapsing_level', 'enable_auto_download', + 'enable_scheduled_download', 'enable_whitelist_auto_download', + 'enable_whitelist_scheduled_download', + 'last_checked_for_update', 'last_checked_for_whitelist_update', + 'last_module_update_time', 'last_module_update_version', + 'last_whitelist_update_time', 'last_whitelist_update_version', + 'module_update_policy', 'name', 'scheduled_download', + 'scheduled_whitelist_download', 'whitelist_update_policy'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name'] _updateable_search_fields = [] _all_searchable_fields = ['name'] @@ -6798,6 +7175,10 @@ def download_threat_analytics_moduleset_update(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("download_threat_analytics_moduleset_update", *args, **kwargs) + def download_threat_analytics_whitelist_update(self, *args, **kwargs): + return self._call_func("download_threat_analytics_whitelist_update", + *args, **kwargs) + def move_blacklist_rpz_to_white_list(self, *args, **kwargs): return self._call_func("move_blacklist_rpz_to_white_list", *args, **kwargs) @@ -6821,32 +7202,34 @@ class GridThreatprotection(InfobloxObject): The Grid threat protection settings. - Fields: - current_ruleset: The current Grid ruleset. - disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Determines if multiple BIND - responses via TCP connection are disabled. - enable_accel_resp_before_threat_protection: Determines if DNS - responses are sent from acceleration cache before applying - Threat Protection rules. Recommended for better performance when - using DNS Cache Acceleration. - enable_auto_download: Determines if auto download service is - enabled. - enable_nat_rules: Determines if NAT (Network Address Translation) - mapping for threat protection is enabled or not. - enable_scheduled_download: Determines if scheduled download is - enabled. The default frequency is once in every 24 hours if it - is disabled. - events_per_second_per_rule: The number of events logged per second - per rule. - grid_name: The Grid name. - last_checked_for_update: The time when the Grid last checked for - updates. - last_rule_update_timestamp: The last rule update timestamp. - last_rule_update_version: The version of last rule update. - nat_rules: The list of NAT mapping rules for threat protection. - outbound_settings: Outbound settings for ATP events. - rule_update_policy: The update rule policy. - scheduled_download: The schedule setting for automatic rule update. + Attributes: + current_ruleset: The current Grid ruleset. + disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Determines if multiple BIND + responses via TCP connection are disabled. + enable_accel_resp_before_threat_protection: Determines if DNS + responses are sent from acceleration cache before applying + Threat Protection rules. Recommended for better performance + when using DNS Cache Acceleration. + enable_auto_download: Determines if auto download service is + enabled. + enable_nat_rules: Determines if NAT (Network Address + Translation) mapping for threat protection is enabled or + not. + enable_scheduled_download: Determines if scheduled download is + enabled. The default frequency is once in every 24 hours if + it is disabled. + events_per_second_per_rule: The number of events logged per + second per rule. + grid_name: The Grid name. + last_checked_for_update: The time when the Grid last checked for + updates. + last_rule_update_timestamp: The last rule update timestamp. + last_rule_update_version: The version of last rule update. + nat_rules: The list of NAT mapping rules for threat protection. + outbound_settings: Outbound settings for ATP events. + rule_update_policy: The update rule policy. + scheduled_download: The schedule setting for automatic rule + update. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:threatprotection' _fields = ['current_ruleset', 'disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request', @@ -6884,13 +7267,13 @@ class GridX509Certificate(InfobloxObject): tradition, or to an alternative name such as an e-mail address or a DNS entry. - Fields: - issuer: Certificate issuer. - serial: X509Certificate serial number. - subject: A Distinguished Name that is made of multiple relative - distinguished names (RDNs). - valid_not_after: Certificate expiry date. - valid_not_before: Certificate validity start date. + Attributes: + issuer: Certificate issuer. + serial: X509Certificate serial number. + subject: A Distinguished Name that is made of multiple relative + distinguished names (RDNs). + valid_not_after: Certificate expiry date. + valid_not_before: Certificate validity start date. """ _infoblox_type = 'grid:x509certificate' _fields = ['issuer', 'serial', 'subject', 'valid_not_after', @@ -6912,14 +7295,14 @@ class Hostnamerewritepolicy(InfobloxObject): characters as well as replacement characters for names that do not conform to the policy. - Fields: - is_default: True if the policy is the Grid default. - name: The name of a hostname rewrite policy object. - pre_defined: Determines whether the policy is a predefined one. - replacement_character: The replacement character for symbols in - hostnames that do not conform to the hostname policy. - valid_characters: The set of valid characters represented in string - format. + Attributes: + is_default: True if the policy is the Grid default. + name: The name of a hostname rewrite policy object. + pre_defined: Determines whether the policy is a predefined one. + replacement_character: The replacement character for symbols in + hostnames that do not conform to the hostname policy. + valid_characters: The set of valid characters represented in + string format. """ _infoblox_type = 'hostnamerewritepolicy' _fields = ['is_default', 'name', 'pre_defined', 'replacement_character', @@ -6939,8 +7322,8 @@ class HsmAllgroups(InfobloxObject): The All Hardware Security Module (HSM) groups object is used to retrieve all HSM groups configured on the appliance. - Fields: - groups: The list of HSM groups configured on the appliance. + Attributes: + groups: The list of HSM groups configured on the appliance. """ _infoblox_type = 'hsm:allgroups' _fields = ['groups'] @@ -6971,15 +7354,15 @@ class HsmSafenetgroup(InfobloxObject): Note that you can create one HSM SafeNet group in the Grid. - Fields: - comment: The HSM SafeNet group comment. - group_sn: The HSM SafeNet group serial number. - hsm_safenet: The list of HSM SafeNet devices. - hsm_version: The HSM SafeNet version. - name: The HSM SafeNet group name. - pass_phrase: The pass phrase used to unlock the HSM SafeNet - keystore. - status: The status of all HSM SafeNet devices in the group. + Attributes: + comment: The HSM SafeNet group comment. + group_sn: The HSM SafeNet group serial number. + hsm_safenet: The list of HSM SafeNet devices. + hsm_version: The HSM SafeNet version. + name: The HSM SafeNet group name. + pass_phrase: The pass phrase used to unlock the HSM SafeNet + keystore. + status: The status of all HSM SafeNet devices in the group. """ _infoblox_type = 'hsm:safenetgroup' _fields = ['comment', 'group_sn', 'hsm_safenet', 'hsm_version', 'name', @@ -7020,18 +7403,18 @@ class HsmThalesgroup(InfobloxObject): Note that you can create one Thales HSM group in the Grid. - Fields: - card_name: The Thales HSM softcard name. - comment: The Thales HSM group comment. - key_server_ip: The remote file server (RFS) IPv4 Address. - key_server_port: The remote file server (RFS) port. - name: The Thales HSM group name. - pass_phrase: The password phrase used to unlock the Thales HSM - keystore. - protection: The level of protection that the HSM group uses for the - DNSSEC key data. - status: The status of all Thales HSM devices in the group. - thales_hsm: The list of Thales HSM devices. + Attributes: + card_name: The Thales HSM softcard name. + comment: The Thales HSM group comment. + key_server_ip: The remote file server (RFS) IPv4 Address. + key_server_port: The remote file server (RFS) port. + name: The Thales HSM group name. + pass_phrase: The password phrase used to unlock the Thales HSM + keystore. + protection: The level of protection that the HSM group uses for + the DNSSEC key data. + status: The status of all Thales HSM devices in the group. + thales_hsm: The list of Thales HSM devices. """ _infoblox_type = 'hsm:thalesgroup' _fields = ['card_name', 'comment', 'key_server_ip', 'key_server_port', @@ -7061,21 +7444,23 @@ class IpamStatistics(InfobloxObject): A synthetic object used to view the IPAM statistics of the network or network container in an Infoblox appliance - Fields: - cidr: The network CIDR. - conflict_count: The number of conflicts discovered via network - discovery. This attribute is only valid for a Network object. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - network: The network address. - network_view: The network view. - unmanaged_count: The number of unmanaged IP addresses as discovered - by network discovery. This attribute is only valid for a Network - object. - utilization: The network utilization in percentage. - utilization_update: The time that the utilization statistics were - updated last. This attribute is only valid for a Network object. - For a Network Container object, the return value is undefined. + Attributes: + cidr: The network CIDR. + conflict_count: The number of conflicts discovered via network + discovery. This attribute is only valid for a Network + object. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + network: The network address. + network_view: The network view. + unmanaged_count: The number of unmanaged IP addresses as + discovered by network discovery. This attribute is only + valid for a Network object. + utilization: The network utilization in percentage. + utilization_update: The time that the utilization statistics + were updated last. This attribute is only valid for a + Network object. For a Network Container object, the return + value is undefined. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipam:statistics' _fields = ['cidr', 'conflict_count', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'network', @@ -7103,47 +7488,47 @@ class IPv4Address(IPAddress): """ IPv4Address: IPAM IPv4Address object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'ipv4address' - This object is created only as part of - - the record.host object - - , it cannot be created directly. - - Fields: - conflict_types: Types of the conflict. - dhcp_client_identifier: The client unique identifier. - discover_now_status: Discover now status for this address. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this address. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - fingerprint: DHCP fingerprint for the address. - ip_address: The IP address. - is_conflict: If set to True, the IP address has either a MAC address - conflict or a DHCP lease conflict detected through a network - discovery. - is_invalid_mac: This flag reflects whether the MAC address for this - address is invalid. - lease_state: The lease state of the address. - mac_address: The MAC address. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - names: The DNS names. For example, if the IP address belongs to a - host record, this field contains the hostname. This field - supports both single and array search. - network: The network to which this address belongs, in FQDN/CIDR - format. - network_view: The name of the network view. - objects: The objects associated with the IP address. - reserved_port: The reserved port for the address. - status: The current status of the address. - types: The types of associated objects. This field supports both - single and array search. - usage: Indicates whether the IP address is configured for DNS or - DHCP. This field supports both single and array search. - username: The name of the user who created or modified the record. + This object is created only as part of the record.host object , it + cannot be created directly. + + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the address; maximum 256 characters. + conflict_types: Types of the conflict. + dhcp_client_identifier: The client unique identifier. + discover_now_status: Discover now status for this address. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this address. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + fingerprint: DHCP fingerprint for the address. + ip_address: The IP address. + is_conflict: If set to True, the IP address has either a MAC + address conflict or a DHCP lease conflict detected through a + network discovery. + is_invalid_mac: This flag reflects whether the MAC address for + this address is invalid. + lease_state: The lease state of the address. + mac_address: The MAC address. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + names: The DNS names. For example, if the IP address belongs to + a host record, this field contains the hostname. This field + supports both single and array search. + network: The network to which this address belongs, in FQDN/CIDR + format. + network_view: The name of the network view. + objects: The objects associated with the IP address. + reserved_port: The reserved port for the address. + status: The current status of the address. + types: The types of associated objects. This field supports both + single and array search. + usage: Indicates whether the IP address is configured for DNS or + DHCP. This field supports both single and array search. + username: The name of the user who created or modified the + record. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv4address' - _fields = ['conflict_types', 'dhcp_client_identifier', + _fields = ['comment', 'conflict_types', 'dhcp_client_identifier', 'discover_now_status', 'discovered_data', 'extattrs', 'fingerprint', 'ip_address', 'is_conflict', 'is_invalid_mac', 'lease_state', 'mac_address', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'names', @@ -7154,9 +7539,9 @@ class IPv4Address(IPAddress): 'names', 'network', 'network_view', 'status', 'types', 'usage', 'username'] _updateable_search_fields = [] - _all_searchable_fields = ['dhcp_client_identifier', 'fingerprint', - 'ip_address', 'is_conflict', 'lease_state', - 'mac_address', 'names', 'network', + _all_searchable_fields = ['comment', 'dhcp_client_identifier', + 'fingerprint', 'ip_address', 'is_conflict', + 'lease_state', 'mac_address', 'names', 'network', 'network_view', 'status', 'types', 'usage', 'username'] _return_fields = ['dhcp_client_identifier', 'extattrs', 'ip_address', @@ -7172,51 +7557,50 @@ class IPv6Address(IPAddress): """ IPv6Address: IPAM IPv6Address object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'ipv6address' - This object is created only as part of - - the record.host object - - , it cannot be created directly. - - Fields: - conflict_types: Types of the conflict. - discover_now_status: Discover now status for this address. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this address. - duid: DHCPv6 Unique Identifier (DUID) of the address object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - fingerprint: DHCP fingerprint for the address. - ip_address: IPv6 addresses of the address object. - is_conflict: IP address has either a duid conflict or a DHCP lease - conflict detected through a network discovery. - lease_state: The lease state of the address. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - names: The DNS names. For example, if the IP address belongs to a - host record, this field contains the hostname. This field - supports both single and array search. - network: The network to which this address belongs, in FQDN/CIDR - format. - network_view: The name of the network view. - objects: The objects associated with the IP address. - reserved_port: The reserved port for the address. - status: The current status of the address. - types: The types of associated objects. This field supports both - single and array search. - usage: Indicates whether the IP address is configured for DNS or - DHCP. This field supports both single and array search. + This object is created only as part of the record.host object , it + cannot be created directly. + + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the address; maximum 256 characters. + conflict_types: Types of the conflict. + discover_now_status: Discover now status for this address. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this address. + duid: DHCPv6 Unique Identifier (DUID) of the address object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + fingerprint: DHCP fingerprint for the address. + ip_address: IPv6 addresses of the address object. + is_conflict: IP address has either a duid conflict or a DHCP + lease conflict detected through a network discovery. + lease_state: The lease state of the address. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + names: The DNS names. For example, if the IP address belongs to + a host record, this field contains the hostname. This field + supports both single and array search. + network: The network to which this address belongs, in FQDN/CIDR + format. + network_view: The name of the network view. + objects: The objects associated with the IP address. + reserved_port: The reserved port for the address. + status: The current status of the address. + types: The types of associated objects. This field supports both + single and array search. + usage: Indicates whether the IP address is configured for DNS or + DHCP. This field supports both single and array search. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6address' - _fields = ['conflict_types', 'discover_now_status', 'discovered_data', - 'duid', 'extattrs', 'fingerprint', 'ip_address', 'is_conflict', - 'lease_state', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'names', 'network', - 'network_view', 'objects', 'reserved_port', 'status', 'types', - 'usage'] + _fields = ['comment', 'conflict_types', 'discover_now_status', + 'discovered_data', 'duid', 'extattrs', 'fingerprint', + 'ip_address', 'is_conflict', 'lease_state', 'ms_ad_user_data', + 'names', 'network', 'network_view', 'objects', 'reserved_port', + 'status', 'types', 'usage'] _search_for_update_fields = ['duid', 'ip_address', 'is_conflict', 'lease_state', 'names', 'network', 'network_view', 'status', 'types', 'usage'] _updateable_search_fields = [] - _all_searchable_fields = ['duid', 'fingerprint', 'ip_address', + _all_searchable_fields = ['comment', 'duid', 'fingerprint', 'ip_address', 'is_conflict', 'lease_state', 'names', 'network', 'network_view', 'status', 'types', 'usage'] _return_fields = ['duid', 'extattrs', 'ip_address', 'is_conflict', @@ -7227,6 +7611,51 @@ class IPv6Address(IPAddress): _ip_version = 6 +class Ipv6Filteroption(InfobloxObject): + """ Ipv6Filteroption: DHCP filter option object. + Corresponds to WAPI object 'ipv6filteroption' + + In the ISC DHCP terms, it defines a class of clients that match a + particular (option, value) pair. To define an option filter, add an + Option to the IPv6 DHCP Filter object. + + Only superuser can add/modify/delete IPv6 option filters. + + Attributes: + apply_as_class: Determines if apply as class is enabled or not. + If this flag is set to "true" the filter is treated as + global DHCP class, e.g it is written to DHCPv6 configuration + file even if it is not present in any DHCP range. + comment: The descriptive comment of a DHCP IPv6 filter option + object. + expression: The conditional expression of a DHCP IPv6 filter + option object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + lease_time: Determines the lease time of a DHCP IPv6 filter + option object. + name: The name of a DHCP IPv6 option filter object. + option_list: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + option_space: The option space of a DHCP IPv6 filter option + object. + """ + _infoblox_type = 'ipv6filteroption' + _fields = ['apply_as_class', 'comment', 'expression', 'extattrs', + 'lease_time', 'name', 'option_list', 'option_space'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['name'] + _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'name'] + _all_searchable_fields = ['comment', 'name'] + _return_fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'name'] + _remap = {} + _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + + _custom_field_processing = { + 'option_list': DhcpOption.from_dict, + } + + class Network(InfobloxObject): @classmethod def get_v4_class(cls): @@ -7246,265 +7675,281 @@ class NetworkV4(Network): either create all the subnets individually, or create a parent network that encompasses the subnets. - Fields: - authority: Authority for the DHCP network. - auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse zones - are automatically created when the network is added. - bootfile: The bootfile name for the network. You can configure the - DHCP server to support clients that use the boot file name - option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. - bootserver: The bootserver address for the network. You can specify - the name and/or IP address of the boot server that the host - needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN - format. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the network, maximum 256 characters. - conflict_count: The number of conflicts discovered via network - discovery. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this network. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether only the - DHCP server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP - clients requests. Note that changes for this field take effect - only if ddns_use_option81 is True. - ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP network - object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the - duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero - indicates that the update is not cached. - ddns_update_fixed_addresses: By default, the DHCP server does not - update DNS when it allocates a fixed address to a client. You - can configure the DHCP server to update the A and PTR records of - a client with a fixed address. When this feature is enabled and - the DHCP server adds A and PTR records for a fixed address, the - DHCP server never discards the records. - ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the network - level. - delete_reason: The reason for deleting the RIR registration request. - deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization of - the network multiplied by 1000. This is the percentage of the - total number of available IP addresses belonging to the network - versus the total number of all IP addresses in network. - dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization level - of the network. - disable: Determines whether a network is disabled or not. When this - is set to False, the network is enabled. - discover_now_status: Discover now status for this network. - discovered_bgp_as: Number of the discovered BGP AS.When multiple BGP - autonomous systems are discovered in the network, this field - displays "Multiple". - discovered_bridge_domain: Discovered bridge domain. - discovered_tenant: Discovered tenant. - discovered_vlan_id: The identifier of the discovered VLAN.When - multiple VLANs are discovered in the network, this field - displays "Multiple". - discovered_vlan_name: The name of the discovered VLAN.When multiple - VLANs are discovered in the network, this field displays - "Multiple". - discovered_vrf_description: Description of the discovered VRF.When - multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this field displays - "Multiple". - discovered_vrf_name: The name of the discovered VRF.When multiple - VRFs are discovered in the network, this field displays - "Multiple". - discovered_vrf_rd: Route distinguisher of the discovered VRF.When - multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this field displays - "Multiple". - discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings for - this network. - discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for this - network. - discovery_engine_type: The network discovery engine type. - discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this - network. - dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the - network. - email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP - threshold alarm e-mail messages. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP network object. - If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to DNS - servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are enabled - for the network. - enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or not - for this network. When this is set to False, the network - discovery is disabled. - enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are - sent through email. - enable_ifmap_publishing: Determines if IFMAP publishing is enabled - for the network. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - network should be immediately enabled. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are send - through SNMP. - endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP - Network object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network usage threshold - above which network usage is not expected and may warrant your - attention. When the high watermark is reached, the Infoblox - appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if - enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated - addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network usage below - which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that - specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range is - from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be lower than - the high watermark value. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP client - IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", "CLIENT", or - "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". - ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will - ignore. - ipam_email_addresses: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends - IPAM threshold alarm e-mail messages. - ipam_threshold_settings: The IPAM Threshold settings for this - network. - ipam_trap_settings: The IPAM Trap settings for this network. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the network. - last_rir_registration_update_sent: The timestamp when the last RIR - registration update was sent. - last_rir_registration_update_status: Last RIR registration update - status. - lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of time - (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in the - database before they are automatically deleted. To disable lease - scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The minimum positive value - must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 day). - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on the this network.This list corresponds to the match - rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network usage below which the - Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends a - warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of - allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network usage threshold - below which network usage is not expected and may warrant your - attention. When the low watermark is crossed, the Infoblox - appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if - enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated - addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. The low watermark reset - value must be higher than the low watermark value. - members: A list of members or Microsoft (r) servers that serve DHCP - for this network. - mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is synchronized - with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is set to True, - objects are not synchronized. - mgm_private_overridable: This field is assumed to be True unless - filled by any conforming objects, such as Network, IPv6 Network, - Network Container, IPv6 Network Container, and Network View. - This value is set to False if mgm_private is set to True in the - parent object. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - netmask: The netmask of the network in CIDR format. - network: The network address in IPv4 Address/CIDR format. For - regular expression searches, only the IPv4 Address portion is - supported. Searches for the CIDR portion is always an exact - match.For example, both network containers 10.0.0.0/8 and - 20.1.0.0/16 are matched by expression '.0' and only 20.1.0.0/16 - is matched by '.0/16'. - network_container: The network container to which this network - belongs (if any). - network_view: The name of the network view in which this network - resides. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next server - that the host needs to boot. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting for - this network. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a DHCP Network object. - Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to boot - remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, set - a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can configure - the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a shorter lease - time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP addresses are - not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. Otherwise, the - leases are permanently deleted. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the network address space. - rir_organization: The RIR organization assoicated with the network. - rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. - rir_registration_status: The registration status of the network in - RIR. - same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to True, - the discovery blackout setting will be used for port control - blackout setting. - send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR registration - request. - static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in the - network. - subscribe_settings: The DHCP Network Cisco ISE subscribe settings. - template: If set on creation, the network is created according to - the values specified in the selected template. - total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in the - network. - unmanaged: Determines whether the DHCP IPv4 Network is unmanaged or - not. - unmanaged_count: The number of unmanaged IP addresses as discovered - by network discovery. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_authority: Use flag for: authority - use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , - port_control_blackout_setting, - same_port_control_discovery_blackout - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: - ddns_update_fixed_addresses - use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: - discovery_basic_poll_settings - use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds - use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , - enable_discovery - use_enable_ifmap_publishing: Use flag for: enable_ifmap_publishing - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id - use_ipam_email_addresses: Use flag for: ipam_email_addresses - use_ipam_threshold_settings: Use flag for: ipam_threshold_settings - use_ipam_trap_settings: Use flag for: ipam_trap_settings - use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_mgm_private: Use flag for: mgm_private - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal - use_zone_associations: Use flag for: zone_associations - utilization: The network utilization in percentage. - utilization_update: The timestamp when the utilization statistics - were last updated. - vlans: List of VLANs assigned to Network. - zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this network. + Attributes: + authority: Authority for the DHCP network. + auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse + zones are automatically created when the network is added. + bootfile: The bootfile name for the network. You can configure + the DHCP server to support clients that use the boot file + name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. + bootserver: The bootserver address for the network. You can + specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that + the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name + in FQDN format. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the network, maximum 256 characters. + conflict_count: The number of conflicts discovered via network + discovery. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this network. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether only the + DHCP server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + clients requests. Note that changes for this field take + effect only if ddns_use_option81 is True. + ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP + network object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that + represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is + cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. + ddns_update_fixed_addresses: By default, the DHCP server does + not update DNS when it allocates a fixed address to a + client. You can configure the DHCP server to update the A + and PTR records of a client with a fixed address. When this + feature is enabled and the DHCP server adds A and PTR + records for a fixed address, the DHCP server never discards + the records. + ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the network + level. + delete_reason: The reason for deleting the RIR registration + request. + deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and + BOOTP requests will be denied. + dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization + of the network multiplied by 1000. This is the percentage of + the total number of available IP addresses belonging to the + network versus the total number of all IP addresses in + network. + dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization + level of the network. + disable: Determines whether a network is disabled or not. When + this is set to False, the network is enabled. + discover_now_status: Discover now status for this network. + discovered_bgp_as: Number of the discovered BGP AS.When multiple + BGP autonomous systems are discovered in the network, this + field displays "Multiple". + discovered_bridge_domain: Discovered bridge domain. + discovered_tenant: Discovered tenant. + discovered_vlan_id: The identifier of the discovered VLAN.When + multiple VLANs are discovered in the network, this field + displays "Multiple". + discovered_vlan_name: The name of the discovered VLAN.When + multiple VLANs are discovered in the network, this field + displays "Multiple". + discovered_vrf_description: Description of the discovered + VRF.When multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this + field displays "Multiple". + discovered_vrf_name: The name of the discovered VRF.When + multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this field + displays "Multiple". + discovered_vrf_rd: Route distinguisher of the discovered + VRF.When multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this + field displays "Multiple". + discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings + for this network. + discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for + this network. + discovery_engine_type: The network discovery engine type. + discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this + network. + dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the + network. + email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP + threshold alarm e-mail messages. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP network + object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates + to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are + enabled for the network. + enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or + not for this network. When this is set to False, the network + discovery is disabled. + enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + sent through email. + enable_ifmap_publishing: Determines if IFMAP publishing is + enabled for the network. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + network should be immediately enabled. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + send through SNMP. + endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP + Network object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network usage threshold + above which network usage is not expected and may warrant + your attention. When the high watermark is reached, the + Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends a + warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the percentage + of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. + high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network usage + below which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number + that specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The + range is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must + be lower than the high watermark value. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP + client IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", + "CLIENT", or "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". + ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will + ignore. + ipam_email_addresses: The e-mail lists to which the appliance + sends IPAM threshold alarm e-mail messages. + ipam_threshold_settings: The IPAM Threshold settings for this + network. + ipam_trap_settings: The IPAM Trap settings for this network. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the network. + last_rir_registration_update_sent: The timestamp when the last + RIR registration update was sent. + last_rir_registration_update_status: Last RIR registration + update status. + lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of + time (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in + the database before they are automatically deleted. To + disable lease scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The + minimum positive value must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 + day). + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this network.This list corresponds to the + match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration + file. + low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network usage below which + the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends + a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. + low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network usage + threshold below which network usage is not expected and may + warrant your attention. When the low watermark is crossed, + the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends + a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. The low watermark reset value must be higher than the + low watermark value. + members: A list of members or Microsoft (r) servers that serve + DHCP for this network. + mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is + synchronized with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is + set to True, objects are not synchronized. + mgm_private_overridable: This field is assumed to be True unless + filled by any conforming objects, such as Network, IPv6 + Network, Network Container, IPv6 Network Container, and + Network View. This value is set to False if mgm_private is + set to True in the parent object. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + netmask: The netmask of the network in CIDR format. + network: The network address in IPv4 Address/CIDR format. For + regular expression searches, only the IPv4 Address portion + is supported. Searches for the CIDR portion is always an + exact match.For example, both network containers 10.0.0.0/8 + and 20.1.0.0/16 are matched by expression '.0' and only + 20.1.0.0/16 is matched by '.0/16'. + network_container: The network container to which this network + belongs (if any). + network_view: The name of the network view in which this network + resides. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next + server that the host needs to boot. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting + for this network. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a DHCP Network + object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) + to boot remotely from a server. To better manage your IP + resources, set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. + You can configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address + with a shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot + requests, so IP addresses are not leased longer than + necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the + duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero + indicates that the update is not cached. + recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept + in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + Otherwise, the leases are permanently deleted. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the network address + space. + rir_organization: The RIR organization assoicated with the + network. + rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. + rir_registration_status: The registration status of the network + in RIR. + same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to + True, the discovery blackout setting will be used for port + control blackout setting. + send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR + registration request. + static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in + the network. + subscribe_settings: The DHCP Network Cisco ISE subscribe + settings. + template: If set on creation, the network is created according + to the values specified in the selected template. + total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in + the network. + unmanaged: Determines whether the DHCP IPv4 Network is unmanaged + or not. + unmanaged_count: The number of unmanaged IP addresses as + discovered by network discovery. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_authority: Use flag for: authority + use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , + port_control_blackout_setting, + same_port_control_discovery_blackout + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: + ddns_update_fixed_addresses + use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: + discovery_basic_poll_settings + use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds + use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , + enable_discovery + use_enable_ifmap_publishing: Use flag for: + enable_ifmap_publishing + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id + use_ipam_email_addresses: Use flag for: ipam_email_addresses + use_ipam_threshold_settings: Use flag for: + ipam_threshold_settings + use_ipam_trap_settings: Use flag for: ipam_trap_settings + use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_mgm_private: Use flag for: mgm_private + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal + use_zone_associations: Use flag for: zone_associations + utilization: The network utilization in percentage. + utilization_update: The timestamp when the utilization + statistics were last updated. + vlans: List of VLANs assigned to Network. + zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this + network. """ _infoblox_type = 'network' _fields = ['authority', 'auto_create_reversezone', 'bootfile', @@ -7610,170 +8055,182 @@ class NetworkV6(Network): either create all the subnets individually, or create a parent network that encompasses the subnets. - Fields: - auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse zones - are automatically created when the network is added. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the network; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this network. - ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use this method to set or retrieve the - ddns_enable_option_fqdn flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. This - method controls whether the FQDN option sent by the client is to - be used, or if the server can automatically generate the FQDN. - This setting overrides the upper-level settings. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether only the - DHCP server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP - clients requests. Note that changes for this field take effect - only if ddns_enable_option_fqdn is True. - ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP network - object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the - duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero - indicates that the update is not cached. - delete_reason: The reason for deleting the RIR registration request. - disable: Determines whether a network is disabled or not. When this - is set to False, the network is enabled. - discover_now_status: Discover now status for this network. - discovered_bgp_as: Number of the discovered BGP AS.When multiple BGP - autonomous systems are discovered in the network, this field - displays "Multiple". - discovered_bridge_domain: Discovered bridge domain. - discovered_tenant: Discovered tenant. - discovered_vlan_id: The identifier of the discovered VLAN.When - multiple VLANs are discovered in the network, this field - displays "Multiple". - discovered_vlan_name: The name of the discovered VLAN.When multiple - VLANs are discovered in the network, this field displays - "Multiple". - discovered_vrf_description: Description of the discovered VRF.When - multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this field displays - "Multiple". - discovered_vrf_name: The name of the discovered VRF.When multiple - VRFs are discovered in the network, this field displays - "Multiple". - discovered_vrf_rd: Route distinguisher of the discovered VRF.When - multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this field displays - "Multiple". - discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings for - this network. - discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for this - network. - discovery_engine_type: The network discovery engine type. - discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this - network. - domain_name: Use this method to set or retrieve the domain_name - value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. - domain_name_servers: Use this method to set or retrieve the dynamic - DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. The DHCP server - can send DDNS updates to DNS servers in the same Grid and to - external DNS servers. This setting overrides the member level - settings. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 network - object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to - DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or not - for this network. When this is set to False, the network - discovery is disabled. - enable_ifmap_publishing: Determines if IFMAP publishing is enabled - for the network. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - network should be immediately enabled. - endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP IPv6 - Network object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - last_rir_registration_update_sent: The timestamp when the last RIR - registration update was sent. - last_rir_registration_update_status: Last RIR registration update - status. - members: A list of members servers that serve DHCP for the - network.All members in the array must be of the same type. The - struct type must be indicated in each element, by setting the - "_struct" member to the struct type. - mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is synchronized - with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is set to True, - objects are not synchronized. - mgm_private_overridable: This field is assumed to be True unless - filled by any conforming objects, such as Network, IPv6 Network, - Network Container, IPv6 Network Container, and Network View. - This value is set to False if mgm_private is set to True in the - parent object. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - network: The network address in IPv6 Address/CIDR format. For - regular expression searches, only the IPv6 Address portion is - supported. Searches for the CIDR portion is always an exact - match.For example, both network containers 16::0/28 and 26::0/24 - are matched by expression '.6' and only 26::0/24 is matched by - '.6/24'. - network_container: The network container to which this network - belongs, if any. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this network - resides. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting for - this network. - preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the preferred - lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. - recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. Otherwise, the - leases are permanently deleted. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the IPv6 network address - space. - rir_organization: The RIR organization associated with the IPv6 - network. - rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. - rir_registration_status: The registration status of the IPv6 network - in RIR. - same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to True, - the discovery blackout setting will be used for port control - blackout setting. - send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR registration - request. - subscribe_settings: The DHCP IPv6 Network Cisco ISE subscribe - settings. - template: If set on creation, the network is created according to - the values specified in the selected template. - unmanaged: Determines whether the DHCP IPv6 Network is unmanaged or - not. - unmanaged_count: The number of unmanaged IP addresses as discovered - by network discovery. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , - port_control_blackout_setting, - same_port_control_discovery_blackout - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use flag for: ddns_enable_option_fqdn - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: - discovery_basic_poll_settings - use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name - use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , - enable_discovery - use_enable_ifmap_publishing: Use flag for: enable_ifmap_publishing - use_mgm_private: Use flag for: mgm_private - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - use_zone_associations: Use flag for: zone_associations - valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid - lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. - vlans: List of VLANs assigned to Network. - zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this network. + Attributes: + auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse + zones are automatically created when the network is added. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the network; maximum 256 characters. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this network. + ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use this method to set or retrieve the + ddns_enable_option_fqdn flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. + This method controls whether the FQDN option sent by the + client is to be used, or if the server can automatically + generate the FQDN. This setting overrides the upper-level + settings. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether only the + DHCP server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + clients requests. Note that changes for this field take + effect only if ddns_enable_option_fqdn is True. + ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP + network object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that + represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is + cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. + delete_reason: The reason for deleting the RIR registration + request. + disable: Determines whether a network is disabled or not. When + this is set to False, the network is enabled. + discover_now_status: Discover now status for this network. + discovered_bgp_as: Number of the discovered BGP AS.When multiple + BGP autonomous systems are discovered in the network, this + field displays "Multiple". + discovered_bridge_domain: Discovered bridge domain. + discovered_tenant: Discovered tenant. + discovered_vlan_id: The identifier of the discovered VLAN.When + multiple VLANs are discovered in the network, this field + displays "Multiple". + discovered_vlan_name: The name of the discovered VLAN.When + multiple VLANs are discovered in the network, this field + displays "Multiple". + discovered_vrf_description: Description of the discovered + VRF.When multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this + field displays "Multiple". + discovered_vrf_name: The name of the discovered VRF.When + multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this field + displays "Multiple". + discovered_vrf_rd: Route distinguisher of the discovered + VRF.When multiple VRFs are discovered in the network, this + field displays "Multiple". + discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings + for this network. + discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for + this network. + discovery_engine_type: The network discovery engine type. + discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this + network. + domain_name: Use this method to set or retrieve the domain_name + value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. + domain_name_servers: Use this method to set or retrieve the + dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. The + DHCP server can send DDNS updates to DNS servers in the same + Grid and to external DNS servers. This setting overrides the + member level settings. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 network + object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates + to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or + not for this network. When this is set to False, the network + discovery is disabled. + enable_ifmap_publishing: Determines if IFMAP publishing is + enabled for the network. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + network should be immediately enabled. + endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP + IPv6 Network object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + last_rir_registration_update_sent: The timestamp when the last + RIR registration update was sent. + last_rir_registration_update_status: Last RIR registration + update status. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on this IPv6 network.This list corresponds to the + match rules that are written to the DHCPv6 configuration + file. + members: A list of members servers that serve DHCP for the + network.All members in the array must be of the same type. + The struct type must be indicated in each element, by + setting the "_struct" member to the struct type. + mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is + synchronized with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is + set to True, objects are not synchronized. + mgm_private_overridable: This field is assumed to be True unless + filled by any conforming objects, such as Network, IPv6 + Network, Network Container, IPv6 Network Container, and + Network View. This value is set to False if mgm_private is + set to True in the parent object. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + network: The network address in IPv6 Address/CIDR format. For + regular expression searches, only the IPv6 Address portion + is supported. Searches for the CIDR portion is always an + exact match.For example, both network containers 16::0/28 + and 26::0/24 are matched by expression '.6' and only + 26::0/24 is matched by '.6/24'. + network_container: The network container to which this network + belongs, if any. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this network + resides. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting + for this network. + preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the + preferred lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. + recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept + in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + Otherwise, the leases are permanently deleted. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the IPv6 network address + space. + rir_organization: The RIR organization associated with the IPv6 + network. + rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. + rir_registration_status: The registration status of the IPv6 + network in RIR. + same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to + True, the discovery blackout setting will be used for port + control blackout setting. + send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR + registration request. + subscribe_settings: The DHCP IPv6 Network Cisco ISE subscribe + settings. + template: If set on creation, the network is created according + to the values specified in the selected template. + unmanaged: Determines whether the DHCP IPv6 Network is unmanaged + or not. + unmanaged_count: The number of unmanaged IP addresses as + discovered by network discovery. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , + port_control_blackout_setting, + same_port_control_discovery_blackout + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use flag for: + ddns_enable_option_fqdn + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: + discovery_basic_poll_settings + use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name + use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , + enable_discovery + use_enable_ifmap_publishing: Use flag for: + enable_ifmap_publishing + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_mgm_private: Use flag for: mgm_private + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + use_zone_associations: Use flag for: zone_associations + valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid + lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. + vlans: List of VLANs assigned to Network. + zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this + network. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6network' _fields = ['auto_create_reversezone', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -7790,12 +8247,12 @@ class NetworkV6(Network): 'enable_ifmap_publishing', 'enable_immediate_discovery', 'endpoint_sources', 'extattrs', 'last_rir_registration_update_sent', - 'last_rir_registration_update_status', 'members', 'mgm_private', - 'mgm_private_overridable', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'network', - 'network_container', 'network_view', 'options', - 'port_control_blackout_setting', 'preferred_lifetime', - 'recycle_leases', 'restart_if_needed', 'rir', - 'rir_organization', 'rir_registration_action', + 'last_rir_registration_update_status', 'logic_filter_rules', + 'members', 'mgm_private', 'mgm_private_overridable', + 'ms_ad_user_data', 'network', 'network_container', + 'network_view', 'options', 'port_control_blackout_setting', + 'preferred_lifetime', 'recycle_leases', 'restart_if_needed', + 'rir', 'rir_organization', 'rir_registration_action', 'rir_registration_status', 'same_port_control_discovery_blackout', 'send_rir_request', 'subscribe_settings', 'template', 'unmanaged', @@ -7805,11 +8262,11 @@ class NetworkV6(Network): 'use_ddns_ttl', 'use_discovery_basic_polling_settings', 'use_domain_name', 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_enable_ddns', 'use_enable_discovery', 'use_enable_ifmap_publishing', - 'use_mgm_private', 'use_options', 'use_preferred_lifetime', - 'use_recycle_leases', 'use_subscribe_settings', - 'use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal', 'use_valid_lifetime', - 'use_zone_associations', 'valid_lifetime', 'vlans', - 'zone_associations'] + 'use_logic_filter_rules', 'use_mgm_private', 'use_options', + 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_recycle_leases', + 'use_subscribe_settings', 'use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal', + 'use_valid_lifetime', 'use_zone_associations', 'valid_lifetime', + 'vlans', 'zone_associations'] _search_for_update_fields = ['network', 'network_view'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'discovered_bridge_domain', 'discovered_tenant', 'network', @@ -7829,6 +8286,7 @@ class NetworkV6(Network): _ip_version = 6 _custom_field_processing = { + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, 'members': Dhcpmember.from_dict, 'options': DhcpOption.from_dict, 'vlans': Vlanlink.from_dict, @@ -7869,221 +8327,233 @@ class NetworkContainerV4(NetworkContainer): child networks is called a network container. This object encapsulates an IPv4 network container object. - Fields: - authority: Authority for the DHCP network container. - auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse zones - are automatically created when the network is added. - bootfile: The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN format for - the network container. You can specify the name and/or IP - address of the boot server that the host needs to boot. - bootserver: The bootserver address for the network container. You - can specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that - the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in - FQDN format. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the network container; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this network container. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether the DHCP - server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP client - requests. Note that changes for this field take effect only if - ddns_use_option81 is True. - ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP network - container object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - ddns_update_fixed_addresses: By default, the DHCP server does not - update DNS when it allocates a fixed address to a client. You - can configure the DHCP server to update the A and PTR records of - a client with a fixed address. When this feature is enabled and - the DHCP server adds A and PTR records for a fixed address, the - DHCP server never discards the records. - ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the network - container level. - delete_reason: The reason for deleting the RIR registration request. - deny_bootp: If set to True, BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - discover_now_status: Discover now status for this network container. - discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings for - this network container. - discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for this - network container. - discovery_engine_type: The network discovery engine type. - discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this - network container. - email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP - threshold alarm e-mail messages. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP network - container object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS - updates to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS - servers. - enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are enabled - for the network container. - enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or not - for this network container. When this is set to False, the - network container discovery is disabled. - enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are - sent through email. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - network container should be immediately enabled. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are send - through SNMP. - endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP - Network Container object. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network container usage - threshold above which network container usage is not expected - and may warrant your attention. When the high watermark is - reached, the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and - sends a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the - percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network container - usage below which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number - that specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range - is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be lower - than the high watermark value. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP client - IDs or MAC addresses. - ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will - ignore. - ipam_email_addresses: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends - IPAM threshold alarm e-mail messages. - ipam_threshold_settings: The IPAM Threshold settings for this - network container. - ipam_trap_settings: The IPAM Trap settings for this network - container. - last_rir_registration_update_sent: The timestamp when the last RIR - registration update was sent. - last_rir_registration_update_status: Last RIR registration update - status. - lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of time - (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in the - database before they are automatically deleted. To disable lease - scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The minimum positive value - must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 day). - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on the this network container.This list corresponds to - the match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration - file. - low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network container usage below - which the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and - sends a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the - percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network container usage - threshold below which network container usage is not expected - and may warrant your attention. When the low watermark is - crossed, the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and - sends a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the - percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - The low watermark reset value must be higher than the low - watermark value. - mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is synchronized - with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is set to True, - objects are not synchronized. - mgm_private_overridable: This field is assumed to be True unless - filled by any conforming objects, such as Network, IPv6 Network, - Network Container, IPv6 Network Container, and Network View. - This value is set to False if mgm_private is set to True in the - parent object. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - network: The network address in IPv4 Address/CIDR format. For - regular expression searches, only the IPv4 Address portion is - supported. Searches for the CIDR portion is always an exact - match.For example, both network containers 10.0.0.0/8 and - 20.1.0.0/16 are matched by expression '.0' and only 20.1.0.0/16 - is matched by '.0/16'. - network_container: The network container to which this network - belongs, if any. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this network - resides. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next server - that the host needs to boot. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting for - this network container. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a DHCP Network container - object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to - boot remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, - set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can - configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a - shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP - addresses are not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. Otherwise, the - leases are permanently deleted. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the network container address - space. - rir_organization: The RIR organization assoicated with the network - container. - rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. - rir_registration_status: The registration status of the network - container in RIR. - same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to True, - the discovery blackout setting will be used for port control - blackout setting. - send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR registration - request. - subscribe_settings: The DHCP Network Container Cisco ISE subscribe - settings. - unmanaged: Determines whether the network container is unmanaged or - not. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_authority: Use flag for: authority - use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , - port_control_blackout_setting, - same_port_control_discovery_blackout - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: - ddns_update_fixed_addresses - use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: - discovery_basic_poll_settings - use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds - use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , - enable_discovery - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id - use_ipam_email_addresses: Use flag for: ipam_email_addresses - use_ipam_threshold_settings: Use flag for: ipam_threshold_settings - use_ipam_trap_settings: Use flag for: ipam_trap_settings - use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_mgm_private: Use flag for: mgm_private - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal - use_zone_associations: Use flag for: zone_associations - utilization: The network container utilization in percentage. - zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this network. + Attributes: + authority: Authority for the DHCP network container. + auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse + zones are automatically created when the network is added. + bootfile: The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN format + for the network container. You can specify the name and/or + IP address of the boot server that the host needs to boot. + bootserver: The bootserver address for the network container. + You can specify the name and/or IP address of the boot + server that the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 + Address or name in FQDN format. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the network container; maximum 256 + characters. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this network container. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether the DHCP + server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + client requests. Note that changes for this field take + effect only if ddns_use_option81 is True. + ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP + network container object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not + cached. + ddns_update_fixed_addresses: By default, the DHCP server does + not update DNS when it allocates a fixed address to a + client. You can configure the DHCP server to update the A + and PTR records of a client with a fixed address. When this + feature is enabled and the DHCP server adds A and PTR + records for a fixed address, the DHCP server never discards + the records. + ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the network + container level. + delete_reason: The reason for deleting the RIR registration + request. + deny_bootp: If set to True, BOOTP settings are disabled and + BOOTP requests will be denied. + discover_now_status: Discover now status for this network + container. + discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings + for this network container. + discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for + this network container. + discovery_engine_type: The network discovery engine type. + discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this + network container. + email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP + threshold alarm e-mail messages. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP network + container object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS + updates to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are + enabled for the network container. + enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or + not for this network container. When this is set to False, + the network container discovery is disabled. + enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + sent through email. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + network container should be immediately enabled. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + send through SNMP. + endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP + Network Container object. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network container usage + threshold above which network container usage is not + expected and may warrant your attention. When the high + watermark is reached, the Infoblox appliance generates a + syslog message and sends a warning (if enabled).A number + that specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The + range is from 1 to 100. + high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network container + usage below which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A + number that specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. + The range is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value + must be lower than the high watermark value. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP + client IDs or MAC addresses. + ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will + ignore. + ipam_email_addresses: The e-mail lists to which the appliance + sends IPAM threshold alarm e-mail messages. + ipam_threshold_settings: The IPAM Threshold settings for this + network container. + ipam_trap_settings: The IPAM Trap settings for this network + container. + last_rir_registration_update_sent: The timestamp when the last + RIR registration update was sent. + last_rir_registration_update_status: Last RIR registration + update status. + lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of + time (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in + the database before they are automatically deleted. To + disable lease scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The + minimum positive value must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 + day). + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this network container.This list corresponds + to the match rules that are written to the dhcpd + configuration file. + low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network container usage + below which the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog + message and sends a warning (if enabled).A number that + specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range + is from 1 to 100. + low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network container + usage threshold below which network container usage is not + expected and may warrant your attention. When the low + watermark is crossed, the Infoblox appliance generates a + syslog message and sends a warning (if enabled).A number + that specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The + range is from 1 to 100. The low watermark reset value must + be higher than the low watermark value. + mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is + synchronized with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is + set to True, objects are not synchronized. + mgm_private_overridable: This field is assumed to be True unless + filled by any conforming objects, such as Network, IPv6 + Network, Network Container, IPv6 Network Container, and + Network View. This value is set to False if mgm_private is + set to True in the parent object. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + network: The network address in IPv4 Address/CIDR format. For + regular expression searches, only the IPv4 Address portion + is supported. Searches for the CIDR portion is always an + exact match.For example, both network containers 10.0.0.0/8 + and 20.1.0.0/16 are matched by expression '.0' and only + 20.1.0.0/16 is matched by '.0/16'. + network_container: The network container to which this network + belongs, if any. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this network + resides. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next + server that the host needs to boot. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting + for this network container. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a DHCP Network + container object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution + Environment) to boot remotely from a server. To better + manage your IP resources, set a different lease time for PXE + boot requests. You can configure the DHCP server to allocate + an IP address with a shorter lease time to hosts that send + PXE boot requests, so IP addresses are not leased longer + than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the + duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero + indicates that the update is not cached. + recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept + in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + Otherwise, the leases are permanently deleted. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the network container + address space. + rir_organization: The RIR organization assoicated with the + network container. + rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. + rir_registration_status: The registration status of the network + container in RIR. + same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to + True, the discovery blackout setting will be used for port + control blackout setting. + send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR + registration request. + subscribe_settings: The DHCP Network Container Cisco ISE + subscribe settings. + unmanaged: Determines whether the network container is unmanaged + or not. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_authority: Use flag for: authority + use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , + port_control_blackout_setting, + same_port_control_discovery_blackout + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: + ddns_update_fixed_addresses + use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: + discovery_basic_poll_settings + use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds + use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , + enable_discovery + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id + use_ipam_email_addresses: Use flag for: ipam_email_addresses + use_ipam_threshold_settings: Use flag for: + ipam_threshold_settings + use_ipam_trap_settings: Use flag for: ipam_trap_settings + use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_mgm_private: Use flag for: mgm_private + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal + use_zone_associations: Use flag for: zone_associations + utilization: The network container utilization in percentage. + zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this + network. """ _infoblox_type = 'networkcontainer' _fields = ['authority', 'auto_create_reversezone', 'bootfile', @@ -8157,133 +8627,144 @@ class NetworkContainerV6(NetworkContainer): child networks is called a network container. This object encapsulates an IPv6 network container object. - Fields: - auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse zones - are automatically created when the network is added. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the network; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this network container. - ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use this method to set or retrieve the - ddns_enable_option_fqdn flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network Container - object. This method controls whether the FQDN option sent by the - client is to be used, or if the server can automatically - generate the FQDN. This setting overrides the upper-level - settings. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether the DHCP - server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP client - requests. Note that changes for this field take effect only if - ddns_enable_option_fqdn is True. - ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP network - container object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - delete_reason: The reason for deleting the RIR registration request. - discover_now_status: Discover now status for this network container. - discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings for - this network container. - discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for this - network container. - discovery_engine_type: The network discovery engine type. - discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this - network container. - domain_name_servers: Use this method to set or retrieve the dynamic - DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network Container object. The - DHCP server can send DDNS updates to DNS servers in the same - Grid and to external DNS servers. This setting overrides the - member level settings. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 network - container object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS - updates to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS - servers. - enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or not - for this network container. When this is set to False, the - network container discovery is disabled. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - network container should be immediately enabled. - endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP IPv6 - Network Container. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - last_rir_registration_update_sent: The timestamp when the last RIR - registration update was sent. - last_rir_registration_update_status: Last RIR registration update - status. - mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is synchronized - with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is set to True, - objects are not synchronized. - mgm_private_overridable: This field is assumed to be True unless - filled by any conforming objects, such as Network, IPv6 Network, - Network Container, IPv6 Network Container, and Network View. - This value is set to False if mgm_private is set to True in the - parent object. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - network: The network address in IPv6 Address/CIDR format. For - regular expression searches, only the IPv6 Address portion is - supported. Searches for the CIDR portion is always an exact - match.For example, both network containers 16::0/28 and 26::0/24 - are matched by expression '.6' and only 26::0/24 is matched by - '.6/24'. - network_container: The network container to which this network - belongs, if any. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this network - resides. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting for - this network container. - preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the preferred - lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network Container object. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the IPv6 network container - address space. - rir_organization: The RIR organization associated with the IPv6 - network container. - rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. - rir_registration_status: The registration status of the IPv6 network - container in RIR. - same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to True, - the discovery blackout setting will be used for port control - blackout setting. - send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR registration - request. - subscribe_settings: The DHCP IPv6 Network Container Cisco ISE - subscribe settings. - unmanaged: Determines whether the network container is unmanaged or - not. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , - port_control_blackout_setting, - same_port_control_discovery_blackout - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use flag for: ddns_enable_option_fqdn - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: - discovery_basic_poll_settings - use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , - enable_discovery - use_mgm_private: Use flag for: mgm_private - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - use_zone_associations: Use flag for: zone_associations - utilization: The network container utilization in percentage. - valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid - lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network Container object. - zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this network - container. + Attributes: + auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse + zones are automatically created when the network is added. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the network; maximum 256 characters. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this network container. + ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use this method to set or retrieve the + ddns_enable_option_fqdn flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network + Container object. This method controls whether the FQDN + option sent by the client is to be used, or if the server + can automatically generate the FQDN. This setting overrides + the upper-level settings. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether the DHCP + server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + client requests. Note that changes for this field take + effect only if ddns_enable_option_fqdn is True. + ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP + network container object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not + cached. + delete_reason: The reason for deleting the RIR registration + request. + discover_now_status: Discover now status for this network + container. + discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings + for this network container. + discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for + this network container. + discovery_engine_type: The network discovery engine type. + discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this + network container. + domain_name_servers: Use this method to set or retrieve the + dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network Container + object. The DHCP server can send DDNS updates to DNS servers + in the same Grid and to external DNS servers. This setting + overrides the member level settings. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 network + container object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS + updates to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or + not for this network container. When this is set to False, + the network container discovery is disabled. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + network container should be immediately enabled. + endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP + IPv6 Network Container. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + last_rir_registration_update_sent: The timestamp when the last + RIR registration update was sent. + last_rir_registration_update_status: Last RIR registration + update status. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this network container.This list corresponds + to the match rules that are written to the dhcpd + configuration file. + mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is + synchronized with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is + set to True, objects are not synchronized. + mgm_private_overridable: This field is assumed to be True unless + filled by any conforming objects, such as Network, IPv6 + Network, Network Container, IPv6 Network Container, and + Network View. This value is set to False if mgm_private is + set to True in the parent object. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + network: The network address in IPv6 Address/CIDR format. For + regular expression searches, only the IPv6 Address portion + is supported. Searches for the CIDR portion is always an + exact match.For example, both network containers 16::0/28 + and 26::0/24 are matched by expression '.6' and only + 26::0/24 is matched by '.6/24'. + network_container: The network container to which this network + belongs, if any. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this network + resides. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting + for this network container. + preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the + preferred lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network Container + object. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the IPv6 network + container address space. + rir_organization: The RIR organization associated with the IPv6 + network container. + rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. + rir_registration_status: The registration status of the IPv6 + network container in RIR. + same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to + True, the discovery blackout setting will be used for port + control blackout setting. + send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR + registration request. + subscribe_settings: The DHCP IPv6 Network Container Cisco ISE + subscribe settings. + unmanaged: Determines whether the network container is unmanaged + or not. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , + port_control_blackout_setting, + same_port_control_discovery_blackout + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use flag for: + ddns_enable_option_fqdn + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: + discovery_basic_poll_settings + use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , + enable_discovery + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_mgm_private: Use flag for: mgm_private + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + use_zone_associations: Use flag for: zone_associations + utilization: The network container utilization in percentage. + valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid + lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network Container object. + zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this + network container. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6networkcontainer' _fields = ['auto_create_reversezone', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -8295,9 +8776,9 @@ class NetworkContainerV6(NetworkContainer): 'domain_name_servers', 'enable_ddns', 'enable_discovery', 'enable_immediate_discovery', 'endpoint_sources', 'extattrs', 'last_rir_registration_update_sent', - 'last_rir_registration_update_status', 'mgm_private', - 'mgm_private_overridable', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'network', - 'network_container', 'network_view', 'options', + 'last_rir_registration_update_status', 'logic_filter_rules', + 'mgm_private', 'mgm_private_overridable', 'ms_ad_user_data', + 'network', 'network_container', 'network_view', 'options', 'port_control_blackout_setting', 'preferred_lifetime', 'remove_subnets', 'restart_if_needed', 'rir', 'rir_organization', 'rir_registration_action', @@ -8309,11 +8790,11 @@ class NetworkContainerV6(NetworkContainer): 'use_ddns_generate_hostname', 'use_ddns_ttl', 'use_discovery_basic_polling_settings', 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_enable_ddns', - 'use_enable_discovery', 'use_mgm_private', 'use_options', - 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_subscribe_settings', - 'use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal', 'use_valid_lifetime', - 'use_zone_associations', 'utilization', 'valid_lifetime', - 'zone_associations'] + 'use_enable_discovery', 'use_logic_filter_rules', + 'use_mgm_private', 'use_options', 'use_preferred_lifetime', + 'use_subscribe_settings', 'use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal', + 'use_valid_lifetime', 'use_zone_associations', 'utilization', + 'valid_lifetime', 'zone_associations'] _search_for_update_fields = ['network', 'network_view'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'network_view', 'rir_organization', 'unmanaged'] @@ -8326,6 +8807,7 @@ class NetworkContainerV6(NetworkContainer): _ip_version = 6 _custom_field_processing = { + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, 'options': DhcpOption.from_dict, 'zone_associations': Zoneassociation.from_dict, } @@ -8353,173 +8835,183 @@ class NetworkTemplateV4(NetworkTemplate): the properties defined in the network template, except for the comment and netmask that can be defined in the network. - Fields: - allow_any_netmask: This flag controls whether the template allows - any netmask. You must specify a netmask when creating a network - using this template. If you set this parameter to false, you - must specify the "netmask" field for the network template - object. - authority: Authority for the DHCP network. - auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse zones - are automatically created when the network is added. - bootfile: The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN format for - the network. You can specify the name and/or IP address of the - boot server that the host needs to boot. - bootserver: The bootserver address for the network. You can specify - the name and/or IP address of the boot server that the host - needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN - format. - cloud_api_compatible: This flag controls whether this template can - be used to create network objects in a cloud-computing - deployment. - comment: Comment for the network; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this network. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether the DHCP - server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP client - requests. Note that changes for this field take effect only if - ddns_use_option81 is True. - ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP network - object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the - duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero - indicates that the update is not cached. - ddns_update_fixed_addresses: By default, the DHCP server does not - update DNS when it allocates a fixed address to a client. You - can configure the DHCP server to update the A and PTR records of - a client with a fixed address. When this feature is enabled and - the DHCP server adds A and PTR records for a fixed address, the - DHCP server never discards the records. - ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the network - level. - delegated_member: Reference the Cloud Platform Appliance to which - authority of the object should be delegated when the object is - created using the template. - deny_bootp: If set to True, BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP - threshold alarm e-mail messages. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP network object. - If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to DNS - servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are enabled - for the network. - enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are - sent through email. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are send - through SNMP. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - fixed_address_templates: The list of fixed address templates - assigned to this network template object. When you create a - network based on a network template object that contains fixed - address templates, the fixed addresses are created based on the - associated fixed address templates. - high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network usage threshold - above which network usage is not expected and may warrant your - attention. When the high watermark is reached, the Infoblox - appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if - enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated - addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network usage below - which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that - specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range is - from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be lower than - the high watermark value. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - ipam_email_addresses: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends - IPAM threshold alarm e-mail messages. - ipam_threshold_settings: The IPAM Threshold settings for this - network template. - ipam_trap_settings: The IPAM Trap settings for this network - template. - lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of time - (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in the - database before they are automatically deleted. To disable lease - scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The minimum positive value - must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 day). - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on the this network template.This list corresponds to - the match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration - file. - low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network usage below which the - Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends a - warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of - allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network usage threshold - below which network usage is not expected and may warrant your - attention. When the low watermark is crossed, the Infoblox - appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if - enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated - addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. The low watermark reset - value must be higher than the low watermark value. - members: A list of members or Microsoft (r) servers that serve DHCP - for this network. - name: The name of this network template. - netmask: The netmask of the network in CIDR format. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next server - that the host needs to boot. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a DHCP Network object. - Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to boot - remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, set - a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can configure - the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a shorter lease - time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP addresses are - not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - range_templates: The list of IP address range templates assigned to - this network template object. When you create a network based on - a network template object that contains range templates, the IP - address ranges are created based on the associated IP address - range templates. - recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. Otherwise, the - leases are permanently deleted. - rir: THe registry (RIR) that allocated the network address space. - rir_organization: The RIR organization assoicated with the network. - rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. - rir_registration_status: The registration status of the network in - RIR. - send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR registration - request. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_authority: Use flag for: authority - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: - ddns_update_fixed_addresses - use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_ipam_email_addresses: Use flag for: ipam_email_addresses - use_ipam_threshold_settings: Use flag for: ipam_threshold_settings - use_ipam_trap_settings: Use flag for: ipam_trap_settings - use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal + Attributes: + allow_any_netmask: This flag controls whether the template + allows any netmask. You must specify a netmask when creating + a network using this template. If you set this parameter to + false, you must specify the "netmask" field for the network + template object. + authority: Authority for the DHCP network. + auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse + zones are automatically created when the network is added. + bootfile: The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN format + for the network. You can specify the name and/or IP address + of the boot server that the host needs to boot. + bootserver: The bootserver address for the network. You can + specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that + the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name + in FQDN format. + cloud_api_compatible: This flag controls whether this template + can be used to create network objects in a cloud-computing + deployment. + comment: Comment for the network; maximum 256 characters. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this network. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether the DHCP + server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + client requests. Note that changes for this field take + effect only if ddns_use_option81 is True. + ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP + network object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that + represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is + cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. + ddns_update_fixed_addresses: By default, the DHCP server does + not update DNS when it allocates a fixed address to a + client. You can configure the DHCP server to update the A + and PTR records of a client with a fixed address. When this + feature is enabled and the DHCP server adds A and PTR + records for a fixed address, the DHCP server never discards + the records. + ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the network + level. + delegated_member: Reference the Cloud Platform Appliance to + which authority of the object should be delegated when the + object is created using the template. + deny_bootp: If set to True, BOOTP settings are disabled and + BOOTP requests will be denied. + email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP + threshold alarm e-mail messages. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP network + object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates + to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are + enabled for the network. + enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + sent through email. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + send through SNMP. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + fixed_address_templates: The list of fixed address templates + assigned to this network template object. When you create a + network based on a network template object that contains + fixed address templates, the fixed addresses are created + based on the associated fixed address templates. + high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network usage threshold + above which network usage is not expected and may warrant + your attention. When the high watermark is reached, the + Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends a + warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the percentage + of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. + high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network usage + below which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number + that specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The + range is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must + be lower than the high watermark value. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + ipam_email_addresses: The e-mail lists to which the appliance + sends IPAM threshold alarm e-mail messages. + ipam_threshold_settings: The IPAM Threshold settings for this + network template. + ipam_trap_settings: The IPAM Trap settings for this network + template. + lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of + time (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in + the database before they are automatically deleted. To + disable lease scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The + minimum positive value must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 + day). + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this network template.This list corresponds + to the match rules that are written to the dhcpd + configuration file. + low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP network usage below which + the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends + a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. + low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP network usage + threshold below which network usage is not expected and may + warrant your attention. When the low watermark is crossed, + the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends + a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. The low watermark reset value must be higher than the + low watermark value. + members: A list of members or Microsoft (r) servers that serve + DHCP for this network. + name: The name of this network template. + netmask: The netmask of the network in CIDR format. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next + server that the host needs to boot. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a DHCP Network + object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) + to boot remotely from a server. To better manage your IP + resources, set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. + You can configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address + with a shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot + requests, so IP addresses are not leased longer than + necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the + duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero + indicates that the update is not cached. + range_templates: The list of IP address range templates assigned + to this network template object. When you create a network + based on a network template object that contains range + templates, the IP address ranges are created based on the + associated IP address range templates. + recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept + in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + Otherwise, the leases are permanently deleted. + rir: THe registry (RIR) that allocated the network address + space. + rir_organization: The RIR organization assoicated with the + network. + rir_registration_action: The RIR registration action. + rir_registration_status: The registration status of the network + in RIR. + send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR + registration request. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_authority: Use flag for: authority + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: + ddns_update_fixed_addresses + use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_ipam_email_addresses: Use flag for: ipam_email_addresses + use_ipam_threshold_settings: Use flag for: + ipam_threshold_settings + use_ipam_trap_settings: Use flag for: ipam_trap_settings + use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal """ _infoblox_type = 'networktemplate' _fields = ['allow_any_netmask', 'authority', 'auto_create_reversezone', @@ -8576,101 +9068,112 @@ class NetworkTemplateV6(NetworkTemplate): template, except for the comment and CIDR that can be defined in the IPv6 network. - Fields: - allow_any_netmask: This flag controls whether the template allows - any netmask. You must specify a netmask when creating a network - using this template. If you set this parameter to False, you - must specify the "cidr" field for the network template object. - auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse zones - are automatically created when the network is added. - cidr: The CIDR of the network in CIDR format. - cloud_api_compatible: This flag controls whether this template can - be used to create network objects in a cloud-computing - deployment. - comment: Comment for the network; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this network. - ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use this method to set or retrieve the - ddns_enable_option_fqdn flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. This - method controls whether the FQDN option sent by the client is to - be used, or if the server can automatically generate the FQDN. - This setting overrides the upper-level settings. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether the DHCP - server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP client - requests. Note that changes for this field take effect only if - ddns_enable_option_fqdn is True. - ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP network - object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the - duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero - indicates that the update is not cached. - delegated_member: Reference the Cloud Platform Appliance to which - authority of the object should be delegated when the object is - created using the template. - domain_name: Use this method to set or retrieve the domain_name - value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. - domain_name_servers: Use this method to set or retrieve the dynamic - DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. The DHCP server - can send DDNS updates to DNS servers in the same Grid and to - external DNS servers. This setting overrides the member level - settings. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 network - object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to - DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - fixed_address_templates: The list of IPv6 fixed address templates - assigned to this IPv6 network template object. When you create - an IPv6 network based on an IPv6 network template object that - contains IPv6 fixed address templates, the IPv6 fixed addresses - are created based on the associated IPv6 fixed address - templates. - ipv6prefix: The IPv6 Address prefix of the DHCP IPv6 network. - members: A list of members that serve DHCP for the network.All - members in the array must be of the same type. The struct type - must be indicated in each element, by setting the "_struct" - member to the struct type. - name: The name of this IPv6 network template. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the preferred - lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. - range_templates: The list of IPv6 address range templates assigned - to this IPv6 network template object. When you create an IPv6 - network based on an IPv6 network template object that contains - IPv6 range templates, the IPv6 address ranges are created based - on the associated IPv6 address range templates. - recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. Otherwise, the - leases are permanently deleted. - rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the IPv6 network address - space. - rir_organization: The RIR organization associated with the IPv6 - network. - rir_registration_action: The action for the RIR registration. - rir_registration_status: The registration status of the IPv6 network - in RIR. - send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR registration - request. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use flag for: ddns_enable_option_fqdn - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name - use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid - lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. + Attributes: + allow_any_netmask: This flag controls whether the template + allows any netmask. You must specify a netmask when creating + a network using this template. If you set this parameter to + False, you must specify the "cidr" field for the network + template object. + auto_create_reversezone: This flag controls whether reverse + zones are automatically created when the network is added. + cidr: The CIDR of the network in CIDR format. + cloud_api_compatible: This flag controls whether this template + can be used to create network objects in a cloud-computing + deployment. + comment: Comment for the network; maximum 256 characters. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this network. + ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use this method to set or retrieve the + ddns_enable_option_fqdn flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. + This method controls whether the FQDN option sent by the + client is to be used, or if the server can automatically + generate the FQDN. This setting overrides the upper-level + settings. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether the DHCP + server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + client requests. Note that changes for this field take + effect only if ddns_enable_option_fqdn is True. + ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a DHCP + network object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that + represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is + cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. + delegated_member: Reference the Cloud Platform Appliance to + which authority of the object should be delegated when the + object is created using the template. + domain_name: Use this method to set or retrieve the domain_name + value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. + domain_name_servers: Use this method to set or retrieve the + dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. The + DHCP server can send DDNS updates to DNS servers in the same + Grid and to external DNS servers. This setting overrides the + member level settings. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 network + object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates + to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + fixed_address_templates: The list of IPv6 fixed address + templates assigned to this IPv6 network template object. + When you create an IPv6 network based on an IPv6 network + template object that contains IPv6 fixed address templates, + the IPv6 fixed addresses are created based on the associated + IPv6 fixed address templates. + ipv6prefix: The IPv6 Address prefix of the DHCP IPv6 network. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on this IPv6 network template.This list corresponds + to the match rules that are written to the DHCPv6 + configuration file. + members: A list of members that serve DHCP for the network.All + members in the array must be of the same type. The struct + type must be indicated in each element, by setting the + "_struct" member to the struct type. + name: The name of this IPv6 network template. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the + preferred lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. + range_templates: The list of IPv6 address range templates + assigned to this IPv6 network template object. When you + create an IPv6 network based on an IPv6 network template + object that contains IPv6 range templates, the IPv6 address + ranges are created based on the associated IPv6 address + range templates. + recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept + in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + Otherwise, the leases are permanently deleted. + rir: The registry (RIR) that allocated the IPv6 network address + space. + rir_organization: The RIR organization associated with the IPv6 + network. + rir_registration_action: The action for the RIR registration. + rir_registration_status: The registration status of the IPv6 + network in RIR. + send_rir_request: Determines whether to send the RIR + registration request. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use flag for: + ddns_enable_option_fqdn + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name + use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid + lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Network object. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6networktemplate' _fields = ['allow_any_netmask', 'auto_create_reversezone', 'cidr', @@ -8678,14 +9181,15 @@ class NetworkTemplateV6(NetworkTemplate): 'ddns_enable_option_fqdn', 'ddns_generate_hostname', 'ddns_server_always_updates', 'ddns_ttl', 'delegated_member', 'domain_name', 'domain_name_servers', 'enable_ddns', 'extattrs', - 'fixed_address_templates', 'ipv6prefix', 'members', 'name', - 'options', 'preferred_lifetime', 'range_templates', - 'recycle_leases', 'rir', 'rir_organization', + 'fixed_address_templates', 'ipv6prefix', 'logic_filter_rules', + 'members', 'name', 'options', 'preferred_lifetime', + 'range_templates', 'recycle_leases', 'rir', 'rir_organization', 'rir_registration_action', 'rir_registration_status', 'send_rir_request', 'update_dns_on_lease_renewal', 'use_ddns_domainname', 'use_ddns_enable_option_fqdn', 'use_ddns_generate_hostname', 'use_ddns_ttl', 'use_domain_name', - 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_enable_ddns', 'use_options', + 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_enable_ddns', + 'use_logic_filter_rules', 'use_options', 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_recycle_leases', 'use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal', 'use_valid_lifetime', 'valid_lifetime'] @@ -8700,6 +9204,7 @@ class NetworkTemplateV6(NetworkTemplate): _ip_version = 6 _custom_field_processing = { + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, 'members': Dhcpmember.from_dict, 'options': DhcpOption.from_dict, } @@ -8731,235 +9236,247 @@ class IPRangeV4(IPRange): independent device, this device must be specified as the member that serves the DHCP range. - Fields: - always_update_dns: This field controls whether only the DHCP server - is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP clients - requests. - bootfile: The bootfile name for the range. You can configure the - DHCP server to support clients that use the boot file name - option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. - bootserver: The bootserver address for the range. You can specify - the name and/or IP address of the boot server that the host - needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN - format. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the range; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this range. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - deny_all_clients: If True, send NAK forcing the client to take the - new address. - deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization of - the range multiplied by 1000. This is the percentage of the - total number of available IP addresses belonging to the range - versus the total number of all IP addresses in the range. - dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization level - of the range. - disable: Determines whether a range is disabled or not. When this is - set to False, the range is enabled. - discover_now_status: Discover now status for this range. - discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings for - this range. - discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for this - range. - discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this range. - dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the range. - email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP - threshold alarm e-mail messages. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP range object. If - set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to DNS servers - in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are enabled - for the range. - enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or not - for this range. When this is set to False, the discovery for - this range is disabled. - enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are - sent through email. - enable_ifmap_publishing: Determines if IFMAP publishing is enabled - for the range. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - range should be immediately enabled. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are send - through SNMP. - end_addr: The IPv4 Address end address of the range. - endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP - Range object. - exclude: These are ranges of IP addresses that the appliance does - not use to assign to clients. You can use these exclusion - addresses as static IP addresses. They contain the start and end - addresses of the exclusion range, and optionally, information - about this exclusion range. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - failover_association: The name of the failover association: the - server in this failover association will serve the IPv4 range in - case the main server is out of service. - fingerprint_filter_rules: This field contains the fingerprint - filters for this DHCP range.The appliance uses matching rules in - these filters to select the address range from which it assigns - a lease. - high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP range usage threshold above - which range usage is not expected and may warrant your - attention. When the high watermark is reached, the Infoblox - appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if - enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated - addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP range usage below - which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that - specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range is - from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be lower than - the high watermark value. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP client - IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", "CLIENT", or - "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". - ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will - ignore. - is_split_scope: This field will be 'true' if this particular range - is part of a split scope. - known_clients: Permission for known clients. This can be 'Allow' or - 'Deny'. If set to 'Deny' known clients will be denied IP - addresses.Known clients include roaming hosts and clients with - fixed addresses or DHCP host entries. Unknown clients include - clients that are not roaming hosts and clients that do not have - fixed addresses or DHCP host entries. - lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of time - (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in the - database before they are automatically deleted. To disable lease - scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The minimum positive value - must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 day). - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied to this range.This list corresponds to the match rules - that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP range usage below which the - Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends a - warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of - allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP range usage threshold - below which range usage is not expected and may warrant your - attention. When the low watermark is crossed, the Infoblox - appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if - enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated - addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. The low watermark reset - value must be higher than the low watermark value. - mac_filter_rules: This field contains the MAC filters to be applied - to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules of these - filters to select the address range from which it assigns a - lease. - member: The member that will provide service for this range. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - ms_options: This field contains the Microsoft DHCP options for this - range. - ms_server: The Microsoft server that will provide service for this - range. - nac_filter_rules: This field contains the NAC filters to be applied - to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules of these - filters to select the address range from which it assigns a - lease. - name: This field contains the name of the Microsoft scope. - network: The network to which this range belongs, in IPv4 - Address/CIDR format. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this range - resides. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next server - that the host needs to boot. - option_filter_rules: This field contains the Option filters to be - applied to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules of - these filters to select the address range from which it assigns - a lease. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting for - this range. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a DHCP Range object. - Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to boot - remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, set - a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can configure - the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a shorter lease - time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP addresses are - not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. Otherwise, the - leases are permanently deleted. - relay_agent_filter_rules: This field contains the Relay Agent - filters to be applied to this range.The appliance uses the - matching rules of these filters to select the address range from - which it assigns a lease. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to True, - the discovery blackout setting will be used for port control - blackout setting. - server_association_type: The type of server that is going to serve - the range. - split_member: The Microsoft member to which the split scope is - assigned. See split_scope_exclusion_percent for more information - split_scope_exclusion_percent: This field controls the percentage - used when creating a split scope.Valid values are numbers - between 1 and 99. If the value is 40, it means that the top 40% - of the exclusion will be created on the DHCP range assigned to - ms_server and the lower 60% of the range will be assigned to - DHCP range assigned to split_member - start_addr: The IPv4 Address starting address of the range. - static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in the - range. - subscribe_settings: The DHCP Range Cisco ISE subscribe settings. - template: If set on creation, the range will be created according to - the values specified in the named template. - total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in the - range. - unknown_clients: Permission for unknown clients. This can be 'Allow' - or 'Deny'. If set to 'Deny', unknown clients will be denied IP - addresses.Known clients include roaming hosts and clients with - fixed addresses or DHCP host entries. Unknown clients include - clients that are not roaming hosts and clients that do not have - fixed addresses or DHCP host entries. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , - port_control_blackout_setting, - same_port_control_discovery_blackout - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: - discovery_basic_poll_settings - use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds - use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , - enable_discovery - use_enable_ifmap_publishing: Use flag for: enable_ifmap_publishing - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id - use_known_clients: Use flag for: known_clients - use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_ms_options: Use flag for: ms_options - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings - use_unknown_clients: Use flag for: unknown_clients - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal + Attributes: + always_update_dns: This field controls whether only the DHCP + server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + clients requests. + bootfile: The bootfile name for the range. You can configure the + DHCP server to support clients that use the boot file name + option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. + bootserver: The bootserver address for the range. You can + specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that + the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name + in FQDN format. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the range; maximum 256 characters. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this range. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + deny_all_clients: If True, send NAK forcing the client to take + the new address. + deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and + BOOTP requests will be denied. + dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization + of the range multiplied by 1000. This is the percentage of + the total number of available IP addresses belonging to the + range versus the total number of all IP addresses in the + range. + dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization + level of the range. + disable: Determines whether a range is disabled or not. When + this is set to False, the range is enabled. + discover_now_status: Discover now status for this range. + discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings + for this range. + discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for + this range. + discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this + range. + dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the + range. + email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP + threshold alarm e-mail messages. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP range + object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates + to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are + enabled for the range. + enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or + not for this range. When this is set to False, the discovery + for this range is disabled. + enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + sent through email. + enable_ifmap_publishing: Determines if IFMAP publishing is + enabled for the range. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + range should be immediately enabled. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + send through SNMP. + end_addr: The IPv4 Address end address of the range. + endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP + Range object. + exclude: These are ranges of IP addresses that the appliance + does not use to assign to clients. You can use these + exclusion addresses as static IP addresses. They contain the + start and end addresses of the exclusion range, and + optionally, information about this exclusion range. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + failover_association: The name of the failover association: the + server in this failover association will serve the IPv4 + range in case the main server is out of service. + fingerprint_filter_rules: This field contains the fingerprint + filters for this DHCP range.The appliance uses matching + rules in these filters to select the address range from + which it assigns a lease. + high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP range usage threshold + above which range usage is not expected and may warrant your + attention. When the high watermark is reached, the Infoblox + appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if + enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated + addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. + high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP range usage below + which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that + specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range + is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be + lower than the high watermark value. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP + client IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", + "CLIENT", or "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". + ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will + ignore. + is_split_scope: This field will be 'true' if this particular + range is part of a split scope. + known_clients: Permission for known clients. This can be 'Allow' + or 'Deny'. If set to 'Deny' known clients will be denied IP + addresses.Known clients include roaming hosts and clients + with fixed addresses or DHCP host entries. Unknown clients + include clients that are not roaming hosts and clients that + do not have fixed addresses or DHCP host entries. + lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of + time (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in + the database before they are automatically deleted. To + disable lease scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The + minimum positive value must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 + day). + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied to this range.This list corresponds to the match + rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. + low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP range usage below which + the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends + a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. + low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP range usage + threshold below which range usage is not expected and may + warrant your attention. When the low watermark is crossed, + the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends + a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. The low watermark reset value must be higher than the + low watermark value. + mac_filter_rules: This field contains the MAC filters to be + applied to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules + of these filters to select the address range from which it + assigns a lease. + member: The member that will provide service for this range. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + ms_options: This field contains the Microsoft DHCP options for + this range. + ms_server: The Microsoft server that will provide service for + this range. + nac_filter_rules: This field contains the NAC filters to be + applied to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules + of these filters to select the address range from which it + assigns a lease. + name: This field contains the name of the Microsoft scope. + network: The network to which this range belongs, in IPv4 + Address/CIDR format. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this range + resides. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next + server that the host needs to boot. + option_filter_rules: This field contains the Option filters to + be applied to this range.The appliance uses the matching + rules of these filters to select the address range from + which it assigns a lease. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting + for this range. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a DHCP Range object. + Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to boot + remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, + set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can + configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a + shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so + IP addresses are not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the update is cached. Zero indicates that the + update is not cached. + recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept + in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + Otherwise, the leases are permanently deleted. + relay_agent_filter_rules: This field contains the Relay Agent + filters to be applied to this range.The appliance uses the + matching rules of these filters to select the address range + from which it assigns a lease. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to + True, the discovery blackout setting will be used for port + control blackout setting. + server_association_type: The type of server that is going to + serve the range. + split_member: The Microsoft member to which the split scope is + assigned. See split_scope_exclusion_percent for more + information + split_scope_exclusion_percent: This field controls the + percentage used when creating a split scope.Valid values are + numbers between 1 and 99. If the value is 40, it means that + the top 40% of the exclusion will be created on the DHCP + range assigned to ms_server and the lower 60% of the range + will be assigned to DHCP range assigned to split_member + start_addr: The IPv4 Address starting address of the range. + static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in + the range. + subscribe_settings: The DHCP Range Cisco ISE subscribe settings. + template: If set on creation, the range will be created + according to the values specified in the named template. + total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in + the range. + unknown_clients: Permission for unknown clients. This can be + 'Allow' or 'Deny'. If set to 'Deny', unknown clients will be + denied IP addresses.Known clients include roaming hosts and + clients with fixed addresses or DHCP host entries. Unknown + clients include clients that are not roaming hosts and + clients that do not have fixed addresses or DHCP host + entries. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , + port_control_blackout_setting, + same_port_control_discovery_blackout + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: + discovery_basic_poll_settings + use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds + use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , + enable_discovery + use_enable_ifmap_publishing: Use flag for: + enable_ifmap_publishing + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id + use_known_clients: Use flag for: known_clients + use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_ms_options: Use flag for: ms_options + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings + use_unknown_clients: Use flag for: unknown_clients + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal """ _infoblox_type = 'range' _fields = ['always_update_dns', 'bootfile', 'bootserver', 'cloud_info', @@ -9000,8 +9517,8 @@ class IPRangeV4(IPRange): 'use_options', 'use_pxe_lease_time', 'use_recycle_leases', 'use_subscribe_settings', 'use_unknown_clients', 'use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal'] - _search_for_update_fields = ['end_addr', 'network', - 'network_view', 'start_addr'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['end_addr', 'network', 'network_view', + 'start_addr'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'end_addr', 'failover_association', 'member', 'ms_server', 'network', 'network_view', 'server_association_type', @@ -9048,77 +9565,90 @@ class IPRangeV6(IPRange): device must be specified as the member that serves the DHCP IPv6 range. - Fields: - address_type: Type of a DHCP IPv6 Range object. Valid values are - "ADDRESS", "PREFIX", or "BOTH". When the address type is - "ADDRESS", values for the 'start_addr' and 'end_addr' members - are required. When the address type is "PREFIX", values for - 'ipv6_start_prefix', 'ipv6_end_prefix', and 'ipv6_prefix_bits' - are required. When the address type is "BOTH", values for - 'start_addr', 'end_addr', 'ipv6_start_prefix', - 'ipv6_end_prefix', and 'ipv6_prefix_bits' are all required. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the range; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines whether a range is disabled or not. When this is - set to False, the range is enabled. - discover_now_status: Discover now status for this range. - discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings for - this range. - discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for this - range. - discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this range. - enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or not - for this range. When this is set to False, the discovery for - this range is disabled. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - range should be immediately enabled. - end_addr: The IPv6 Address end address of the DHCP IPv6 range. - endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP IPv6 - Range object. - exclude: These are ranges of IP addresses that the appliance does - not use to assign to clients. You can use these exclusion - addresses as static IP addresses. They contain the start and end - addresses of the exclusion range, and optionally,information - about this exclusion range. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv6_end_prefix: The IPv6 Address end prefix of the DHCP IPv6 range. - ipv6_prefix_bits: Prefix bits of the DHCP IPv6 range. - ipv6_start_prefix: The IPv6 Address starting prefix of the DHCP IPv6 - range. - member: The member that will provide service for this range. - name: This field contains the name of the Microsoft scope. - network: The network this range belongs to, in IPv6 Address/CIDR - format. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this range - resides. - port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting for - this range. - recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. Otherwise, the - leases are permanently deleted. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to True, - the discovery blackout setting will be used for port control - blackout setting. - server_association_type: The type of server that is going to serve - the range. Valid values are: - start_addr: The IPv6 Address starting address of the DHCP IPv6 - range. - subscribe_settings: The DHCP IPv6 Range Cisco ISE subscribe - settings. - template: If set on creation, the range will be created according to - the values specified in the named template. - use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , - port_control_blackout_setting, - same_port_control_discovery_blackout - use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: - discovery_basic_poll_settings - use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , - enable_discovery - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings + Attributes: + address_type: Type of a DHCP IPv6 Range object. Valid values are + "ADDRESS", "PREFIX", or "BOTH". When the address type is + "ADDRESS", values for the 'start_addr' and 'end_addr' + members are required. When the address type is "PREFIX", + values for 'ipv6_start_prefix', 'ipv6_end_prefix', and + 'ipv6_prefix_bits' are required. When the address type is + "BOTH", values for 'start_addr', 'end_addr', + 'ipv6_start_prefix', 'ipv6_end_prefix', and + 'ipv6_prefix_bits' are all required. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the range; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines whether a range is disabled or not. When + this is set to False, the range is enabled. + discover_now_status: Discover now status for this range. + discovery_basic_poll_settings: The discovery basic poll settings + for this range. + discovery_blackout_setting: The discovery blackout setting for + this range. + discovery_member: The member that will run discovery for this + range. + enable_discovery: Determines whether a discovery is enabled or + not for this range. When this is set to False, the discovery + for this range is disabled. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + range should be immediately enabled. + end_addr: The IPv6 Address end address of the DHCP IPv6 range. + endpoint_sources: The endpoints that provides data for the DHCP + IPv6 Range object. + exclude: These are ranges of IP addresses that the appliance + does not use to assign to clients. You can use these + exclusion addresses as static IP addresses. They contain the + start and end addresses of the exclusion range, and + optionally,information about this exclusion range. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv6_end_prefix: The IPv6 Address end prefix of the DHCP IPv6 + range. + ipv6_prefix_bits: Prefix bits of the DHCP IPv6 range. + ipv6_start_prefix: The IPv6 Address starting prefix of the DHCP + IPv6 range. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied to this IPv6 range. This list corresponds to the + match rules that are written to the DHCPv6 configuration + file. + member: The member that will provide service for this range. + name: This field contains the name of the Microsoft scope. + network: The network this range belongs to, in IPv6 Address/CIDR + format. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this range + resides. + option_filter_rules: This field contains the Option filters to + be applied to this IPv6 range. The appliance uses the + matching rules of these filters to select the address range + from which it assigns a lease. + port_control_blackout_setting: The port control blackout setting + for this range. + recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept + in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + Otherwise, the leases are permanently deleted. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + same_port_control_discovery_blackout: If the field is set to + True, the discovery blackout setting will be used for port + control blackout setting. + server_association_type: The type of server that is going to + serve the range. Valid values are: + start_addr: The IPv6 Address starting address of the DHCP IPv6 + range. + subscribe_settings: The DHCP IPv6 Range Cisco ISE subscribe + settings. + template: If set on creation, the range will be created + according to the values specified in the named template. + use_blackout_setting: Use flag for: discovery_blackout_setting , + port_control_blackout_setting, + same_port_control_discovery_blackout + use_discovery_basic_polling_settings: Use flag for: + discovery_basic_poll_settings + use_enable_discovery: Use flag for: discovery_member , + enable_discovery + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_subscribe_settings: Use flag for: subscribe_settings """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6range' _fields = ['address_type', 'cloud_info', 'comment', 'disable', @@ -9126,16 +9656,18 @@ class IPRangeV6(IPRange): 'discovery_blackout_setting', 'discovery_member', 'enable_discovery', 'enable_immediate_discovery', 'end_addr', 'endpoint_sources', 'exclude', 'extattrs', 'ipv6_end_prefix', - 'ipv6_prefix_bits', 'ipv6_start_prefix', 'member', 'name', - 'network', 'network_view', 'port_control_blackout_setting', + 'ipv6_prefix_bits', 'ipv6_start_prefix', 'logic_filter_rules', + 'member', 'name', 'network', 'network_view', + 'option_filter_rules', 'port_control_blackout_setting', 'recycle_leases', 'restart_if_needed', 'same_port_control_discovery_blackout', 'server_association_type', 'start_addr', 'subscribe_settings', 'template', 'use_blackout_setting', 'use_discovery_basic_polling_settings', 'use_enable_discovery', - 'use_recycle_leases', 'use_subscribe_settings'] - _search_for_update_fields = ['end_addr', 'network', - 'network_view', 'start_addr'] + 'use_logic_filter_rules', 'use_recycle_leases', + 'use_subscribe_settings'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['end_addr', 'network', 'network_view', + 'start_addr'] _updateable_search_fields = ['address_type', 'comment', 'end_addr', 'ipv6_end_prefix', 'ipv6_prefix_bits', 'ipv6_start_prefix', 'member', 'name', @@ -9154,6 +9686,8 @@ class IPRangeV6(IPRange): _custom_field_processing = { 'exclude': Exclusionrange.from_dict, + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, + 'option_filter_rules': Filterrule.from_dict, } def next_available_ip(self, *args, **kwargs): @@ -9180,165 +9714,170 @@ class RangeTemplateV4(RangeTemplate): the range template properties are the same as the range object properties. - Fields: - bootfile: The bootfile name for the range. You can configure the - DHCP server to support clients that use the boot file name - option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. - bootserver: The bootserver address for the range. You can specify - the name and/or IP address of the boot server that the host - needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN - format. - cloud_api_compatible: This flag controls whether this template can - be used to create network objects in a cloud-computing - deployment. - comment: A descriptive comment of a range template object. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this range. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - delegated_member: The vconnector member that the object should be - delegated to when created from this range template. - deny_all_clients: If True, send NAK forcing the client to take the - new address. - deny_bootp: Determines if BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP - threshold alarm e-mail messages. - enable_ddns: Determines if the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to DNS - servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are enabled - for the range. - enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are - sent through email. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are sent - through SNMP. - exclude: These are ranges of IP addresses that the appliance does - not use to assign to clients. You can use these exclusion - addresses as static IP addresses. They contain the start and end - addresses of the exclusion range, and optionally, information - about this exclusion range. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - failover_association: The name of the failover association: the - server in this failover association will serve the IPv4 range in - case the main server is out of service. - fingerprint_filter_rules: This field contains the fingerprint - filters for this DHCP range.The appliance uses matching rules in - these filters to select the address range from which it assigns - a lease. - high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP range usage threshold above - which range usage is not expected and may warrant your - attention. When the high watermark is reached, the Infoblox - appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if - enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated - addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP range usage below - which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that - specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range is - from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be lower than - the high watermark value. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - known_clients: Permission for known clients. If set to 'Deny' known - clients will be denied IP addresses.Known clients include - roaming hosts and clients with fixed addresses or DHCP host - entries. Unknown clients include clients that are not roaming - hosts and clients that do not have fixed addresses or DHCP host - entries. - lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of time - (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in the - database before they are automatically deleted. To disable lease - scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The minimum positive value - must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 day). - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on this range.This list corresponds to the match rules - that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP range usage below which the - Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends a - warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of - allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP range usage threshold - below which range usage is not expected and may warrant your - attention. When the low watermark is crossed, the Infoblox - appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if - enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated - addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. The low watermark reset - value must be higher than the low watermark value. - mac_filter_rules: This field contains the MAC filters to be applied - to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules of these - filters to select the address range from which it assigns a - lease. - member: The member that will provide service for this range. - ms_options: The Microsoft DHCP options for this range. - ms_server: The Microsoft server that will provide service for this - range. - nac_filter_rules: This field contains the NAC filters to be applied - to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules of these - filters to select the address range from which it assigns a - lease. - name: The name of a range template object. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address format of the next - server that the host needs to boot. - number_of_addresses: The number of addresses for this range. - offset: The start address offset for this range. - option_filter_rules: This field contains the Option filters to be - applied to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules of - these filters to select the address range from which it assigns - a lease. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value for a range object. Some - hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to boot remotely - from a server. To better manage your IP resources, set a - different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can configure - the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a shorter lease - time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP addresses are - not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. Otherwise, the - leases are permanently deleted. - relay_agent_filter_rules: This field contains the Relay Agent - filters to be applied to this range.The appliance uses the - matching rules of these filters to select the address range from - which it assigns a lease. - server_association_type: The type of server that is going to serve - the range. - unknown_clients: Permission for unknown clients. If set to 'Deny' - unknown clients will be denied IP addresses.Known clients - include roaming hosts and clients with fixed addresses or DHCP - host entries. Unknown clients include clients that are not - roaming hosts and clients that do not have fixed addresses or - DHCP host entries. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_known_clients: Use flag for: known_clients - use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_ms_options: Use flag for: ms_options - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_unknown_clients: Use flag for: unknown_clients - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal + Attributes: + bootfile: The bootfile name for the range. You can configure the + DHCP server to support clients that use the boot file name + option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. + bootserver: The bootserver address for the range. You can + specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that + the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name + in FQDN format. + cloud_api_compatible: This flag controls whether this template + can be used to create network objects in a cloud-computing + deployment. + comment: A descriptive comment of a range template object. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this range. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + delegated_member: The vconnector member that the object should + be delegated to when created from this range template. + deny_all_clients: If True, send NAK forcing the client to take + the new address. + deny_bootp: Determines if BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP + requests will be denied. + email_list: The e-mail lists to which the appliance sends DHCP + threshold alarm e-mail messages. + enable_ddns: Determines if the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to + DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. + enable_dhcp_thresholds: Determines if DHCP thresholds are + enabled for the range. + enable_email_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + sent through email. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if DHCP threshold warnings are + sent through SNMP. + exclude: These are ranges of IP addresses that the appliance + does not use to assign to clients. You can use these + exclusion addresses as static IP addresses. They contain the + start and end addresses of the exclusion range, and + optionally, information about this exclusion range. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + failover_association: The name of the failover association: the + server in this failover association will serve the IPv4 + range in case the main server is out of service. + fingerprint_filter_rules: This field contains the fingerprint + filters for this DHCP range.The appliance uses matching + rules in these filters to select the address range from + which it assigns a lease. + high_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP range usage threshold + above which range usage is not expected and may warrant your + attention. When the high watermark is reached, the Infoblox + appliance generates a syslog message and sends a warning (if + enabled).A number that specifies the percentage of allocated + addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. + high_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP range usage below + which the corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that + specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range + is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be + lower than the high watermark value. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + known_clients: Permission for known clients. If set to 'Deny' + known clients will be denied IP addresses.Known clients + include roaming hosts and clients with fixed addresses or + DHCP host entries. Unknown clients include clients that are + not roaming hosts and clients that do not have fixed + addresses or DHCP host entries. + lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of + time (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in + the database before they are automatically deleted. To + disable lease scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The + minimum positive value must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 + day). + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on this range.This list corresponds to the match + rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. + low_water_mark: The percentage of DHCP range usage below which + the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends + a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. + low_water_mark_reset: The percentage of DHCP range usage + threshold below which range usage is not expected and may + warrant your attention. When the low watermark is crossed, + the Infoblox appliance generates a syslog message and sends + a warning (if enabled).A number that specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. The low watermark reset value must be higher than the + low watermark value. + mac_filter_rules: This field contains the MAC filters to be + applied to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules + of these filters to select the address range from which it + assigns a lease. + member: The member that will provide service for this range. + ms_options: The Microsoft DHCP options for this range. + ms_server: The Microsoft server that will provide service for + this range. + nac_filter_rules: This field contains the NAC filters to be + applied to this range.The appliance uses the matching rules + of these filters to select the address range from which it + assigns a lease. + name: The name of a range template object. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address format of the + next server that the host needs to boot. + number_of_addresses: The number of addresses for this range. + offset: The start address offset for this range. + option_filter_rules: This field contains the Option filters to + be applied to this range.The appliance uses the matching + rules of these filters to select the address range from + which it assigns a lease. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value for a range object. + Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to boot + remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, + set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can + configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a + shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so + IP addresses are not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the update is cached. Zero indicates that the + update is not cached. + recycle_leases: If the field is set to True, the leases are kept + in the Recycle Bin until one week after expiration. + Otherwise, the leases are permanently deleted. + relay_agent_filter_rules: This field contains the Relay Agent + filters to be applied to this range.The appliance uses the + matching rules of these filters to select the address range + from which it assigns a lease. + server_association_type: The type of server that is going to + serve the range. + unknown_clients: Permission for unknown clients. If set to + 'Deny' unknown clients will be denied IP addresses.Known + clients include roaming hosts and clients with fixed + addresses or DHCP host entries. Unknown clients include + clients that are not roaming hosts and clients that do not + have fixed addresses or DHCP host entries. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_known_clients: Use flag for: known_clients + use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_ms_options: Use flag for: ms_options + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_unknown_clients: Use flag for: unknown_clients + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal """ _infoblox_type = 'rangetemplate' _fields = ['bootfile', 'bootserver', 'cloud_api_compatible', 'comment', @@ -9399,41 +9938,52 @@ class RangeTemplateV6(RangeTemplate): IPv6 range template will inherit the properties defined in this template. - Fields: - cloud_api_compatible: Determines whether the IPv6 DHCP range - template can be used to create network objects in a cloud- - computing deployment. - comment: The IPv6 DHCP range template descriptive comment. - delegated_member: The vConnector member that the object should be - delegated to when created from the IPv6 DHCP range template. I - assume that vConnector refers to VMware vConnector. - exclude: These are ranges of IPv6 addresses that the appliance does - not use to assign to clients. You can use these excluded - addresses as static IPv6 addresses. They contain the start and - end addresses of the excluded range, and optionally, information - about this excluded range. - member: The member that will provide service for the IPv6 DHCP - range.Set server_association_type to 'MEMBER' if you want the - server specified here to serve the range. For searching by this - field, use an HTTP method that contains a body (POST or PUT) - with MS DHCP server structure and the request should have option - _method=GET. - name: Name of the IPv6 DHCP range template. - number_of_addresses: The number of addresses for the IPv6 DHCP - range. - offset: The start address offset for the IPv6 DHCP range. - recycle_leases: Determines whether the leases are kept in Recycle - Bin until one week after expiry. If this is set to False, the - leases are permanently deleted. - server_association_type: The type of server that is going to serve - the IPv6 DHCP range. - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + Attributes: + cloud_api_compatible: Determines whether the IPv6 DHCP range + template can be used to create network objects in a cloud- + computing deployment. + comment: The IPv6 DHCP range template descriptive comment. + delegated_member: The vConnector member that the object should + be delegated to when created from the IPv6 DHCP range + template. I assume that vConnector refers to VMware + vConnector. + exclude: These are ranges of IPv6 addresses that the appliance + does not use to assign to clients. You can use these + excluded addresses as static IPv6 addresses. They contain + the start and end addresses of the excluded range, and + optionally, information about this excluded range. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on this IPv6 range.This list corresponds to the + match rules that are written to the DHCPv6 configuration + file. + member: The member that will provide service for the IPv6 DHCP + range.Set server_association_type to 'MEMBER' if you want + the server specified here to serve the range. For searching + by this field, use an HTTP method that contains a body (POST + or PUT) with MS DHCP server structure and the request should + have option _method=GET. + name: Name of the IPv6 DHCP range template. + number_of_addresses: The number of addresses for the IPv6 DHCP + range. + offset: The start address offset for the IPv6 DHCP range. + option_filter_rules: This field contains the Option filters to + be applied to this IPv6 range. The appliance uses the + matching rules of these filters to select the address range + from which it assigns a lease. + recycle_leases: Determines whether the leases are kept in + Recycle Bin until one week after expiry. If this is set to + False, the leases are permanently deleted. + server_association_type: The type of server that is going to + serve the IPv6 DHCP range. + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6rangetemplate' _fields = ['cloud_api_compatible', 'comment', 'delegated_member', - 'exclude', 'member', 'name', 'number_of_addresses', 'offset', + 'exclude', 'logic_filter_rules', 'member', 'name', + 'number_of_addresses', 'offset', 'option_filter_rules', 'recycle_leases', 'server_association_type', - 'use_recycle_leases'] + 'use_logic_filter_rules', 'use_recycle_leases'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'member', 'name', 'server_association_type'] @@ -9446,6 +9996,8 @@ class RangeTemplateV6(RangeTemplate): _custom_field_processing = { 'exclude': Exclusionrangetemplate.from_dict, + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, + 'option_filter_rules': Filterrule.from_dict, } @@ -9471,127 +10023,135 @@ class SharedNetworkV4(SharedNetwork): to client requests from any subnet (that resides on the same network interface) in the shared network. - Fields: - authority: Authority for the shared network. - bootfile: The bootfile name for the shared network. You can - configure the DHCP server to support clients that use the boot - file name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. - bootserver: The bootserver address for the shared network. You can - specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that the - host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN - format. - comment: Comment for the shared network, maximum 256 characters. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether only the - DHCP server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP - clients requests. Note that changes for this field take effect - only if ddns_use_option81 is True. - ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a shared - network object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - ddns_update_fixed_addresses: By default, the DHCP server does not - update DNS when it allocates a fixed address to a client. You - can configure the DHCP server to update the A and PTR records of - a client with a fixed address. When this feature is enabled and - the DHCP server adds A and PTR records for a fixed address, the - DHCP server never discards the records. - ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the shared - network level. - deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization of - the networks belonging to the shared network multiplied by 1000. - This is the percentage of the total number of available IP - addresses from all the networks belonging to the shared network - versus the total number of all IP addresses in all of the - networks in the shared network. - dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization level - of the shared network. - disable: Determines whether a shared network is disabled or not. - When this is set to False, the shared network is enabled. - dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the shared - network. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a shared network - object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to - DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ignore_client_identifier: If set to true, the client identifier will - be ignored. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP client - IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", "CLIENT", or - "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". - ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will - ignore. - lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of time - (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in the - database before they are automatically deleted. To disable lease - scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The minimum positive value - must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 day). - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on the this shared network.This list corresponds to the - match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: The name of the IPv6 Shared Network. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this shared - network resides. - networks: A list of networks belonging to the shared networkEach - individual list item must be specified as an object containing a - '_ref' parameter to a network reference, for example:if the - reference of the wanted network is not known, it is possible to - specify search parameters for the network instead in the - following way:note that in this case the search must match - exactly one network for the assignment to be successful. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next server - that the host needs to boot. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a shared network object. - Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to boot - remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, set - a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can configure - the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a shorter lease - time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP addresses are - not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in the - shared network. - total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in the - shared network. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_authority: Use flag for: authority - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: - ddns_update_fixed_addresses - use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_ignore_client_identifier: Use flag for: ignore_client_identifier - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id - use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal + Attributes: + authority: Authority for the shared network. + bootfile: The bootfile name for the shared network. You can + configure the DHCP server to support clients that use the + boot file name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. + bootserver: The bootserver address for the shared network. You + can specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server + that the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or + name in FQDN format. + comment: Comment for the shared network, maximum 256 characters. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether only the + DHCP server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + clients requests. Note that changes for this field take + effect only if ddns_use_option81 is True. + ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of a shared + network object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that + represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is + cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. + ddns_update_fixed_addresses: By default, the DHCP server does + not update DNS when it allocates a fixed address to a + client. You can configure the DHCP server to update the A + and PTR records of a client with a fixed address. When this + feature is enabled and the DHCP server adds A and PTR + records for a fixed address, the DHCP server never discards + the records. + ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the shared + network level. + deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and + BOOTP requests will be denied. + dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization + of the networks belonging to the shared network multiplied + by 1000. This is the percentage of the total number of + available IP addresses from all the networks belonging to + the shared network versus the total number of all IP + addresses in all of the networks in the shared network. + dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization + level of the shared network. + disable: Determines whether a shared network is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the shared network is enabled. + dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the + shared network. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of a shared network + object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates + to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ignore_client_identifier: If set to true, the client identifier + will be ignored. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP + client IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", + "CLIENT", or "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". + ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will + ignore. + lease_scavenge_time: An integer that specifies the period of + time (in seconds) that frees and backs up leases remained in + the database before they are automatically deleted. To + disable lease scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The + minimum positive value must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 + day). + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this shared network.This list corresponds to + the match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration + file. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: The name of the IPv6 Shared Network. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this shared + network resides. + networks: A list of networks belonging to the shared networkEach + individual list item must be specified as an object + containing a '_ref' parameter to a network reference, for + example:if the reference of the wanted network is not known, + it is possible to specify search parameters for the network + instead in the following way:note that in this case the + search must match exactly one network for the assignment to + be successful. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address of the next + server that the host needs to boot. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value of a shared network + object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) + to boot remotely from a server. To better manage your IP + resources, set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. + You can configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address + with a shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot + requests, so IP addresses are not leased longer than + necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the + duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero + indicates that the update is not cached. + static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in + the shared network. + total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in + the shared network. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_authority: Use flag for: authority + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: + ddns_update_fixed_addresses + use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_ignore_client_identifier: Use flag for: + ignore_client_identifier + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id + use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal """ _infoblox_type = 'sharednetwork' _fields = ['authority', 'bootfile', 'bootserver', 'comment', @@ -9641,79 +10201,91 @@ class SharedNetworkV6(SharedNetwork): to client requests from any subnet (that resides on the same network interface) in the shared network. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the IPv6 shared network, maximum 256 - characters. - ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses - specifically for DDNS updates for this network. - ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP - server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the - DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. - ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether only the - DHCP server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP - clients requests. Note that changes for this field take effect - only if ddns_use_option81 is True. - ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of an IPv6 shared - network object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the IPv6 shared - network level. - disable: Determines whether an IPv6 shared network is disabled or - not. When this is set to False, the IPv6 shared network is - enabled. - domain_name: Use this method to set or retrieve the domain_name - value of a DHCP IPv6 Shared Network object. - domain_name_servers: Use this method to set or retrieve the dynamic - DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 Shared Network object. The DHCP - server can send DDNS updates to DNS servers in the same Grid and - to external DNS servers. This setting overrides the member level - settings. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of an IPv6 shared network - object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to - DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name of the IPv6 Shared Network. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this IPv6 shared - network resides. - networks: A list of IPv6 networks belonging to the shared - networkEach individual list item must be specified as an object - containing a '_ref' parameter to a network reference, for - example:if the reference of the wanted network is not known, it - is possible to specify search parameters for the network instead - in the following way:note that in this case the search must - match exactly one network for the assignment to be successful. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the preferred - lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Shared Network object. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the DHCP - server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 - use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name - use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid - lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Shared Network object. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the IPv6 shared network, maximum 256 + characters. + ddns_domainname: The dynamic DNS domain name the appliance uses + specifically for DDNS updates for this network. + ddns_generate_hostname: If this field is set to True, the DHCP + server generates a hostname and updates DNS with it when the + DHCP client request does not contain a hostname. + ddns_server_always_updates: This field controls whether only the + DHCP server is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the DHCP + clients requests. Note that changes for this field take + effect only if ddns_use_option81 is True. + ddns_ttl: The DNS update Time to Live (TTL) value of an IPv6 + shared network object.The TTL is a 32-bit unsigned integer + that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the + update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not + cached. + ddns_use_option81: The support for DHCP Option 81 at the IPv6 + shared network level. + disable: Determines whether an IPv6 shared network is disabled + or not. When this is set to False, the IPv6 shared network + is enabled. + domain_name: Use this method to set or retrieve the domain_name + value of a DHCP IPv6 Shared Network object. + domain_name_servers: Use this method to set or retrieve the + dynamic DNS updates flag of a DHCP IPv6 Shared Network + object. The DHCP server can send DDNS updates to DNS servers + in the same Grid and to external DNS servers. This setting + overrides the member level settings. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of an IPv6 shared + network object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS + updates to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this IPv6 shared network.This list + corresponds to the match rules that are written to the + DHCPv6 configuration file. + name: The name of the IPv6 Shared Network. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this IPv6 + shared network resides. + networks: A list of IPv6 networks belonging to the shared + networkEach individual list item must be specified as an + object containing a '_ref' parameter to a network reference, + for example:if the reference of the wanted network is not + known, it is possible to specify search parameters for the + network instead in the following way:note that in this case + the search must match exactly one network for the assignment + to be successful. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the + preferred lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Shared Network + object. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: This field controls whether the + DHCP server updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 + use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name + use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid + lifetime value of a DHCP IPv6 Shared Network object. """ _infoblox_type = 'ipv6sharednetwork' _fields = ['comment', 'ddns_domainname', 'ddns_generate_hostname', 'ddns_server_always_updates', 'ddns_ttl', 'ddns_use_option81', 'disable', 'domain_name', 'domain_name_servers', 'enable_ddns', - 'extattrs', 'name', 'network_view', 'networks', 'options', - 'preferred_lifetime', 'update_dns_on_lease_renewal', - 'use_ddns_domainname', 'use_ddns_generate_hostname', - 'use_ddns_ttl', 'use_ddns_use_option81', 'use_domain_name', - 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_enable_ddns', 'use_options', + 'extattrs', 'logic_filter_rules', 'name', 'network_view', + 'networks', 'options', 'preferred_lifetime', + 'update_dns_on_lease_renewal', 'use_ddns_domainname', + 'use_ddns_generate_hostname', 'use_ddns_ttl', + 'use_ddns_use_option81', 'use_domain_name', + 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_enable_ddns', + 'use_logic_filter_rules', 'use_options', 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal', 'use_valid_lifetime', 'valid_lifetime'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name', 'network_view'] @@ -9726,6 +10298,7 @@ class SharedNetworkV6(SharedNetwork): _ip_version = 6 _custom_field_processing = { + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, 'options': DhcpOption.from_dict, } @@ -9748,17 +10321,18 @@ class Kerberoskey(InfobloxObject): The Kerberos key object represents the GSS-TSIG key used to authenticate clients for GSS-TSIG signed DDNS updates. - Fields: - domain: The Kerberos domain name. - enctype: The Kerberos key encryption type. - in_use: Determines whether the Kerberos key is assigned to the Grid - or Grid member. - members: The list of hostnames and services of Grid members where - the key is assigned or Grid/DHCP4 or Grid/DHCP6 or Grid/DNS. - principal: The principal of the Kerberos key object. - upload_timestamp: The timestamp of the Kerberos key upload - operation. - version: The Kerberos key version number (KVNO). + Attributes: + domain: The Kerberos domain name. + enctype: The Kerberos key encryption type. + in_use: Determines whether the Kerberos key is assigned to the + Grid or Grid member. + members: The list of hostnames and services of Grid members + where the key is assigned or Grid/DHCP4 or Grid/DHCP6 or + Grid/DNS. + principal: The principal of the Kerberos key object. + upload_timestamp: The timestamp of the Kerberos key upload + operation. + version: The Kerberos key version number (KVNO). """ _infoblox_type = 'kerberoskey' _fields = ['domain', 'enctype', 'in_use', 'members', 'principal', @@ -9783,23 +10357,26 @@ class LdapAuthService(InfobloxObject): against LDAP. This object is used to configure the LDAP authentication service. - Fields: - comment: The LDAP descriptive comment. - disable: Determines if the LDAP authentication service is disabled. - ea_mapping: The mapping LDAP fields to extensible attributes. - ldap_group_attribute: The name of the LDAP attribute that defines - group membership. - ldap_group_authentication_type: The LDAP group authentication type. - ldap_user_attribute: The LDAP userid attribute that is used for - search. - mode: The LDAP authentication mode. - name: The LDAP authentication service name. - recovery_interval: The period of time in seconds to wait before - trying to contact a LDAP server that has been marked as 'DOWN'. - retries: The maximum number of LDAP authentication attempts. - search_scope: The starting point of the LDAP search. - servers: The list of LDAP servers used for authentication. - timeout: The LDAP authentication timeout in seconds. + Attributes: + comment: The LDAP descriptive comment. + disable: Determines if the LDAP authentication service is + disabled. + ea_mapping: The mapping LDAP fields to extensible attributes. + ldap_group_attribute: The name of the LDAP attribute that + defines group membership. + ldap_group_authentication_type: The LDAP group authentication + type. + ldap_user_attribute: The LDAP userid attribute that is used for + search. + mode: The LDAP authentication mode. + name: The LDAP authentication service name. + recovery_interval: The period of time in seconds to wait before + trying to contact a LDAP server that has been marked as + 'DOWN'. + retries: The maximum number of LDAP authentication attempts. + search_scope: The starting point of the LDAP search. + servers: The list of LDAP servers used for authentication. + timeout: The LDAP authentication timeout in seconds. """ _infoblox_type = 'ldap_auth_service' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'ea_mapping', 'ldap_group_attribute', @@ -9839,115 +10416,118 @@ class DHCPLease(InfobloxObject): Note that deleting a lease object only clears the lease, it does not remove the actual object. - Fields: - address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the lease. - billing_class: The billing_class value of a DHCP Lease object. This - field specifies the class to which this lease is currently - billed. This field is for IPv4 leases only. - binding_state: The binding state for the current lease. Following - are some of the values this field can be set to: - client_hostname: The client_hostname of a DHCP Lease object. This - field specifies the host name that the DHCP client sends to the - Infoblox appliance using DHCP option 12. - cltt: The CLTT (Client Last Transaction Time) value of a DHCP Lease - object. This field specifies the time of the last transaction - with the DHCP client for this lease. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this lease. - ends: The end time value of a DHCP Lease object. This field - specifies the time when a lease ended. - fingerprint: DHCP fingerprint for the lease. - hardware: The hardware type of a DHCP Lease object. This field - specifies the MAC address of the network interface on which the - lease will be used. This field is for IPv4 leases only. - ipv6_duid: The DUID value for this lease. This field is only - applicable for IPv6 leases. - ipv6_iaid: The interface ID of an IPv6 address that the Infoblox - appliance leased to the DHCP client. This field is for IPv6 - leases only. - ipv6_preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value of an IPv6 - address that the Infoblox appliance leased to the DHCP client. - This field is for IPv6 leases only. - ipv6_prefix_bits: Prefix bits for this lease. This field is for IPv6 - leases only. - is_invalid_mac: This flag reflects whether the MAC address for this - lease is invalid. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - network: The network, in "network/netmask" format, with which this - lease is associated. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this lease - resides. - never_ends: If this field is set to True, the lease does not have an - end time. - never_starts: If this field is set to True, the lease does not have - a start time. - next_binding_state: The subsequent binding state when the current - lease expires. This field is for IPv4 leases only. Following are - some of the values this field can be set to: - on_commit: The list of commands to be executed when the lease is - granted. - on_expiry: The list of commands to be executed when the lease - expires. - on_release: The list of commands to be executed when the lease is - released. - option: The option value of a DHCP Lease object. This field - specifies the agent circuit ID and remote ID sent by a DHCP - relay agent in DHCP option 82. This field is for IPv4 leases - only. - protocol: This field determines whether the lease is an IPv4 or IPv6 - address. - remote_id: This field represents the "Remote ID" sub-option of DHCP - option 82.Remote ID can be in ASCII form (e.g. "abcd") or in - colon-separated HEX form (e.g. 1:2:ab:cd). HEX representation is - used only when the sub-option value contains unprintable - characters. If a remote ID sub-option value is in ASCII form, it - is always enclosed in quotes to prevent ambiguous values (e.g. - "10:20" - ASCII 5-byte string; 10:20 - HEX 2-byte value).NIOS - does not support the convertion between HEX and ASCII formats. - Searches are performed using the exact same format and value as - the sub-option is represented.Query examples assume the - following leases are stored in the database:Expected results: - served_by: The IP address of the server that sends an active lease - to a client. - server_host_name: The host name of the Grid member or Microsoft DHCP - server that issues the lease. - starts: The start time of a DHCP Lease object. This field specifies - the time when the lease starts. - tsfp: The TSFP (Time Sent From Partner) value of a DHCP Lease - object. This field specifies the time that the current lease - state ends, from the point of view of a remote DHCP failover - peer. This field is for IPv4 leases only. - tstp: The TSTP (Time Sent To Partner) value of a DHCP Lease object. - This field specifies the time that the current lease state ends, - from the point of view of a local DHCP failover peer. This field - is for IPv4 leases only. - uid: The UID (User ID) value of a DHCP Lease object. This field - specifies the client identifier that the DHCP client sends the - Infoblox appliance (in DHCP option 61) when it acquires the - lease. Not all DHCP clients send a UID. This field is for IPv4 - leases only. - username: The user name that the server has associated with a DHCP - Lease object. - variable: The variable value of a DHCP Lease object. This field - keeps all variables related to the DDNS update of the DHCP - lease. The variables related to the DDNS updates of the DHCP - lease. The variables can be one of the following:ddns-text: The - ddns-text variable is used to record the value of the client's - TXT identification record when the interim DDNS update style has - been used to update the DNS service for a particular lease.ddns- - fwd-name: When a DDNS update was successfully completed, the - ddns-fwd-name variable records the value of the name used when - the client's A record was updated. The server may have used this - name when it updated the client's PTR record.ddns-client-fqdn: - If the server is configured to use the interim DDNS update style - and is also configured to allow clients to update their own - FQDNs, the ddns-client-fqdn variable records the name that the - client used when it updated its own FQDN. This is also the name - that the server used to update the client's PTR record.ddns-rev- - name: If the server successfully updates the client's PTR - record, this variable will record the name that the DHCP server - used for the PTR record. The name to which the PTR record points - will be either the ddns-fwd-name or the ddns-client-fqdn. + Attributes: + address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the lease. + billing_class: The billing_class value of a DHCP Lease object. + This field specifies the class to which this lease is + currently billed. This field is for IPv4 leases only. + binding_state: The binding state for the current lease. + Following are some of the values this field can be set to: + client_hostname: The client_hostname of a DHCP Lease object. + This field specifies the host name that the DHCP client + sends to the Infoblox appliance using DHCP option 12. + cltt: The CLTT (Client Last Transaction Time) value of a DHCP + Lease object. This field specifies the time of the last + transaction with the DHCP client for this lease. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this lease. + ends: The end time value of a DHCP Lease object. This field + specifies the time when a lease ended. + fingerprint: DHCP fingerprint for the lease. + hardware: The hardware type of a DHCP Lease object. This field + specifies the MAC address of the network interface on which + the lease will be used. This field is for IPv4 leases only. + ipv6_duid: The DUID value for this lease. This field is only + applicable for IPv6 leases. + ipv6_iaid: The interface ID of an IPv6 address that the Infoblox + appliance leased to the DHCP client. This field is for IPv6 + leases only. + ipv6_preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value of an IPv6 + address that the Infoblox appliance leased to the DHCP + client. This field is for IPv6 leases only. + ipv6_prefix_bits: Prefix bits for this lease. This field is for + IPv6 leases only. + is_invalid_mac: This flag reflects whether the MAC address for + this lease is invalid. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + network: The network, in "network/netmask" format, with which + this lease is associated. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this lease + resides. + never_ends: If this field is set to True, the lease does not + have an end time. + never_starts: If this field is set to True, the lease does not + have a start time. + next_binding_state: The subsequent binding state when the + current lease expires. This field is for IPv4 leases only. + Following are some of the values this field can be set to: + on_commit: The list of commands to be executed when the lease is + granted. + on_expiry: The list of commands to be executed when the lease + expires. + on_release: The list of commands to be executed when the lease + is released. + option: The option value of a DHCP Lease object. This field + specifies the agent circuit ID and remote ID sent by a DHCP + relay agent in DHCP option 82. This field is for IPv4 leases + only. + protocol: This field determines whether the lease is an IPv4 or + IPv6 address. + remote_id: This field represents the "Remote ID" sub-option of + DHCP option 82.Remote ID can be in ASCII form (e.g. "abcd") + or in colon-separated HEX form (e.g. 1:2:ab:cd). HEX + representation is used only when the sub-option value + contains unprintable characters. If a remote ID sub-option + value is in ASCII form, it is always enclosed in quotes to + prevent ambiguous values (e.g. "10:20" - ASCII 5-byte + string; 10:20 - HEX 2-byte value).NIOS does not support the + convertion between HEX and ASCII formats. Searches are + performed using the exact same format and value as the sub- + option is represented.Query examples assume the following + leases are stored in the database:Expected results: + served_by: The IP address of the server that sends an active + lease to a client. + server_host_name: The host name of the Grid member or Microsoft + DHCP server that issues the lease. + starts: The start time of a DHCP Lease object. This field + specifies the time when the lease starts. + tsfp: The TSFP (Time Sent From Partner) value of a DHCP Lease + object. This field specifies the time that the current lease + state ends, from the point of view of a remote DHCP failover + peer. This field is for IPv4 leases only. + tstp: The TSTP (Time Sent To Partner) value of a DHCP Lease + object. This field specifies the time that the current lease + state ends, from the point of view of a local DHCP failover + peer. This field is for IPv4 leases only. + uid: The UID (User ID) value of a DHCP Lease object. This field + specifies the client identifier that the DHCP client sends + the Infoblox appliance (in DHCP option 61) when it acquires + the lease. Not all DHCP clients send a UID. This field is + for IPv4 leases only. + username: The user name that the server has associated with a + DHCP Lease object. + variable: The variable value of a DHCP Lease object. This field + keeps all variables related to the DDNS update of the DHCP + lease. The variables related to the DDNS updates of the DHCP + lease. The variables can be one of the following:ddns-text: + The ddns-text variable is used to record the value of the + client's TXT identification record when the interim DDNS + update style has been used to update the DNS service for a + particular lease.ddns-fwd-name: When a DDNS update was + successfully completed, the ddns-fwd-name variable records + the value of the name used when the client's A record was + updated. The server may have used this name when it updated + the client's PTR record.ddns-client-fqdn: If the server is + configured to use the interim DDNS update style and is also + configured to allow clients to update their own FQDNs, the + ddns-client-fqdn variable records the name that the client + used when it updated its own FQDN. This is also the name + that the server used to update the client's PTR record.ddns- + rev-name: If the server successfully updates the client's + PTR record, this variable will record the name that the DHCP + server used for the PTR record. The name to which the PTR + record points will be either the ddns-fwd-name or the ddns- + client-fqdn. """ _infoblox_type = 'lease' _fields = ['address', 'billing_class', 'binding_state', 'client_hostname', @@ -9976,13 +10556,13 @@ class LicenseGridwide(InfobloxObject): This object represents the Grid-wide license. - Fields: - expiration_status: The license expiration status. - expiry_date: The expiration timestamp of the license. - key: The license string. - limit: The license limit value. - limit_context: The license limit context. - type: The license type. + Attributes: + expiration_status: The license expiration status. + expiry_date: The expiration timestamp of the license. + key: The license string. + limit: The license limit value. + limit_context: The license limit context. + type: The license type. """ _infoblox_type = 'license:gridwide' _fields = ['expiration_status', 'expiry_date', 'key', 'limit', @@ -10004,11 +10584,11 @@ class LocaluserAuthservice(InfobloxObject): Note that read by reference is not supported. - Fields: - comment: The local user authentication service comment. - disabled: Flag that indicates whether the local user authentication - service is enabled or not. - name: The name of the local user authentication service. + Attributes: + comment: The local user authentication service comment. + disabled: Flag that indicates whether the local user + authentication service is enabled or not. + name: The name of the local user authentication service. """ _infoblox_type = 'localuser:authservice' _fields = ['comment', 'disabled', 'name'] @@ -10026,32 +10606,34 @@ class Macfilteraddress(InfobloxObject): MAC filter address is part of the MAC filter. - Fields: - authentication_time: The absolute UNIX time (in seconds) since the - address was last authenticated. - comment: Comment for the MAC filter address; maximum 256 characters. - expiration_time: The absolute UNIX time (in seconds) until the - address expires. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - filter: Name of the MAC filter to which this address belongs. - fingerprint: DHCP fingerprint for the address. - guest_custom_field1: Guest custom field 1. - guest_custom_field2: Guest custom field 2. - guest_custom_field3: Guest custom field 3. - guest_custom_field4: Guest custom field 4. - guest_email: Guest e-mail. - guest_first_name: Guest first name. - guest_last_name: Guest last name. - guest_middle_name: Guest middle name. - guest_phone: Guest phone number. - is_registered_user: Determines if the user has been authenticated or - not. - mac: MAC Address. - never_expires: Determines if MAC address expiration is enabled or - disabled. - reserved_for_infoblox: Reserved for future use. - username: Username for authenticated DHCP purposes. + Attributes: + authentication_time: The absolute UNIX time (in seconds) since + the address was last authenticated. + comment: Comment for the MAC filter address; maximum 256 + characters. + expiration_time: The absolute UNIX time (in seconds) until the + address expires. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + filter: Name of the MAC filter to which this address belongs. + fingerprint: DHCP fingerprint for the address. + guest_custom_field1: Guest custom field 1. + guest_custom_field2: Guest custom field 2. + guest_custom_field3: Guest custom field 3. + guest_custom_field4: Guest custom field 4. + guest_email: Guest e-mail. + guest_first_name: Guest first name. + guest_last_name: Guest last name. + guest_middle_name: Guest middle name. + guest_phone: Guest phone number. + is_registered_user: Determines if the user has been + authenticated or not. + mac: MAC Address. + never_expires: Determines if MAC address expiration is enabled + or disabled. + reserved_for_infoblox: Reserved for future use. + username: Username for authenticated DHCP purposes. """ _infoblox_type = 'macfilteraddress' _fields = ['authentication_time', 'comment', 'expiration_time', 'extattrs', @@ -10061,14 +10643,14 @@ class Macfilteraddress(InfobloxObject): 'guest_last_name', 'guest_middle_name', 'guest_phone', 'is_registered_user', 'mac', 'never_expires', 'reserved_for_infoblox', 'username'] - _search_for_update_fields = ['authentication_time', - 'expiration_time', 'filter', - 'guest_custom_field1', 'guest_custom_field2', - 'guest_custom_field3', 'guest_custom_field4', - 'guest_email', 'guest_first_name', - 'guest_last_name', 'guest_middle_name', - 'guest_phone', 'mac', 'never_expires', - 'reserved_for_infoblox', 'username'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['authentication_time', 'expiration_time', + 'filter', 'guest_custom_field1', + 'guest_custom_field2', 'guest_custom_field3', + 'guest_custom_field4', 'guest_email', + 'guest_first_name', 'guest_last_name', + 'guest_middle_name', 'guest_phone', 'mac', + 'never_expires', 'reserved_for_infoblox', + 'username'] _updateable_search_fields = ['authentication_time', 'comment', 'expiration_time', 'filter', 'guest_custom_field1', 'guest_custom_field2', @@ -10104,23 +10686,23 @@ class Mastergrid(InfobloxObject): automatically generated when a Grid successfully joins the Master Grid. - Fields: - address: The domain name or IP address for the Master Grid. - connection_disabled: Determines if the sub-grid is currently - disabled. - connection_timestamp: The timestamp that indicates when the - connection to the Master Grid was established. - detached: The detached flag for the Master Grid. - enable: Determines if the Master Grid is enabled. - joined: The flag shows if the Grid has joined the Master Grid. - last_event: The Master Grid's last event. - last_event_details: The details of the Master Grid's last event. - last_sync_timestamp: The timestamp or the last synchronization - operation with the Master Grid. - port: The Master Grid port to which the Grid connects. - status: The Master Grid's status. - use_mgmt_port: The flag shows if the MGMT port was used to join the - Grid. + Attributes: + address: The domain name or IP address for the Master Grid. + connection_disabled: Determines if the sub-grid is currently + disabled. + connection_timestamp: The timestamp that indicates when the + connection to the Master Grid was established. + detached: The detached flag for the Master Grid. + enable: Determines if the Master Grid is enabled. + joined: The flag shows if the Grid has joined the Master Grid. + last_event: The Master Grid's last event. + last_event_details: The details of the Master Grid's last event. + last_sync_timestamp: The timestamp or the last synchronization + operation with the Master Grid. + port: The Master Grid port to which the Grid connects. + status: The Master Grid's status. + use_mgmt_port: The flag shows if the MGMT port was used to join + the Grid. """ _infoblox_type = 'mastergrid' _fields = ['address', 'connection_disabled', 'connection_timestamp', @@ -10141,153 +10723,165 @@ class Member(InfobloxObject): This object represents the Infoblox Grid Member. - Fields: - active_position: The active server of a Grid member. - additional_ip_list: The additional IP list of a Grid member. This - list contains additional interface information that can be used - at the member level.Note that interface structure(s) with - interface type set to 'MGMT' are not supported. - automated_traffic_capture_setting: Member level settings for - automated traffic capture. - bgp_as: The BGP configuration for anycast for a Grid member. - comment: A descriptive comment of the Grid member. - config_addr_type: Address configuration type. - dns_resolver_setting: DNS resolver setting for member. - dscp: The DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value. - email_setting: The email setting for member. - enable_ha: If set to True, the member has two physical nodes (HA - pair). - enable_lom: Determines if the LOM functionality is enabled or not. - enable_member_redirect: Determines if the member will redirect GUI - connections to the Grid Master or not. - enable_ro_api_access: If set to True and the member object is a Grid - Master Candidate, then read-only API access is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - external_syslog_backup_servers: The list of external syslog backup - servers. - external_syslog_server_enable: Determines if external syslog servers - should be enabled. - host_name: The host name of the Grid member. - ipv6_setting: IPV6 setting for member. - ipv6_static_routes: List of IPv6 static routes. - is_dscp_capable: Determines if a Grid member supports DSCP - (Differentiated Services Code Point). - lan2_enabled: If this is set to "true", the LAN2 port is enabled as - an independent port or as a port for failover purposes. - lan2_port_setting: Settings for the Grid member LAN2 port if - 'lan2_enabled' is set to "true". - lcd_input: Determines if the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) input - buttons on the front panel of the appliance are enabled or not. - lom_network_config: The Network configurations for LOM. - lom_users: The list of LOM users. - master_candidate: Determines if a Grid member is a Grid Master - Candidate or not. This flag enables the Grid member to assume - the role of the Grid Master as a disaster recovery measure. - member_service_communication: Configure communication type for - various services. - mgmt_port_setting: Settings for the member MGMT port. - mmdb_ea_build_time: Extensible attributes Topology database build - time. - mmdb_geoip_build_time: GeoIP Topology database build time. - nat_setting: NAT settings for the member. - node_info: The node information list with detailed status report on - the operations of the Grid Member. - ntp_setting: The member Network Time Protocol (NTP) settings. - ospf_list: The OSPF area configuration (for anycast) list for a Grid - member. - passive_ha_arp_enabled: The ARP protocol setting on the passive node - of an HA pair. If you do not specify a value, the default value - is "false". You can only set this value to "true" if the member - is an HA pair. - platform: Hardware Platform. - pre_provisioning: Pre-provisioning information. - preserve_if_owns_delegation: Set this flag to "true" to prevent the - deletion of the member if any delegated object remains attached - to it. - remote_console_access_enable: If set to True, superuser admins can - access the Infoblox CLI from a remote location using an SSH - (Secure Shell) v2 client. - router_id: Virutal router identifier. Provide this ID if - "ha_enabled" is set to "true". This is a unique VRID number - (from 1 to 255) for the local subnet. - service_status: The service status list of a grid member. - service_type_configuration: Configure all services to the given - type. - snmp_setting: The Grid Member SNMP settings. - static_routes: List of static routes. - support_access_enable: Determines if support access for the Grid - member should be enabled. - support_access_info: The information string for support access. - syslog_proxy_setting: The Grid Member syslog proxy settings. - syslog_servers: The list of external syslog servers. - syslog_size: The maximum size for the syslog file expressed in - megabytes. - threshold_traps: Determines the list of threshold traps. The user - can only change the values for each trap or remove traps. - time_zone: The time zone of the Grid member. The UTC string that - represents the time zone, such as "(UTC - 5:00) Eastern Time (US - and Canada)". - traffic_capture_auth_dns_setting: Grid level settings for enabling - authoritative DNS latency thresholds for automated traffic - capture. - traffic_capture_chr_setting: Member level settings for enabling DNS - cache hit ratio threshold for automated traffic capture. - traffic_capture_qps_setting: Member level settings for enabling DNS - query per second threshold for automated traffic capture. - traffic_capture_rec_dns_setting: Grid level settings for enabling - recursive DNS latency thresholds for automated traffic capture. - traffic_capture_rec_queries_setting: Grid level settings for - enabling count for concurrent outgoing recursive queries for - automated traffic capture. - trap_notifications: Determines configuration of the trap - notifications. - upgrade_group: The name of the upgrade group to which this Grid - member belongs. - use_automated_traffic_capture: This flag is the use flag for - enabling automated traffic capture based on DNS cache ratio - thresholds. - use_dns_resolver_setting: Use flag for: dns_resolver_setting - use_dscp: Use flag for: dscp - use_email_setting: Use flag for: email_setting - use_enable_lom: Use flag for: enable_lom - use_enable_member_redirect: Use flag for: enable_member_redirect - use_external_syslog_backup_servers: Use flag for: - external_syslog_backup_servers - use_lcd_input: Use flag for: lcd_input - use_remote_console_access_enable: Use flag for: - remote_console_access_enable - use_snmp_setting: Use flag for: snmp_setting - use_support_access_enable: Use flag for: support_access_enable - use_syslog_proxy_setting: Use flag for: - external_syslog_server_enable , syslog_servers, - syslog_proxy_setting, syslog_size - use_threshold_traps: Use flag for: threshold_traps - use_time_zone: Use flag for: time_zone - use_traffic_capture_auth_dns: This flag is the use flag for enabling - automated traffic capture based on authorative DNS latency. - use_traffic_capture_chr: This flag is the use flag for automated - traffic capture settings at member level. - use_traffic_capture_qps: This flag is the use flag for enabling - automated traffic capture based on DNS querie per second - thresholds. - use_traffic_capture_rec_dns: This flag is the use flag for enabling - automated traffic capture based on recursive DNS latency. - use_traffic_capture_rec_queries: This flag is the use flag for - enabling automated traffic capture based on outgoing recursive - queries. - use_trap_notifications: Use flag for: trap_notifications - use_v4_vrrp: Specify "true" to use VRRPv4 or "false" to use VRRPv6. - vip_setting: The network settings for the Grid member. - vpn_mtu: The VPN maximum transmission unit (MTU). + Attributes: + active_position: The active server of a Grid member. + additional_ip_list: The additional IP list of a Grid member. + This list contains additional interface information that can + be used at the member level.Note that interface structure(s) + with interface type set to 'MGMT' are not supported. + automated_traffic_capture_setting: Member level settings for + automated traffic capture. + bgp_as: The BGP configuration for anycast for a Grid member. + comment: A descriptive comment of the Grid member. + config_addr_type: Address configuration type. + csp_access_key: CSP portal on-prem host access key + csp_member_setting: csp setting at member level + dns_resolver_setting: DNS resolver setting for member. + dscp: The DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value. + email_setting: The email setting for member. + enable_ha: If set to True, the member has two physical nodes (HA + pair). + enable_lom: Determines if the LOM functionality is enabled or + not. + enable_member_redirect: Determines if the member will redirect + GUI connections to the Grid Master or not. + enable_ro_api_access: If set to True and the member object is a + Grid Master Candidate, then read-only API access is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + external_syslog_backup_servers: The list of external syslog + backup servers. + external_syslog_server_enable: Determines if external syslog + servers should be enabled. + host_name: The host name of the Grid member. + ipv6_setting: IPV6 setting for member. + ipv6_static_routes: List of IPv6 static routes. + is_dscp_capable: Determines if a Grid member supports DSCP + (Differentiated Services Code Point). + lan2_enabled: If this is set to "true", the LAN2 port is enabled + as an independent port or as a port for failover purposes. + lan2_port_setting: Settings for the Grid member LAN2 port if + 'lan2_enabled' is set to "true". + lcd_input: Determines if the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) input + buttons on the front panel of the appliance are enabled or + not. + lom_network_config: The Network configurations for LOM. + lom_users: The list of LOM users. + master_candidate: Determines if a Grid member is a Grid Master + Candidate or not. This flag enables the Grid member to + assume the role of the Grid Master as a disaster recovery + measure. + member_service_communication: Configure communication type for + various services. + mgmt_port_setting: Settings for the member MGMT port. + mmdb_ea_build_time: Extensible attributes Topology database + build time. + mmdb_geoip_build_time: GeoIP Topology database build time. + nat_setting: NAT settings for the member. + node_info: The node information list with detailed status report + on the operations of the Grid Member. + ntp_setting: The member Network Time Protocol (NTP) settings. + ospf_list: The OSPF area configuration (for anycast) list for a + Grid member. + passive_ha_arp_enabled: The ARP protocol setting on the passive + node of an HA pair. If you do not specify a value, the + default value is "false". You can only set this value to + "true" if the member is an HA pair. + platform: Hardware Platform. + pre_provisioning: Pre-provisioning information. + preserve_if_owns_delegation: Set this flag to "true" to prevent + the deletion of the member if any delegated object remains + attached to it. + remote_console_access_enable: If set to True, superuser admins + can access the Infoblox CLI from a remote location using an + SSH (Secure Shell) v2 client. + router_id: Virutal router identifier. Provide this ID if + "ha_enabled" is set to "true". This is a unique VRID number + (from 1 to 255) for the local subnet. + service_status: The service status list of a grid member. + service_type_configuration: Configure all services to the given + type. + snmp_setting: The Grid Member SNMP settings. + static_routes: List of static routes. + support_access_enable: Determines if support access for the Grid + member should be enabled. + support_access_info: The information string for support access. + syslog_proxy_setting: The Grid Member syslog proxy settings. + syslog_servers: The list of external syslog servers. + syslog_size: The maximum size for the syslog file expressed in + megabytes. + threshold_traps: Determines the list of threshold traps. The + user can only change the values for each trap or remove + traps. + time_zone: The time zone of the Grid member. The UTC string that + represents the time zone, such as "(UTC - 5:00) Eastern Time + (US and Canada)". + traffic_capture_auth_dns_setting: Grid level settings for + enabling authoritative DNS latency thresholds for automated + traffic capture. + traffic_capture_chr_setting: Member level settings for enabling + DNS cache hit ratio threshold for automated traffic capture. + traffic_capture_qps_setting: Member level settings for enabling + DNS query per second threshold for automated traffic + capture. + traffic_capture_rec_dns_setting: Grid level settings for + enabling recursive DNS latency thresholds for automated + traffic capture. + traffic_capture_rec_queries_setting: Grid level settings for + enabling count for concurrent outgoing recursive queries for + automated traffic capture. + trap_notifications: Determines configuration of the trap + notifications. + upgrade_group: The name of the upgrade group to which this Grid + member belongs. + use_automated_traffic_capture: This flag is the use flag for + enabling automated traffic capture based on DNS cache ratio + thresholds. + use_dns_resolver_setting: Use flag for: dns_resolver_setting + use_dscp: Use flag for: dscp + use_email_setting: Use flag for: email_setting + use_enable_lom: Use flag for: enable_lom + use_enable_member_redirect: Use flag for: enable_member_redirect + use_external_syslog_backup_servers: Use flag for: + external_syslog_backup_servers + use_lcd_input: Use flag for: lcd_input + use_remote_console_access_enable: Use flag for: + remote_console_access_enable + use_snmp_setting: Use flag for: snmp_setting + use_support_access_enable: Use flag for: support_access_enable + use_syslog_proxy_setting: Use flag for: + external_syslog_server_enable , syslog_servers, + syslog_proxy_setting, syslog_size + use_threshold_traps: Use flag for: threshold_traps + use_time_zone: Use flag for: time_zone + use_traffic_capture_auth_dns: This flag is the use flag for + enabling automated traffic capture based on authorative DNS + latency. + use_traffic_capture_chr: This flag is the use flag for automated + traffic capture settings at member level. + use_traffic_capture_qps: This flag is the use flag for enabling + automated traffic capture based on DNS querie per second + thresholds. + use_traffic_capture_rec_dns: This flag is the use flag for + enabling automated traffic capture based on recursive DNS + latency. + use_traffic_capture_rec_queries: This flag is the use flag for + enabling automated traffic capture based on outgoing + recursive queries. + use_trap_notifications: Use flag for: trap_notifications + use_v4_vrrp: Specify "true" to use VRRPv4 or "false" to use + VRRPv6. + vip_setting: The network settings for the Grid member. + vpn_mtu: The VPN maximum transmission unit (MTU). """ _infoblox_type = 'member' _fields = ['active_position', 'additional_ip_list', 'automated_traffic_capture_setting', 'bgp_as', 'comment', - 'config_addr_type', 'dns_resolver_setting', 'dscp', - 'email_setting', 'enable_ha', 'enable_lom', - 'enable_member_redirect', 'enable_ro_api_access', 'extattrs', - 'external_syslog_backup_servers', + 'config_addr_type', 'csp_access_key', 'csp_member_setting', + 'dns_resolver_setting', 'dscp', 'email_setting', 'enable_ha', + 'enable_lom', 'enable_member_redirect', 'enable_ro_api_access', + 'extattrs', 'external_syslog_backup_servers', 'external_syslog_server_enable', 'host_name', 'ipv6_setting', 'ipv6_static_routes', 'is_dscp_capable', 'lan2_enabled', 'lan2_port_setting', 'lcd_input', 'lom_network_config', @@ -10379,313 +10973,329 @@ class MemberDhcpproperties(InfobloxObject): This object represents a subset of the Infoblox Member DHCP properties. - Fields: - auth_server_group: The Authentication Server Group object associated - with this member. - authn_captive_portal: The captive portal responsible for - authenticating this DHCP member. - authn_captive_portal_authenticated_filter: The MAC filter - representing the authenticated range. - authn_captive_portal_enabled: The flag that controls if this DHCP - member is enabled for captive portal authentication. - authn_captive_portal_guest_filter: The MAC filter representing the - guest range. - authn_server_group_enabled: The flag that controls if this DHCP - member can send authentication requests to an authentication - server group. - authority: The authority flag of a Grid member. This flag specifies - if a DHCP server is authoritative for a domain. - bootfile: The name of a file that DHCP clients need to boot. This - setting overrides the Grid level setting. - bootserver: The name of the server on which a boot file is stored. - This setting overrides the Grid level setting. - ddns_domainname: The member DDNS domain name value. - ddns_generate_hostname: Determines the ability of a member DHCP - server to generate a host name and update DNS with this host - name when it receives a DHCP REQUEST message that does not - include a host name. - ddns_retry_interval: Determines the retry interval when the member - DHCP server makes repeated attempts to send DDNS updates to a - DNS server. - ddns_server_always_updates: Determines that only the DHCP server is - allowed to update DNS, regardless of the requests from the DHCP - clients. This setting overrides the Grid level setting. - ddns_ttl: The DDNS TTL (Dynamic DNS Time To Live) value specifies - the number of seconds an IP address for the name is cached. - ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Determines if the member DHCP server's - ability to update the A and PTR records with a fixed address is - enabled or not. - ddns_use_option81: Determines if support for option 81 is enabled or - not. - ddns_zone_primaries: An ordered list of zone primaries that will - receive DDNS updates. - deny_bootp: Determines if a BOOTP server denies BOOTP request or - not. This setting overrides the Grid level setting. - dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization of - DHCP objects belonging to the Grid Member multiplied by 1000. - This is the percentage of the total number of available IP - addresses from all the DHCP objects belonging to the Grid Member - versus the total number of all IP addresses in all of the DHCP - objects on the Grid Member. - dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization level - of DHCP objects that belong to the Grid Member. - dns_update_style: The update style for dynamic DNS updates. - dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the DHCP - objects on the Grid Member. - email_list: The email_list value of a member DHCP server. - enable_ddns: Determines if the member DHCP server's ability to send - DDNS updates is enabled or not. - enable_dhcp: Determines if the DHCP service of a member is enabled - or not. - enable_dhcp_on_ipv6_lan2: Determines if the DHCP service on the IPv6 - LAN2 interface is enabled or not. - enable_dhcp_on_lan2: Determines if the DHCP service on the LAN2 - interface is enabled or not. - enable_dhcp_thresholds: Represents the watermarks above or below - which address usage in a network is unexpected and might warrant - your attention. This setting overrides the Grid level setting. - enable_dhcpv6_service: Determines if DHCPv6 service for the member - is enabled or not. - enable_email_warnings: Determines if e-mail warnings are enabled or - disabled. When DHCP threshold is enabled and DHCP address usage - crosses a watermark threshold, the appliance sends an e-mail - notification to an administrator. - enable_fingerprint: Determines if fingerprint feature is enabled on - this member. If you enable this feature, the server will match a - fingerprint for incoming lease requests. - enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether the appliance is enabled to - receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DHCP clients. - enable_hostname_rewrite: Determines if the Grid member's host name - rewrite feature is enabled or not. - enable_leasequery: Determines if lease query is allowed or not. This - setting overrides the Grid-level setting. - enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if SNMP warnings are enabled or - disabled on this DHCP member. When DHCP threshold is enabled and - DHCP address usage crosses a watermark threshold, the appliance - sends an SNMP trap to the trap receiver that was defined for the - Grid member level. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a member DHCP object. - high_water_mark: Determines the high watermark value of a member - DHCP server. If the percentage of allocated addresses exceeds - this watermark, the appliance makes a syslog entry and sends an - e-mail notification (if enabled).Specifies the percentage of - allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - high_water_mark_reset: Determines the high watermark reset value of - a member DHCP server. If the percentage of allocated addresses - drops below this value, a corresponding SNMP trap is - reset.Specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. The range - is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value must be lower - than the high watermark value. - host_name: Host name of the Grid member. - hostname_rewrite_policy: The hostname rewrite policy that is in the - protocol hostname rewrite policies array of the Grid DHCP - object. This attribute is mandatory if enable_hostname_rewrite - is "true". - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Determines if the ignore DHCP - option list request flag of a Grid member DHCP is enabled or - not. If this flag is set to true all available DHCP options will - be returned to the client. - ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP client - IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", "CLIENT", or - "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". - ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will - ignore. - immediate_fa_configuration: Determines if the Immediate Fixed - address configuration apply feature for the DHCP member is - enabled or not. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the Grid member. - ipv6_ddns_domainname: The member DDNS IPv6 domain name value. - ipv6_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Controls whether the FQDN option sent - by the DHCPv6 client is to be used, or if the server can - automatically generate the FQDN. - ipv6_ddns_hostname: The member IPv6 DDNS hostname value. - ipv6_ddns_server_always_updates: Determines if the server always - updates DNS or updates only if requested by the client. - ipv6_ddns_ttl: The member IPv6 DDNS TTL value. - ipv6_dns_update_style: The update style for dynamic DHCPv6 DNS - updates. - ipv6_domain_name: The IPv6 domain name. - ipv6_domain_name_servers: The comma separated list of domain name - server addresses in IPv6 address format. - ipv6_enable_ddns: Determines if sending DDNS updates by the member - DHCPv6 server is enabled or not. - ipv6_enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether the appliance is enabled to - receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DHCPv6 clients. - ipv6_enable_lease_scavenging: Indicates whether DHCPv6 lease - scavenging is enabled or disabled. - ipv6_enable_retry_updates: Determines if the DHCPv6 server retries - failed dynamic DNS updates or not. - ipv6_generate_hostname: Determines if the server generates the - hostname if it is not sent by the client. - ipv6_gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a member DHCPv6 - object. - ipv6_kdc_server: Determines the IPv6 address or FQDN of the Kerberos - server for DHCPv6 GSS-TSIG authentication. This setting - overrides the Grid level setting. - ipv6_lease_scavenging_time: The member-level grace period (in - seconds) to keep an expired lease before it is deleted by the - scavenging process. - ipv6_microsoft_code_page: The Microsoft client DHCP IPv6 code page - value of a Grid member. This value is the hostname translation - code page for Microsoft DHCP IPv6 clients and overrides the Grid - level Microsoft DHCP IPv6 client code page. - ipv6_options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCPv6 - options associated with the object. - ipv6_recycle_leases: Determines if the IPv6 recycle leases feature - is enabled or not. If the feature is enabled, leases are kept in - the Recycle Bin until one week after lease expiration. When the - feature is disabled, the leases are irrecoverably deleted. - ipv6_remember_expired_client_association: Enable binding for expired - DHCPv6 leases. - ipv6_retry_updates_interval: Determines the retry interval when the - member DHCPv6 server makes repeated attempts to send DDNS - updates to a DNS server. - ipv6_server_duid: The server DHCPv6 unique identifier (DUID) for the - Grid member. - ipv6_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Controls whether the DHCPv6 server - updates DNS when an IPv6 DHCP lease is renewed. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the Grid member. - kdc_server: The IPv4 address or FQDN of the Kerberos server for - DHCPv4 GSS-TSIG authentication. This setting overrides the Grid - level setting. - lease_per_client_settings: Defines how the appliance releases DHCP - leases. Valid values are "RELEASE_MACHING_ID", "NEVER_RELEASE", - or "ONE_LEASE_PER_CLIENT". The default is "RELEASE_MATCHING_ID". - lease_scavenge_time: Determines the lease scavenging time value. - When this field is set, the appliance permanently deletes the - free and backup leases that remain in the database beyond a - specified period of time.To disable lease scavenging, set the - parameter to -1. The minimum positive value must be greater than - 86400 seconds (1 day). - log_lease_events: This value specifies whether the grid member logs - lease events. This setting overrides the Grid level setting. - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on the Grid member.This list corresponds to the match - rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - low_water_mark: Determines the low watermark value. If the percent - of allocated addresses drops below this watermark, the appliance - makes a syslog entry and sends an e-mail notification (if - enabled). - low_water_mark_reset: Determines the low watermark reset value. If - the percentage of allocated addresses exceeds this value, a - corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that specifies the - percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to 100. - The low watermark reset value must be higher than the low - watermark value. - microsoft_code_page: The Microsoft client DHCP IPv4 code page value - of a grid member. This value is the hostname translation code - page for Microsoft DHCP IPv4 clients and overrides the Grid - level Microsoft DHCP IPv4 client code page. - nextserver: The next server value of a member DHCP server. This - value is the IP address or name of the boot file server on which - the boot file is stored. - option60_match_rules: The list of option 60 match rules. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - ping_count: Specifies the number of pings that the Infoblox - appliance sends to an IP address to verify that it is not in - use. Values are from 0 to 10, where 0 disables pings. - ping_timeout: Indicates the number of milliseconds the appliance - waits for a response to its ping.Valid values are 100, 500, - 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 and 5000 milliseconds. - preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value. - prefix_length_mode: The Prefix length mode for DHCPv6. - pxe_lease_time: Specifies the duration of time it takes a host to - connect to a boot server, such as a TFTP server, and download - the file it needs to boot.A 32-bit unsigned integer that - represents the duration, in seconds, for which the update is - cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - recycle_leases: Determines if the recycle leases feature is enabled - or not. If you enabled this feature and then delete a DHCP - range, the appliance stores active leases from this range up to - one week after the leases expires. - retry_ddns_updates: Indicates whether the DHCP server makes repeated - attempts to send DDNS updates to a DNS server. - static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in DHCP - objects that belong to the Grid Member. - syslog_facility: The syslog facility is the location on the syslog - server to which you want to sort the syslog messages. - total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in DHCP - objects that belong to the Grid Member. - update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Controls whether the DHCP server - updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. - use_authority: Use flag for: authority - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname - use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl - use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: - ddns_update_fixed_addresses - use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_dns_update_style: Use flag for: dns_update_style - use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds , - high_water_mark, high_water_mark_reset, low_water_mark, - low_water_mark_reset - use_enable_fingerprint: Use flag for: enable_fingerprint - use_enable_gss_tsig: Use flag for: kdc_server , enable_gss_tsig - use_enable_hostname_rewrite: Use flag for: enable_hostname_rewrite , - hostname_rewrite_policy - use_enable_leasequery: Use flag for: enable_leasequery - use_enable_one_lease_per_client: Use flag for: - enable_one_lease_per_client - use_gss_tsig_keys: Use flag for: gss_tsig_keys - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id - use_immediate_fa_configuration: Use flag for: - immediate_fa_configuration - use_ipv6_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ipv6_ddns_domainname - use_ipv6_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use flag for: - ipv6_ddns_enable_option_fqdn - use_ipv6_ddns_hostname: Use flag for: ipv6_ddns_hostname - use_ipv6_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ipv6_ddns_ttl - use_ipv6_dns_update_style: Use flag for: ipv6_dns_update_style - use_ipv6_domain_name: Use flag for: ipv6_domain_name - use_ipv6_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: ipv6_domain_name_servers - use_ipv6_enable_ddns: Use flag for: ipv6_enable_ddns - use_ipv6_enable_gss_tsig: Use flag for: ipv6_kdc_server , - ipv6_enable_gss_tsig - use_ipv6_enable_retry_updates: Use flag for: - ipv6_enable_retry_updates , ipv6_retry_updates_interval - use_ipv6_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ipv6_generate_hostname - use_ipv6_gss_tsig_keys: Use flag for: ipv6_gss_tsig_keys - use_ipv6_lease_scavenging: Use flag for: - ipv6_enable_lease_scavenging , ipv6_lease_scavenging_time, - ipv6_remember_expired_client_association - use_ipv6_microsoft_code_page: Use flag for: ipv6_microsoft_code_page - use_ipv6_options: Use flag for: ipv6_options - use_ipv6_recycle_leases: Use flag for: ipv6_recycle_leases - use_ipv6_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - ipv6_update_dns_on_lease_renewal - use_lease_per_client_settings: Use flag for: - lease_per_client_settings - use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time - use_log_lease_events: Use flag for: log_lease_events - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_microsoft_code_page: Use flag for: microsoft_code_page - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_ping_count: Use flag for: ping_count - use_ping_timeout: Use flag for: ping_timeout - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_prefix_length_mode: Use flag for: prefix_length_mode - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases - use_retry_ddns_updates: Use flag for: ddns_retry_interval , - retry_ddns_updates - use_syslog_facility: Use flag for: syslog_facility - use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: - update_dns_on_lease_renewal - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime for Grid Member DHCP. Specifies - the length of time addresses that are assigned to DHCPv6 clients - remain in the valid state. + Attributes: + auth_server_group: The Authentication Server Group object + associated with this member. + authn_captive_portal: The captive portal responsible for + authenticating this DHCP member. + authn_captive_portal_authenticated_filter: The MAC filter + representing the authenticated range. + authn_captive_portal_enabled: The flag that controls if this + DHCP member is enabled for captive portal authentication. + authn_captive_portal_guest_filter: The MAC filter representing + the guest range. + authn_server_group_enabled: The flag that controls if this DHCP + member can send authentication requests to an authentication + server group. + authority: The authority flag of a Grid member. This flag + specifies if a DHCP server is authoritative for a domain. + bootfile: The name of a file that DHCP clients need to boot. + This setting overrides the Grid level setting. + bootserver: The name of the server on which a boot file is + stored. This setting overrides the Grid level setting. + ddns_domainname: The member DDNS domain name value. + ddns_generate_hostname: Determines the ability of a member DHCP + server to generate a host name and update DNS with this host + name when it receives a DHCP REQUEST message that does not + include a host name. + ddns_retry_interval: Determines the retry interval when the + member DHCP server makes repeated attempts to send DDNS + updates to a DNS server. + ddns_server_always_updates: Determines that only the DHCP server + is allowed to update DNS, regardless of the requests from + the DHCP clients. This setting overrides the Grid level + setting. + ddns_ttl: The DDNS TTL (Dynamic DNS Time To Live) value + specifies the number of seconds an IP address for the name + is cached. + ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Determines if the member DHCP + server's ability to update the A and PTR records with a + fixed address is enabled or not. + ddns_use_option81: Determines if support for option 81 is + enabled or not. + ddns_zone_primaries: An ordered list of zone primaries that will + receive DDNS updates. + deny_bootp: Determines if a BOOTP server denies BOOTP request or + not. This setting overrides the Grid level setting. + dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization + of DHCP objects belonging to the Grid Member multiplied by + 1000. This is the percentage of the total number of + available IP addresses from all the DHCP objects belonging + to the Grid Member versus the total number of all IP + addresses in all of the DHCP objects on the Grid Member. + dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization + level of DHCP objects that belong to the Grid Member. + dns_update_style: The update style for dynamic DNS updates. + dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the + DHCP objects on the Grid Member. + email_list: The email_list value of a member DHCP server. + enable_ddns: Determines if the member DHCP server's ability to + send DDNS updates is enabled or not. + enable_dhcp: Determines if the DHCP service of a member is + enabled or not. + enable_dhcp_on_ipv6_lan2: Determines if the DHCP service on the + IPv6 LAN2 interface is enabled or not. + enable_dhcp_on_lan2: Determines if the DHCP service on the LAN2 + interface is enabled or not. + enable_dhcp_thresholds: Represents the watermarks above or below + which address usage in a network is unexpected and might + warrant your attention. This setting overrides the Grid + level setting. + enable_dhcpv6_service: Determines if DHCPv6 service for the + member is enabled or not. + enable_email_warnings: Determines if e-mail warnings are enabled + or disabled. When DHCP threshold is enabled and DHCP address + usage crosses a watermark threshold, the appliance sends an + e-mail notification to an administrator. + enable_fingerprint: Determines if fingerprint feature is enabled + on this member. If you enable this feature, the server will + match a fingerprint for incoming lease requests. + enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether the appliance is enabled to + receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DHCP clients. + enable_hostname_rewrite: Determines if the Grid member's host + name rewrite feature is enabled or not. + enable_leasequery: Determines if lease query is allowed or not. + This setting overrides the Grid-level setting. + enable_snmp_warnings: Determines if SNMP warnings are enabled or + disabled on this DHCP member. When DHCP threshold is enabled + and DHCP address usage crosses a watermark threshold, the + appliance sends an SNMP trap to the trap receiver that was + defined for the Grid member level. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a member DHCP + object. + high_water_mark: Determines the high watermark value of a member + DHCP server. If the percentage of allocated addresses + exceeds this watermark, the appliance makes a syslog entry + and sends an e-mail notification (if enabled).Specifies the + percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 to + 100. + high_water_mark_reset: Determines the high watermark reset value + of a member DHCP server. If the percentage of allocated + addresses drops below this value, a corresponding SNMP trap + is reset.Specifies the percentage of allocated addresses. + The range is from 1 to 100. The high watermark reset value + must be lower than the high watermark value. + host_name: Host name of the Grid member. + hostname_rewrite_policy: The hostname rewrite policy that is in + the protocol hostname rewrite policies array of the Grid + DHCP object. This attribute is mandatory if + enable_hostname_rewrite is "true". + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Determines if the ignore DHCP + option list request flag of a Grid member DHCP is enabled or + not. If this flag is set to true all available DHCP options + will be returned to the client. + ignore_id: Indicates whether the appliance will ignore DHCP + client IDs or MAC addresses. Valid values are "NONE", + "CLIENT", or "MACADDR". The default is "NONE". + ignore_mac_addresses: A list of MAC addresses the appliance will + ignore. + immediate_fa_configuration: Determines if the Immediate Fixed + address configuration apply feature for the DHCP member is + enabled or not. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the Grid member. + ipv6_ddns_domainname: The member DDNS IPv6 domain name value. + ipv6_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Controls whether the FQDN option + sent by the DHCPv6 client is to be used, or if the server + can automatically generate the FQDN. + ipv6_ddns_hostname: The member IPv6 DDNS hostname value. + ipv6_ddns_server_always_updates: Determines if the server always + updates DNS or updates only if requested by the client. + ipv6_ddns_ttl: The member IPv6 DDNS TTL value. + ipv6_dns_update_style: The update style for dynamic DHCPv6 DNS + updates. + ipv6_domain_name: The IPv6 domain name. + ipv6_domain_name_servers: The comma separated list of domain + name server addresses in IPv6 address format. + ipv6_enable_ddns: Determines if sending DDNS updates by the + member DHCPv6 server is enabled or not. + ipv6_enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether the appliance is + enabled to receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from + DHCPv6 clients. + ipv6_enable_lease_scavenging: Indicates whether DHCPv6 lease + scavenging is enabled or disabled. + ipv6_enable_retry_updates: Determines if the DHCPv6 server + retries failed dynamic DNS updates or not. + ipv6_generate_hostname: Determines if the server generates the + hostname if it is not sent by the client. + ipv6_gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a member + DHCPv6 object. + ipv6_kdc_server: Determines the IPv6 address or FQDN of the + Kerberos server for DHCPv6 GSS-TSIG authentication. This + setting overrides the Grid level setting. + ipv6_lease_scavenging_time: The member-level grace period (in + seconds) to keep an expired lease before it is deleted by + the scavenging process. + ipv6_microsoft_code_page: The Microsoft client DHCP IPv6 code + page value of a Grid member. This value is the hostname + translation code page for Microsoft DHCP IPv6 clients and + overrides the Grid level Microsoft DHCP IPv6 client code + page. + ipv6_options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the + DHCPv6 options associated with the object. + ipv6_recycle_leases: Determines if the IPv6 recycle leases + feature is enabled or not. If the feature is enabled, leases + are kept in the Recycle Bin until one week after lease + expiration. When the feature is disabled, the leases are + irrecoverably deleted. + ipv6_remember_expired_client_association: Enable binding for + expired DHCPv6 leases. + ipv6_retry_updates_interval: Determines the retry interval when + the member DHCPv6 server makes repeated attempts to send + DDNS updates to a DNS server. + ipv6_server_duid: The server DHCPv6 unique identifier (DUID) for + the Grid member. + ipv6_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Controls whether the DHCPv6 + server updates DNS when an IPv6 DHCP lease is renewed. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the Grid member. + kdc_server: The IPv4 address or FQDN of the Kerberos server for + DHCPv4 GSS-TSIG authentication. This setting overrides the + Grid level setting. + lease_per_client_settings: Defines how the appliance releases + DHCP leases. Valid values are "RELEASE_MACHING_ID", + "NEVER_RELEASE", or "ONE_LEASE_PER_CLIENT". The default is + "RELEASE_MATCHING_ID". + lease_scavenge_time: Determines the lease scavenging time value. + When this field is set, the appliance permanently deletes + the free and backup leases that remain in the database + beyond a specified period of time.To disable lease + scavenging, set the parameter to -1. The minimum positive + value must be greater than 86400 seconds (1 day). + log_lease_events: This value specifies whether the grid member + logs lease events. This setting overrides the Grid level + setting. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the Grid member.This list corresponds to the + match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration + file. + low_water_mark: Determines the low watermark value. If the + percent of allocated addresses drops below this watermark, + the appliance makes a syslog entry and sends an e-mail + notification (if enabled). + low_water_mark_reset: Determines the low watermark reset value. + If the percentage of allocated addresses exceeds this value, + a corresponding SNMP trap is reset.A number that specifies + the percentage of allocated addresses. The range is from 1 + to 100. The low watermark reset value must be higher than + the low watermark value. + microsoft_code_page: The Microsoft client DHCP IPv4 code page + value of a grid member. This value is the hostname + translation code page for Microsoft DHCP IPv4 clients and + overrides the Grid level Microsoft DHCP IPv4 client code + page. + nextserver: The next server value of a member DHCP server. This + value is the IP address or name of the boot file server on + which the boot file is stored. + option60_match_rules: The list of option 60 match rules. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + ping_count: Specifies the number of pings that the Infoblox + appliance sends to an IP address to verify that it is not in + use. Values are from 0 to 10, where 0 disables pings. + ping_timeout: Indicates the number of milliseconds the appliance + waits for a response to its ping.Valid values are 100, 500, + 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 and 5000 milliseconds. + preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value. + prefix_length_mode: The Prefix length mode for DHCPv6. + pxe_lease_time: Specifies the duration of time it takes a host + to connect to a boot server, such as a TFTP server, and + download the file it needs to boot.A 32-bit unsigned integer + that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the + update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not + cached. + recycle_leases: Determines if the recycle leases feature is + enabled or not. If you enabled this feature and then delete + a DHCP range, the appliance stores active leases from this + range up to one week after the leases expires. + retry_ddns_updates: Indicates whether the DHCP server makes + repeated attempts to send DDNS updates to a DNS server. + static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in + DHCP objects that belong to the Grid Member. + syslog_facility: The syslog facility is the location on the + syslog server to which you want to sort the syslog messages. + total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in + DHCP objects that belong to the Grid Member. + update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Controls whether the DHCP server + updates DNS when a DHCP lease is renewed. + use_authority: Use flag for: authority + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_ddns_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ddns_generate_hostname + use_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ddns_ttl + use_ddns_update_fixed_addresses: Use flag for: + ddns_update_fixed_addresses + use_ddns_use_option81: Use flag for: ddns_use_option81 + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_dns_update_style: Use flag for: dns_update_style + use_email_list: Use flag for: email_list + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_enable_dhcp_thresholds: Use flag for: enable_dhcp_thresholds + , high_water_mark, high_water_mark_reset, low_water_mark, + low_water_mark_reset + use_enable_fingerprint: Use flag for: enable_fingerprint + use_enable_gss_tsig: Use flag for: kdc_server , enable_gss_tsig + use_enable_hostname_rewrite: Use flag for: + enable_hostname_rewrite , hostname_rewrite_policy + use_enable_leasequery: Use flag for: enable_leasequery + use_enable_one_lease_per_client: Use flag for: + enable_one_lease_per_client + use_gss_tsig_keys: Use flag for: gss_tsig_keys + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_ignore_id: Use flag for: ignore_id + use_immediate_fa_configuration: Use flag for: + immediate_fa_configuration + use_ipv6_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ipv6_ddns_domainname + use_ipv6_ddns_enable_option_fqdn: Use flag for: + ipv6_ddns_enable_option_fqdn + use_ipv6_ddns_hostname: Use flag for: ipv6_ddns_hostname + use_ipv6_ddns_ttl: Use flag for: ipv6_ddns_ttl + use_ipv6_dns_update_style: Use flag for: ipv6_dns_update_style + use_ipv6_domain_name: Use flag for: ipv6_domain_name + use_ipv6_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: + ipv6_domain_name_servers + use_ipv6_enable_ddns: Use flag for: ipv6_enable_ddns + use_ipv6_enable_gss_tsig: Use flag for: ipv6_kdc_server , + ipv6_enable_gss_tsig + use_ipv6_enable_retry_updates: Use flag for: + ipv6_enable_retry_updates , ipv6_retry_updates_interval + use_ipv6_generate_hostname: Use flag for: ipv6_generate_hostname + use_ipv6_gss_tsig_keys: Use flag for: ipv6_gss_tsig_keys + use_ipv6_lease_scavenging: Use flag for: + ipv6_enable_lease_scavenging , ipv6_lease_scavenging_time, + ipv6_remember_expired_client_association + use_ipv6_microsoft_code_page: Use flag for: + ipv6_microsoft_code_page + use_ipv6_options: Use flag for: ipv6_options + use_ipv6_recycle_leases: Use flag for: ipv6_recycle_leases + use_ipv6_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + ipv6_update_dns_on_lease_renewal + use_lease_per_client_settings: Use flag for: + lease_per_client_settings + use_lease_scavenge_time: Use flag for: lease_scavenge_time + use_log_lease_events: Use flag for: log_lease_events + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_microsoft_code_page: Use flag for: microsoft_code_page + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_ping_count: Use flag for: ping_count + use_ping_timeout: Use flag for: ping_timeout + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_prefix_length_mode: Use flag for: prefix_length_mode + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_recycle_leases: Use flag for: recycle_leases + use_retry_ddns_updates: Use flag for: ddns_retry_interval , + retry_ddns_updates + use_syslog_facility: Use flag for: syslog_facility + use_update_dns_on_lease_renewal: Use flag for: + update_dns_on_lease_renewal + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime for Grid Member DHCP. + Specifies the length of time addresses that are assigned to + DHCPv6 clients remain in the valid state. """ _infoblox_type = 'member:dhcpproperties' _fields = ['auth_server_group', 'authn_captive_portal', @@ -10806,432 +11416,465 @@ class MemberDns(InfobloxObject): other DNS service related parameters. Grid service configurations are inherited by all members. - Fields: - add_client_ip_mac_options: Add custom IP, MAC and DNS View name - ENDS0 options to outgoing recursive queries. - additional_ip_list: The list of additional IP addresses on which DNS - is enabled for a Grid member. Only one of "additional_ip_list" - or "additional_ip_list_struct" should be set when modifying the - object. - additional_ip_list_struct: The list of additional IP addresses and - IP Space Discriminator short names on which DNS is enabled for a - Grid member. Only one of "additional_ip_list" or - "additional_ip_list_struct" should be set when modifying the - object. - allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates: Determines whether the GSS-TSIG zone - updates is enabled for the Grid member. - allow_query: Determines if queries from specified IPv4 or IPv6 - addresses and networks are enabled or not. The appliance can - also use Transaction Signature (TSIG) keys to authenticate the - queries. This setting overrides the Grid query settings. - allow_recursive_query: Determines if the responses to recursive - queries is enabled or not. This setting overrides Grid recursive - query settings. - allow_transfer: Allows or rejects zone transfers from specified IPv4 - or IPv6 addresses and networks or allows transfers from hosts - authenticated by Transaction signature (TSIG) key. This setting - overrides the Grid zone transfer settings. - allow_update: Allows or rejects dynamic updates from specified IPv4 - or IPv6 addresses, networks or from host authenticated by TSIG - key. This setting overrides Grid update settings. - anonymize_response_logging: The flag that indicates whether the - anonymization of captured DNS responses is enabled or disabled. - atc_fwd_access_key: Active Trust Cloud Access Key for the current - member. - atc_fwd_enable: Enable DNS recursive query forwarding to Active - Trust Cloud. - atc_fwd_forward_first: Option to resolve DNS query if resolution - over Active Trust Cloud failed. - atc_fwd_resolver_address: IP address of the DNS resolver for NOA. - Will be used as the default resolver if current member doesn't - have configured resolvers. - attack_mitigation: Mitigation settings for DNS attacks. - auto_blackhole: The auto blackhole settings. - auto_create_a_and_ptr_for_lan2: Determines if the auto-generation of - A and PTR records for the LAN2 IP address is enabled or not, if - DNS service is enabled on LAN2. - auto_create_aaaa_and_ipv6ptr_for_lan2: Determines if auto-generation - of AAAA and IPv6 PTR records for LAN2 IPv6 address is enabled or - not. - auto_sort_views: Determines if a Grid member to automatically sort - DNS views is enabled or not. The order of the DNS views - determines the order in which the appliance checks the match - lists. - bind_check_names_policy: The BIND check names policy, which - indicates the action the appliance takes when it encounters host - names that do not comply with the Strict Hostname Checking - policy. This method applies only if the host name restriction - policy is set to 'Strict Hostname Checking'. - bind_hostname_directive: The value of the hostname directive for - BIND. - bind_hostname_directive_fqdn: The value of the user-defined hostname - directive for BIND. To enable user-defined hostname directive, - you must set the bind_hostname_directive to "USER_DEFINED". - blackhole_list: The list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and networks from - which DNS queries are blocked. This setting overrides the Grid - blackhole_list. - blacklist_action: The action to perform when a domain name matches - the pattern defined in a rule that is specified by the - blacklist_ruleset method. - blacklist_log_query: Determines if blacklist redirection queries are - logged or not. - blacklist_redirect_addresses: The IP addresses the appliance - includes in the response it sends in place of a blacklisted IP - address. - blacklist_redirect_ttl: The TTL value of the synthetic DNS responses - that result from blacklist redirection. - blacklist_rulesets: The DNS Ruleset object names assigned at the - Grid level for blacklist redirection. - capture_dns_queries_on_all_domains: The flag that indicates whether - the capture of DNS queries for all domains is enabled or - disabled. - check_names_for_ddns_and_zone_transfer: Determines whether the - application of BIND check-names for zone transfers and DDNS - updates are enabled. - copy_client_ip_mac_options: Copy custom IP, MAC and DNS View name - ENDS0 options from incoming to outgoing recursive queries. - copy_xfer_to_notify: Copies the allowed IPs from the zone transfer - list into the also-notify statement in the named.conf file. - custom_root_name_servers: The list of custom root name servers. You - can either select and use Internet root name servers or specify - custom root name servers by providing a host name and IP address - to which the Infoblox appliance can send queries. - disable_edns: The EDNS0 support for queries that require recursive - resolution on Grid members. - dns64_groups: The list of DNS64 synthesis groups associated with - this member. - dns_cache_acceleration_status: The DNS cache acceleration status. - dns_cache_acceleration_ttl: The minimum TTL value, in seconds, that - a DNS record must have in order for it to be cached by the DNS - Cache Acceleration service.An integer from 1 to 65000 that - represents the TTL in seconds. - dns_health_check_anycast_control: The flag that indicates whether - the anycast failure (BFD session down) is enabled on member - failure or not. - dns_health_check_domain_list: The list of domain names for the DNS - health check. - dns_health_check_interval: The time interval (in seconds) for DNS - health check. - dns_health_check_recursion_flag: The flag that indicates whether the - recursive DNS health check is enabled or not. - dns_health_check_retries: The number of DNS health check retries. - dns_health_check_timeout: The DNS health check timeout interval (in - seconds). - dns_notify_transfer_source: Determines which IP address is used as - the source for DDNS notify and transfer operations. - dns_notify_transfer_source_address: The source address used if - dns_notify_transfer_source type is "IP". - dns_query_capture_file_time_limit: The time limit (in minutes) for - the DNS query capture file. - dns_query_source_address: The source address used if - dns_query_source_interface type is "IP". - dns_query_source_interface: Determines which IP address is used as - the source for DDNS query operations. - dns_view_address_settings: Array of notify/query source settings for - views. - dnssec_blacklist_enabled: Determines if the blacklist rules for - DNSSEC-enabled clients are enabled or not. - dnssec_dns64_enabled: Determines if the DNS64 groups for DNSSEC- - enabled clients are enabled or not. - dnssec_enabled: Determines if the DNS security extension is enabled - or not. - dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled: Determines when the DNS member - accepts expired signatures. - dnssec_negative_trust_anchors: A list of zones for which the server - does not perform DNSSEC validation. - dnssec_nxdomain_enabled: Determines if the NXDOMAIN rules for - DNSSEC-enabled clients are enabled or not. - dnssec_rpz_enabled: Determines if the RPZ policies for DNSSEC- - enabled clients are enabled or not. - dnssec_trusted_keys: The list of trusted keys for the DNSSEC - feature. - dnssec_validation_enabled: Determines if the DNS security validation - is enabled or not. - domains_to_capture_dns_queries: The list of domains for DNS query - capture. - dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet: Determines whether to prefer the - client address from the edns-client-subnet option for DTC or - not. - dtc_health_source: The health check source type. - dtc_health_source_address: The source address used if - dtc_health_source type is "IP". - enable_blackhole: Determines if the blocking of DNS queries is - enabled or not. This setting overrides the Grid enable_blackhole - settings. - enable_blacklist: Determines if a blacklist is enabled or not on the - Grid member. - enable_capture_dns_queries: The flag that indicates whether the - capture of DNS queries is enabled or disabled. - enable_capture_dns_responses: The flag that indicates whether the - capture of DNS responses is enabled or disabled. - enable_dns: Determines if the DNS service of a member is enabled or - not. - enable_dns64: Determines if the DNS64 support is enabled or not for - this member. - enable_dns_cache_acceleration: Determines if the DNS Cache - Acceleration service is enabled or not for a member. - enable_dns_health_check: The flag that indicates whether the DNS - health check is enabled or not. - enable_excluded_domain_names: The flag that indicates whether - excluding domain names from captured DNS queries and responses - is enabled or disabled. - enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Determines if the fixed RRset order - FQDN is enabled or not. - enable_ftc: Determines whether Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC) is - enabled. - enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether the appliance is enabled to - receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DHCP clients. - enable_notify_source_port: Determines if the notify source port for - a member is enabled or not. - enable_query_rewrite: Determines if the DNS query rewrite is enabled - or not for this member. - enable_query_source_port: Determines if the query source port for a - memer is enabled or not. - excluded_domain_names: The list of domains that are excluded from - DNS query and response capture. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - file_transfer_setting: The DNS capture file transfer settings. - Include the specified parameter to set the attribute value. Omit - the parameter to retrieve the attribute value. - filter_aaaa: The type of AAAA filtering for this member DNS object. - filter_aaaa_list: The list of IPv4 addresses and networks from which - queries are received. AAAA filtering is applied to these - addresses. - fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: The fixed RRset order FQDN. If this field - does not contain an empty value, the appliance will - automatically set the enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns field to - 'true', unless the same request sets the enable field to - 'false'. - forward_only: Permits this member to send queries to forwarders - only. When the value is "true", the member sends queries to - forwarders only, and not to other internal or Internet root - servers. - forward_updates: Allows secondary servers to forward updates to the - DNS server. This setting overrides grid update settings. - forwarders: The forwarders for the member. A forwarder is - essentially a name server to which other name servers first send - all of their off-site queries. The forwarder builds up a cache - of information, avoiding the need for the other name servers to - send queries off-site. This setting overrides the Grid level - setting. - ftc_expired_record_timeout: The timeout interval (in seconds) after - which the expired Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC)record is stale - and no longer valid. - ftc_expired_record_ttl: The TTL value (in seconds) of the expired - Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC) record in DNS responses. - glue_record_addresses: The list of glue record addresses. - gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a member DNS object. - host_name: The host name of the Grid member. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the Grid member. - ipv6_glue_record_addresses: The list of IPv6 glue record addresses. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the Grid member. - is_unbound_capable: The flag that indicates whether member DNS - supports Unbound as the recursive resolver or not. - lame_ttl: The number of seconds to cache lame delegations or lame - servers. - lan1_ipsd: The IP space discriminator for LAN1 interface. - lan1_ipv6_ipsd: The IP space discriminator for IPv6 LAN1 interface. - lan2_ipsd: The IP space discriminator for LAN2 interface. - lan2_ipv6_ipsd: The IP space discriminator for IPv6 LAN2 interface. - logging_categories: The logging categories for this DNS member. - max_cache_ttl: The maximum time (in seconds) for which the server - will cache positive answers. - max_cached_lifetime: The maximum time in seconds a DNS response can - be stored in the hardware acceleration cache.Valid values are - unsigned integer between 60 and 86400, inclusive. - max_ncache_ttl: The maximum time (in seconds) for which the server - will cache negative (NXDOMAIN) responses.The maximum allowed - value is 604800. - mgmt_ipsd: The IP space discriminator for MGMT interface. - mgmt_ipv6_ipsd: The IP space discriminator for IPv6 MGMT interface. - minimal_resp: Enables the ability to return a minimal amount of data - in response to a query. This capability speeds up the DNS - services provided by the appliance. - notify_delay: Specifies the number of seconds of delay the notify - messages are sent to secondaries. - notify_source_port: The source port for notify messages. When - requesting zone transfers from the primary server, some - secondary DNS servers use the source port number (the primary - server used to send the notify message) as the destination port - number in the zone transfer request. This setting overrides Grid - static source port settings.Valid values are between 1 and - 63999. The default is selected by BIND. - nxdomain_log_query: Determines if NXDOMAIN redirection queries are - logged or not. - nxdomain_redirect: Enables NXDOMAIN redirection. - nxdomain_redirect_addresses: The IPv4 NXDOMAIN redirection - addresses. - nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6: The IPv6 NXDOMAIN redirection - addresses. - nxdomain_redirect_ttl: The TTL value of synthetic DNS responses that - result from NXDOMAIN redirection. - nxdomain_rulesets: The names of the Ruleset objects assigned at the - Grid level for NXDOMAIN redirection. - query_source_port: The source port for queries. Specifying a source - port number for recursive queries ensures that a firewall will - allow the response.Valid values are between 1 and 63999. The - default is selected by BIND. - record_name_policy: The record name restriction policy. - recursive_client_limit: A limit on the number of concurrent - recursive clients. - recursive_query_list: The list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, networks - or hosts authenticated by Transaction signature (TSIG) key from - which recursive queries are allowed or denied. - recursive_resolver: The recursive resolver for member DNS. - resolver_query_timeout: The recursive query timeout for the member. - The value must be 0 or between 10 and 30. - response_rate_limiting: The response rate limiting settings for the - member. - root_name_server_type: Determines the type of root name servers. - rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip: Enables NSDNAME and NSIP resource records - from RPZ feeds at member level. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled: Enables the appliance to ignore RPZ-IP - triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum - prefix length. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4: The minimum prefix length - for IPv4 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ-IP triggers - with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum IPv4 prefix - length. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6: The minimum prefix length - for IPv6 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ-IP triggers - with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum IPv6 prefix - length. - rpz_qname_wait_recurse: The flag that indicates whether recursive - RPZ lookups are enabled. - serial_query_rate: The number of maximum concurrent SOA queries per - second for the member. - server_id_directive: The value of the server-id directive for BIND - and Unbound DNS. - server_id_directive_string: The value of the user-defined hostname - directive for BIND and UNBOUND DNS. To enable user-defined - hostname directive, you must set the bind_hostname_directive to - "USER_DEFINED". - skip_in_grid_rpz_queries: Determines if RPZ rules are applied to - queries originated from this member and received by other Grid - members. - sortlist: A sort list determines the order of addresses in responses - made to DNS queries. This setting overrides Grid sort list - settings. - store_locally: The flag that indicates whether the storage of query - capture reports on the appliance is enabled or disabled. - syslog_facility: The syslog facility. This is the location on the - syslog server to which you want to sort the DNS logging - messages. This setting overrides the Grid logging facility - settings. - transfer_excluded_servers: Excludes specified DNS servers during - zone transfers. - transfer_format: The BIND format for a zone transfer. This provides - tracking capabilities for single or multiple transfers and their - associated servers. - transfers_in: The number of maximum concurrent transfers for the - member. - transfers_out: The number of maximum outbound concurrent zone - transfers for the member. - transfers_per_ns: The number of maximum concurrent transfers per - member for the member. - unbound_logging_level: Logging level for the Unbound recursive - resolver. - use_add_client_ip_mac_options: Use flag for: - add_client_ip_mac_options - use_allow_query: Use flag for: allow_query - use_allow_transfer: Use flag for: allow_transfer - use_attack_mitigation: Use flag for: attack_mitigation - use_auto_blackhole: Use flag for: auto_blackhole - use_bind_hostname_directive: Use flag for: bind_hostname_directive - use_blackhole: Use flag for: enable_blackhole - use_blacklist: Use flag for: blackhole_list , blacklist_action, - blacklist_log_query, blacklist_redirect_addresses, - blacklist_redirect_ttl, blacklist_rulesets, enable_blacklist - use_capture_dns_queries_on_all_domains: Use flag for: - capture_dns_queries_on_all_domains - use_copy_client_ip_mac_options: Use flag for: - copy_client_ip_mac_options - use_copy_xfer_to_notify: Use flag for: copy_xfer_to_notify - use_disable_edns: Use flag for: disable_edns - use_dns64: Use flag for: enable_dns64 , dns64_groups - use_dns_cache_acceleration_ttl: Use flag for: - dns_cache_acceleration_ttl - use_dns_health_check: Use flag for: dns_health_check_domain_list , - dns_health_check_recursion_flag, - dns_health_check_anycast_control, enable_dns_health_check, - dns_health_check_interval, dns_health_check_timeout, - dns_health_check_retries - use_dnssec: Use flag for: dnssec_enabled , - dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled, dnssec_validation_enabled, - dnssec_trusted_keys - use_dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet: Use flag for: - dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet - use_enable_capture_dns: Use flag for: enable_capture_dns_queries , - enable_capture_dns_responses - use_enable_excluded_domain_names: Use flag for: - enable_excluded_domain_names - use_enable_gss_tsig: Use flag for: enable_gss_tsig - use_enable_query_rewrite: Use flag for: enable_query_rewrite - use_filter_aaaa: Use flag for: filter_aaaa , filter_aaaa_list - use_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Use flag for: fixed_rrset_order_fqdns , - enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns - use_forward_updates: Use flag for: forward_updates - use_forwarders: Use flag for: forwarders , forward_only - use_ftc: Use flag for: enable_ftc , ftc_expired_record_ttl, - ftc_expired_record_timeout - use_gss_tsig_keys: Use flag for: gss_tsig_keys - use_lame_ttl: Use flag for: lame_ttl - use_lan2_ipv6_port: Determines if the DNS service on the IPv6 LAN2 - port is enabled or not. - use_lan2_port: Determines if the DNS service on the LAN2 port is - enabled or not. - use_lan_ipv6_port: Determines if the DNS service on the IPv6 LAN - port is enabled or not. - use_lan_port: Determines the status of the use of DNS services on - the IPv4 LAN1 port. - use_max_cache_ttl: Use flag for: max_cache_ttl - use_max_cached_lifetime: Use flag for: max_cached_lifetime - use_max_ncache_ttl: Use flag for: max_ncache_ttl - use_mgmt_ipv6_port: Determines if the DNS services on the IPv6 MGMT - port is enabled or not. - use_mgmt_port: Determines if the DNS services on the MGMT port is - enabled or not. - use_notify_delay: Use flag for: notify_delay - use_nxdomain_redirect: Use flag for: nxdomain_redirect , - nxdomain_redirect_addresses, nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6, - nxdomain_redirect_ttl, nxdomain_log_query, nxdomain_rulesets - use_record_name_policy: Use flag for: record_name_policy - use_recursive_client_limit: Use flag for: recursive_client_limit - use_recursive_query_setting: Use flag for: allow_recursive_query , - recursive_query_list - use_resolver_query_timeout: Use flag for: resolver_query_timeout - use_response_rate_limiting: Use flag for: response_rate_limiting - use_root_name_server: Use flag for: root_name_server_type , - custom_root_name_servers - use_rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip: Use flag for: rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip - use_rpz_drop_ip_rule: Use flag for: rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled , - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4, - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6 - use_rpz_qname_wait_recurse: Use flag for: rpz_qname_wait_recurse - use_serial_query_rate: Use flag for: serial_query_rate - use_server_id_directive: Use flag for: server_id_directive - use_sortlist: Use flag for: sortlist - use_source_ports: Use flag for: enable_notify_source_port , - notify_source_port, enable_query_source_port, query_source_port - use_syslog_facility: Use flag for: syslog_facility - use_transfers_in: Use flag for: transfers_in - use_transfers_out: Use flag for: transfers_out - use_transfers_per_ns: Use flag for: transfers_per_ns - use_update_setting: Use flag for: allow_update , - allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates - use_zone_transfer_format: Use flag for: transfer_excluded_servers , - transfer_format - views: The list of views associated with this member. + Attributes: + add_client_ip_mac_options: Add custom IP, MAC and DNS View name + ENDS0 options to outgoing recursive queries. + additional_ip_list: The list of additional IP addresses on which + DNS is enabled for a Grid member. Only one of + "additional_ip_list" or "additional_ip_list_struct" should + be set when modifying the object. + additional_ip_list_struct: The list of additional IP addresses + and IP Space Discriminator short names on which DNS is + enabled for a Grid member. Only one of "additional_ip_list" + or "additional_ip_list_struct" should be set when modifying + the object. + allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates: Determines whether the GSS-TSIG + zone updates is enabled for the Grid member. + allow_query: Determines if queries from specified IPv4 or IPv6 + addresses and networks are enabled or not. The appliance can + also use Transaction Signature (TSIG) keys to authenticate + the queries. This setting overrides the Grid query settings. + allow_recursive_query: Determines if the responses to recursive + queries is enabled or not. This setting overrides Grid + recursive query settings. + allow_transfer: Allows or rejects zone transfers from specified + IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and networks or allows transfers from + hosts authenticated by Transaction signature (TSIG) key. + This setting overrides the Grid zone transfer settings. + allow_update: Allows or rejects dynamic updates from specified + IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, networks or from host authenticated + by TSIG key. This setting overrides Grid update settings. + anonymize_response_logging: The flag that indicates whether the + anonymization of captured DNS responses is enabled or + disabled. + atc_fwd_enable: Enable DNS recursive query forwarding to Active + Trust Cloud. + attack_mitigation: Mitigation settings for DNS attacks. + auto_blackhole: The auto blackhole settings. + auto_create_a_and_ptr_for_lan2: Determines if the auto- + generation of A and PTR records for the LAN2 IP address is + enabled or not, if DNS service is enabled on LAN2. + auto_create_aaaa_and_ipv6ptr_for_lan2: Determines if auto- + generation of AAAA and IPv6 PTR records for LAN2 IPv6 + address is enabled or not. + auto_sort_views: Determines if a Grid member to automatically + sort DNS views is enabled or not. The order of the DNS views + determines the order in which the appliance checks the match + lists. + bind_check_names_policy: The BIND check names policy, which + indicates the action the appliance takes when it encounters + host names that do not comply with the Strict Hostname + Checking policy. This method applies only if the host name + restriction policy is set to 'Strict Hostname Checking'. + bind_hostname_directive: The value of the hostname directive for + BIND. + bind_hostname_directive_fqdn: The value of the user-defined + hostname directive for BIND. To enable user-defined hostname + directive, you must set the bind_hostname_directive to + "USER_DEFINED". + blackhole_list: The list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and networks + from which DNS queries are blocked. This setting overrides + the Grid blackhole_list. + blacklist_action: The action to perform when a domain name + matches the pattern defined in a rule that is specified by + the blacklist_ruleset method. + blacklist_log_query: Determines if blacklist redirection queries + are logged or not. + blacklist_redirect_addresses: The IP addresses the appliance + includes in the response it sends in place of a blacklisted + IP address. + blacklist_redirect_ttl: The TTL value of the synthetic DNS + responses that result from blacklist redirection. + blacklist_rulesets: The DNS Ruleset object names assigned at the + Grid level for blacklist redirection. + capture_dns_queries_on_all_domains: The flag that indicates + whether the capture of DNS queries for all domains is + enabled or disabled. + check_names_for_ddns_and_zone_transfer: Determines whether the + application of BIND check-names for zone transfers and DDNS + updates are enabled. + copy_client_ip_mac_options: Copy custom IP, MAC and DNS View + name ENDS0 options from incoming to outgoing recursive + queries. + copy_xfer_to_notify: Copies the allowed IPs from the zone + transfer list into the also-notify statement in the + named.conf file. + custom_root_name_servers: The list of custom root name servers. + You can either select and use Internet root name servers or + specify custom root name servers by providing a host name + and IP address to which the Infoblox appliance can send + queries. + disable_edns: The EDNS0 support for queries that require + recursive resolution on Grid members. + dns64_groups: The list of DNS64 synthesis groups associated with + this member. + dns_cache_acceleration_status: The DNS cache acceleration + status. + dns_cache_acceleration_ttl: The minimum TTL value, in seconds, + that a DNS record must have in order for it to be cached by + the DNS Cache Acceleration service.An integer from 1 to + 65000 that represents the TTL in seconds. + dns_health_check_anycast_control: The flag that indicates + whether the anycast failure (BFD session down) is enabled on + member failure or not. + dns_health_check_domain_list: The list of domain names for the + DNS health check. + dns_health_check_interval: The time interval (in seconds) for + DNS health check. + dns_health_check_recursion_flag: The flag that indicates whether + the recursive DNS health check is enabled or not. + dns_health_check_retries: The number of DNS health check + retries. + dns_health_check_timeout: The DNS health check timeout interval + (in seconds). + dns_notify_transfer_source: Determines which IP address is used + as the source for DDNS notify and transfer operations. + dns_notify_transfer_source_address: The source address used if + dns_notify_transfer_source type is "IP". + dns_over_tls_service: Enables DNS over TLS service. + dns_query_capture_file_time_limit: The time limit (in minutes) + for the DNS query capture file. + dns_query_source_address: The source address used if + dns_query_source_interface type is "IP". + dns_query_source_interface: Determines which IP address is used + as the source for DDNS query operations. + dns_view_address_settings: Array of notify/query source settings + for views. + dnssec_blacklist_enabled: Determines if the blacklist rules for + DNSSEC-enabled clients are enabled or not. + dnssec_dns64_enabled: Determines if the DNS64 groups for DNSSEC- + enabled clients are enabled or not. + dnssec_enabled: Determines if the DNS security extension is + enabled or not. + dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled: Determines when the DNS + member accepts expired signatures. + dnssec_negative_trust_anchors: A list of zones for which the + server does not perform DNSSEC validation. + dnssec_nxdomain_enabled: Determines if the NXDOMAIN rules for + DNSSEC-enabled clients are enabled or not. + dnssec_rpz_enabled: Determines if the RPZ policies for DNSSEC- + enabled clients are enabled or not. + dnssec_trusted_keys: The list of trusted keys for the DNSSEC + feature. + dnssec_validation_enabled: Determines if the DNS security + validation is enabled or not. + dnstap_setting: The DNSTAP settings. + doh_https_session_duration: DNS over HTTPS sessions duration. + doh_service: Enables DNS over HTTPS service. + domains_to_capture_dns_queries: The list of domains for DNS + query capture. + dtc_dns_queries_specific_behavior: Setting to control specific + behavior for DTC DNS responses for incoming lbdn matched + queries. + dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet: Determines whether to prefer the + client address from the edns-client-subnet option for DTC or + not. + dtc_health_source: The health check source type. + dtc_health_source_address: The source address used if + dtc_health_source type is "IP". + edns_udp_size: Advertises the EDNS0 buffer size to the upstream + server. The value should be between 512 and 4096 bytes. The + recommended value is between 512 and 1220 bytes. + enable_blackhole: Determines if the blocking of DNS queries is + enabled or not. This setting overrides the Grid + enable_blackhole settings. + enable_blacklist: Determines if a blacklist is enabled or not on + the Grid member. + enable_capture_dns_queries: The flag that indicates whether the + capture of DNS queries is enabled or disabled. + enable_capture_dns_responses: The flag that indicates whether + the capture of DNS responses is enabled or disabled. + enable_dns: Determines if the DNS service of a member is enabled + or not. + enable_dns64: Determines if the DNS64 support is enabled or not + for this member. + enable_dns_cache_acceleration: Determines if the DNS Cache + Acceleration service is enabled or not for a member. + enable_dns_health_check: The flag that indicates whether the DNS + health check is enabled or not. + enable_dnstap_queries: Determines whether the query messages + need to be forwarded to DNSTAP or not. + enable_dnstap_responses: Determines whether the response + messages need to be forwarded to DNSTAP or not. + enable_excluded_domain_names: The flag that indicates whether + excluding domain names from captured DNS queries and + responses is enabled or disabled. + enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Determines if the fixed RRset + order FQDN is enabled or not. + enable_ftc: Determines whether Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC) is + enabled. + enable_gss_tsig: Determines whether the appliance is enabled to + receive GSS-TSIG authenticated updates from DHCP clients. + enable_notify_source_port: Determines if the notify source port + for a member is enabled or not. + enable_query_rewrite: Determines if the DNS query rewrite is + enabled or not for this member. + enable_query_source_port: Determines if the query source port + for a memer is enabled or not. + excluded_domain_names: The list of domains that are excluded + from DNS query and response capture. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + file_transfer_setting: The DNS capture file transfer settings. + Include the specified parameter to set the attribute value. + Omit the parameter to retrieve the attribute value. + filter_aaaa: The type of AAAA filtering for this member DNS + object. + filter_aaaa_list: The list of IPv4 addresses and networks from + which queries are received. AAAA filtering is applied to + these addresses. + fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: The fixed RRset order FQDN. If this + field does not contain an empty value, the appliance will + automatically set the enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns field + to 'true', unless the same request sets the enable field to + 'false'. + forward_only: Permits this member to send queries to forwarders + only. When the value is "true", the member sends queries to + forwarders only, and not to other internal or Internet root + servers. + forward_updates: Allows secondary servers to forward updates to + the DNS server. This setting overrides grid update settings. + forwarders: The forwarders for the member. A forwarder is + essentially a name server to which other name servers first + send all of their off-site queries. The forwarder builds up + a cache of information, avoiding the need for the other name + servers to send queries off-site. This setting overrides the + Grid level setting. + ftc_expired_record_timeout: The timeout interval (in seconds) + after which the expired Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC)record + is stale and no longer valid. + ftc_expired_record_ttl: The TTL value (in seconds) of the + expired Fault Tolerant Caching (FTC) record in DNS + responses. + glue_record_addresses: The list of glue record addresses. + gss_tsig_keys: The list of GSS-TSIG keys for a member DNS + object. + host_name: The host name of the Grid member. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the Grid member. + ipv6_glue_record_addresses: The list of IPv6 glue record + addresses. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the Grid member. + is_unbound_capable: The flag that indicates whether member DNS + supports Unbound as the recursive resolver or not. + lame_ttl: The number of seconds to cache lame delegations or + lame servers. + logging_categories: The logging categories for this DNS member. + max_cache_ttl: The maximum time (in seconds) for which the + server will cache positive answers. + max_cached_lifetime: The maximum time in seconds a DNS response + can be stored in the hardware acceleration cache.Valid + values are unsigned integer between 60 and 86400, inclusive. + max_ncache_ttl: The maximum time (in seconds) for which the + server will cache negative (NXDOMAIN) responses.The maximum + allowed value is 604800. + max_udp_size: The value is used by authoritative DNS servers to + never send DNS responses larger than the configured value. + The value should be between 512 and 4096 bytes. The + recommended value is between 512 and 1220 bytes. + minimal_resp: Enables the ability to return a minimal amount of + data in response to a query. This capability speeds up the + DNS services provided by the appliance. + notify_delay: Specifies the number of seconds of delay the + notify messages are sent to secondaries. + notify_source_port: The source port for notify messages. When + requesting zone transfers from the primary server, some + secondary DNS servers use the source port number (the + primary server used to send the notify message) as the + destination port number in the zone transfer request. This + setting overrides Grid static source port settings.Valid + values are between 1 and 63999. The default is selected by + BIND. + nxdomain_log_query: Determines if NXDOMAIN redirection queries + are logged or not. + nxdomain_redirect: Enables NXDOMAIN redirection. + nxdomain_redirect_addresses: The IPv4 NXDOMAIN redirection + addresses. + nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6: The IPv6 NXDOMAIN redirection + addresses. + nxdomain_redirect_ttl: The TTL value of synthetic DNS responses + that result from NXDOMAIN redirection. + nxdomain_rulesets: The names of the Ruleset objects assigned at + the Grid level for NXDOMAIN redirection. + query_source_port: The source port for queries. Specifying a + source port number for recursive queries ensures that a + firewall will allow the response.Valid values are between 1 + and 63999. The default is selected by BIND. + record_name_policy: The record name restriction policy. + recursive_client_limit: A limit on the number of concurrent + recursive clients. + recursive_query_list: The list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, + networks or hosts authenticated by Transaction signature + (TSIG) key from which recursive queries are allowed or + denied. + recursive_resolver: The recursive resolver for member DNS. + resolver_query_timeout: The recursive query timeout for the + member. The value must be 0 or between 10 and 30. + response_rate_limiting: The response rate limiting settings for + the member. + root_name_server_type: Determines the type of root name servers. + rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip: Enables NSDNAME and NSIP resource + records from RPZ feeds at member level. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled: Enables the appliance to ignore RPZ-IP + triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum + prefix length. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4: The minimum prefix + length for IPv4 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ- + IP triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified + minimum IPv4 prefix length. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6: The minimum prefix + length for IPv6 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ- + IP triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified + minimum IPv6 prefix length. + rpz_qname_wait_recurse: The flag that indicates whether + recursive RPZ lookups are enabled. + serial_query_rate: The number of maximum concurrent SOA queries + per second for the member. + server_id_directive: The value of the server-id directive for + BIND and Unbound DNS. + server_id_directive_string: The value of the user-defined + hostname directive for BIND and UNBOUND DNS. To enable user- + defined hostname directive, you must set the + bind_hostname_directive to "USER_DEFINED". + skip_in_grid_rpz_queries: Determines if RPZ rules are applied to + queries originated from this member and received by other + Grid members. + sortlist: A sort list determines the order of addresses in + responses made to DNS queries. This setting overrides Grid + sort list settings. + store_locally: The flag that indicates whether the storage of + query capture reports on the appliance is enabled or + disabled. + syslog_facility: The syslog facility. This is the location on + the syslog server to which you want to sort the DNS logging + messages. This setting overrides the Grid logging facility + settings. + tcp_idle_timeout: TCP Idle timeout for DNS over TLS connections. + tls_session_duration: DNS over TLS sessions duration. + transfer_excluded_servers: Excludes specified DNS servers during + zone transfers. + transfer_format: The BIND format for a zone transfer. This + provides tracking capabilities for single or multiple + transfers and their associated servers. + transfers_in: The number of maximum concurrent transfers for the + member. + transfers_out: The number of maximum outbound concurrent zone + transfers for the member. + transfers_per_ns: The number of maximum concurrent transfers per + member for the member. + unbound_logging_level: Logging level for the Unbound recursive + resolver. + use_add_client_ip_mac_options: Use flag for: + add_client_ip_mac_options + use_allow_query: Use flag for: allow_query + use_allow_transfer: Use flag for: allow_transfer + use_attack_mitigation: Use flag for: attack_mitigation + use_auto_blackhole: Use flag for: auto_blackhole + use_bind_hostname_directive: Use flag for: + bind_hostname_directive + use_blackhole: Use flag for: enable_blackhole + use_blacklist: Use flag for: blackhole_list , blacklist_action, + blacklist_log_query, blacklist_redirect_addresses, + blacklist_redirect_ttl, blacklist_rulesets, enable_blacklist + use_capture_dns_queries_on_all_domains: Use flag for: + capture_dns_queries_on_all_domains + use_copy_client_ip_mac_options: Use flag for: + copy_client_ip_mac_options + use_copy_xfer_to_notify: Use flag for: copy_xfer_to_notify + use_disable_edns: Use flag for: disable_edns + use_dns64: Use flag for: enable_dns64 , dns64_groups + use_dns_cache_acceleration_ttl: Use flag for: + dns_cache_acceleration_ttl + use_dns_health_check: Use flag for: dns_health_check_domain_list + , dns_health_check_recursion_flag, + dns_health_check_anycast_control, enable_dns_health_check, + dns_health_check_interval, dns_health_check_timeout, + dns_health_check_retries + use_dnssec: Use flag for: dnssec_enabled , + dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled, + dnssec_validation_enabled, dnssec_trusted_keys + use_dnstap_setting: Use flag for: enable_dnstap_queries , + enable_dnstap_responses, dnstap_setting + use_dtc_dns_queries_specific_behavior: Use flag for: + dtc_dns_queries_specific_behavior + use_dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet: Use flag for: + dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet + use_edns_udp_size: Use flag for: edns_udp_size + use_enable_capture_dns: Use flag for: enable_capture_dns_queries + , enable_capture_dns_responses + use_enable_excluded_domain_names: Use flag for: + enable_excluded_domain_names + use_enable_gss_tsig: Use flag for: enable_gss_tsig + use_enable_query_rewrite: Use flag for: enable_query_rewrite + use_filter_aaaa: Use flag for: filter_aaaa , filter_aaaa_list + use_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Use flag for: + fixed_rrset_order_fqdns , enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns + use_forward_updates: Use flag for: forward_updates + use_forwarders: Use flag for: forwarders , forward_only + use_ftc: Use flag for: enable_ftc , ftc_expired_record_ttl, + ftc_expired_record_timeout + use_gss_tsig_keys: Use flag for: gss_tsig_keys + use_lame_ttl: Use flag for: lame_ttl + use_lan2_ipv6_port: Determines if the DNS service on the IPv6 + LAN2 port is enabled or not. + use_lan2_port: Determines if the DNS service on the LAN2 port is + enabled or not. + use_lan_ipv6_port: Determines if the DNS service on the IPv6 LAN + port is enabled or not. + use_lan_port: Determines the status of the use of DNS services + on the IPv4 LAN1 port. + use_logging_categories: Use flag for: logging_categories + use_max_cache_ttl: Use flag for: max_cache_ttl + use_max_cached_lifetime: Use flag for: max_cached_lifetime + use_max_ncache_ttl: Use flag for: max_ncache_ttl + use_max_udp_size: Use flag for: max_udp_size + use_mgmt_ipv6_port: Determines if the DNS services on the IPv6 + MGMT port is enabled or not. + use_mgmt_port: Determines if the DNS services on the MGMT port + is enabled or not. + use_notify_delay: Use flag for: notify_delay + use_nxdomain_redirect: Use flag for: nxdomain_redirect , + nxdomain_redirect_addresses, nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6, + nxdomain_redirect_ttl, nxdomain_log_query, nxdomain_rulesets + use_record_name_policy: Use flag for: record_name_policy + use_recursive_client_limit: Use flag for: recursive_client_limit + use_recursive_query_setting: Use flag for: allow_recursive_query + , recursive_query_list + use_resolver_query_timeout: Use flag for: resolver_query_timeout + use_response_rate_limiting: Use flag for: response_rate_limiting + use_root_name_server: Use flag for: root_name_server_type , + custom_root_name_servers, use_root_server_for_all_views + use_root_server_for_all_views: Determines if root name servers + should be applied to all views or only to Default view. + use_rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip: Use flag for: + rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip + use_rpz_drop_ip_rule: Use flag for: rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled , + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4, + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6 + use_rpz_qname_wait_recurse: Use flag for: rpz_qname_wait_recurse + use_serial_query_rate: Use flag for: serial_query_rate + use_server_id_directive: Use flag for: server_id_directive + use_sortlist: Use flag for: sortlist + use_source_ports: Use flag for: enable_notify_source_port , + notify_source_port, enable_query_source_port, + query_source_port + use_syslog_facility: Use flag for: syslog_facility + use_transfers_in: Use flag for: transfers_in + use_transfers_out: Use flag for: transfers_out + use_transfers_per_ns: Use flag for: transfers_per_ns + use_update_setting: Use flag for: allow_update , + allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates + use_zone_transfer_format: Use flag for: + transfer_excluded_servers , transfer_format + views: The list of views associated with this member. """ _infoblox_type = 'member:dns' _fields = ['add_client_ip_mac_options', 'additional_ip_list', 'additional_ip_list_struct', 'allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates', 'allow_query', 'allow_recursive_query', 'allow_transfer', - 'allow_update', 'anonymize_response_logging', - 'atc_fwd_access_key', 'atc_fwd_enable', 'atc_fwd_forward_first', - 'atc_fwd_resolver_address', 'attack_mitigation', - 'auto_blackhole', 'auto_create_a_and_ptr_for_lan2', + 'allow_update', 'anonymize_response_logging', 'atc_fwd_enable', + 'attack_mitigation', 'auto_blackhole', + 'auto_create_a_and_ptr_for_lan2', 'auto_create_aaaa_and_ipv6ptr_for_lan2', 'auto_sort_views', 'bind_check_names_policy', 'bind_hostname_directive', 'bind_hostname_directive_fqdn', 'blackhole_list', @@ -11246,20 +11889,24 @@ class MemberDns(InfobloxObject): 'dns_health_check_domain_list', 'dns_health_check_interval', 'dns_health_check_recursion_flag', 'dns_health_check_retries', 'dns_health_check_timeout', 'dns_notify_transfer_source', - 'dns_notify_transfer_source_address', + 'dns_notify_transfer_source_address', 'dns_over_tls_service', 'dns_query_capture_file_time_limit', 'dns_query_source_address', 'dns_query_source_interface', 'dns_view_address_settings', 'dnssec_blacklist_enabled', 'dnssec_dns64_enabled', 'dnssec_enabled', 'dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled', 'dnssec_negative_trust_anchors', 'dnssec_nxdomain_enabled', 'dnssec_rpz_enabled', 'dnssec_trusted_keys', - 'dnssec_validation_enabled', 'domains_to_capture_dns_queries', + 'dnssec_validation_enabled', 'dnstap_setting', + 'doh_https_session_duration', 'doh_service', + 'domains_to_capture_dns_queries', + 'dtc_dns_queries_specific_behavior', 'dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet', 'dtc_health_source', - 'dtc_health_source_address', 'enable_blackhole', - 'enable_blacklist', 'enable_capture_dns_queries', - 'enable_capture_dns_responses', 'enable_dns', 'enable_dns64', - 'enable_dns_cache_acceleration', 'enable_dns_health_check', - 'enable_excluded_domain_names', + 'dtc_health_source_address', 'edns_udp_size', + 'enable_blackhole', 'enable_blacklist', + 'enable_capture_dns_queries', 'enable_capture_dns_responses', + 'enable_dns', 'enable_dns64', 'enable_dns_cache_acceleration', + 'enable_dns_health_check', 'enable_dnstap_queries', + 'enable_dnstap_responses', 'enable_excluded_domain_names', 'enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', 'enable_ftc', 'enable_gss_tsig', 'enable_notify_source_port', 'enable_query_rewrite', 'enable_query_source_port', @@ -11269,10 +11916,9 @@ class MemberDns(InfobloxObject): 'ftc_expired_record_timeout', 'ftc_expired_record_ttl', 'glue_record_addresses', 'gss_tsig_keys', 'host_name', 'ipv4addr', 'ipv6_glue_record_addresses', 'ipv6addr', - 'is_unbound_capable', 'lame_ttl', 'lan1_ipsd', 'lan1_ipv6_ipsd', - 'lan2_ipsd', 'lan2_ipv6_ipsd', 'logging_categories', + 'is_unbound_capable', 'lame_ttl', 'logging_categories', 'max_cache_ttl', 'max_cached_lifetime', 'max_ncache_ttl', - 'mgmt_ipsd', 'mgmt_ipv6_ipsd', 'minimal_resp', 'notify_delay', + 'max_udp_size', 'minimal_resp', 'notify_delay', 'notify_source_port', 'nxdomain_log_query', 'nxdomain_redirect', 'nxdomain_redirect_addresses', 'nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6', 'nxdomain_redirect_ttl', 'nxdomain_rulesets', @@ -11286,9 +11932,9 @@ class MemberDns(InfobloxObject): 'rpz_qname_wait_recurse', 'serial_query_rate', 'server_id_directive', 'server_id_directive_string', 'skip_in_grid_rpz_queries', 'sortlist', 'store_locally', - 'syslog_facility', 'transfer_excluded_servers', - 'transfer_format', 'transfers_in', 'transfers_out', - 'transfers_per_ns', 'unbound_logging_level', + 'syslog_facility', 'tcp_idle_timeout', 'tls_session_duration', + 'transfer_excluded_servers', 'transfer_format', 'transfers_in', + 'transfers_out', 'transfers_per_ns', 'unbound_logging_level', 'use_add_client_ip_mac_options', 'use_allow_query', 'use_allow_transfer', 'use_attack_mitigation', 'use_auto_blackhole', 'use_bind_hostname_directive', @@ -11297,25 +11943,28 @@ class MemberDns(InfobloxObject): 'use_copy_client_ip_mac_options', 'use_copy_xfer_to_notify', 'use_disable_edns', 'use_dns64', 'use_dns_cache_acceleration_ttl', 'use_dns_health_check', - 'use_dnssec', 'use_dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet', + 'use_dnssec', 'use_dnstap_setting', + 'use_dtc_dns_queries_specific_behavior', + 'use_dtc_edns_prefer_client_subnet', 'use_edns_udp_size', 'use_enable_capture_dns', 'use_enable_excluded_domain_names', 'use_enable_gss_tsig', 'use_enable_query_rewrite', 'use_filter_aaaa', 'use_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', 'use_forward_updates', 'use_forwarders', 'use_ftc', 'use_gss_tsig_keys', 'use_lame_ttl', 'use_lan2_ipv6_port', 'use_lan2_port', 'use_lan_ipv6_port', 'use_lan_port', - 'use_max_cache_ttl', 'use_max_cached_lifetime', - 'use_max_ncache_ttl', 'use_mgmt_ipv6_port', 'use_mgmt_port', + 'use_logging_categories', 'use_max_cache_ttl', + 'use_max_cached_lifetime', 'use_max_ncache_ttl', + 'use_max_udp_size', 'use_mgmt_ipv6_port', 'use_mgmt_port', 'use_notify_delay', 'use_nxdomain_redirect', 'use_record_name_policy', 'use_recursive_client_limit', 'use_recursive_query_setting', 'use_resolver_query_timeout', 'use_response_rate_limiting', 'use_root_name_server', - 'use_rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip', 'use_rpz_drop_ip_rule', - 'use_rpz_qname_wait_recurse', 'use_serial_query_rate', - 'use_server_id_directive', 'use_sortlist', 'use_source_ports', - 'use_syslog_facility', 'use_transfers_in', 'use_transfers_out', - 'use_transfers_per_ns', 'use_update_setting', - 'use_zone_transfer_format', 'views'] + 'use_root_server_for_all_views', 'use_rpz_disable_nsdname_nsip', + 'use_rpz_drop_ip_rule', 'use_rpz_qname_wait_recurse', + 'use_serial_query_rate', 'use_server_id_directive', + 'use_sortlist', 'use_source_ports', 'use_syslog_facility', + 'use_transfers_in', 'use_transfers_out', 'use_transfers_per_ns', + 'use_update_setting', 'use_zone_transfer_format', 'views'] _search_for_update_fields = ['host_name', 'ipv4addr', 'ipv6addr'] _updateable_search_fields = [] _all_searchable_fields = ['host_name', 'ipv4addr', 'ipv6addr'] @@ -11374,35 +12023,36 @@ class MemberFiledistribution(InfobloxObject): service (TFTP, FTP, HTTP), and which clients are denied access to the service. - Fields: - allow_uploads: Determines whether uploads to the Grid member are - allowed. - comment: The Grid member descriptive comment. - enable_ftp: Determines whether the FTP prtocol is enabled for file - distribution. - enable_ftp_filelist: Determines whether the LIST command for FTP is - enabled. - enable_ftp_passive: Determines whether the passive mode for FTP is - enabled. - enable_http: Determines whether the HTTP prtocol is enabled for file - distribution. - enable_http_acl: Determines whether the HTTP prtocol access control - (AC) settings are enabled. - enable_tftp: Determines whether the TFTP prtocol is enabled for file - distribution. - ftp_acls: Access control (AC) settings for the FTP protocol. - ftp_port: The network port used by the FTP protocol. - ftp_status: The FTP protocol status. - host_name: The Grid member host name. - http_acls: Access control (AC) settings for the HTTP protocol. - http_status: The HTTP protocol status. - ipv4_address: The IPv4 address of the Grid member. - ipv6_address: The IPv6 address of the Grid member. - status: The Grid member file distribution status. - tftp_acls: The access control (AC) settings for the TFTP protocol. - tftp_port: The network port used by the TFTP protocol. - tftp_status: The TFTP protocol status. - use_allow_uploads: Use flag for: allow_uploads + Attributes: + allow_uploads: Determines whether uploads to the Grid member are + allowed. + comment: The Grid member descriptive comment. + enable_ftp: Determines whether the FTP prtocol is enabled for + file distribution. + enable_ftp_filelist: Determines whether the LIST command for FTP + is enabled. + enable_ftp_passive: Determines whether the passive mode for FTP + is enabled. + enable_http: Determines whether the HTTP prtocol is enabled for + file distribution. + enable_http_acl: Determines whether the HTTP prtocol access + control (AC) settings are enabled. + enable_tftp: Determines whether the TFTP prtocol is enabled for + file distribution. + ftp_acls: Access control (AC) settings for the FTP protocol. + ftp_port: The network port used by the FTP protocol. + ftp_status: The FTP protocol status. + host_name: The Grid member host name. + http_acls: Access control (AC) settings for the HTTP protocol. + http_status: The HTTP protocol status. + ipv4_address: The IPv4 address of the Grid member. + ipv6_address: The IPv6 address of the Grid member. + status: The Grid member file distribution status. + tftp_acls: The access control (AC) settings for the TFTP + protocol. + tftp_port: The network port used by the TFTP protocol. + tftp_status: The TFTP protocol status. + use_allow_uploads: Use flag for: allow_uploads """ _infoblox_type = 'member:filedistribution' _fields = ['allow_uploads', 'comment', 'enable_ftp', 'enable_ftp_filelist', @@ -11432,16 +12082,16 @@ class MemberLicense(InfobloxObject): This object represents the member license. - Fields: - expiration_status: The license expiration status. - expiry_date: The expiration timestamp of the license. - hwid: The hardware ID of the physical node on which the license is - installed. - key: License string. - kind: The overall type of license: static or dynamic. - limit: The license limit value. - limit_context: The license limit context. - type: The license type. + Attributes: + expiration_status: The license expiration status. + expiry_date: The expiration timestamp of the license. + hwid: The hardware ID of the physical node on which the license + is installed. + key: License string. + kind: The overall type of license: static or dynamic. + limit: The license limit value. + limit_context: The license limit context. + type: The license type. """ _infoblox_type = 'member:license' _fields = ['expiration_status', 'expiry_date', 'hwid', 'key', 'kind', @@ -11461,10 +12111,10 @@ class MemberParentalcontrol(InfobloxObject): This object represents a set of parental control properties for the Grid member. - Fields: - enable_service: Determines if the parental control service is - enabled. - name: The parental control member hostname. + Attributes: + enable_service: Determines if the parental control service is + enabled. + name: The parental control member hostname. """ _infoblox_type = 'member:parentalcontrol' _fields = ['enable_service', 'name'] @@ -11488,14 +12138,14 @@ class MemberThreatanalytics(InfobloxObject): starting and stopping the DNS threat analytics routines as well as for monitoring the current status of the threat analytics service. - Fields: - comment: The Grid member descriptive comment. - enable_service: Determines whether the threat analytics service is - enabled. - host_name: The Grid member host name. - ipv4_address: The IPv4 Address address of the Grid member. - ipv6_address: The IPv6 Address address of the Grid member. - status: The Grid member threat analytics status. + Attributes: + comment: The Grid member descriptive comment. + enable_service: Determines whether the threat analytics service + is enabled. + host_name: The Grid member host name. + ipv4_address: The IPv4 Address address of the Grid member. + ipv6_address: The IPv6 Address address of the Grid member. + status: The Grid member threat analytics status. """ _infoblox_type = 'member:threatanalytics' _fields = ['comment', 'enable_service', 'host_name', 'ipv4_address', @@ -11516,39 +12166,43 @@ class MemberThreatprotection(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the member threat protection settings. - Fields: - comment: The human readable comment for member threat protection - properties. - current_ruleset: The ruleset used for threat protection. - disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Determines if multiple BIND - responses via TCP connection is enabled or not. - enable_accel_resp_before_threat_protection: Determines if DNS - responses are sent from acceleration cache before applying - Threat Protection rules. Recommended for better performance when - using DNS Cache Acceleration. - enable_nat_rules: Determines if NAT (Network Address Translation) - mapping for threat protection is enabled or not. - enable_service: Determines if the Threat protection service is - enabled or not. - events_per_second_per_rule: The number of events logged per second - per rule. - hardware_model: The hardware model of the member. - hardware_type: The hardware type of the member. - host_name: A Grid member name. - ipv4address: The IPv4 address of member threat protection service. - ipv6address: The IPv6 address of member threat protection service. - nat_rules: The list of NAT rules. - outbound_settings: Outbound settings for ATP events. - profile: The Threat Protection profile associated with the member. - use_current_ruleset: Use flag for: current_ruleset - use_disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Use flag for: - disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request - use_enable_accel_resp_before_threat_protection: Use flag for: - enable_accel_resp_before_threat_protection - use_enable_nat_rules: Use flag for: enable_nat_rules - use_events_per_second_per_rule: Use flag for: - events_per_second_per_rule - use_outbound_settings: Use flag for: outbound_settings + Attributes: + comment: The human readable comment for member threat protection + properties. + current_ruleset: The ruleset used for threat protection. + disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Determines if multiple BIND + responses via TCP connection is enabled or not. + enable_accel_resp_before_threat_protection: Determines if DNS + responses are sent from acceleration cache before applying + Threat Protection rules. Recommended for better performance + when using DNS Cache Acceleration. + enable_nat_rules: Determines if NAT (Network Address + Translation) mapping for threat protection is enabled or + not. + enable_service: Determines if the Threat protection service is + enabled or not. + events_per_second_per_rule: The number of events logged per + second per rule. + hardware_model: The hardware model of the member. + hardware_type: The hardware type of the member. + host_name: A Grid member name. + ipv4address: The IPv4 address of member threat protection + service. + ipv6address: The IPv6 address of member threat protection + service. + nat_rules: The list of NAT rules. + outbound_settings: Outbound settings for ATP events. + profile: The Threat Protection profile associated with the + member. + use_current_ruleset: Use flag for: current_ruleset + use_disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Use flag for: + disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request + use_enable_accel_resp_before_threat_protection: Use flag for: + enable_accel_resp_before_threat_protection + use_enable_nat_rules: Use flag for: enable_nat_rules + use_events_per_second_per_rule: Use flag for: + events_per_second_per_rule + use_outbound_settings: Use flag for: outbound_settings """ _infoblox_type = 'member:threatprotection' _fields = ['comment', 'current_ruleset', @@ -11576,26 +12230,101 @@ class MemberThreatprotection(InfobloxObject): } +class Memberdfp(InfobloxObject): + """ Memberdfp: Memberdfp object. + Corresponds to WAPI object 'memberdfp' + + This object represnts DFP fields at member level + + Attributes: + dfp_forward_first: Option to resolve DNS query if resolution + over Active Trust Cloud failed. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + host_name: Host name of the parent Member + is_dfp_override: DFP override lock'. + """ + _infoblox_type = 'memberdfp' + _fields = ['dfp_forward_first', 'extattrs', 'host_name', 'is_dfp_override'] + _search_for_update_fields = [] + _updateable_search_fields = [] + _all_searchable_fields = [] + _return_fields = ['extattrs'] + _remap = {} + _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + + class Msserver(InfobloxObject): """ Msserver: Microsoft Server object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'msserver' This object represents the Microsoft Server. - Fields: - ad_domain: The Active Directory domain to which this server belongs - (if applicable). - ad_user: The Active Directory User synchronization information. - address: The address or FQDN of the server. - root_ad_domain: The root Active Directory domain to which this - server belongs (if applicable). + Attributes: + ad_domain: The Active Directory domain to which this server + belongs (if applicable). + ad_sites: The Active Directory Sites information + ad_user: The Active Directory User synchronization information. + address: The address or FQDN of the server. + comment: User comments for this Microsoft Server + connection_status: Result of the last RPC connection attempt + made + connection_status_detail: Detail of the last connection attempt + made + dhcp_server: RW fields needed for DHCP purposes at Microsoft + Server level + disabled: Allow/forbids usage of this Microsoft Server + dns_server: Structure containing DNS information + dns_view: Reference to the DNS view + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + grid_member: eference to the assigned grid member + last_seen: Timestamp of the last message received + log_destination: Directs logging of sync messages either to + syslog or mslog + log_level: Log level for this Microsoft Server + login_name: Microsoft Server login name, with optional + domainname + login_password: Microsoft Server login password + managing_member: Hostname of grid member managing this Microsoft + Server + ms_max_connection: Maximum number of connections to MS server + ms_rpc_timeout_in_seconds: Timeout in seconds of RPC connections + for this MS Server + network_view: Reference to the network view + read_only: Enable read-only management for this Microsoft Server + root_ad_domain: The root Active Directory domain to which this + server belongs (if applicable). + server_name: Gives the server name as reported by itself + synchronization_min_delay: Minimum number of minutes between two + synchronizations + synchronization_status: Synchronization status summary + synchronization_status_detail: Detail status if + synchronization_status is ERROR + use_log_destination: Override log_destination inherited from + grid level + use_ms_max_connection: Override grid ms_max_connection setting + use_ms_rpc_timeout_in_seconds: Flag to override cluster RPC + timeout + version: Version of the Microsoft Server """ _infoblox_type = 'msserver' - _fields = ['ad_domain', 'ad_user', 'address', 'root_ad_domain'] + _fields = ['ad_domain', 'ad_sites', 'ad_user', 'address', 'comment', + 'connection_status', 'connection_status_detail', 'dhcp_server', + 'disabled', 'dns_server', 'dns_view', 'extattrs', 'grid_member', + 'last_seen', 'log_destination', 'log_level', 'login_name', + 'login_password', 'managing_member', 'ms_max_connection', + 'ms_rpc_timeout_in_seconds', 'network_view', 'read_only', + 'root_ad_domain', 'server_name', 'synchronization_min_delay', + 'synchronization_status', 'synchronization_status_detail', + 'use_log_destination', 'use_ms_max_connection', + 'use_ms_rpc_timeout_in_seconds', 'version'] _search_for_update_fields = ['address'] - _updateable_search_fields = [] - _all_searchable_fields = ['address'] - _return_fields = ['address'] + _updateable_search_fields = ['address', 'grid_member'] + _all_searchable_fields = ['address', 'grid_member'] + _return_fields = ['address', 'extattrs'] _remap = {} _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] @@ -11606,18 +12335,18 @@ class MsserverAdsitesDomain(InfobloxObject): The object provides information about the Active Directory Domain. - Fields: - ea_definition: The name of the Extensible Attribute Definition - object that is linked to the Active Directory Sites Domain. - ms_sync_master_name: The IP address or FQDN of the managing master - for the MS server, if applicable. - name: The name of the Active Directory Domain properties object. - netbios: The NetBIOS name of the Active Directory Domain properties - object. - network_view: The name of the network view in which the Active - Directory Domain resides. - read_only: Determines whether the Active Directory Domain properties - object is a read-only object. + Attributes: + ea_definition: The name of the Extensible Attribute Definition + object that is linked to the Active Directory Sites Domain. + ms_sync_master_name: The IP address or FQDN of the managing + master for the MS server, if applicable. + name: The name of the Active Directory Domain properties object. + netbios: The NetBIOS name of the Active Directory Domain + properties object. + network_view: The name of the network view in which the Active + Directory Domain resides. + read_only: Determines whether the Active Directory Domain + properties object is a read-only object. """ _infoblox_type = 'msserver:adsites:domain' _fields = ['ea_definition', 'ms_sync_master_name', 'name', 'netbios', @@ -11637,13 +12366,13 @@ class MsserverAdsitesSite(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the Active Directory Site. - Fields: - domain: The reference to the Active Directory Domain to which the - site belongs. - name: The name of the site properties object for the Active - Directory Sites. - networks: The list of networks to which the device interfaces - belong. + Attributes: + domain: The reference to the Active Directory Domain to which + the site belongs. + name: The name of the site properties object for the Active + Directory Sites. + networks: The list of networks to which the device interfaces + belong. """ _infoblox_type = 'msserver:adsites:site' _fields = ['domain', 'name', 'networks'] @@ -11665,34 +12394,51 @@ class MsserverDhcp(InfobloxObject): This object represents a subset of the Microsoft Server DHCP properties. - Fields: - address: The address or FQDN of the DHCP Microsoft Server. - dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization of - DHCP objects belonging to the DHCP Microsoft Server multiplied - by 1000. This is the percentage of the total number of available - IP addresses from all the DHCP objects belonging to the DHCP - Microsoft Server versus the total number of all IP addresses in - all of the DHCP objects on the DHCP Microsoft Server. - dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization level - of DHCP objects that belong to the DHCP Microsoft Server. - dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the DHCP - objects on the DHCP Microsoft Server. - login_name: The login name of the DHCP Microsoft Server. - login_password: The login password of the DHCP Microsoft Server. - static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in DHCP - objects that belong to the DHCP Microsoft Server. - synchronization_interval: The minimum number of minutes between two - synchronizations. - total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in DHCP - objects that belong to the DHCP Microsoft Server. - use_login: Use flag for: login_name , login_password - use_synchronization_interval: Use flag for: synchronization_interval + Attributes: + address: The address or FQDN of the DHCP Microsoft Server. + comment: Comment from Microsoft Server + dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP utilization + of DHCP objects belonging to the DHCP Microsoft Server + multiplied by 1000. This is the percentage of the total + number of available IP addresses from all the DHCP objects + belonging to the DHCP Microsoft Server versus the total + number of all IP addresses in all of the DHCP objects on the + DHCP Microsoft Server. + dhcp_utilization_status: A string describing the utilization + level of DHCP objects that belong to the DHCP Microsoft + Server. + dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the + DHCP objects on the DHCP Microsoft Server. + last_sync_ts: Timestamp of the last synchronization attempt + login_name: The login name of the DHCP Microsoft Server. + login_password: The login password of the DHCP Microsoft Server. + network_view: Network view to update + next_sync_control: Defines what control to apply on the DHCP + server + read_only: Whether Microsoft server is read only + server_name: Microsoft server address + static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in + DHCP objects that belong to the DHCP Microsoft Server. + status: Status of the Microsoft DHCP Service + status_detail: Detailed status of the DHCP status + status_last_updated: Timestamp of the last update + supports_failover: Flag indicating if the DHCP supports Failover + synchronization_interval: The minimum number of minutes between + two synchronizations. + total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in + DHCP objects that belong to the DHCP Microsoft Server. + use_login: Use flag for: login_name , login_password + use_synchronization_interval: Use flag for: + synchronization_interval """ _infoblox_type = 'msserver:dhcp' - _fields = ['address', 'dhcp_utilization', 'dhcp_utilization_status', - 'dynamic_hosts', 'login_name', 'login_password', 'static_hosts', - 'synchronization_interval', 'total_hosts', 'use_login', - 'use_synchronization_interval'] + _fields = ['address', 'comment', 'dhcp_utilization', + 'dhcp_utilization_status', 'dynamic_hosts', 'last_sync_ts', + 'login_name', 'login_password', 'network_view', + 'next_sync_control', 'read_only', 'server_name', 'static_hosts', + 'status', 'status_detail', 'status_last_updated', + 'supports_failover', 'synchronization_interval', 'total_hosts', + 'use_login', 'use_synchronization_interval'] _search_for_update_fields = ['address'] _updateable_search_fields = [] _all_searchable_fields = ['address'] @@ -11708,17 +12454,19 @@ class MsserverDns(InfobloxObject): This object represents a subset of the Microsoft Server DNS properties. - Fields: - address: The address or FQDN of the DNS Microsoft Server. - enable_dns_reports_sync: Determines if synchronization of DNS - reporting data from the Microsoft server is enabled or not. - login_name: The login name of the DNS Microsoft Server. - login_password: The login password of the DNS Microsoft Server. - synchronization_interval: The minimum number of minutes between two - synchronizations. - use_enable_dns_reports_sync: Use flag for: enable_dns_reports_sync - use_login: Use flag for: login_name , login_password - use_synchronization_interval: Use flag for: synchronization_interval + Attributes: + address: The address or FQDN of the DNS Microsoft Server. + enable_dns_reports_sync: Determines if synchronization of DNS + reporting data from the Microsoft server is enabled or not. + login_name: The login name of the DNS Microsoft Server. + login_password: The login password of the DNS Microsoft Server. + synchronization_interval: The minimum number of minutes between + two synchronizations. + use_enable_dns_reports_sync: Use flag for: + enable_dns_reports_sync + use_login: Use flag for: login_name , login_password + use_synchronization_interval: Use flag for: + synchronization_interval """ _infoblox_type = 'msserver:dns' _fields = ['address', 'enable_dns_reports_sync', 'login_name', @@ -11741,34 +12489,35 @@ class Mssuperscope(InfobloxObject): server. You can use a superscope to group and activate multiple ranges via a single object. - Fields: - comment: The superscope descriptive comment. - dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP usage of the - ranges in the superscope. - dhcp_utilization_status: Utilization level of the DHCP range objects - that belong to the superscope. - disable: Determines whether the superscope is disabled. - dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the DHCP - range objects that belong to the superscope. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - high_water_mark: The percentage value for DHCP range usage after - which an alarm will be active. - high_water_mark_reset: The percentage value for DHCP range usage - after which an alarm will be reset. - low_water_mark: The percentage value for DHCP range usage below - which an alarm will be active. - low_water_mark_reset: The percentage value for DHCP range usage - below which an alarm will be reset. - name: The name of the Microsoft DHCP superscope. - network_view: The name of the network view in which the superscope - resides. - ranges: The list of DHCP ranges that are associated with the - superscope. - static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in DHCP - range objects that belong to the superscope. - total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in DHCP - range objects that belong to the superscope. + Attributes: + comment: The superscope descriptive comment. + dhcp_utilization: The percentage of the total DHCP usage of the + ranges in the superscope. + dhcp_utilization_status: Utilization level of the DHCP range + objects that belong to the superscope. + disable: Determines whether the superscope is disabled. + dynamic_hosts: The total number of DHCP leases issued for the + DHCP range objects that belong to the superscope. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + high_water_mark: The percentage value for DHCP range usage after + which an alarm will be active. + high_water_mark_reset: The percentage value for DHCP range usage + after which an alarm will be reset. + low_water_mark: The percentage value for DHCP range usage below + which an alarm will be active. + low_water_mark_reset: The percentage value for DHCP range usage + below which an alarm will be reset. + name: The name of the Microsoft DHCP superscope. + network_view: The name of the network view in which the + superscope resides. + ranges: The list of DHCP ranges that are associated with the + superscope. + static_hosts: The number of static DHCP addresses configured in + DHCP range objects that belong to the superscope. + total_hosts: The total number of DHCP addresses configured in + DHCP range objects that belong to the superscope. """ _infoblox_type = 'mssuperscope' _fields = ['comment', 'dhcp_utilization', 'dhcp_utilization_status', @@ -11793,17 +12542,18 @@ class Namedacl(InfobloxObject): ACLs, to which you can grant or deny permission for operations such as dynamic DNS updates or zone transfers. - Fields: - access_list: The access control list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, - networks, TSIG-based anonymous access controls, and other named - ACLs. - comment: Comment for the named ACL; maximum 256 characters. - exploded_access_list: The exploded access list for the named ACL. - This list displays all the access control entries in a named ACL - and its nested named ACLs, if applicable. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name of the named ACL. + Attributes: + access_list: The access control list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, + networks, TSIG-based anonymous access controls, and other + named ACLs. + comment: Comment for the named ACL; maximum 256 characters. + exploded_access_list: The exploded access list for the named + ACL. This list displays all the access control entries in a + named ACL and its nested named ACLs, if applicable. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name of the named ACL. """ _infoblox_type = 'namedacl' _fields = ['access_list', 'comment', 'exploded_access_list', 'extattrs', @@ -11836,9 +12586,9 @@ class Natgroup(InfobloxObject): NAT group as the master and use the master's NAT address for Grid communication. - Fields: - comment: The NAT group descriptive comment. - name: The name of a NAT group object. + Attributes: + comment: The NAT group descriptive comment. + name: The name of a NAT group object. """ _infoblox_type = 'natgroup' _fields = ['comment', 'name'] @@ -11856,7 +12606,7 @@ class NetworkDiscovery(InfobloxObject): This object can be used to control the network discovery process. - Fields: + Attributes: """ _infoblox_type = 'network_discovery' _fields = [] @@ -11879,26 +12629,28 @@ class Networkuser(InfobloxObject): Directory users such as user session for a specific IP address, domain, login and logout timestamps. - Fields: - address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the Network User. - address_object: The reference of the IPAM IPv4Address or IPv6Address - object describing the address of the Network User. - data_source: The Network User data source. - data_source_ip: The Network User data source IPv4 Address or IPv6 - Address or FQDN address. - domainname: The domain name of the Network User. - first_seen_time: The first seen timestamp of the Network User. - guid: The group identifier of the Network User. - last_seen_time: The last seen timestamp of the Network User. - last_updated_time: The last updated timestamp of the Network User. - logon_id: The logon identifier of the Network User. - logout_time: The logout timestamp of the Network User. - name: The name of the Network User. - network: The reference to the network to which the Network User - belongs. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this Network - User resides. - user_status: The status of the Network User. + Attributes: + address: The IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address of the Network User. + address_object: The reference of the IPAM IPv4Address or + IPv6Address object describing the address of the Network + User. + data_source: The Network User data source. + data_source_ip: The Network User data source IPv4 Address or + IPv6 Address or FQDN address. + domainname: The domain name of the Network User. + first_seen_time: The first seen timestamp of the Network User. + guid: The group identifier of the Network User. + last_seen_time: The last seen timestamp of the Network User. + last_updated_time: The last updated timestamp of the Network + User. + logon_id: The logon identifier of the Network User. + logout_time: The logout timestamp of the Network User. + name: The name of the Network User. + network: The reference to the network to which the Network User + belongs. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this Network + User resides. + user_status: The status of the Network User. """ _infoblox_type = 'networkuser' _fields = ['address', 'address_object', 'data_source', 'data_source_ip', @@ -11925,36 +12677,38 @@ class NetworkView(InfobloxObject): shared networks. A network view can contain both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. All networks must belong to a network view. - Fields: - associated_dns_views: The list of DNS views associated with this - network view. - associated_members: The list of members associated with a network - view. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the network view; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_dns_view: DNS views that will receive the updates if you enable - the appliance to send updates to Grid members. - ddns_zone_primaries: An array of Ddns Zone Primary structs that - lists the information of primary zone to wich DDNS updates - should be sent. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - internal_forward_zones: The list of linked authoritative DNS zones. - is_default: The NIOS appliance provides one default network view. - You can rename the default view and change its settings, but you - cannot delete it. There must always be at least one network view - in the appliance. - mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is synchronized - with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is set to True, - objects are not synchronized. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: Name of the network view. - remote_forward_zones: The list of forward-mapping zones to which the - DHCP server sends the updates. - remote_reverse_zones: The list of reverse-mapping zones to which the - DHCP server sends the updates. + Attributes: + associated_dns_views: The list of DNS views associated with this + network view. + associated_members: The list of members associated with a + network view. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the network view; maximum 256 characters. + ddns_dns_view: DNS views that will receive the updates if you + enable the appliance to send updates to Grid members. + ddns_zone_primaries: An array of Ddns Zone Primary structs that + lists the information of primary zone to wich DDNS updates + should be sent. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + internal_forward_zones: The list of linked authoritative DNS + zones. + is_default: The NIOS appliance provides one default network + view. You can rename the default view and change its + settings, but you cannot delete it. There must always be at + least one network view in the appliance. + mgm_private: This field controls whether this object is + synchronized with the Multi-Grid Master. If this field is + set to True, objects are not synchronized. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: Name of the network view. + remote_forward_zones: The list of forward-mapping zones to which + the DHCP server sends the updates. + remote_reverse_zones: The list of reverse-mapping zones to which + the DHCP server sends the updates. """ _infoblox_type = 'networkview' _fields = ['associated_dns_views', 'associated_members', 'cloud_info', @@ -11985,39 +12739,40 @@ class NotificationRestEndpoint(InfobloxObject): The notification REST endpoint object represents settings of particular REST API endpoint. - Fields: - client_certificate_subject: The client certificate subject of a - notification REST endpoint. - client_certificate_token: The token returned by the uploadinit - function call in object fileop for a notification REST endpoit - client certificate. - client_certificate_valid_from: The timestamp when client certificate - for a notification REST endpoint was created. - client_certificate_valid_to: The timestamp when client certificate - for a notification REST endpoint expires. - comment: The comment of a notification REST endpoint. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - log_level: The log level for a notification REST endpoint. - name: The name of a notification REST endpoint. - outbound_member_type: The outbound member which will generate an - event. - outbound_members: The list of members for outbound events. - password: The password of the user that can log into a notification - REST endpoint. - server_cert_validation: The server certificate validation type. - sync_disabled: Determines if the sync process is disabled for a - notification REST endpoint. - template_instance: The notification REST template instance. The - parameters of REST API endpoint template instance are prohibited - to change. - timeout: The timeout of session management (in seconds). - uri: The URI of a notification REST endpoint. - username: The username of the user that can log into a notification - REST endpoint. - vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. - wapi_user_name: The user name for WAPI integration. - wapi_user_password: The user password for WAPI integration. + Attributes: + client_certificate_subject: The client certificate subject of a + notification REST endpoint. + client_certificate_token: The token returned by the uploadinit + function call in object fileop for a notification REST + endpoit client certificate. + client_certificate_valid_from: The timestamp when client + certificate for a notification REST endpoint was created. + client_certificate_valid_to: The timestamp when client + certificate for a notification REST endpoint expires. + comment: The comment of a notification REST endpoint. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + log_level: The log level for a notification REST endpoint. + name: The name of a notification REST endpoint. + outbound_member_type: The outbound member which will generate an + event. + outbound_members: The list of members for outbound events. + password: The password of the user that can log into a + notification REST endpoint. + server_cert_validation: The server certificate validation type. + sync_disabled: Determines if the sync process is disabled for a + notification REST endpoint. + template_instance: The notification REST template instance. The + parameters of REST API endpoint template instance are + prohibited to change. + timeout: The timeout of session management (in seconds). + uri: The URI of a notification REST endpoint. + username: The username of the user that can log into a + notification REST endpoint. + vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. + wapi_user_name: The user name for WAPI integration. + wapi_user_password: The user password for WAPI integration. """ _infoblox_type = 'notification:rest:endpoint' _fields = ['client_certificate_subject', 'client_certificate_token', @@ -12050,18 +12805,18 @@ class NotificationRestTemplate(InfobloxObject): The notification REST template object represents settings of particular REST API template. - Fields: - action_name: The action name. - added_on: The time stamp when a template was added. - comment: The comment for this REST API template. - content: The JSON formatted content of a template. The data passed - by content creates parameters for a template. - event_type: The event type. - name: The name of a notification REST template. - outbound_type: The outbound type for the template. - parameters: The notification REST template parameters. - template_type: The template type. - vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. + Attributes: + action_name: The action name. + added_on: The time stamp when a template was added. + comment: The comment for this REST API template. + content: The JSON formatted content of a template. The data + passed by content creates parameters for a template. + event_type: The event type. + name: The name of a notification REST template. + outbound_type: The outbound type for the template. + parameters: The notification REST template parameters. + template_type: The template type. + vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. """ _infoblox_type = 'notification:rest:template' _fields = ['action_name', 'added_on', 'comment', 'content', 'event_type', @@ -12088,36 +12843,39 @@ class NotificationRule(InfobloxObject): taken when the rule is hit. It also specifies where this rule engine is configured to be run. - Fields: - all_members: Determines whether the notification rule is applied on - all members or not. When this is set to False, the notification - rule is applied only on selected_members. - comment: The notification rule descriptive comment. - disable: Determines whether a notification rule is disabled or not. - When this is set to False, the notification rule is enabled. - enable_event_deduplication: Determines whether the notification rule - for event deduplication is enabled. Note that to enable event - deduplication, you must set at least one deduplication field. - enable_event_deduplication_log: Determines whether the notification - rule for the event deduplication syslog is enabled. - event_deduplication_fields: The list of fields that must be used in - the notification rule for event deduplication. - event_deduplication_lookback_period: The lookback period for the - notification rule for event deduplication. - event_priority: Event priority. - event_type: The notification rule event type. - expression_list: The notification rule expression list. - name: The notification rule name. - notification_action: The notification rule action is applied if - expression list evaluates to True. - notification_target: The notification target. - publish_settings: The publish settings. - scheduled_event: Schedule setting that must be specified if - event_type is SCHEDULE. - selected_members: The list of the members on which the notification - rule is applied. - template_instance: The notification REST template instance. - use_publish_settings: Use flag for: publish_settings + Attributes: + all_members: Determines whether the notification rule is applied + on all members or not. When this is set to False, the + notification rule is applied only on selected_members. + comment: The notification rule descriptive comment. + disable: Determines whether a notification rule is disabled or + not. When this is set to False, the notification rule is + enabled. + enable_event_deduplication: Determines whether the notification + rule for event deduplication is enabled. Note that to enable + event deduplication, you must set at least one deduplication + field. + enable_event_deduplication_log: Determines whether the + notification rule for the event deduplication syslog is + enabled. + event_deduplication_fields: The list of fields that must be used + in the notification rule for event deduplication. + event_deduplication_lookback_period: The lookback period for the + notification rule for event deduplication. + event_priority: Event priority. + event_type: The notification rule event type. + expression_list: The notification rule expression list. + name: The notification rule name. + notification_action: The notification rule action is applied if + expression list evaluates to True. + notification_target: The notification target. + publish_settings: The publish settings. + scheduled_event: Schedule setting that must be specified if + event_type is SCHEDULE. + selected_members: The list of the members on which the + notification rule is applied. + template_instance: The notification REST template instance. + use_publish_settings: Use flag for: publish_settings """ _infoblox_type = 'notification:rule' _fields = ['all_members', 'comment', 'disable', @@ -12157,24 +12915,26 @@ class Nsgroup(InfobloxObject): zone creation, allowing you to specify a single name server group instead of specifying multiple name servers individually. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the name server group; maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - external_primaries: The list of external primary servers. - external_secondaries: The list of external secondary servers. - grid_primary: The grid primary servers for this group. - grid_secondaries: The list with Grid members that are secondary - servers for this group. - is_grid_default: Determines if this name server group is the Grid - default. - is_multimaster: Determines if the "multiple DNS primaries" feature - is enabled for the group. - name: The name of this name server group. - use_external_primary: This flag controls whether the group is using - an external primary. Note that modification of this field - requires passing values for "grid_secondaries" and - "external_primaries". + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the name server group; maximum 256 + characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + external_primaries: The list of external primary servers. + external_secondaries: The list of external secondary servers. + grid_primary: The grid primary servers for this group. + grid_secondaries: The list with Grid members that are secondary + servers for this group. + is_grid_default: Determines if this name server group is the + Grid default. + is_multimaster: Determines if the "multiple DNS primaries" + feature is enabled for the group. + name: The name of this name server group. + use_external_primary: This flag controls whether the group is + using an external primary. Note that modification of this + field requires passing values for "grid_secondaries" and + "external_primaries". """ _infoblox_type = 'nsgroup' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'external_primaries', @@ -12208,13 +12968,14 @@ class NsgroupDelegation(InfobloxObject): configuring multiple name servers individually for each delegated zones can significantly reduce configuration efforts. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the delegated NS group. - delegate_to: The list of delegated servers for the delegated NS - group. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name of the delegated NS group. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the delegated NS group. + delegate_to: The list of delegated servers for the delegated NS + group. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name of the delegated NS group. """ _infoblox_type = 'nsgroup:delegation' _fields = ['comment', 'delegate_to', 'extattrs', 'name'] @@ -12238,13 +12999,14 @@ class NsgroupForwardingmember(InfobloxObject): The Forwarding Member Name Server Group provides forwarding servers configuration for forward zones. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the Forwarding Member Name Server Group; - maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forwarding_servers: The list of forwarding member servers. - name: The name of the Forwarding Member Name Server Group. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the Forwarding Member Name Server Group; + maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forwarding_servers: The list of forwarding member servers. + name: The name of the Forwarding Member Name Server Group. """ _infoblox_type = 'nsgroup:forwardingmember' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'forwarding_servers', 'name'] @@ -12268,13 +13030,14 @@ class NsgroupForwardstubserver(InfobloxObject): The Forward Stub Server Name Server Group allows configuring external servers for Forward Zone and Stub Zone. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the Forward Stub Server Name Server Group; - maximum 256 characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - external_servers: The list of external servers. - name: The name of this Forward Stub Server Name Server Group. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the Forward Stub Server Name Server Group; + maximum 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + external_servers: The list of external servers. + name: The name of this Forward Stub Server Name Server Group. """ _infoblox_type = 'nsgroup:forwardstubserver' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'external_servers', 'name'] @@ -12297,16 +13060,17 @@ class NsgroupStubmember(InfobloxObject): The Stub Member Name Server Group provides stub servers configuration for stub zones. - Fields: - comment: Comment for the Stub Member Name Server Group; maximum 256 - characters. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name of the Stub Member Name Server Group. - stub_members: The Grid member servers of this stub zone.Note that - the lead/stealth/grid_replicate/ - preferred_primaries/override_preferred_primaries fields of the - struct will be ignored when set in this field. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for the Stub Member Name Server Group; maximum + 256 characters. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name of the Stub Member Name Server Group. + stub_members: The Grid member servers of this stub zone.Note + that the lead/stealth/grid_replicate/ + preferred_primaries/override_preferred_primaries fields of + the struct will be ignored when set in this field. """ _infoblox_type = 'nsgroup:stubmember' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'name', 'stub_members'] @@ -12332,9 +13096,9 @@ class Orderedranges(InfobloxObject): Note that DHCP range object that have server association type set to 'NONE' are excluded from ordered DHCP ranges object. - Fields: - network: The reference to the network that contains ranges. - ranges: The ordered list of references to ranges. + Attributes: + network: The reference to the network that contains ranges. + ranges: The ordered list of references to ranges. """ _infoblox_type = 'orderedranges' _fields = ['network', 'ranges'] @@ -12355,9 +13119,9 @@ class Orderedresponsepolicyzones(InfobloxObject): reject zones that are disabled or zones without primary name server assigned. - Fields: - rp_zones: An ordered list of Response Policy Zone names. - view: The DNS View name. + Attributes: + rp_zones: An ordered list of Response Policy Zone names. + view: The DNS View name. """ _infoblox_type = 'orderedresponsepolicyzones' _fields = ['rp_zones', 'view'] @@ -12378,13 +13142,13 @@ class OutboundCloudclient(InfobloxObject): them to on-premises DNS firewall RPZ zones within a configurable time frame. - Fields: - enable: Determines whether the OutBound Cloud Client is enabled. - grid_member: The Grid member where our outbound is running. - interval: The time interval (in seconds) for requesting newly - detected domains by the Infoblox Outbound Cloud Client and - applying them to the list of configured RPZs. - outbound_cloud_client_events: List of event types to request + Attributes: + enable: Determines whether the OutBound Cloud Client is enabled. + grid_member: The Grid member where our outbound is running. + interval: The time interval (in seconds) for requesting newly + detected domains by the Infoblox Outbound Cloud Client and + applying them to the list of configured RPZs. + outbound_cloud_client_events: List of event types to request """ _infoblox_type = 'outbound:cloudclient' _fields = ['enable', 'grid_member', 'interval', @@ -12408,16 +13172,16 @@ class ParentalcontrolAvp(InfobloxObject): The accounting attribute value pair object is used to extract accounting information from accounting protocols logs. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the AVP. - domain_types: The list of domains applicable to AVP. - is_restricted: Determines if AVP is restricted to domains. - name: The name of AVP. - type: The type of AVP as per RFC 2865/2866. - user_defined: Determines if AVP was defined by user. - value_type: The type of value. - vendor_id: The vendor ID as per RFC 2865/2866. - vendor_type: The vendor type as per RFC 2865/2866. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the AVP. + domain_types: The list of domains applicable to AVP. + is_restricted: Determines if AVP is restricted to domains. + name: The name of AVP. + type: The type of AVP as per RFC 2865/2866. + user_defined: Determines if AVP was defined by user. + value_type: The type of value. + vendor_id: The vendor ID as per RFC 2865/2866. + vendor_type: The vendor type as per RFC 2865/2866. """ _infoblox_type = 'parentalcontrol:avp' _fields = ['comment', 'domain_types', 'is_restricted', 'name', 'type', @@ -12438,9 +13202,9 @@ class ParentalcontrolBlockingpolicy(InfobloxObject): This object represents a set of parental control properties for blocking policy. - Fields: - name: The name of the blocking policy. - value: The 32 bit hex value of the blocking policy. + Attributes: + name: The name of the blocking policy. + value: The 32 bit hex value of the blocking policy. """ _infoblox_type = 'parentalcontrol:blockingpolicy' _fields = ['name', 'value'] @@ -12452,28 +13216,6 @@ class ParentalcontrolBlockingpolicy(InfobloxObject): _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] -class ParentalcontrolIpspacediscriminator(InfobloxObject): - """ ParentalcontrolIpspacediscriminator: Parental control IP space - discriminator properties object. - Corresponds to WAPI object 'parentalcontrol:ipspacediscriminator' - - This object represents a set of parental control properties for IP - space discriminator. - - Fields: - name: The name of the IP space discriminator. - value: The value of the IP space discriminator. - """ - _infoblox_type = 'parentalcontrol:ipspacediscriminator' - _fields = ['name', 'value'] - _search_for_update_fields = ['name', 'value'] - _updateable_search_fields = ['name', 'value'] - _all_searchable_fields = ['name', 'value'] - _return_fields = ['name', 'value'] - _remap = {} - _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] - - class ParentalcontrolSubscriber(InfobloxObject): """ ParentalcontrolSubscriber: The parental control subscriber object. @@ -12483,84 +13225,84 @@ class ParentalcontrolSubscriber(InfobloxObject): RADIUS subscriber information which will be used by DNS/RPZ for reporting and logging violations. - Fields: - alt_subscriber_id: The name of AVP to be used as an alternate - subscriber ID for fixed lines. - alt_subscriber_id_regexp: A character string to control aspects of - rewriting of the fields. - alt_subscriber_id_subexpression: The subexpression indicates which - subexpression to extract. If zero, then the text matching the - entire regular expression is extracted. If non-zero, then the - regex must contain at least that many sub-expression groups. It - takes values from 0 to 8. - ancillaries: The list of ordered AVP Ancillary Fields. - cat_acctname: Category content account name using the categorization - service. - cat_password: Category content account password to access the - categorization service. - cat_update_frequency: Category content updates every number of - hours. - category_url: Category content vendor url to download category data - from and upload feedback to, configure for parental control. - enable_mgmt_only_nas: Determines if NAS RADIUS traffic is accepted - over MGMT only. - enable_parental_control: Determines if parental control is enabled. - ident: Category content authorization string per customer for remote - RD lookup and category access. - interim_accounting_interval: The time for collector to be fully - populated.Valid values are from 1 to 65535. - ip_anchors: The ordered list of IP Anchors AVPs. The list content - cannot be changed, but the order of elements. - ip_space_disc_regexp: A character string to control aspects of - rewriting of the fields. - ip_space_disc_subexpression: The subexpression indicates which - subexpression to extract. If zero, then the text matching the - entire regular expression is extracted. If non-zero, then the - regex must contain at least that many sub-expression groups. It - takes values from 0 to 8. - ip_space_discriminator: The name of AVP to be used as IP address - discriminator. - local_id: The name of AVP to be used as local ID. - local_id_regexp: A character string to control aspects of rewriting - of the fields. - local_id_subexpression: The subexpression indicates which - subexpression to extract. If zero, then the text matching the - entire regular expression is extracted. If non-zero, then the - regex must contain at least that many sub-expression groups. It - takes values from 0 to 8. - log_guest_lookups: - nas_context_info: NAS contextual information AVP. - pc_zone_name: The SOA to store parental control records. - proxy_password: Proxy server password used for authentication. - proxy_url: Proxy url to download category data from and upload - feedback to, configure for parental control. The default value - 'None' is no longer valid as it match url regex pattern - "^http|https://". The new default value does not get saved in - database, but rather used for comparision with object created in - unit test cases. - proxy_username: Proxy server username used for authentication. - subscriber_id: The name of AVP to be used as a subscriber. - subscriber_id_regexp: A character string to control aspects of - rewriting of the fields. - subscriber_id_subexpression: The subexpression indicates which - subexpression to extract. If zero, then the text matching the - entire regular expression is extracted. If non-zero, then the - regex must contain at least that many sub-expression groups. It - takes values from 0 to 8. + Attributes: + alt_subscriber_id: The name of AVP to be used as an alternate + subscriber ID for fixed lines. + alt_subscriber_id_regexp: A character string to control aspects + of rewriting of the fields. + alt_subscriber_id_subexpression: The subexpression indicates + which subexpression to extract. If zero, then the text + matching the entire regular expression is extracted. If non- + zero, then the regex must contain at least that many sub- + expression groups. It takes values from 0 to 8. + ancillaries: The list of ordered AVP Ancillary Fields. + cat_acctname: Category content account name using the + categorization service. + cat_password: Category content account password to access the + categorization service. + cat_update_frequency: Category content updates every number of + hours. + category_url: Category content vendor url to download category + data from and upload feedback to, configure for parental + control. + enable_mgmt_only_nas: Determines if NAS RADIUS traffic is + accepted over MGMT only. + enable_parental_control: Determines if parental control is + enabled. + interim_accounting_interval: The time for collector to be fully + populated.Valid values are from 1 to 65535. + ip_anchors: The ordered list of IP Anchors AVPs. The list + content cannot be changed, but the order of elements. + ip_space_disc_regexp: A character string to control aspects of + rewriting of the fields. + ip_space_disc_subexpression: The subexpression indicates which + subexpression to extract. If zero, then the text matching + the entire regular expression is extracted. If non-zero, + then the regex must contain at least that many sub- + expression groups. It takes values from 0 to 8. + ip_space_discriminator: The name of AVP to be used as IP address + discriminator. + local_id: The name of AVP to be used as local ID. + local_id_regexp: A character string to control aspects of + rewriting of the fields. + local_id_subexpression: The subexpression indicates which + subexpression to extract. If zero, then the text matching + the entire regular expression is extracted. If non-zero, + then the regex must contain at least that many sub- + expression groups. It takes values from 0 to 8. + log_guest_lookups: + nas_context_info: NAS contextual information AVP. + pc_zone_name: The SOA to store parental control records. + proxy_password: Proxy server password used for authentication. + proxy_url: Proxy url to download category data from and upload + feedback to, configure for parental control. The default + value 'None' is no longer valid as it match url regex + pattern "^http|https://". The new default value does not get + saved in database, but rather used for comparision with + object created in unit test cases. + proxy_username: Proxy server username used for authentication. + subscriber_id: The name of AVP to be used as a subscriber. + subscriber_id_regexp: A character string to control aspects of + rewriting of the fields. + subscriber_id_subexpression: The subexpression indicates which + subexpression to extract. If zero, then the text matching + the entire regular expression is extracted. If non-zero, + then the regex must contain at least that many sub- + expression groups. It takes values from 0 to 8. """ _infoblox_type = 'parentalcontrol:subscriber' _fields = ['alt_subscriber_id', 'alt_subscriber_id_regexp', 'alt_subscriber_id_subexpression', 'ancillaries', 'cat_acctname', 'cat_password', 'cat_update_frequency', 'category_url', 'enable_mgmt_only_nas', - 'enable_parental_control', 'ident', - 'interim_accounting_interval', 'ip_anchors', - 'ip_space_disc_regexp', 'ip_space_disc_subexpression', - 'ip_space_discriminator', 'local_id', 'local_id_regexp', - 'local_id_subexpression', 'log_guest_lookups', - 'nas_context_info', 'pc_zone_name', 'proxy_password', - 'proxy_url', 'proxy_username', 'subscriber_id', - 'subscriber_id_regexp', 'subscriber_id_subexpression'] + 'enable_parental_control', 'interim_accounting_interval', + 'ip_anchors', 'ip_space_disc_regexp', + 'ip_space_disc_subexpression', 'ip_space_discriminator', + 'local_id', 'local_id_regexp', 'local_id_subexpression', + 'log_guest_lookups', 'nas_context_info', 'pc_zone_name', + 'proxy_password', 'proxy_url', 'proxy_username', + 'subscriber_id', 'subscriber_id_regexp', + 'subscriber_id_subexpression'] _search_for_update_fields = ['alt_subscriber_id', 'local_id', 'subscriber_id'] _updateable_search_fields = ['alt_subscriber_id', 'local_id', @@ -12571,6 +13313,60 @@ class ParentalcontrolSubscriber(InfobloxObject): _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] +class ParentalcontrolSubscriberrecord(InfobloxObject): + """ ParentalcontrolSubscriberrecord: Parental control subscriber + record object. + Corresponds to WAPI object 'parentalcontrol:subscriberrecord' + + This object represents a set of parental control properties for + subscriber record. + + Attributes: + accounting_session_id: accounting_session_id + alt_ip_addr: alt_ip_addr + ans0: ans0 + ans1: ans1 + ans2: ans2 + ans3: ans3 + ans4: ans4 + black_list: black_list + bwflag: bwflag + dynamic_category_policy: dynamic_category_policy + flags: flags + ip_addr: ip_addr + ipsd: ipsd + localid: localid + nas_contextual: nas_contextual + parental_control_policy: parental_control_policy + prefix: prefix + proxy_all: proxy_all + site: site + subscriber_id: subscriber_id + subscriber_secure_policy: subscriber_secure_policy + unknown_category_policy: unknown_category_policy + white_list: white_list + wpc_category_policy: wpc_category_policy + """ + _infoblox_type = 'parentalcontrol:subscriberrecord' + _fields = ['accounting_session_id', 'alt_ip_addr', 'ans0', 'ans1', 'ans2', + 'ans3', 'ans4', 'black_list', 'bwflag', + 'dynamic_category_policy', 'flags', 'ip_addr', 'ipsd', + 'localid', 'nas_contextual', 'parental_control_policy', + 'prefix', 'proxy_all', 'site', 'subscriber_id', + 'subscriber_secure_policy', 'unknown_category_policy', + 'white_list', 'wpc_category_policy'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['ip_addr', 'ipsd', 'localid', 'prefix', + 'site', 'subscriber_id'] + _updateable_search_fields = ['ip_addr', 'ipsd', 'localid', 'prefix', + 'site', 'subscriber_id'] + _all_searchable_fields = ['ip_addr', 'ipsd', 'localid', 'prefix', 'site', + 'subscriber_id'] + _return_fields = ['accounting_session_id', 'ip_addr', 'ipsd', 'localid', + 'prefix', 'site', 'subscriber_id'] + _remap = {} + _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + + class ParentalcontrolSubscribersite(InfobloxObject): """ ParentalcontrolSubscribersite: Subscriber site parental control properties object. @@ -12579,29 +13375,43 @@ class ParentalcontrolSubscribersite(InfobloxObject): This object represents a set of parental control properties for subscriber site. - Fields: - abss: The list of ABS for the site. - blocking_ipv4_vip1: The IPv4 Address of the blocking server. - blocking_ipv4_vip2: The IPv4 Address of the blocking server. - blocking_ipv6_vip1: The IPv6 Address of the blocking server. - blocking_ipv6_vip2: The IPv6 Address of the blocking server. - comment: The human readable comment for the site. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - maximum_subscribers: The max number of subscribers for the site. It - is used to configure the cache size. - members: The list of members for the site. - msps: The list of MSP for the site. - name: The name of the site. - nas_gateways: The list of accounting log servers. - nas_port: The port number to reach the collector. - spms: The list of SPM for the site. + Attributes: + abss: The list of ABS for the site. + block_size: The size of the Deterministic NAT block-size. + blocking_ipv4_vip1: The IPv4 Address of the blocking server. + blocking_ipv4_vip2: The IPv4 Address of the blocking server. + blocking_ipv6_vip1: The IPv6 Address of the blocking server. + blocking_ipv6_vip2: The IPv6 Address of the blocking server. + comment: The human readable comment for the site. + dca_sub_bw_list: Enable/disable the DCA subscriber B/W list + support. + dca_sub_query_count: Enable/disable the DCA subscriber query + count. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + first_port: The start of the first Deterministic block. + maximum_subscribers: The max number of subscribers for the site. + It is used to configure the cache size. + members: The list of members for the site. + msps: The list of MSP for the site. + name: The name of the site. + nas_gateways: The list of accounting log servers. + nas_port: The port number to reach the collector. + proxy_rpz_passthru: Enables Proxy RPZ PASSTGHRU. + spms: The list of SPM for the site. + stop_anycast: Stop the anycast service when the subscriber + service is in the interim state. + strict_nat: Restrict subscriber cache entries to NATed clients. """ _infoblox_type = 'parentalcontrol:subscribersite' - _fields = ['abss', 'blocking_ipv4_vip1', 'blocking_ipv4_vip2', - 'blocking_ipv6_vip1', 'blocking_ipv6_vip2', 'comment', - 'extattrs', 'maximum_subscribers', 'members', 'msps', 'name', - 'nas_gateways', 'nas_port', 'spms'] + _fields = ['abss', 'block_size', 'blocking_ipv4_vip1', + 'blocking_ipv4_vip2', 'blocking_ipv6_vip1', + 'blocking_ipv6_vip2', 'comment', 'dca_sub_bw_list', + 'dca_sub_query_count', 'extattrs', 'first_port', + 'maximum_subscribers', 'members', 'msps', 'name', + 'nas_gateways', 'nas_port', 'proxy_rpz_passthru', 'spms', + 'stop_anycast', 'strict_nat'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name'] _updateable_search_fields = ['blocking_ipv4_vip1', 'blocking_ipv4_vip2', 'blocking_ipv6_vip1', 'blocking_ipv6_vip2', @@ -12609,7 +13419,9 @@ class ParentalcontrolSubscribersite(InfobloxObject): _all_searchable_fields = ['blocking_ipv4_vip1', 'blocking_ipv4_vip2', 'blocking_ipv6_vip1', 'blocking_ipv6_vip2', 'comment', 'name'] - _return_fields = ['extattrs', 'name'] + _return_fields = ['block_size', 'dca_sub_bw_list', 'dca_sub_query_count', + 'extattrs', 'first_port', 'name', 'stop_anycast', + 'strict_nat'] _remap = {} _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] @@ -12632,18 +13444,18 @@ class Permission(InfobloxObject): have defined permissions. You can grant admin groups read-only or read/write permission, or deny access by using this object. - Fields: - group: The name of the admin group this permission applies to. - object: A reference to a WAPI object, which will be the object this - permission applies to. - permission: The type of permission. - resource_type: The type of resource this permission applies to. If - 'object' is set, the permission is going to apply to child - objects of the specified type, for example if 'object' was set - to an authoritative zone reference and 'resource_type' was set - to 'A', the permission would apply to A Resource Records within - the specified zone. - role: The name of the role this permission applies to. + Attributes: + group: The name of the admin group this permission applies to. + object: A reference to a WAPI object, which will be the object + this permission applies to. + permission: The type of permission. + resource_type: The type of resource this permission applies to. + If 'object' is set, the permission is going to apply to + child objects of the specified type, for example if 'object' + was set to an authoritative zone reference and + 'resource_type' was set to 'A', the permission would apply + to A Resource Records within the specified zone. + role: The name of the role this permission applies to. """ _infoblox_type = 'permission' _fields = ['group', 'object', 'permission', 'resource_type', 'role'] @@ -12658,6 +13470,72 @@ class Permission(InfobloxObject): _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] +class PxgridEndpoint(InfobloxObject): + """ PxgridEndpoint: The PXGrid endpoint object. + Corresponds to WAPI object 'pxgrid:endpoint' + + The pxgrid endpoint object represents the settings of a particular + PXGRID endpoint. + + Attributes: + address: The pxgrid endpoint IPv4 Address or IPv6 Address or + Fully-Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) + client_certificate_subject: The Cisco ISE client certificate + subject. + client_certificate_token: The token returned by the uploadinit + function call in object fileop for Cisco ISE client + certificate. + client_certificate_valid_from: The pxgrid endpoint client + certificate valid from. + client_certificate_valid_to: The pxgrid endpoint client + certificate valid to. + comment: The Cisco ISE endpoint descriptive comment. + disable: Determines whether a Cisco ISE endpoint is disabled or + not. When this is set to False, the Cisco ISE endpoint is + enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + log_level: The log level for a notification pxgrid endpoint. + name: The name of the pxgrid endpoint. + network_view: The pxgrid network view name. + outbound_member_type: The outbound member that will generate + events. + outbound_members: The list of members for outbound events. + publish_settings: The Cisco ISE publish settings. + subscribe_settings: The Cisco ISE subscribe settings. + template_instance: The Pxgrid template instance. You cannot + change the parameters of the pxgrid endpoint template + instance. + timeout: The timeout of session management (in seconds). + vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. + wapi_user_name: The user name for WAPI integration. + wapi_user_password: The user password for WAPI integration. + """ + _infoblox_type = 'pxgrid:endpoint' + _fields = ['address', 'client_certificate_subject', + 'client_certificate_token', 'client_certificate_valid_from', + 'client_certificate_valid_to', 'comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', + 'log_level', 'name', 'network_view', 'outbound_member_type', + 'outbound_members', 'publish_settings', 'subscribe_settings', + 'template_instance', 'timeout', 'vendor_identifier', + 'wapi_user_name', 'wapi_user_password'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['address', 'name', 'outbound_member_type'] + _updateable_search_fields = ['address', 'comment', 'log_level', 'name', + 'network_view', 'outbound_member_type', + 'vendor_identifier'] + _all_searchable_fields = ['address', 'comment', 'log_level', 'name', + 'network_view', 'outbound_member_type', + 'vendor_identifier'] + _return_fields = ['address', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'name', + 'outbound_member_type'] + _remap = {} + _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + + def test_connection(self, *args, **kwargs): + return self._call_func("test_connection", *args, **kwargs) + + class RadiusAuthservice(InfobloxObject): """ RadiusAuthservice: The RADIUS authentication service object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'radius:authservice' @@ -12681,26 +13559,26 @@ class RadiusAuthservice(InfobloxObject): RADIUS server groups and the admin groups that match those on RADIUS server to authentication policy. - Fields: - acct_retries: The number of times to attempt to contact an - accounting RADIUS server. - acct_timeout: The number of seconds to wait for a response from the - RADIUS server. - auth_retries: The number of times to attempt to contact an - authentication RADIUS server. - auth_timeout: The number of seconds to wait for a response from the - RADIUS server. - cache_ttl: The TTL of cached authentication data in seconds. - comment: The RADIUS descriptive comment. - disable: Determines whether the RADIUS authentication service is - disabled. - enable_cache: Determines whether the authentication cache is - enabled. - mode: The way to contact the RADIUS server. - name: The RADIUS authentication service name. - recovery_interval: The time period to wait before retrying a server - that has been marked as down. - servers: The ordered list of RADIUS authentication servers. + Attributes: + acct_retries: The number of times to attempt to contact an + accounting RADIUS server. + acct_timeout: The number of seconds to wait for a response from + the RADIUS server. + auth_retries: The number of times to attempt to contact an + authentication RADIUS server. + auth_timeout: The number of seconds to wait for a response from + the RADIUS server. + cache_ttl: The TTL of cached authentication data in seconds. + comment: The RADIUS descriptive comment. + disable: Determines whether the RADIUS authentication service is + disabled. + enable_cache: Determines whether the authentication cache is + enabled. + mode: The way to contact the RADIUS server. + name: The RADIUS authentication service name. + recovery_interval: The time period to wait before retrying a + server that has been marked as down. + servers: The ordered list of RADIUS authentication servers. """ _infoblox_type = 'radius:authservice' _fields = ['acct_retries', 'acct_timeout', 'auth_retries', 'auth_timeout', @@ -12745,47 +13623,48 @@ class ARecord(ARecordBase): if "Enable PTR record removal for A/AAAA records" is enabled in Grid DNS properties. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this A record. - dns_name: The name for an A record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the record. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: Name for A record in FQDN format. This value can be in unicode - format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this A record. + dns_name: The name for an A record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the record. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: Name for A record in FQDN format. This value can be in + unicode format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:a' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -12806,16 +13685,6 @@ class ARecord(ARecordBase): _shadow_fields = ['_ref', 'ip'] _ip_version = 4 - @property - def ipv4addr(self): - # Convert IPAllocation objects to string - if hasattr(self, '_ipv4addr'): - return str(self._ipv4addr) - - @ipv4addr.setter - def ipv4addr(self, ipv4addr): - self._ipv4addr = ipv4addr - class AAAARecord(ARecordBase): """ AAAARecord: DNS AAAA record object. @@ -12831,47 +13700,48 @@ class AAAARecord(ARecordBase): only if "Enable PTR record removal for A/AAAA records" is enabled in Grid DNS properties. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this AAAA record. - dns_name: The name for an AAAA record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the record. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: Name for the AAAA record in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this AAAA record. + dns_name: The name for an AAAA record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the record. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: Name for the AAAA record in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:aaaa' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -12892,16 +13762,6 @@ class AAAARecord(ARecordBase): _shadow_fields = ['_ref', 'ip'] _ip_version = 6 - @property - def ipv6addr(self): - # Convert IPAllocation objects to string - if hasattr(self, '_ipv6addr'): - return str(self._ipv6addr) - - @ipv6addr.setter - def ipv6addr(self, ipv6addr): - self._ipv6addr = ipv6addr - class AliasRecord(InfobloxObject): """ AliasRecord: DNS Alias record object. @@ -12912,36 +13772,37 @@ class AliasRecord(InfobloxObject): authoritative server. Unlike CNAME Alias can be created in the zone apex. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creator: The record creator. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name for an Alias record in punycode format. - dns_target_name: Target name in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name for an Alias record in FQDN format. This value can be - in unicode format. Regular expression search is not supported - for unicode values. - target_name: Target name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - target_type: Target type. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creator: The record creator. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name for an Alias record in punycode format. + dns_target_name: Target name in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name for an Alias record in FQDN format. This value + can be in unicode format. Regular expression search is not + supported for unicode values. + target_name: Target name in FQDN format. This value can be in + unicode format. + target_type: Target type. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:alias' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'cloud_info', 'comment', 'creator', @@ -12967,41 +13828,42 @@ class CaaRecord(InfobloxObject): allowed to issue certificates for a domain. For further details see RFC-6844. - Fields: - ca_flag: Flag of CAA record. - ca_tag: Tag of CAA record. - ca_value: Value of CAA record - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The creation time of the record. - creator: The record creator. Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name of the CAA record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The CAA record name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + ca_flag: Flag of CAA record. + ca_tag: Tag of CAA record. + ca_value: Value of CAA record + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The creation time of the record. + creator: The record creator. Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name of the CAA record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The CAA record name in FQDN format. This value can be in + unicode format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:caa' _fields = ['ca_flag', 'ca_tag', 'ca_value', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -13034,47 +13896,48 @@ class CNAMERecord(InfobloxObject): convenient to use than canonical names because they can be shorter or more descriptive. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - canonical: Canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_canonical: Canonical name in punycode format. - dns_name: The name for the CNAME record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name for a CNAME record in FQDN format. This value can be - in unicode format. Regular expression search is not supported - for unicode values. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + canonical: Canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in + unicode format. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_canonical: Canonical name in punycode format. + dns_name: The name for the CNAME record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name for a CNAME record in FQDN format. This value can + be in unicode format. Regular expression search is not + supported for unicode values. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:cname' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'canonical', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -13100,22 +13963,22 @@ class DhcidRecord(InfobloxObject): The DHCID DNS resource record (RR) is used to associate the DNS domain names with the DHCP clients using the domain names. - Fields: - creation_time: The creation time of the record. - creator: The record creator. - dhcid: The Base64 encoded DHCP client information. - dns_name: The name for the DHCID record in punycode format. - name: The name of the DHCID record in FQDN format. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + creation_time: The creation time of the record. + creator: The record creator. + dhcid: The Base64 encoded DHCP client information. + dns_name: The name for the DHCID record in punycode format. + name: The name of the DHCID record in FQDN format. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:dhcid' _fields = ['creation_time', 'creator', 'dhcid', 'dns_name', 'name', 'ttl', @@ -13136,43 +13999,44 @@ class DnameRecord(InfobloxObject): domain, essentially substituting one domain name suffix with the other. - Fields: - cloud_info: The structure containing all cloud API related - information for this object. - comment: The comment for the record. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled. - dns_name: Name of a DNS DNAME record in punycode format. - dns_target: The target domain name of the DNS DNAME record in - punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if reclamation is allowed for the - record. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name of the DNS DNAME record in FQDN format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - target: The target domain name of the DNS DNAME record in FQDN - format. - ttl: Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, that the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides, for - example "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. For example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + cloud_info: The structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: The comment for the record. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled. + dns_name: Name of a DNS DNAME record in punycode format. + dns_target: The target domain name of the DNS DNAME record in + punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if reclamation is allowed for the + record. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name of the DNS DNAME record in FQDN format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + target: The target domain name of the DNS DNAME record in FQDN + format. + ttl: Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, that the + record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides, for + example "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. For + example: "zone.com". If a view is not specified when + searching by zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:dname' _fields = ['cloud_info', 'comment', 'creation_time', 'creator', @@ -13201,39 +14065,40 @@ class DnskeyRecord(InfobloxObject): The DNSKEY resource record is defined in RFC 4034. - Fields: - algorithm: The public key encryption algorithm of a DNSKEY Record - object. - comment: The comment for the record. - creation_time: The creation time of the record. - creator: The record creator. - dns_name: Name of a DNSKEY record in punycode format. - flags: The flags field is a 16-bit unsigned integer. Currently, only - two bits of this value are used: the least significant bit and - bit 7. The other bits are reserved for future use and must be - zero. If bit 7 is set to 1, the key is a DNS zone key. - Otherwise, the key is not a zone key and cannot be used to - verify zone data. The least significant bit indicates "secure - entry point property". If it is not zero, the key is a key - signing key (KSK type). Otherwise, the key type is ZSK. - key_tag: The key tag identifying the public key of a DNSKEY Record - object. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name of the DNSKEY record in FQDN format. It has to be the - same as the zone, where the record resides. - public_key: The public key. The format of the returned value depends - on the key algorithm. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + algorithm: The public key encryption algorithm of a DNSKEY + Record object. + comment: The comment for the record. + creation_time: The creation time of the record. + creator: The record creator. + dns_name: Name of a DNSKEY record in punycode format. + flags: The flags field is a 16-bit unsigned integer. Currently, + only two bits of this value are used: the least significant + bit and bit 7. The other bits are reserved for future use + and must be zero. If bit 7 is set to 1, the key is a DNS + zone key. Otherwise, the key is not a zone key and cannot be + used to verify zone data. The least significant bit + indicates "secure entry point property". If it is not zero, + the key is a key signing key (KSK type). Otherwise, the key + type is ZSK. + key_tag: The key tag identifying the public key of a DNSKEY + Record object. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name of the DNSKEY record in FQDN format. It has to be + the same as the zone, where the record resides. + public_key: The public key. The format of the returned value + depends on the key algorithm. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:dnskey' _fields = ['algorithm', 'comment', 'creation_time', 'creator', 'dns_name', @@ -13265,34 +14130,34 @@ class DsRecord(InfobloxObject): of the child zone of an authoritative zone residing on the appliance. - Fields: - algorithm: The algorithm of the DNSKEY RR to which this DS RR - refers. It uses the same algorithm values and types as the - corresponding DNSKEY RR. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: The comment for the record. - creation_time: The creation time of the record. - creator: Creator of the record. - digest: The digest of the DNSKEY resource record that is stored in a - DS Record object. - digest_type: The algorithm used to construct the digest. - dns_name: The name for the DS record in punycode format. - key_tag: The key tag value that is used to determine which key to - use to verify signatures. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name of the DNS DS record in FQDN format. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + algorithm: The algorithm of the DNSKEY RR to which this DS RR + refers. It uses the same algorithm values and types as the + corresponding DNSKEY RR. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: The comment for the record. + creation_time: The creation time of the record. + creator: Creator of the record. + digest: The digest of the DNSKEY resource record that is stored + in a DS Record object. + digest_type: The algorithm used to construct the digest. + dns_name: The name for the DS record in punycode format. + key_tag: The key tag value that is used to determine which key + to use to verify signatures. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name of the DNS DS record in FQDN format. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:ds' _fields = ['algorithm', 'cloud_info', 'comment', 'creation_time', @@ -13320,19 +14185,20 @@ class DtclbdnRecord(InfobloxObject): or more DNS Distribution (Load balancing) methods an LBDN record. User must not be able to create multiple LBDNs for the same name. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the DTC LBDN record object; maximum 256 - characters. - disable: Determines whether the DTC LBDN is disabled or not. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - lbdn: The DTC LBDN object. - name: The display name of the DTC LBDN record. - pattern: An FQDN pattern, LBDN wildcards can be used. - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the DTC LBDN record object; maximum 256 + characters. + disable: Determines whether the DTC LBDN is disabled or not. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + lbdn: The DTC LBDN object. + name: The display name of the DTC LBDN record. + pattern: An FQDN pattern, LBDN wildcards can be used. + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:dtclbdn' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'last_queried', 'lbdn', @@ -13366,76 +14232,81 @@ class HostRecordV4(HostRecord): host can also define aliases and DHCP fixed address nodes. The zone must be created first before adding a host record for the zone. - Fields: - aliases: This is a list of aliases for the host. The aliases must be - in FQDN format. This value can be in unicode format. - allow_telnet: This field controls whether the credential is used for - both the Telnet and SSH credentials. If set to False, the - credential is used only for SSH. - cli_credentials: The CLI credentials for the host record. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - configure_for_dns: When configure_for_dns is false, the host does - not have parent zone information. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - device_description: The description of the device. - device_location: The location of the device. - device_type: The type of the device. - device_vendor: The vendor of the device. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - disable_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the record is - disabled or not. False means that the discovery is enabled. - dns_aliases: The list of aliases for the host in punycode format. - dns_name: The name for a host record in punycode format. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - record should be immediately enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv4addrs: This is a list of IPv4 Addresses for the host. - ipv6addrs: This is a list of IPv6 Addresses for the host. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: The host name in FQDN format This value can be in unicode - format. Regular expression search is not supported for unicode - values. - network_view: The name of the network view in which the host record - resides. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - rrset_order: The value of this field specifies the order in which - resource record sets are returned.The possible values are - "cyclic", "random" and "fixed". - snmp3_credential: The SNMPv3 credential for a host record. - snmp_credential: The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 credential for a host record. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_cli_credentials: If set to true, the CLI credential will - override member-level settings. - use_snmp3_credential: Determines if the SNMPv3 credential should be - used for the record. - use_snmp_credential: If set to true, the SNMP credential will - override member-level settings. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aliases: This is a list of aliases for the host. The aliases + must be in FQDN format. This value can be in unicode format. + allow_telnet: This field controls whether the credential is used + for both the Telnet and SSH credentials. If set to False, + the credential is used only for SSH. + cli_credentials: The CLI credentials for the host record. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + configure_for_dns: When configure_for_dns is false, the host + does not have parent zone information. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + device_description: The description of the device. + device_location: The location of the device. + device_type: The type of the device. + device_vendor: The vendor of the device. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + disable_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the record is + disabled or not. False means that the discovery is enabled. + dns_aliases: The list of aliases for the host in punycode + format. + dns_name: The name for a host record in punycode format. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + record should be immediately enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv4addrs: This is a list of IPv4 Addresses for the host. + ipv6addrs: This is a list of IPv6 Addresses for the host. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: The host name in FQDN format This value can be in unicode + format. Regular expression search is not supported for + unicode values. + network_view: The name of the network view in which the host + record resides. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + rrset_order: The value of this field specifies the order in + which resource record sets are returned.The possible values + are "cyclic", "random" and "fixed". + snmp3_credential: The SNMPv3 credential for a host record. + snmp_credential: The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 credential for a host + record. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_cli_credentials: If set to true, the CLI credential will + override member-level settings. + use_snmp3_credential: Determines if the SNMPv3 credential should + be used for the record. + use_snmp_credential: If set to true, the SNMP credential will + override member-level settings. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:host' _fields = ['aliases', 'allow_telnet', 'cli_credentials', 'cloud_info', - 'comment', 'configure_for_dns', 'ddns_protected', - 'device_description', 'device_location', 'device_type', - 'device_vendor', 'disable', 'disable_discovery', 'dns_aliases', - 'dns_name', 'enable_immediate_discovery', 'extattrs', - 'ipv4addrs', 'last_queried', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'name', - 'network_view', 'restart_if_needed', 'rrset_order', + 'comment', 'configure_for_dns', 'creation_time', + 'ddns_protected', 'device_description', 'device_location', + 'device_type', 'device_vendor', 'disable', 'disable_discovery', + 'dns_aliases', 'dns_name', 'enable_immediate_discovery', + 'extattrs', 'ipv4addrs', 'last_queried', 'ms_ad_user_data', + 'name', 'network_view', 'restart_if_needed', 'rrset_order', 'snmp3_credential', 'snmp_credential', 'ttl', 'use_cli_credentials', 'use_snmp3_credential', 'use_snmp_credential', 'use_ttl', 'view', 'zone', 'mac'] @@ -13483,6 +14354,7 @@ def _ip_setter(self, ipaddr_name, ipaddrs_name, ips): @property def ipv4addrs(self): + """:meta private:""" return self._ipv4addrs @ipv4addrs.setter @@ -13515,76 +14387,81 @@ class HostRecordV6(HostRecord): host can also define aliases and DHCP fixed address nodes. The zone must be created first before adding a host record for the zone. - Fields: - aliases: This is a list of aliases for the host. The aliases must be - in FQDN format. This value can be in unicode format. - allow_telnet: This field controls whether the credential is used for - both the Telnet and SSH credentials. If set to False, the - credential is used only for SSH. - cli_credentials: The CLI credentials for the host record. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - configure_for_dns: When configure_for_dns is false, the host does - not have parent zone information. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - device_description: The description of the device. - device_location: The location of the device. - device_type: The type of the device. - device_vendor: The vendor of the device. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - disable_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the record is - disabled or not. False means that the discovery is enabled. - dns_aliases: The list of aliases for the host in punycode format. - dns_name: The name for a host record in punycode format. - enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the - record should be immediately enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv4addrs: This is a list of IPv4 Addresses for the host. - ipv6addrs: This is a list of IPv6 Addresses for the host. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: The host name in FQDN format This value can be in unicode - format. Regular expression search is not supported for unicode - values. - network_view: The name of the network view in which the host record - resides. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - rrset_order: The value of this field specifies the order in which - resource record sets are returned.The possible values are - "cyclic", "random" and "fixed". - snmp3_credential: The SNMPv3 credential for a host record. - snmp_credential: The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 credential for a host record. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_cli_credentials: If set to true, the CLI credential will - override member-level settings. - use_snmp3_credential: Determines if the SNMPv3 credential should be - used for the record. - use_snmp_credential: If set to true, the SNMP credential will - override member-level settings. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aliases: This is a list of aliases for the host. The aliases + must be in FQDN format. This value can be in unicode format. + allow_telnet: This field controls whether the credential is used + for both the Telnet and SSH credentials. If set to False, + the credential is used only for SSH. + cli_credentials: The CLI credentials for the host record. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + configure_for_dns: When configure_for_dns is false, the host + does not have parent zone information. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + device_description: The description of the device. + device_location: The location of the device. + device_type: The type of the device. + device_vendor: The vendor of the device. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + disable_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the record is + disabled or not. False means that the discovery is enabled. + dns_aliases: The list of aliases for the host in punycode + format. + dns_name: The name for a host record in punycode format. + enable_immediate_discovery: Determines if the discovery for the + record should be immediately enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv4addrs: This is a list of IPv4 Addresses for the host. + ipv6addrs: This is a list of IPv6 Addresses for the host. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: The host name in FQDN format This value can be in unicode + format. Regular expression search is not supported for + unicode values. + network_view: The name of the network view in which the host + record resides. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + rrset_order: The value of this field specifies the order in + which resource record sets are returned.The possible values + are "cyclic", "random" and "fixed". + snmp3_credential: The SNMPv3 credential for a host record. + snmp_credential: The SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 credential for a host + record. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_cli_credentials: If set to true, the CLI credential will + override member-level settings. + use_snmp3_credential: Determines if the SNMPv3 credential should + be used for the record. + use_snmp_credential: If set to true, the SNMP credential will + override member-level settings. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:host' _fields = ['aliases', 'allow_telnet', 'cli_credentials', 'cloud_info', - 'comment', 'configure_for_dns', 'ddns_protected', - 'device_description', 'device_location', 'device_type', - 'device_vendor', 'disable', 'disable_discovery', 'dns_aliases', - 'dns_name', 'enable_immediate_discovery', 'extattrs', - 'ipv6addrs', 'last_queried', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'name', - 'network_view', 'restart_if_needed', 'rrset_order', + 'comment', 'configure_for_dns', 'creation_time', + 'ddns_protected', 'device_description', 'device_location', + 'device_type', 'device_vendor', 'disable', 'disable_discovery', + 'dns_aliases', 'dns_name', 'enable_immediate_discovery', + 'extattrs', 'ipv6addrs', 'last_queried', 'ms_ad_user_data', + 'name', 'network_view', 'restart_if_needed', 'rrset_order', 'snmp3_credential', 'snmp_credential', 'ttl', 'use_cli_credentials', 'use_snmp3_credential', 'use_snmp_credential', 'use_ttl', 'view', 'zone', 'mac'] @@ -13632,6 +14509,7 @@ def _ip_setter(self, ipaddr_name, ipaddrs_name, ips): @property def ipv6addrs(self): + """:meta private:""" return self._ipv6addrs @ipv6addrs.setter @@ -13658,81 +14536,80 @@ class IPv4HostAddress(InfobloxObject): """ IPv4HostAddress: IPv4 Host address object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'record:host_ipv4addr' - A Host Address is an object used to specify addresses in - - the record.host object - - . + A Host Address is an object used to specify addresses in the + record.host object . Fields other than ipv4addr, host and configure_for_dhcp are returned only when configure_for_dhcp is true. - Fields: - bootfile: The name of the boot file the client must download. - bootserver: The IP address or hostname of the boot file server where - the boot file is stored. - configure_for_dhcp: Set this to True to enable the DHCP - configuration for this host address. - deny_bootp: Set this to True to disable the BOOTP settings and deny - BOOTP boot requests. - discover_now_status: The discovery status of this Host Address. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this Host Address. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. You can specify - the duration of time it takes a host to connect to a boot - server, such as a TFTP server, and download the file it needs to - boot. For example, set a longer lease time if the client - downloads an OS (operating system) or configuration file, or set - a shorter lease time if the client downloads only configuration - changes. Enter the lease time for the preboot execution - environment for hosts to boot remotely from a server. - host: The host to which the host address belongs, in FQDN format. It - is only present when the host address object is not returned as - part of a host. - ignore_client_requested_options: If this field is set to false, the - appliance returns all DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the host. - is_invalid_mac: This flag reflects whether the MAC address for this - host address is invalid. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be - applied on the this host address.This list corresponds to the - match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration file. - mac: The MAC address for this host address. - match_client: Set this to 'MAC_ADDRESS' to assign the IP address to - the selected host, provided that the MAC address of the - requesting host matches the MAC address that you specify in the - field.Set this to 'RESERVED' to reserve this particular IP - address for future use, or if the IP address is statically - configured on a system (the Infoblox server does not assign the - address from a DHCP request). - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - network: The network of the host address, in FQDN/CIDR format. - network_view: The name of the network view in which the host address - resides. - nextserver: The name in FQDN format and/or IPv4 Address of the next - server that the host needs to boot. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - pxe_lease_time: The lease time for PXE clients, see - enable_pxe_lease_time for more information. - reserved_interface: The reference to the reserved interface to which - the device belongs. - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_for_ea_inheritance: Set this to True when using this host - address for EA inheritance. - use_ignore_client_requested_options: Use flag for: - ignore_client_requested_options - use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + Attributes: + bootfile: The name of the boot file the client must download. + bootserver: The IP address or hostname of the boot file server + where the boot file is stored. + configure_for_dhcp: Set this to True to enable the DHCP + configuration for this host address. + deny_bootp: Set this to True to disable the BOOTP settings and + deny BOOTP boot requests. + discover_now_status: The discovery status of this Host Address. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this Host Address. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. You + can specify the duration of time it takes a host to connect + to a boot server, such as a TFTP server, and download the + file it needs to boot. For example, set a longer lease time + if the client downloads an OS (operating system) or + configuration file, or set a shorter lease time if the + client downloads only configuration changes. Enter the lease + time for the preboot execution environment for hosts to boot + remotely from a server. + host: The host to which the host address belongs, in FQDN + format. It is only present when the host address object is + not returned as part of a host. + ignore_client_requested_options: If this field is set to false, + the appliance returns all DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the host. + is_invalid_mac: This flag reflects whether the MAC address for + this host address is invalid. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this host address.This list corresponds to + the match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration + file. + mac: The MAC address for this host address. + match_client: Set this to 'MAC_ADDRESS' to assign the IP address + to the selected host, provided that the MAC address of the + requesting host matches the MAC address that you specify in + the field.Set this to 'RESERVED' to reserve this particular + IP address for future use, or if the IP address is + statically configured on a system (the Infoblox server does + not assign the address from a DHCP request). + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + network: The network of the host address, in FQDN/CIDR format. + network_view: The name of the network view in which the host + address resides. + nextserver: The name in FQDN format and/or IPv4 Address of the + next server that the host needs to boot. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + pxe_lease_time: The lease time for PXE clients, see + enable_pxe_lease_time for more information. + reserved_interface: The reference to the reserved interface to + which the device belongs. + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_for_ea_inheritance: Set this to True when using this host + address for EA inheritance. + use_ignore_client_requested_options: Use flag for: + ignore_client_requested_options + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time """ _infoblox_type = 'record:host_ipv4addr' _fields = ['bootfile', 'bootserver', 'configure_for_dhcp', 'deny_bootp', @@ -13763,76 +14640,82 @@ class IPv6HostAddress(InfobloxObject): """ IPv6HostAddress: IPv6 Host address object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'record:host_ipv6addr' - An IPv6 host address is an object used to specify addresses in - - the record.host object - - . + An IPv6 host address is an object used to specify addresses in the + record.host object . Fields other than ipv6addr, host and configure_for_dhcp are returned only when configure_for_dhcp is set to True. - Fields: - address_type: Type of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address object. - configure_for_dhcp: Set this to True to enable the DHCP - configuration for this IPv6 host address. - discover_now_status: The discovery status of this IPv6 Host Address. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this host address. - domain_name: Use this method to set or retrieve the domain_name - value of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address object. - domain_name_servers: The IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive name - servers to which the DHCP client can send name resolution - requests. The DHCP server includes this information in the DNS - Recursive Name Server option in Advertise, Rebind, Information- - Request, and Reply messages. - duid: DHCPv6 Unique Identifier (DUID) of the address object. - host: The host to which the IPv6 host address belongs, in FQDN - format. It is only present when the host address object is not - returned as part of a host. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address prefix of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address - object. - ipv6prefix: The IPv6 Address prefix of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address - object. - ipv6prefix_bits: Prefix bits of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address object. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - match_client: Set this to 'DUID' to assign the IP address to the - selected host, provided that the DUID of the requesting host - matches the DUID that you specify in the field.Set this to - 'RESERVED' to reserve this particular IP address for future use, - or if the IP address is statically configured on a system (the - Infoblox server does not assign the address from a DHCP - request). - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - network: The network of the host address, in FQDN/CIDR format. - network_view: The name of the network view in which the host address - resides. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the preferred - lifetime value of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address object. - reserved_interface: The reference to the reserved interface to which - the device belongs. - use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name - use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers - use_for_ea_inheritance: Set this to True when using this host - address for EA inheritance. - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid - lifetime value of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address object. + Attributes: + address_type: Type of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address object. + configure_for_dhcp: Set this to True to enable the DHCP + configuration for this IPv6 host address. + discover_now_status: The discovery status of this IPv6 Host + Address. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this host address. + domain_name: Use this method to set or retrieve the domain_name + value of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address object. + domain_name_servers: The IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive name + servers to which the DHCP client can send name resolution + requests. The DHCP server includes this information in the + DNS Recursive Name Server option in Advertise, Rebind, + Information-Request, and Reply messages. + duid: DHCPv6 Unique Identifier (DUID) of the address object. + host: The host to which the IPv6 host address belongs, in FQDN + format. It is only present when the host address object is + not returned as part of a host. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address prefix of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address + object. + ipv6prefix: The IPv6 Address prefix of the DHCP IPv6 Host + Address object. + ipv6prefix_bits: Prefix bits of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address + object. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + logic_filter_rules: This field contains the logic filters to be + applied on the this host address.This list corresponds to + the match rules that are written to the dhcpd configuration + file. + match_client: Set this to 'DUID' to assign the IP address to the + selected host, provided that the DUID of the requesting host + matches the DUID that you specify in the field.Set this to + 'RESERVED' to reserve this particular IP address for future + use, or if the IP address is statically configured on a + system (the Infoblox server does not assign the address from + a DHCP request). + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + network: The network of the host address, in FQDN/CIDR format. + network_view: The name of the network view in which the host + address resides. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + preferred_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the + preferred lifetime value of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address + object. + reserved_interface: The reference to the reserved interface to + which the device belongs. + use_domain_name: Use flag for: domain_name + use_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: domain_name_servers + use_for_ea_inheritance: Set this to True when using this host + address for EA inheritance. + use_logic_filter_rules: Use flag for: logic_filter_rules + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + valid_lifetime: Use this method to set or retrieve the valid + lifetime value of the DHCP IPv6 Host Address object. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:host_ipv6addr' _fields = ['address_type', 'configure_for_dhcp', 'discover_now_status', 'discovered_data', 'domain_name', 'domain_name_servers', 'duid', 'host', 'ipv6addr', 'ipv6prefix', 'ipv6prefix_bits', - 'last_queried', 'match_client', 'ms_ad_user_data', 'network', - 'network_view', 'options', 'preferred_lifetime', - 'reserved_interface', 'use_domain_name', + 'last_queried', 'logic_filter_rules', 'match_client', + 'ms_ad_user_data', 'network', 'network_view', 'options', + 'preferred_lifetime', 'reserved_interface', 'use_domain_name', 'use_domain_name_servers', 'use_for_ea_inheritance', - 'use_options', 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_valid_lifetime', + 'use_logic_filter_rules', 'use_options', + 'use_preferred_lifetime', 'use_valid_lifetime', 'valid_lifetime'] _search_for_update_fields = ['duid', 'ipv6addr'] _updateable_search_fields = ['duid', 'ipv6addr', 'ipv6prefix', @@ -13844,6 +14727,7 @@ class IPv6HostAddress(InfobloxObject): _shadow_fields = ['_ref', 'ip'] _custom_field_processing = { + 'logic_filter_rules': Logicfilterrule.from_dict, 'options': DhcpOption.from_dict, } @@ -13858,48 +14742,49 @@ class MXRecord(InfobloxObject): zone, as well as the preference for using each mail exchanger. A standard MX record applies to a particular domain or subdomain. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_mail_exchanger: The Mail exchanger name in punycode format. - dns_name: The name for a MX record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - mail_exchanger: Mail exchanger name in FQDN format. This value can - be in unicode format. - name: Name for the MX record in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - preference: Preference value, 0 to 65535 (inclusive) in 32-bit - unsigned integer format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_mail_exchanger: The Mail exchanger name in punycode format. + dns_name: The name for a MX record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + mail_exchanger: Mail exchanger name in FQDN format. This value + can be in unicode format. + name: Name for the MX record in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + preference: Preference value, 0 to 65535 (inclusive) in 32-bit + unsigned integer format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:mx' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -13931,63 +14816,64 @@ class NaptrRecord(InfobloxObject): expression-based rewrite rule that, when applied to an existing string, produces a new domain name or URI. - Fields: - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name of the NAPTR record in punycode format. - dns_replacement: The replacement field of the NAPTR record in - punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - flags: The flags used to control the interpretation of the fields - for an NAPTR record object. Supported values for the flags field - are "U", "S", "P" and "A". - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name of the NAPTR record in FQDN format. This value can be - in unicode format. - order: The order parameter of the NAPTR records. This parameter - specifies the order in which the NAPTR rules are applied when - multiple rules are present. Valid values are from 0 to 65535 - (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - preference: The preference of the NAPTR record. The preference field - determines the order NAPTR records are processed when multiple - records with the same order parameter are present. Valid values - are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer - format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - regexp: The regular expression-based rewriting rule of the NAPTR - record. This should be a POSIX compliant regular expression, - including the substitution rule and flags. Refer to RFC 2915 for - the field syntax details. - replacement: The replacement field of the NAPTR record object. For - nonterminal NAPTR records, this field specifies the next domain - name to look up. This value can be in unicode format. - services: The services field of the NAPTR record object; maximum 128 - characters. The services field contains protocol and service - identifiers, such as "http+E2U" or "SIPS+D2T". - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the NAPTR record. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the - record should not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name of the NAPTR record in punycode format. + dns_replacement: The replacement field of the NAPTR record in + punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + flags: The flags used to control the interpretation of the + fields for an NAPTR record object. Supported values for the + flags field are "U", "S", "P" and "A". + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name of the NAPTR record in FQDN format. This value + can be in unicode format. + order: The order parameter of the NAPTR records. This parameter + specifies the order in which the NAPTR rules are applied + when multiple rules are present. Valid values are from 0 to + 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + preference: The preference of the NAPTR record. The preference + field determines the order NAPTR records are processed when + multiple records with the same order parameter are present. + Valid values are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit + unsigned integer format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + regexp: The regular expression-based rewriting rule of the NAPTR + record. This should be a POSIX compliant regular expression, + including the substitution rule and flags. Refer to RFC 2915 + for the field syntax details. + replacement: The replacement field of the NAPTR record object. + For nonterminal NAPTR records, this field specifies the next + domain name to look up. This value can be in unicode format. + services: The services field of the NAPTR record object; maximum + 128 characters. The services field contains protocol and + service identifiers, such as "http+E2U" or "SIPS+D2T". + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the NAPTR record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:naptr' _fields = ['cloud_info', 'comment', 'creation_time', 'creator', @@ -14020,25 +14906,25 @@ class NsRecord(InfobloxObject): the primary server for a zone. You can manually create NS records for other zones. - Fields: - addresses: The list of zone name servers. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - creator: The record creator. - dns_name: The name of the NS record in punycode format. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - ms_delegation_name: The MS delegation point name. - name: The name of the NS record in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - nameserver: The domain name of an authoritative server for the - redirected zone. - policy: The host name policy for the record. - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + addresses: The list of zone name servers. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + creator: The record creator. + dns_name: The name of the NS record in punycode format. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + ms_delegation_name: The MS delegation point name. + name: The name of the NS record in FQDN format. This value can + be in unicode format. + nameserver: The domain name of an authoritative server for the + redirected zone. + policy: The host name policy for the record. + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:ns' _fields = ['addresses', 'cloud_info', 'creator', 'dns_name', @@ -14070,38 +14956,39 @@ class NsecRecord(InfobloxObject): NSEC records are automatically generated upon the signing of an authoritative zone. - The + The name part of a DNS NSEC object reference has the following + components: - name + The name of the record. - part of a DNS NSEC object reference has the following components: + The name of the view. Example: record:nsec/ZG5zLmJpsaG9zdA:us.example.com/default.external - Fields: - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - creation_time: Time that the record was created. - creator: Creator of the record. - dns_name: Name for an NSEC record in punycode format. - dns_next_owner_name: Name of the next owner in punycode format. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name of the NSEC record in FQDN format. - next_owner_name: Name of the next owner that has authoritative data - or that contains a delegation point NS record. - rrset_types: The RRSet types that exist at the original owner name - of the NSEC RR. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + creation_time: Time that the record was created. + creator: Creator of the record. + dns_name: Name for an NSEC record in punycode format. + dns_next_owner_name: Name of the next owner in punycode format. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name of the NSEC record in FQDN format. + next_owner_name: Name of the next owner that has authoritative + data or that contains a delegation point NS record. + rrset_types: The RRSet types that exist at the original owner + name of the NSEC RR. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:nsec' _fields = ['cloud_info', 'creation_time', 'creator', 'dns_name', @@ -14135,49 +15022,52 @@ class Nsec3Record(InfobloxObject): NSEC3 records are automatically generated during signing of the corresponding zone. - The + The name part of a DNS NSEC3 object reference has the following + components: - name + The name of the record. - part of a DNS NSEC3 object reference has the following components: + The name of the view. Example: record:nsec3/ZG5zLmJpsaG9zdA:us.example.com/default.external - Fields: - algorithm: The hash algorithm that was used. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - creation_time: The creation time of the record. - creator: Creator of the record. - dns_name: Name for an NSEC3 record in punycode format. - flags: The set of 8 one-bit flags, of which only one flag, the Opt- - Out flag, is defined by RFC 5155. The Opt-Out flag indicates - whether the NSEC3 record covers unsigned delegations. - iterations: The number of times the hash function was performed. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name of the NSEC3 record in FQDN format. - next_owner_name: The hashed next owner name that has authoritative - data or that contains a delegation point NS record. - rrset_types: The RRSet types that exist at the original owner name - of the NSEC3 RR. - salt: A series of case-insensitive hexadecimal digits. It is - appended to the original owner name as protection against pre- - calculated dictionary attacks. A new salt value is generated - when ZSK rolls over. You can control the period of the rollover. - For random salt values, the selected length is between one and - 15 octets. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + algorithm: The hash algorithm that was used. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + creation_time: The creation time of the record. + creator: Creator of the record. + dns_name: Name for an NSEC3 record in punycode format. + flags: The set of 8 one-bit flags, of which only one flag, the + Opt-Out flag, is defined by RFC 5155. The Opt-Out flag + indicates whether the NSEC3 record covers unsigned + delegations. + iterations: The number of times the hash function was performed. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name of the NSEC3 record in FQDN format. + next_owner_name: The hashed next owner name that has + authoritative data or that contains a delegation point NS + record. + rrset_types: The RRSet types that exist at the original owner + name of the NSEC3 RR. + salt: A series of case-insensitive hexadecimal digits. It is + appended to the original owner name as protection against + pre-calculated dictionary attacks. A new salt value is + generated when ZSK rolls over. You can control the period of + the rollover. For random salt values, the selected length is + between one and 15 octets. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:nsec3' _fields = ['algorithm', 'cloud_info', 'creation_time', 'creator', @@ -14210,47 +15100,48 @@ class Nsec3ParamRecord(InfobloxObject): The NSEC3PARAM record is generated automatically upon the signing of the corresponding zone. - The + The name part of a DNS NSEC3PARAM object reference has the following + components: - name + The name of the record. - part of a DNS NSEC3PARAM object reference has the following - components: + The name of the view. Example: record:nsec3param/ZG5zLmJpsaG9zdA:us.example.com/default.external - Fields: - algorithm: The hash algorithm that was used. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - creation_time: The creation time of the record. - creator: Creator of the record. - dns_name: Name for an NSEC3PARAM record in punycode format. - flags: The set of 8 one-bit flags, of which only one flag, the Opt- - Out flag, is defined by RFC 5155. The Opt-Out flag indicates - whether the NSEC3 record covers unsigned delegations. - iterations: The number of times the hash function was performed. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name of the NSEC3PARAM record in FQDN format. It has to be - the same as the zone, where the record resides. - salt: A series of case-insensitive hexadecimal digits. It is - appended to the original owner name as protection against pre- - calculated dictionary attacks. A new salt value is generated - when the ZSK rolls over, for which the user can control the - period. For a random salt value, the selected length is between - one and 15 octets. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + algorithm: The hash algorithm that was used. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + creation_time: The creation time of the record. + creator: Creator of the record. + dns_name: Name for an NSEC3PARAM record in punycode format. + flags: The set of 8 one-bit flags, of which only one flag, the + Opt-Out flag, is defined by RFC 5155. The Opt-Out flag + indicates whether the NSEC3 record covers unsigned + delegations. + iterations: The number of times the hash function was performed. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name of the NSEC3PARAM record in FQDN format. It has + to be the same as the zone, where the record resides. + salt: A series of case-insensitive hexadecimal digits. It is + appended to the original owner name as protection against + pre-calculated dictionary attacks. A new salt value is + generated when the ZSK rolls over, for which the user can + control the period. For a random salt value, the selected + length is between one and 15 octets. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:nsec3param' _fields = ['algorithm', 'cloud_info', 'creation_time', 'creator', @@ -14285,50 +15176,51 @@ class PtrRecordV4(PtrRecord): address-to-name mapping, add a PTR record to a previously defined authoritative reverse-mapping zone. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this PTR record. - dns_name: The name for a DNS PTR record in punycode format. - dns_ptrdname: The domain name of the DNS PTR record in punycode - format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the record. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the record. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: The name of the DNS PTR record in FQDN format. - ptrdname: The domain name of the DNS PTR record in FQDN format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - ttl: Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, that the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: Name of the DNS View in which the record resides, for example - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. For example: - "zone.com".If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this PTR record. + dns_name: The name for a DNS PTR record in punycode format. + dns_ptrdname: The domain name of the DNS PTR record in punycode + format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the record. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the record. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: The name of the DNS PTR record in FQDN format. + ptrdname: The domain name of the DNS PTR record in FQDN format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + ttl: Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, that the + record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: Name of the DNS View in which the record resides, for + example "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. For + example: "zone.com".If a view is not specified when + searching by zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:ptr' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -14359,50 +15251,51 @@ class PtrRecordV6(PtrRecord): address-to-name mapping, add a PTR record to a previously defined authoritative reverse-mapping zone. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - discovered_data: The discovered data for this PTR record. - dns_name: The name for a DNS PTR record in punycode format. - dns_ptrdname: The domain name of the DNS PTR record in punycode - format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the record. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the record. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related - information. - name: The name of the DNS PTR record in FQDN format. - ptrdname: The domain name of the DNS PTR record in FQDN format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - ttl: Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, that the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: Name of the DNS View in which the record resides, for example - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. For example: - "zone.com".If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + discovered_data: The discovered data for this PTR record. + dns_name: The name for a DNS PTR record in punycode format. + dns_ptrdname: The domain name of the DNS PTR record in punycode + format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the record. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the record. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + ms_ad_user_data: The Microsoft Active Directory user related + information. + name: The name of the DNS PTR record in FQDN format. + ptrdname: The domain name of the DNS PTR record in FQDN format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + ttl: Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, that the + record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: Name of the DNS View in which the record resides, for + example "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. For + example: "zone.com".If a view is not specified when + searching by zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:ptr' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -14435,27 +15328,28 @@ class RpzARecord(InfobloxObject): This record represents the substitution rule for DNS A records. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the substitute rule. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the substitute rule. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:a' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'ipv4addr', 'name', 'rp_zone', @@ -14485,27 +15379,28 @@ class RpzAIpaddressRecord(InfobloxObject): You should use this object to create IP address substitution rules instead usage CNAMEIpAddress object. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the substitute rule. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the substitute rule. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:a:ipaddress' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'ipv4addr', 'name', 'rp_zone', @@ -14530,27 +15425,28 @@ class RpzAaaaRecord(InfobloxObject): This record represents the substitution rule for DNS AAAA records. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the substitute rule. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the substitute rule. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:aaaa' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'ipv6addr', 'name', 'rp_zone', @@ -14580,27 +15476,28 @@ class RpzAaaaIpaddressRecord(InfobloxObject): You should use this object to create IP address substitution rules instead usage CNAMEIpAddress object. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the substitute rule. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the substitute rule. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:aaaa:ipaddress' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'ipv6addr', 'name', 'rp_zone', @@ -14640,28 +15537,29 @@ class RpzCnameRecord(InfobloxObject): Block Domain Name (No Data) Rule, or Passthru Domain Name Rule, it is a substitution rule. - Fields: - canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:cname' _fields = ['canonical', 'comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'name', @@ -14698,41 +15596,35 @@ class RpzCnameClientipaddressRecord(InfobloxObject): Address Rule. You cannot create Substitute (IPv4/IPv6 Address) Rule for this - record see - - the record.rpz.a.ipaddress object - - or - - the record.rpz.aaaa.ipaddress object - - for details. - - Fields: - canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - is_ipv4: Indicates whether the record is an IPv4 record. If the - return value is "true", it is an IPv4 record. Ohterwise, it is - an IPv6 record. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + record see the record.rpz.a.ipaddress object or the + record.rpz.aaaa.ipaddress object for details. + + Attributes: + canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + is_ipv4: Indicates whether the record is an IPv4 record. If the + return value is "true", it is an IPv4 record. Ohterwise, it + is an IPv6 record. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:cname:clientipaddress' _fields = ['canonical', 'comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'is_ipv4', @@ -14756,31 +15648,32 @@ class RpzCnameClientipaddressdnRecord(InfobloxObject): This rule represents Substitute (Domain Name) Rule. - Fields: - canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - is_ipv4: Indicates whether the record is an IPv4 record. If the - return value is "true", it is an IPv4 record. Ohterwise, it is - an IPv6 record. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + is_ipv4: Indicates whether the record is an IPv4 record. If the + return value is "true", it is an IPv4 record. Ohterwise, it + is an IPv6 record. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:cname:clientipaddressdn' _fields = ['canonical', 'comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'is_ipv4', @@ -14818,31 +15711,32 @@ class RpzCnameIpaddressRecord(InfobloxObject): You cannot create Substitute (IPv4/IPv6 Address) Rule for this record see AIpAddress or AAAAIpAddress for details. - Fields: - canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - is_ipv4: Indicates whether the record is an IPv4 record. If the - return value is "true", it is an IPv4 record. Ohterwise, it is - an IPv6 record. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + is_ipv4: Indicates whether the record is an IPv4 record. If the + return value is "true", it is an IPv4 record. Ohterwise, it + is an IPv6 record. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:cname:ipaddress' _fields = ['canonical', 'comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'is_ipv4', @@ -14866,31 +15760,32 @@ class RpzCnameIpaddressdnRecord(InfobloxObject): This rule represents Substitute (Domain Name) Rule. - Fields: - canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - is_ipv4: Indicates whether the record is an IPv4 record. If the - return value is "true", it is an IPv4 record. Ohterwise, it is - an IPv6 record. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + canonical: The canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + is_ipv4: Indicates whether the record is an IPv4 record. If the + return value is "true", it is an IPv4 record. Ohterwise, it + is an IPv6 record. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:cname:ipaddressdn' _fields = ['canonical', 'comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'is_ipv4', @@ -14914,30 +15809,31 @@ class RpzMxRecord(InfobloxObject): This record represents the substitution rule for DNS MX records. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - mail_exchanger: Mail exchanger name in FQDN format. This value can - be in unicode format. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - preference: Preference value, 0 to 65535 (inclusive) in 32-bit - unsigned integer format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + mail_exchanger: Mail exchanger name in FQDN format. This value + can be in unicode format. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + preference: Preference value, 0 to 65535 (inclusive) in 32-bit + unsigned integer format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:mx' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'mail_exchanger', 'name', @@ -14965,53 +15861,56 @@ class RpzNaptrRecord(InfobloxObject): when applied to an existing string, produces a new domain name or URI. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - flags: The flags used to control the interpretation of the fields - for a Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule object. Supported values - for the flags field are "U", "S", "P" and "A". - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - order: The order parameter of the Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule - records. This parameter specifies the order in which the NAPTR - rules are applied when multiple rules are present. Valid values - are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer - format. - preference: The preference of the Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule - record. The preference field determines the order NAPTR records - are processed when multiple records with the same order - parameter are present. Valid values are from 0 to 65535 - (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - regexp: The regular expression-based rewriting rule of the - Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule record. This should be a POSIX - compliant regular expression, including the substitution rule - and flags. Refer to RFC 2915 for the field syntax details. - replacement: The replacement field of the Substitute (NAPTR Record) - Rule object. For nonterminal NAPTR records, this field specifies - the next domain name to look up. This value can be in unicode - format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - services: The services field of the Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule - object; maximum 128 characters. The services field contains - protocol and service identifiers, such as "http+E2U" or - "SIPS+D2T". - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + flags: The flags used to control the interpretation of the + fields for a Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule object. + Supported values for the flags field are "U", "S", "P" and + "A". + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + order: The order parameter of the Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule + records. This parameter specifies the order in which the + NAPTR rules are applied when multiple rules are present. + Valid values are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit + unsigned integer format. + preference: The preference of the Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule + record. The preference field determines the order NAPTR + records are processed when multiple records with the same + order parameter are present. Valid values are from 0 to + 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + regexp: The regular expression-based rewriting rule of the + Substitute (NAPTR Record) Rule record. This should be a + POSIX compliant regular expression, including the + substitution rule and flags. Refer to RFC 2915 for the field + syntax details. + replacement: The replacement field of the Substitute (NAPTR + Record) Rule object. For nonterminal NAPTR records, this + field specifies the next domain name to look up. This value + can be in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + services: The services field of the Substitute (NAPTR Record) + Rule object; maximum 128 characters. The services field + contains protocol and service identifiers, such as + "http+E2U" or "SIPS+D2T". + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:naptr' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'flags', 'last_queried', @@ -15053,30 +15952,31 @@ class RpzPtrRecordV4(RpzPtrRecord): This record represents the substitution rule for DNS PTR records. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the substitute rule. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the substitute rule. - name: The name of the RPZ Substitute (PTR Record) Rule object in - FQDN format. - ptrdname: The domain name of the RPZ Substitute (PTR Record) Rule - object in FQDN format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the substitute rule. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the substitute rule. + name: The name of the RPZ Substitute (PTR Record) Rule object in + FQDN format. + ptrdname: The domain name of the RPZ Substitute (PTR Record) + Rule object in FQDN format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:ptr' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'ipv4addr', 'name', @@ -15104,30 +16004,31 @@ class RpzPtrRecordV6(RpzPtrRecord): This record represents the substitution rule for DNS PTR records. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the substitute rule. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the substitute rule. - name: The name of the RPZ Substitute (PTR Record) Rule object in - FQDN format. - ptrdname: The domain name of the RPZ Substitute (PTR Record) Rule - object in FQDN format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the substitute rule. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the substitute rule. + name: The name of the RPZ Substitute (PTR Record) Rule object in + FQDN format. + ptrdname: The domain name of the RPZ Substitute (PTR Record) + Rule object in FQDN format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:ptr' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'ipv6addr', 'name', @@ -15151,36 +16052,38 @@ class RpzSrvRecord(InfobloxObject): An RPZ Substitute (SRV Record) Rule object represents the substitution rule for DNS SRV records. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - port: The port of the Substitute (SRV Record) Rule. Valid values are - from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - priority: The priority of the Substitute (SRV Record) Rule. Valid - values are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned - integer format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - target: The target of the Substitute (SRV Record) Rule in FQDN - format. This value can be in unicode format. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - weight: The weight of the Substitute (SRV Record) Rule. Valid values - are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer - format. - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + port: The port of the Substitute (SRV Record) Rule. Valid values + are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer + format. + priority: The priority of the Substitute (SRV Record) Rule. + Valid values are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit + unsigned integer format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + target: The target of the Substitute (SRV Record) Rule in FQDN + format. This value can be in unicode format. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + weight: The weight of the Substitute (SRV Record) Rule. Valid + values are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned + integer format. + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:srv' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'name', 'port', 'priority', @@ -15205,30 +16108,31 @@ class RpzTxtRecord(InfobloxObject): An RPZ Substitute (TXT Record) Rule object represents the substitution rule for DNS TXT records. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be in - unicode format. - rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record - resides. - text: Text associated with the record. It can contain up to 255 - bytes per substring, up to a total of 512 bytes. To enter - leading, trailing, or embedded spaces in the text, add quotes - around the text to preserve the spaces. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name for a record in FQDN format. This value cannot be + in unicode format. + rp_zone: The name of a response policy zone in which the record + resides. + text: Text associated with the record. It can contain up to 255 + bytes per substring, up to a total of 512 bytes. To enter + leading, trailing, or embedded spaces in the text, add + quotes around the text to preserve the spaces. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for record. A 32-bit unsigned + integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which + the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record + should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rpz:txt' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'extattrs', 'name', 'rp_zone', 'text', @@ -15262,54 +16166,55 @@ class RrsigRecord(InfobloxObject): RRSIG records are automatically generated upon the signing of an authoritative zone. - The + The name part of a DNS RRSIG object reference has the following + components: - name + The name of the record. - part of a DNS RRSIG object reference has the following components: + The name of the view. Example: record:rrsig/ZG5zLmJpsaG9zdA:us.example.com/default.external - Fields: - algorithm: The cryptographic algorithm that was used to create the - signature. It uses the same algorithm types as the DNSKEY record - indicated in the key tag field. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - creation_time: The creation time of the record. - creator: The record creator. - dns_name: Name for an RRSIG record in punycode format. - dns_signer_name: The domain name, in punycode format, of the zone - that contains the signed RRset. - expiration_time: The expiry time of an RRSIG record in Epoch seconds - format. - inception_time: The inception time of an RRSIG record in Epoch - seconds format. - key_tag: The key tag value of the DNSKEY RR that validates the - signature. - labels: The number of labels in the name of the RRset signed with - the RRSIG object. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The name of the RRSIG record in FQDN format. - original_ttl: The TTL value of the RRset covered by the RRSIG - record. - signature: The Base64 encoded cryptographic signature that covers - the RRSIG RDATA of the RRSIG Record object. - signer_name: The domain name of the zone in FQDN format that - contains the signed RRset. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - type_covered: The RR type covered by the RRSIG record. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + algorithm: The cryptographic algorithm that was used to create + the signature. It uses the same algorithm types as the + DNSKEY record indicated in the key tag field. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + creation_time: The creation time of the record. + creator: The record creator. + dns_name: Name for an RRSIG record in punycode format. + dns_signer_name: The domain name, in punycode format, of the + zone that contains the signed RRset. + expiration_time: The expiry time of an RRSIG record in Epoch + seconds format. + inception_time: The inception time of an RRSIG record in Epoch + seconds format. + key_tag: The key tag value of the DNSKEY RR that validates the + signature. + labels: The number of labels in the name of the RRset signed + with the RRSIG object. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The name of the RRSIG record in FQDN format. + original_ttl: The TTL value of the RRset covered by the RRSIG + record. + signature: The Base64 encoded cryptographic signature that + covers the RRSIG RDATA of the RRSIG Record object. + signer_name: The domain name of the zone in FQDN format that + contains the signed RRset. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + type_covered: The RR type covered by the RRSIG record. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:rrsig' _fields = ['algorithm', 'cloud_info', 'creation_time', 'creator', @@ -15335,51 +16240,53 @@ class SRVRecord(InfobloxObject): known as a service record. An SRV record provides information on available services. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name for an SRV record in punycode format. - dns_target: The name for a SRV record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: A name in FQDN format. This value can be in unicode format. - port: The port of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to 65535 - (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - priority: The priority of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to - 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - target: The target of the SRV record in FQDN format. This value can - be in unicode format. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - weight: The weight of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to - 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name for an SRV record in punycode format. + dns_target: The name for a SRV record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: A name in FQDN format. This value can be in unicode + format. + port: The port of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to + 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + priority: The priority of the SRV record. Valid values are from + 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + target: The target of the SRV record in FQDN format. This value + can be in unicode format. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + weight: The weight of the SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to + 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:srv' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -15412,41 +16319,42 @@ class TlsaRecord(InfobloxObject): details see RFC-6698. Note that you must specify only one view for the attribute 'views'. - Fields: - certificate_data: Hex dump of either raw data for matching type 0, - or the hash of the raw data for matching types 1 and 2. - certificate_usage: Specifies the provided association that will be - used to match the certificate presented in the TLS handshake. - Based on RFC-6698. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creator: The record creator. Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name of the TLSA record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - matched_type: Specifies how the certificate association is - presented. Based on RFC-6698. - name: The TLSA record name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - selector: Specifies which part of the TLS certificate presented by - the server will be matched against the association data. Based - on RFC-6698. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + certificate_data: Hex dump of either raw data for matching type + 0, or the hash of the raw data for matching types 1 and 2. + certificate_usage: Specifies the provided association that will + be used to match the certificate presented in the TLS + handshake. Based on RFC-6698. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creator: The record creator. Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name of the TLSA record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + matched_type: Specifies how the certificate association is + presented. Based on RFC-6698. + name: The TLSA record name in FQDN format. This value can be in + unicode format. + selector: Specifies which part of the TLS certificate presented + by the server will be matched against the association data. + Based on RFC-6698. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:tlsa' _fields = ['certificate_data', 'certificate_usage', 'cloud_info', @@ -15470,47 +16378,48 @@ class TXTRecord(InfobloxObject): America, you can create a text record stating this fact. You can create more than one text record for a domain name. - Fields: - aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds - format. - creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. - ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record are - allowed or not. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name for a TXT record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for the - record or not. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: Name for the TXT record in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. This field exists only on db_objects if this - record is a shared record. - text: Text associated with the record. It can contain up to 255 - bytes per substring, up to a total of 512 bytes. To enter - leading, trailing, or embedded spaces in the text, add quotes - around the text to preserve the spaces. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + aws_rte53_record_info: Aws Route 53 record information. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creation_time: The time of the record creation in Epoch seconds + format. + creator: The record creator.Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + ddns_principal: The GSS-TSIG principal that owns this record. + ddns_protected: Determines if the DDNS updates for this record + are allowed or not. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name for a TXT record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + forbid_reclamation: Determines if the reclamation is allowed for + the record or not. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: Name for the TXT record in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + reclaimable: Determines if the record is reclaimable or not. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. This field exists only on + db_objects if this record is a shared record. + text: Text associated with the record. It can contain up to 255 + bytes per substring, up to a total of 512 bytes. To enter + leading, trailing, or embedded spaces in the text, add + quotes around the text to preserve the spaces. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:txt' _fields = ['aws_rte53_record_info', 'cloud_info', 'comment', @@ -15540,39 +16449,44 @@ class UnknownRecord(InfobloxObject): DNS implementations to handle new RR types transparently. For further details see RFC-3597. - Fields: - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. - creator: The record creator. Note that changing creator from or to - 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. - disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False means - that the record is enabled. - display_rdata: Standard textual representation of the RDATA. - dns_name: The name of the unknown record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds - format. - name: The Unknown record name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - record_type: Specifies type of unknown resource record. - subfield_values: The list of rdata subfield values of unknown - resource record. - ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that the record should - not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. Example: - "external". - zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: - "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by zone, - the default view is used. + Attributes: + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the record; maximum 256 characters. + creator: The record creator. Note that changing creator from or + to 'SYSTEM' value is not allowed. + disable: Determines if the record is disabled or not. False + means that the record is enabled. + display_rdata: Standard textual representation of the RDATA. + dns_name: The name of the unknown record in punycode format. + enable_host_name_policy: Determines if host name policy is + applicable for the record. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + last_queried: The time of the last DNS query in Epoch seconds + format. + name: The Unknown record name in FQDN format. This value can be + in unicode format. + policy: The host name policy for the record. + record_type: Specifies type of unknown resource record. + subfield_values: The list of rdata subfield values of unknown + resource record. + ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value for the record. A 32-bit + unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, + for which the record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that + the record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + view: The name of the DNS view in which the record resides. + Example: "external". + zone: The name of the zone in which the record resides. Example: + "zone.com". If a view is not specified when searching by + zone, the default view is used. """ _infoblox_type = 'record:unknown' _fields = ['cloud_info', 'comment', 'creator', 'disable', 'display_rdata', - 'dns_name', 'extattrs', 'last_queried', 'name', 'record_type', + 'dns_name', 'enable_host_name_policy', 'extattrs', + 'last_queried', 'name', 'policy', 'record_type', 'subfield_values', 'ttl', 'use_ttl', 'view', 'zone'] _search_for_update_fields = ['name', 'view'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'creator', 'name', 'record_type', @@ -15602,14 +16516,14 @@ class Recordnamepolicy(InfobloxObject): The record name policy object contains configuration of the regular expression hostnames should comply with. - Fields: - is_default: Determines whether the record name policy is Grid - default. - name: The name of the record name policy object. - pre_defined: Determines whether the record name policy is a - predefined one. - regex: The POSIX regular expression the record names should match in - order to comply with the record name policy. + Attributes: + is_default: Determines whether the record name policy is Grid + default. + name: The name of the record name policy object. + pre_defined: Determines whether the record name policy is a + predefined one. + regex: The POSIX regular expression the record names should + match in order to comply with the record name policy. """ _infoblox_type = 'recordnamepolicy' _fields = ['is_default', 'name', 'pre_defined', 'regex'] @@ -15625,21 +16539,16 @@ class Restartservicestatus(InfobloxObject): """ Restartservicestatus: Restart service status object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'restartservicestatus' - This object represents the service status. Use the - - the requestrestartservicestatus function call in object grid - - or - - the requestrestartservicestatus function call in object member + This object represents the service status. Use the the + requestrestartservicestatus function call in object grid or the + requestrestartservicestatus function call in object member to + refresh the status. - to refresh the status. - - Fields: - dhcp_status: The status of the DHCP service. - dns_status: The status of the DNS service. - member: The name of this Grid member in FQDN format. - reporting_status: The status of the reporting service. + Attributes: + dhcp_status: The status of the DHCP service. + dns_status: The status of the DNS service. + member: The name of this Grid member in FQDN format. + reporting_status: The status of the reporting service. """ _infoblox_type = 'restartservicestatus' _fields = ['dhcp_status', 'dns_status', 'member', 'reporting_status'] @@ -15671,13 +16580,13 @@ class Rir(InfobloxObject): settings to send registration update to RIPE (Reseaux IP Europeens) database as often as RIR data is updated on NIOS. - Fields: - communication_mode: The communication mode for RIR. - email: The e-mail address for RIR. - name: The name of RIR. - url: The WebAPI URL for RIR. - use_email: Use flag for: email - use_url: Use flag for: url + Attributes: + communication_mode: The communication mode for RIR. + email: The e-mail address for RIR. + name: The name of RIR. + url: The WebAPI URL for RIR. + use_email: Use flag for: email + use_url: Use flag for: url """ _infoblox_type = 'rir' _fields = ['communication_mode', 'email', 'name', 'url', 'use_email', @@ -15700,15 +16609,16 @@ class RirOrganization(InfobloxObject): You can add RIR organizations defined in the RIPE database and start managing their data through NIOS. - Fields: - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - id: The RIR organization identifier. - maintainer: The RIR organization maintainer. - name: The RIR organization name. - password: The password for the maintainer of RIR organization. - rir: The RIR associated with RIR organization. - sender_email: The sender e-mail address for RIR organization. + Attributes: + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + id: The RIR organization identifier. + maintainer: The RIR organization maintainer. + name: The RIR organization name. + password: The password for the maintainer of RIR organization. + rir: The RIR associated with RIR organization. + sender_email: The sender e-mail address for RIR organization. """ _infoblox_type = 'rir:organization' _fields = ['extattrs', 'id', 'maintainer', 'name', 'password', 'rir', @@ -15733,107 +16643,113 @@ class DHCPRoamingHost(InfobloxObject): when a lease request comes from a particular MAC address of the client. - Fields: - address_type: The address type for this roaming host. - bootfile: The bootfile name for the roaming host. You can configure - the DHCP server to support clients that use the boot file name - option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. - bootserver: The boot server address for the roaming host. You can - specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server that the - host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or name in FQDN - format. - client_identifier_prepend_zero: This field controls whether there is - a prepend for the dhcp-client-identifier of a roaming host. - comment: Comment for the roaming host; maximum 256 characters. - ddns_domainname: The DDNS domain name for this roaming host. - ddns_hostname: The DDNS host name for this roaming host. - deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and BOOTP - requests will be denied. - dhcp_client_identifier: The DHCP client ID for the roaming host. - disable: Determines whether a roaming host is disabled or not. When - this is set to False, the roaming host is enabled. - enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of the roaming host - object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates to - DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS servers. - enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP server - to use a different lease time for PXE clients. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - force_roaming_hostname: Set this to True to use the roaming host - name as its ddns_hostname. - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, the - appliance returns all the DHCP options the client is eligible to - receive, rather than only the list of options the client has - requested. - ipv6_client_hostname: The client hostname of a DHCP roaming host - object. This field specifies the host name that the DHCP client - sends to the Infoblox appliance using DHCP option 12. - ipv6_ddns_domainname: The IPv6 DDNS domain name for this roaming - host. - ipv6_ddns_hostname: The IPv6 DDNS host name for this roaming host. - ipv6_domain_name: The IPv6 domain name for this roaming host. - ipv6_domain_name_servers: The IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive name - servers to which the DHCP client can send name resolution - requests. The DHCP server includes this information in the DNS - Recursive Name Server option in Advertise, Rebind, Information- - Request, and Reply messages. - ipv6_duid: The DUID value for this roaming host. - ipv6_enable_ddns: Set this to True to enable IPv6 DDNS. - ipv6_force_roaming_hostname: Set this to True to use the roaming - host name as its ddns_hostname. - ipv6_match_option: The identification method for an IPv6 or mixed - IPv4/IPv6 roaming host. Currently, the only supported value for - this field is "DUID", which corresponds to identification by - DHCPv6 unique ID. - ipv6_options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP - options associated with the object. - ipv6_template: If set on creation, the roaming host will be created - according to the values specified in the named IPv6 roaming host - template. - mac: The MAC address for this roaming host. - match_client: The match-client value for this roaming host. Valid - values are:"MAC_ADDRESS": The fixed IP address is leased to the - matching MAC address."CLIENT_ID": The fixed IP address is leased - to the matching DHCP client identifier. - name: The name of this roaming host. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this roaming - host resides. - nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address format of the next - server that the host needs to boot. - options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP options - associated with the object. - preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value for this roaming - host object. - pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value for this roaming host - object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) to - boot remotely from a server. To better manage your IP resources, - set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. You can - configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address with a - shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot requests, so IP - addresses are not leased longer than necessary.A 32-bit unsigned - integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for which the - update is cached. Zero indicates that the update is not cached. - template: If set on creation, the roaming host will be created - according to the values specified in the named template. - use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile - use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver - use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname - use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp - use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns - use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: - ignore_dhcp_option_list_request - use_ipv6_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ipv6_ddns_domainname - use_ipv6_domain_name: Use flag for: ipv6_domain_name - use_ipv6_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: ipv6_domain_name_servers - use_ipv6_enable_ddns: Use flag for: ipv6_enable_ddns - use_ipv6_options: Use flag for: ipv6_options - use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver - use_options: Use flag for: options - use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime - use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time - use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime - valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime value for this roaming host - object. + Attributes: + address_type: The address type for this roaming host. + bootfile: The bootfile name for the roaming host. You can + configure the DHCP server to support clients that use the + boot file name option in their DHCPREQUEST messages. + bootserver: The boot server address for the roaming host. You + can specify the name and/or IP address of the boot server + that the host needs to boot.The boot server IPv4 Address or + name in FQDN format. + client_identifier_prepend_zero: This field controls whether + there is a prepend for the dhcp-client-identifier of a + roaming host. + comment: Comment for the roaming host; maximum 256 characters. + ddns_domainname: The DDNS domain name for this roaming host. + ddns_hostname: The DDNS host name for this roaming host. + deny_bootp: If set to true, BOOTP settings are disabled and + BOOTP requests will be denied. + dhcp_client_identifier: The DHCP client ID for the roaming host. + disable: Determines whether a roaming host is disabled or not. + When this is set to False, the roaming host is enabled. + enable_ddns: The dynamic DNS updates flag of the roaming host + object. If set to True, the DHCP server sends DDNS updates + to DNS servers in the same Grid, and to external DNS + servers. + enable_pxe_lease_time: Set this to True if you want the DHCP + server to use a different lease time for PXE clients. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + force_roaming_hostname: Set this to True to use the roaming host + name as its ddns_hostname. + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: If this field is set to False, + the appliance returns all the DHCP options the client is + eligible to receive, rather than only the list of options + the client has requested. + ipv6_client_hostname: The client hostname of a DHCP roaming host + object. This field specifies the host name that the DHCP + client sends to the Infoblox appliance using DHCP option 12. + ipv6_ddns_domainname: The IPv6 DDNS domain name for this roaming + host. + ipv6_ddns_hostname: The IPv6 DDNS host name for this roaming + host. + ipv6_domain_name: The IPv6 domain name for this roaming host. + ipv6_domain_name_servers: The IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive + name servers to which the DHCP client can send name + resolution requests. The DHCP server includes this + information in the DNS Recursive Name Server option in + Advertise, Rebind, Information-Request, and Reply messages. + ipv6_duid: The DUID value for this roaming host. + ipv6_enable_ddns: Set this to True to enable IPv6 DDNS. + ipv6_force_roaming_hostname: Set this to True to use the roaming + host name as its ddns_hostname. + ipv6_match_option: The identification method for an IPv6 or + mixed IPv4/IPv6 roaming host. Currently, the only supported + value for this field is "DUID", which corresponds to + identification by DHCPv6 unique ID. + ipv6_options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the + DHCP options associated with the object. + ipv6_template: If set on creation, the roaming host will be + created according to the values specified in the named IPv6 + roaming host template. + mac: The MAC address for this roaming host. + match_client: The match-client value for this roaming host. + Valid values are:"MAC_ADDRESS": The fixed IP address is + leased to the matching MAC address."CLIENT_ID": The fixed IP + address is leased to the matching DHCP client identifier. + name: The name of this roaming host. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this roaming + host resides. + nextserver: The name in FQDN and/or IPv4 Address format of the + next server that the host needs to boot. + options: An array of DHCP option structs that lists the DHCP + options associated with the object. + preferred_lifetime: The preferred lifetime value for this + roaming host object. + pxe_lease_time: The PXE lease time value for this roaming host + object. Some hosts use PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) + to boot remotely from a server. To better manage your IP + resources, set a different lease time for PXE boot requests. + You can configure the DHCP server to allocate an IP address + with a shorter lease time to hosts that send PXE boot + requests, so IP addresses are not leased longer than + necessary.A 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the + duration, in seconds, for which the update is cached. Zero + indicates that the update is not cached. + template: If set on creation, the roaming host will be created + according to the values specified in the named template. + use_bootfile: Use flag for: bootfile + use_bootserver: Use flag for: bootserver + use_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ddns_domainname + use_deny_bootp: Use flag for: deny_bootp + use_enable_ddns: Use flag for: enable_ddns + use_ignore_dhcp_option_list_request: Use flag for: + ignore_dhcp_option_list_request + use_ipv6_ddns_domainname: Use flag for: ipv6_ddns_domainname + use_ipv6_domain_name: Use flag for: ipv6_domain_name + use_ipv6_domain_name_servers: Use flag for: + ipv6_domain_name_servers + use_ipv6_enable_ddns: Use flag for: ipv6_enable_ddns + use_ipv6_options: Use flag for: ipv6_options + use_nextserver: Use flag for: nextserver + use_options: Use flag for: options + use_preferred_lifetime: Use flag for: preferred_lifetime + use_pxe_lease_time: Use flag for: pxe_lease_time + use_valid_lifetime: Use flag for: valid_lifetime + valid_lifetime: The valid lifetime value for this roaming host + object. """ _infoblox_type = 'roaminghost' _fields = ['address_type', 'bootfile', 'bootserver', @@ -15881,14 +16797,15 @@ class Ruleset(InfobloxObject): Represents a Ruleset object, which is a collection of rules that is used to match domain names. - Fields: - comment: Descriptive comment about the Ruleset object. - disabled: The flag that indicates if the Ruleset object is disabled. - name: The name of this Ruleset object. - nxdomain_rules: The list of Rules assigned to this Ruleset object. - Rules can be set only when the Ruleset type is set to - "NXDOMAIN". - type: The type of this Ruleset object. + Attributes: + comment: Descriptive comment about the Ruleset object. + disabled: The flag that indicates if the Ruleset object is + disabled. + name: The name of this Ruleset object. + nxdomain_rules: The list of Rules assigned to this Ruleset + object. Rules can be set only when the Ruleset type is set + to "NXDOMAIN". + type: The type of this Ruleset object. """ _infoblox_type = 'ruleset' _fields = ['comment', 'disabled', 'name', 'nxdomain_rules', 'type'] @@ -15910,12 +16827,12 @@ class SamlAuthservice(InfobloxObject): This object represents SAML authentication service. - Fields: - comment: The descriptive comment for the SAML authentication - service. - idp: The SAML Identity Provider to use for authentication. - name: The name of the SAML authentication service. - session_timeout: The session timeout in seconds. + Attributes: + comment: The descriptive comment for the SAML authentication + service. + idp: The SAML Identity Provider to use for authentication. + name: The name of the SAML authentication service. + session_timeout: The session timeout in seconds. """ _infoblox_type = 'saml:authservice' _fields = ['comment', 'idp', 'name', 'session_timeout'] @@ -15934,20 +16851,20 @@ class Scavengingtask(InfobloxObject): The DNS scavenging task object provides information on scavenging process state. - Fields: - action: The scavenging action. - associated_object: The reference to the object associated with the - scavenging task. - end_time: The scavenging process end time. - processed_records: The number of processed during scavenging - resource records. - reclaimable_records: The number of resource records that are allowed - to be reclaimed during the scavenging process. - reclaimed_records: The number of reclaimed during the scavenging - process resource records. - start_time: The scavenging process start time. - status: The scavenging process status. This is a read-only - attribute. + Attributes: + action: The scavenging action. + associated_object: The reference to the object associated with + the scavenging task. + end_time: The scavenging process end time. + processed_records: The number of processed during scavenging + resource records. + reclaimable_records: The number of resource records that are + allowed to be reclaimed during the scavenging process. + reclaimed_records: The number of reclaimed during the scavenging + process resource records. + start_time: The scavenging process start time. + status: The scavenging process status. This is a read-only + attribute. """ _infoblox_type = 'scavengingtask' _fields = ['action', 'associated_object', 'end_time', 'processed_records', @@ -15967,39 +16884,41 @@ class Scheduledtask(InfobloxObject): This object represents a scheduled task. - Fields: - approval_status: The approval status of the task. - approver: The approver of the task. - approver_comment: The comment specified by the approver of the task. - automatic_restart: Indicates whether there will be an automatic - restart when the appliance executes the task. - changed_objects: A list of objects that are affected by the task. - dependent_tasks: If this scheduled task has dependent tasks, their - references will be returned in this field. - execute_now: If this field is set to True the specified task will be - executed immediately. - execution_details: Messages generated by the execution of the - scheduled task after its completion. - execution_details_type: The type of details generated by the - execution of the scheduled task after its completion. - execution_status: The execution status of the task. - execution_time: The time when the appliance executed the task. - is_network_insight_task: Indicates whether this is a Network Insight - scheduled task. - member: The member where this task was created. - predecessor_task: If this scheduled task has a predecessor task set, - its reference will be returned in this field. - re_execute_task: If set to True, if the scheduled task is a Network - Insight task and it failed, a new task will be cloned from this - task and re-executed. - scheduled_time: The time when the task is scheduled to occur. - submit_time: The time when the task was submitted. - submitter: The submitter of the task. - submitter_comment: The comment specified by the submitter of the - task. - task_id: The task ID. - task_type: The task type. - ticket_number: The task ticket number. + Attributes: + approval_status: The approval status of the task. + approver: The approver of the task. + approver_comment: The comment specified by the approver of the + task. + automatic_restart: Indicates whether there will be an automatic + restart when the appliance executes the task. + changed_objects: A list of objects that are affected by the + task. + dependent_tasks: If this scheduled task has dependent tasks, + their references will be returned in this field. + execute_now: If this field is set to True the specified task + will be executed immediately. + execution_details: Messages generated by the execution of the + scheduled task after its completion. + execution_details_type: The type of details generated by the + execution of the scheduled task after its completion. + execution_status: The execution status of the task. + execution_time: The time when the appliance executed the task. + is_network_insight_task: Indicates whether this is a Network + Insight scheduled task. + member: The member where this task was created. + predecessor_task: If this scheduled task has a predecessor task + set, its reference will be returned in this field. + re_execute_task: If set to True, if the scheduled task is a + Network Insight task and it failed, a new task will be + cloned from this task and re-executed. + scheduled_time: The time when the task is scheduled to occur. + submit_time: The time when the task was submitted. + submitter: The submitter of the task. + submitter_comment: The comment specified by the submitter of the + task. + task_id: The task ID. + task_type: The task type. + ticket_number: The task ticket number. """ _infoblox_type = 'scheduledtask' _fields = ['approval_status', 'approver', 'approver_comment', @@ -16029,25 +16948,17 @@ class Search(InfobloxObject): """ Search: Search object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'search' - The - - search - - object is used to perform global searches for multiple object types - in the database. This object contains only search parameters and - returns objects that match the search criteria. The returned objects - are base objects for the respective object types. + The search object is used to perform global searches for multiple + object types in the database. This object contains only search + parameters and returns objects that match the search criteria. The + returned objects are base objects for the respective object types. - Search is the only allowed operation for - - search - - objects. + Search is the only allowed operation for search objects. NOTE: Only one of the following can be used each time: 'address', 'mac_address', 'duid' or 'fqdn'. - Fields: + Attributes: """ _infoblox_type = 'search' _fields = [] @@ -16079,23 +16990,24 @@ class ASharedRecord(ASharedRecordBase): shared record group is associated with other zones, the shared A record is shared among these zones. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. False - means that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the shared record. - name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode - format. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that - the shared record should not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. + False means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the shared record. + name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode + format. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A + 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the duration, in + seconds, for which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero + indicates that the shared record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'sharedrecord:a' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'dns_name', 'extattrs', 'ipv4addr', @@ -16119,23 +17031,24 @@ class AAAASharedRecord(ASharedRecordBase): shared record group is associated with other zones, the shared AAAA record is shared among these zones. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. False - means that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the shared record. - name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode - format. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that - the shared record should not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. + False means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the shared record. + name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode + format. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A + 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the duration, in + seconds, for which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero + indicates that the shared record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'sharedrecord:aaaa' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'dns_name', 'extattrs', 'ipv6addr', @@ -16159,25 +17072,26 @@ class CNAMESharedRecord(InfobloxObject): with other zones, the shared CNAME record is shared among these zones. - Fields: - canonical: Canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in - unicode format. - comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. False - means that the record is enabled. - dns_canonical: Canonical name in punycode format. - dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode - format. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that - the shared record should not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + canonical: Canonical name in FQDN format. This value can be in + unicode format. + comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. + False means that the record is enabled. + dns_canonical: Canonical name in punycode format. + dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode + format. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A + 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the duration, in + seconds, for which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero + indicates that the shared record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'sharedrecord:cname' _fields = ['canonical', 'comment', 'disable', 'dns_canonical', 'dns_name', @@ -16200,28 +17114,29 @@ class MXSharedRecord(InfobloxObject): the shared record group is associated with other zones, the shared MX record is shared among these zones. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. False - means that the record is enabled. - dns_mail_exchanger: The name of the mail exchanger in punycode - format. - dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - mail_exchanger: The name of the mail exchanger in FQDN format. This - value can be in unicode format. - name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode - format. - preference: The preference value. Valid values are from 0 to 65535 - (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that - the shared record should not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. + False means that the record is enabled. + dns_mail_exchanger: The name of the mail exchanger in punycode + format. + dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + mail_exchanger: The name of the mail exchanger in FQDN format. + This value can be in unicode format. + name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode + format. + preference: The preference value. Valid values are from 0 to + 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A + 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the duration, in + seconds, for which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero + indicates that the shared record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'sharedrecord:mx' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'dns_mail_exchanger', 'dns_name', @@ -16248,31 +17163,34 @@ class SRVSharedRecord(InfobloxObject): If the shared record group is associated with other zones, the shared SRV record is shared among these zones. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. False - means that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. - dns_target: The name for a shared SRV record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode - format. - port: The port of the shared SRV record. Valid values are from 0 to - 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - priority: The priority of the shared SRV record. Valid values are - from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. - target: The target of the shared SRV record in FQDN format. This - value can be in unicode format. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that - the shared record should not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl - weight: The weight of the shared SRV record. Valid values are from 0 - to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. + False means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. + dns_target: The name for a shared SRV record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode + format. + port: The port of the shared SRV record. Valid values are from 0 + to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer format. + priority: The priority of the shared SRV record. Valid values + are from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer + format. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. + target: The target of the shared SRV record in FQDN format. This + value can be in unicode format. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A + 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the duration, in + seconds, for which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero + indicates that the shared record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + weight: The weight of the shared SRV record. Valid values are + from 0 to 65535 (inclusive), in 32-bit unsigned integer + format. """ _infoblox_type = 'sharedrecord:srv' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'dns_name', 'dns_target', 'extattrs', @@ -16302,26 +17220,27 @@ class TXTSharedRecord(InfobloxObject): shared record group is associated with other zones, the shared TXT record is shared among these zones. - Fields: - comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. False - means that the record is enabled. - dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode - format. - shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in which - the record resides. - text: Text associated with the shared record. It can contain up to - 255 bytes per substring and up a total of 512 bytes. To enter - leading, trailing or embedded spaces in the text, add quotes (" - ") around the text to preserve the spaces. - ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A 32-bit - unsigned integer that represents the duration, in seconds, for - which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero indicates that - the shared record should not be cached. - use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl + Attributes: + comment: Comment for this shared record; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines if this shared record is disabled or not. + False means that the record is enabled. + dns_name: The name for this shared record in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: Name for this shared record. This value can be in unicode + format. + shared_record_group: The name of the shared record group in + which the record resides. + text: Text associated with the shared record. It can contain up + to 255 bytes per substring and up a total of 512 bytes. To + enter leading, trailing or embedded spaces in the text, add + quotes (" ") around the text to preserve the spaces. + ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value for this shared record. A + 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the duration, in + seconds, for which the shared record is valid (cached). Zero + indicates that the shared record should not be cached. + use_ttl: Use flag for: ttl """ _infoblox_type = 'sharedrecord:txt' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'dns_name', 'extattrs', 'name', @@ -16345,16 +17264,17 @@ class Sharedrecordgroup(InfobloxObject): three zones. For more information about shared record groups and shared records, please refer to Infoblox Administrator Guide. - Fields: - comment: The descriptive comment of this shared record group. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name of this shared record group. - record_name_policy: The record name policy of this shared record - group. - use_record_name_policy: Use flag for: record_name_policy - zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this shared - record group. + Attributes: + comment: The descriptive comment of this shared record group. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name of this shared record group. + record_name_policy: The record name policy of this shared record + group. + use_record_name_policy: Use flag for: record_name_policy + zone_associations: The list of zones associated with this shared + record group. """ _infoblox_type = 'sharedrecordgroup' _fields = ['comment', 'extattrs', 'name', 'record_name_policy', @@ -16379,10 +17299,10 @@ class SmartfolderChildren(InfobloxObject): The Smart Folder children object can be used for both "filtering" and "grouping" the results of Smart Folder associated objects. - Fields: - resource: The object retuned by the Smart Folder query. - value: The value returned by the Smart Folder query. - value_type: The type of the returned value. + Attributes: + resource: The object retuned by the Smart Folder query. + value: The value returned by the Smart Folder query. + value_type: The type of the returned value. """ _infoblox_type = 'smartfolder:children' _fields = ['resource', 'value', 'value_type'] @@ -16407,11 +17327,11 @@ class SmartfolderGlobal(InfobloxObject): The global Smart Folders are created to be shared among administrators. - Fields: - comment: The global Smart Folder descriptive comment. - group_bys: Global Smart Folder grouping rules. - name: The global Smart Folder name. - query_items: The global Smart Folder filter queries. + Attributes: + comment: The global Smart Folder descriptive comment. + group_bys: Global Smart Folder grouping rules. + name: The global Smart Folder name. + query_items: The global Smart Folder filter queries. """ _infoblox_type = 'smartfolder:global' _fields = ['comment', 'group_bys', 'name', 'query_items'] @@ -16444,13 +17364,13 @@ class SmartfolderPersonal(InfobloxObject): The personal Smart Folder is used to Smart Folders available only to a administrator that have created the Smart Folder. - Fields: - comment: The personal Smart Folder descriptive comment. - group_bys: The personal Smart Folder groupping rules. - is_shortcut: Determines whether the personal Smart Folder is a - shortcut. - name: The personal Smart Folder name. - query_items: The personal Smart Folder filter queries. + Attributes: + comment: The personal Smart Folder descriptive comment. + group_bys: The personal Smart Folder groupping rules. + is_shortcut: Determines whether the personal Smart Folder is a + shortcut. + name: The personal Smart Folder name. + query_items: The personal Smart Folder filter queries. """ _infoblox_type = 'smartfolder:personal' _fields = ['comment', 'group_bys', 'is_shortcut', 'name', 'query_items'] @@ -16476,18 +17396,20 @@ class Snmpuser(InfobloxObject): This object contains information related to SNMPv3 users. - Fields: - authentication_password: Determines an authentication password for - the user. This is a write-only attribute. - authentication_protocol: The authentication protocol to be used for - this user. - comment: A descriptive comment for the SNMPv3 User. - disable: Determines if SNMPv3 user is disabled or not. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: The name of the user. - privacy_password: Determines a password for the privacy protocol. - privacy_protocol: The privacy protocol to be used for this user. + Attributes: + authentication_password: Determines an authentication password + for the user. This is a write-only attribute. + authentication_protocol: The authentication protocol to be used + for this user. + comment: A descriptive comment for the SNMPv3 User. + disable: Determines if SNMPv3 user is disabled or not. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: The name of the user. + privacy_password: Determines a password for the privacy + protocol. + privacy_protocol: The privacy protocol to be used for this user. """ _infoblox_type = 'snmpuser' _fields = ['authentication_password', 'authentication_protocol', 'comment', @@ -16508,19 +17430,21 @@ class Superhost(InfobloxObject): The collection of correlated IPAM records which is related to single device. - Fields: - comment: The comment for Super Host. - delete_associated_objects: True if we have to delete all DNS/DHCP - associated objects with Super Host, false by default. - dhcp_associated_objects: A list of DHCP objects refs which are - associated with Super Host. - disabled: Disable all DNS/DHCP associated objects with Super Host if - True, False by default. - dns_associated_objects: A list of object refs of the DNS resource - records which are associated with Super Host. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: Name of the Superhost. + Attributes: + comment: The comment for Super Host. + delete_associated_objects: True if we have to delete all + DNS/DHCP associated objects with Super Host, false by + default. + dhcp_associated_objects: A list of DHCP objects refs which are + associated with Super Host. + disabled: Disable all DNS/DHCP associated objects with Super + Host if True, False by default. + dns_associated_objects: A list of object refs of the DNS + resource records which are associated with Super Host. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: Name of the Superhost. """ _infoblox_type = 'superhost' _fields = ['comment', 'delete_associated_objects', @@ -16544,28 +17468,28 @@ class Superhostchild(InfobloxObject): Since this is a synthetic object, it supports reading only by specifying search parameters, not by reference. - Fields: - associated_object: The record object, if supported by the WAPI. - Otherwise, the value is "None". - comment: The record comment. - creation_timestamp: Time at which DNS RR was created. - data: Specific data of DNS/DHCP records. - disabled: True if the child DNS/DHCP object is disabled. - name: Name of the associated DNS/DHCP object. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this network - record resides. - parent: Name of the Super Host object in which record resides. - record_parent: Name of a parent zone/network. - type: The record type. When searching for an unspecified record - type, the search is performed for all records. - view: Name of the DNS View in which the record resides. + Attributes: + associated_object: The record object, if supported by the WAPI. + Otherwise, the value is "None". + comment: The record comment. + creation_timestamp: Time at which DNS RR was created. + data: Specific data of DNS/DHCP records. + disabled: True if the child DNS/DHCP object is disabled. + name: Name of the associated DNS/DHCP object. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this network + record resides. + parent: Name of the Super Host object in which record resides. + record_parent: Name of a parent zone/network. + type: The record type. When searching for an unspecified record + type, the search is performed for all records. + view: Name of the DNS View in which the record resides. """ _infoblox_type = 'superhostchild' _fields = ['associated_object', 'comment', 'creation_timestamp', 'data', 'disabled', 'name', 'network_view', 'parent', 'record_parent', 'type', 'view'] - _search_for_update_fields = ['data', 'name', 'network_view', - 'parent', 'record_parent', 'type', 'view'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['data', 'name', 'network_view', 'parent', + 'record_parent', 'type', 'view'] _updateable_search_fields = [] _all_searchable_fields = ['comment', 'creation_timestamp', 'data', 'name', 'network_view', 'parent', 'record_parent', @@ -16580,29 +17504,30 @@ class SyslogEndpoint(InfobloxObject): """ SyslogEndpoint: The syslog endpoint object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'syslog:endpoint' - The - - name + The name part of the syslog:endpoint object reference has the + following components: - part of the syslog:endpoint object reference has the following - components: + The name of an endpoint. Example: syslog:endpoint/b25lLmVuZHBvaW50JDMzOQ:wintermute - Fields: - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - log_level: The log level for a notification REST endpoint. - name: The name of a Syslog endpoint. - outbound_member_type: The outbound member that will generate events. - outbound_members: The list of members for outbound events. - syslog_servers: List of syslog servers - template_instance: The Syslog template instance. You cannot change - the parameters of the Syslog endpoint template instance. - timeout: The timeout of session management (in seconds). - vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. - wapi_user_name: The user name for WAPI integration. - wapi_user_password: The user password for WAPI integration. + Attributes: + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + log_level: The log level for a notification REST endpoint. + name: The name of a Syslog endpoint. + outbound_member_type: The outbound member that will generate + events. + outbound_members: The list of members for outbound events. + syslog_servers: List of syslog servers + template_instance: The Syslog template instance. You cannot + change the parameters of the Syslog endpoint template + instance. + timeout: The timeout of session management (in seconds). + vendor_identifier: The vendor identifier. + wapi_user_name: The user name for WAPI integration. + wapi_user_password: The user password for WAPI integration. """ _infoblox_type = 'syslog:endpoint' _fields = ['extattrs', 'log_level', 'name', 'outbound_member_type', @@ -16634,19 +17559,20 @@ class TacacsplusAuthservice(InfobloxObject): This object is used to supply configuration for TACACS+ authentication service. - Fields: - acct_retries: The number of the accounting retries before giving up - and moving on to the next server. - acct_timeout: The accounting retry period in milliseconds. - auth_retries: The number of the authentication/authorization retries - before giving up and moving on to the next server. - auth_timeout: The authentication/authorization timeout period in - milliseconds. - comment: The TACACS+ authentication service descriptive comment. - disable: Determines whether the TACACS+ authentication service - object is disabled. - name: The TACACS+ authentication service name. - servers: The list of the TACACS+ servers used for authentication. + Attributes: + acct_retries: The number of the accounting retries before giving + up and moving on to the next server. + acct_timeout: The accounting retry period in milliseconds. + auth_retries: The number of the authentication/authorization + retries before giving up and moving on to the next server. + auth_timeout: The authentication/authorization timeout period in + milliseconds. + comment: The TACACS+ authentication service descriptive comment. + disable: Determines whether the TACACS+ authentication service + object is disabled. + name: The TACACS+ authentication service name. + servers: The list of the TACACS+ servers used for + authentication. """ _infoblox_type = 'tacacsplus:authservice' _fields = ['acct_retries', 'acct_timeout', 'auth_retries', 'auth_timeout', @@ -16675,13 +17601,13 @@ class Taxii(InfobloxObject): configuration such as the start/stop flag and RPZ (Response Policy Zone) configuration. - Fields: - enable_service: Indicates whether the Taxii service is running on - the given member or not. - ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the Grid member. - ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the Grid member. - name: The name of the Taxii Member. - taxii_rpz_config: Taxii service RPZ configuration list. + Attributes: + enable_service: Indicates whether the Taxii service is running + on the given member or not. + ipv4addr: The IPv4 Address of the Grid member. + ipv6addr: The IPv6 Address of the Grid member. + name: The name of the Taxii Member. + taxii_rpz_config: Taxii service RPZ configuration list. """ _infoblox_type = 'taxii' _fields = ['enable_service', 'ipv4addr', 'ipv6addr', 'name', @@ -16727,16 +17653,17 @@ class Tftpfiledir(InfobloxObject): name and permission, creating virtual TFTP root directories, and browsing the contents of the directories. - Fields: - directory: The path to the directory that contains file or - subdirectory. - is_synced_to_gm: Determines whether the TFTP entity is synchronized - to Grid Master. - last_modify: The time when the file or directory was last modified. - name: The TFTP directory or file name. - type: The type of TFTP file system entity (directory or file). - vtftp_dir_members: The replication members with TFTP client - addresses where this virtual folder is applicable. + Attributes: + directory: The path to the directory that contains file or + subdirectory. + is_synced_to_gm: Determines whether the TFTP entity is + synchronized to Grid Master. + last_modify: The time when the file or directory was last + modified. + name: The TFTP directory or file name. + type: The type of TFTP file system entity (directory or file). + vtftp_dir_members: The replication members with TFTP client + addresses where this virtual folder is applicable. """ _infoblox_type = 'tftpfiledir' _fields = ['directory', 'is_synced_to_gm', 'last_modify', 'name', 'type', @@ -16753,6 +17680,27 @@ class Tftpfiledir(InfobloxObject): } +class ThreatanalyticsAnalyticsWhitelist(InfobloxObject): + """ ThreatanalyticsAnalyticsWhitelist: Threat analytics whitelist + object. + Corresponds to WAPI object 'threatanalytics:analytics_whitelist' + + The threat analytics whitelist object contains trusted domains on + which NIOS allows DNS traffic. + + Attributes: + version: Whitelist version string. + """ + _infoblox_type = 'threatanalytics:analytics_whitelist' + _fields = ['version'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['version'] + _updateable_search_fields = [] + _all_searchable_fields = ['version'] + _return_fields = ['version'] + _remap = {} + _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] + + class ThreatanalyticsModuleset(InfobloxObject): """ ThreatanalyticsModuleset: Threat analytics module set object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'threatanalytics:moduleset' @@ -16760,8 +17708,8 @@ class ThreatanalyticsModuleset(InfobloxObject): The threat analytics module set represents the installation or update of module information. - Fields: - version: The version number of the threat analytics module set. + Attributes: + version: The version number of the threat analytics module set. """ _infoblox_type = 'threatanalytics:moduleset' _fields = ['version'] @@ -16780,12 +17728,13 @@ class ThreatanalyticsWhitelist(InfobloxObject): The threat analytics whitelist object contains trusted domains on which NIOS allows DNS traffic. - Fields: - comment: The descriptive comment for the threat analytics whitelist. - disable: Determines whether the threat analytics whitelist is - disabled. - fqdn: The FQDN of the threat analytics whitelist. - type: The type of the threat analytics whitelist. + Attributes: + comment: The descriptive comment for the threat analytics + whitelist. + disable: Determines whether the threat analytics whitelist is + disabled. + fqdn: The FQDN of the threat analytics whitelist. + type: The type of the threat analytics whitelist. """ _infoblox_type = 'threatanalytics:whitelist' _fields = ['comment', 'disable', 'fqdn', 'type'] @@ -16806,15 +17755,16 @@ class ThreatinsightCloudclient(InfobloxObject): them to on-premises DNS firewall RPZ zones within a configurable time frame. - Fields: - blacklist_rpz_list: The RPZs to which you apply newly detected - domains through the Infoblox Threat Insight Cloud Client. - enable: Determines whether the Threat Insight in Cloud Client is - enabled. - force_refresh: Force a refresh if at least one RPZ is configured. - interval: The time interval (in seconds) for requesting newly - detected domains by the Infoblox Threat Insight Cloud Client and - applying them to the list of configured RPZs. + Attributes: + blacklist_rpz_list: The RPZs to which you apply newly detected + domains through the Infoblox Threat Insight Cloud Client. + enable: Determines whether the Threat Insight in Cloud Client is + enabled. + force_refresh: Force a refresh if at least one RPZ is + configured. + interval: The time interval (in seconds) for requesting newly + detected domains by the Infoblox Threat Insight Cloud Client + and applying them to the list of configured RPZs. """ _infoblox_type = 'threatinsight:cloudclient' _fields = ['blacklist_rpz_list', 'enable', 'force_refresh', 'interval'] @@ -16833,22 +17783,22 @@ class ThreatprotectionGridRule(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the threat protection custom rule settings. - Fields: - allowed_actions: The list of allowed actions of the custom rule. - category: The rule category the custom rule assigned to. - comment: The human readable comment for the custom rule. - config: The rule config of the template. - description: The description of the custom rule. - disabled: Determines if the custom rule is disabled. - is_factory_reset_enabled: Determines if factory reset is enabled for - the custom rule. - name: The name of the rule custom rule concatenated with its rule - config parameters. - ruleset: The version of the ruleset the custom rule assigned to. - sid: The Rule ID. - template: The threat protection rule template used to create this - rule. - type: The type of the custom rule. + Attributes: + allowed_actions: The list of allowed actions of the custom rule. + category: The rule category the custom rule assigned to. + comment: The human readable comment for the custom rule. + config: The rule config of the template. + description: The description of the custom rule. + disabled: Determines if the custom rule is disabled. + is_factory_reset_enabled: Determines if factory reset is enabled + for the custom rule. + name: The name of the rule custom rule concatenated with its + rule config parameters. + ruleset: The version of the ruleset the custom rule assigned to. + sid: The Rule ID. + template: The threat protection rule template used to create + this rule. + type: The type of the custom rule. """ _infoblox_type = 'threatprotection:grid:rule' _fields = ['allowed_actions', 'category', 'comment', 'config', @@ -16873,26 +17823,30 @@ class ThreatprotectionProfile(InfobloxObject): inherit the ruleset from the Grid or override the ruleset individually at the member level. - Fields: - comment: The comment for the Threat Protection profile. - current_ruleset: The current Threat Protection profile ruleset. - disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Determines if multiple BIND - responses via TCP connection are disabled. - events_per_second_per_rule: The number of events logged per second - per rule. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - members: The list of members that are associated with the profile. - name: The name of the Threat Protection profile. - source_member: The source member. It can be used only during the - create operation for cloning a profile from an existing member. - source_profile: The source profile. It can be used only during the - create operation for cloning a profile from an existing profile. - use_current_ruleset: Use flag for: current_ruleset - use_disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Use flag for: - disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request - use_events_per_second_per_rule: Use flag for: - events_per_second_per_rule + Attributes: + comment: The comment for the Threat Protection profile. + current_ruleset: The current Threat Protection profile ruleset. + disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Determines if multiple BIND + responses via TCP connection are disabled. + events_per_second_per_rule: The number of events logged per + second per rule. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + members: The list of members that are associated with the + profile. + name: The name of the Threat Protection profile. + source_member: The source member. It can be used only during the + create operation for cloning a profile from an existing + member. + source_profile: The source profile. It can be used only during + the create operation for cloning a profile from an existing + profile. + use_current_ruleset: Use flag for: current_ruleset + use_disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request: Use flag for: + disable_multiple_dns_tcp_request + use_events_per_second_per_rule: Use flag for: + events_per_second_per_rule """ _infoblox_type = 'threatprotection:profile' _fields = ['comment', 'current_ruleset', @@ -16921,14 +17875,15 @@ class ThreatprotectionProfileRule(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the Threat protection profile rule settings. - Fields: - config: The threat protection rule configuration. - disable: Determines if the rule is enabled or not for the profile. - profile: The name of the Threat protection profile. - rule: The rule object name. - sid: The snort rule ID. - use_config: Use flag for: config - use_disable: Use flag for: disable + Attributes: + config: The threat protection rule configuration. + disable: Determines if the rule is enabled or not for the + profile. + profile: The name of the Threat protection profile. + rule: The rule object name. + sid: The snort rule ID. + use_config: Use flag for: config + use_disable: Use flag for: disable """ _infoblox_type = 'threatprotection:profile:rule' _fields = ['config', 'disable', 'profile', 'rule', 'sid', 'use_config', @@ -16948,14 +17903,15 @@ class ThreatprotectionRule(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the member Threat protection rule settings. - Fields: - config: The threat protection rule configuration. - disable: Determines if the rule is enabled or not for the member. - member: The name of the Threat protection member. - rule: The rule object name. - sid: The Rule ID. - use_config: Use flag for: config - use_disable: Use flag for: disable + Attributes: + config: The threat protection rule configuration. + disable: Determines if the rule is enabled or not for the + member. + member: The name of the Threat protection member. + rule: The rule object name. + sid: The Rule ID. + use_config: Use flag for: config + use_disable: Use flag for: disable """ _infoblox_type = 'threatprotection:rule' _fields = ['config', 'disable', 'member', 'rule', 'sid', 'use_config', @@ -16976,11 +17932,11 @@ class ThreatprotectionRulecategory(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the threat protection rule category settings. - Fields: - is_factory_reset_enabled: Determines if factory reset is enabled for - this rule category. - name: The name of the rule category. - ruleset: The version of the ruleset the category assigned to. + Attributes: + is_factory_reset_enabled: Determines if factory reset is enabled + for this rule category. + name: The name of the rule category. + ruleset: The version of the ruleset the category assigned to. """ _infoblox_type = 'threatprotection:rulecategory' _fields = ['is_factory_reset_enabled', 'name', 'ruleset'] @@ -16999,16 +17955,16 @@ class ThreatprotectionRuleset(InfobloxObject): This object represent the Grid protection ruleset information. - Fields: - add_type: Determines the way the ruleset was added. - added_time: The time when the ruleset was added. - comment: The human readable comment for the ruleset. - do_not_delete: Determines if the ruleset will not be deleted during - upgrade. - is_factory_reset_enabled: Determines if factory reset is enabled for - this ruleset. - used_by: The users of the ruleset. - version: The ruleset version. + Attributes: + add_type: Determines the way the ruleset was added. + added_time: The time when the ruleset was added. + comment: The human readable comment for the ruleset. + do_not_delete: Determines if the ruleset will not be deleted + during upgrade. + is_factory_reset_enabled: Determines if factory reset is enabled + for this ruleset. + used_by: The users of the ruleset. + version: The ruleset version. """ _infoblox_type = 'threatprotection:ruleset' _fields = ['add_type', 'added_time', 'comment', 'do_not_delete', @@ -17029,14 +17985,15 @@ class ThreatprotectionRuletemplate(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the threat protection rule template settings. - Fields: - allowed_actions: The list of allowed actions of rhe rule template. - category: The rule category this template assigned to. - default_config: The rule config of this template. - description: The description of the rule template. - name: The name of the rule template. - ruleset: The version of the ruleset the template assigned to. - sid: The Rule ID. + Attributes: + allowed_actions: The list of allowed actions of rhe rule + template. + category: The rule category this template assigned to. + default_config: The rule config of this template. + description: The description of the rule template. + name: The name of the rule template. + ruleset: The version of the ruleset the template assigned to. + sid: The Rule ID. """ _infoblox_type = 'threatprotection:ruletemplate' _fields = ['allowed_actions', 'category', 'default_config', 'description', @@ -17057,12 +18014,12 @@ class ThreatprotectionStatistics(InfobloxObject): This object provides information about the threat protection statistics. - Fields: - member: The Grid member name to get threat protection statistics. If - nothing is specified then event statistics is returned for the - Grid. - stat_infos: The list of event statistical information for the Grid - or particular members. + Attributes: + member: The Grid member name to get threat protection + statistics. If nothing is specified then event statistics is + returned for the Grid. + stat_infos: The list of event statistical information for the + Grid or particular members. """ _infoblox_type = 'threatprotection:statistics' _fields = ['member', 'stat_infos'] @@ -17088,17 +18045,18 @@ class Upgradegroup(InfobloxObject): upgrade and software distribution for members included in the upgrade group. - Fields: - comment: The upgrade group descriptive comment. - distribution_dependent_group: The distribution dependent group name. - distribution_policy: The distribution scheduling policy. - distribution_time: The time of the next scheduled distribution. - members: The upgrade group members. - name: The upgrade group name. - time_zone: The time zone for scheduling operations. - upgrade_dependent_group: The upgrade dependent group name. - upgrade_policy: The upgrade scheduling policy. - upgrade_time: The time of the next scheduled upgrade. + Attributes: + comment: The upgrade group descriptive comment. + distribution_dependent_group: The distribution dependent group + name. + distribution_policy: The distribution scheduling policy. + distribution_time: The time of the next scheduled distribution. + members: The upgrade group members. + name: The upgrade group name. + time_zone: The time zone for scheduling operations. + upgrade_dependent_group: The upgrade dependent group name. + upgrade_policy: The upgrade scheduling policy. + upgrade_time: The time of the next scheduled upgrade. """ _infoblox_type = 'upgradegroup' _fields = ['comment', 'distribution_dependent_group', @@ -17130,11 +18088,11 @@ class Upgradeschedule(InfobloxObject): upgrade, activation of the latest upgrade, as well as date and time settings for the upgrade. - Fields: - active: Determines whether the upgrade schedule is active. - start_time: The start time of the upgrade. - time_zone: The time zone for upgrade start time. - upgrade_groups: The upgrade groups scheduling settings. + Attributes: + active: Determines whether the upgrade schedule is active. + start_time: The start time of the upgrade. + time_zone: The time zone for upgrade start time. + upgrade_groups: The upgrade groups scheduling settings. """ _infoblox_type = 'upgradeschedule' _fields = ['active', 'start_time', 'time_zone', 'upgrade_groups'] @@ -17157,82 +18115,85 @@ class Upgradestatus(InfobloxObject): The Upgrade Status object is used to view the upgrade status of Infoblox Grid elements. - Fields: - allow_distribution: Determines if distribution is allowed for the - Grid. - allow_distribution_scheduling: Determines if distribution scheduling - is allowed. - allow_upgrade: Determines if upgrade is allowed for the Grid. - allow_upgrade_cancel: Determines if the Grid is allowed to cancel an - upgrade. - allow_upgrade_pause: Determines if the Grid is allowed to pause an - upgrade. - allow_upgrade_resume: Determines if the Grid is allowed to resume an - upgrade. - allow_upgrade_scheduling: Determine if the Grid is allowed to - schedule an upgrade. - allow_upgrade_test: Determines if the Grid is allowed to test an - upgrade. - allow_upload: Determine if the Grid is allowed to upload a build. - alternate_version: The alternative version. - comment: Comment in readable format for an upgrade group a or - virtual node. - current_version: The current version. - current_version_summary: Current version summary for the 'type' - requested. This field can be requested for the Grid, a certain - group that has virtual nodes as subelements, or for the overall - group status. - distribution_schedule_active: Determines if the distribution - schedule is active for the Grid. - distribution_schedule_time: The Grid master distribution schedule - time. - distribution_state: The current state of distribution process. - distribution_version: The version that is distributed. - distribution_version_summary: Distribution version summary for the - 'type' requested. This field can be requested for the Grid, a - certain group that has virtual nodes as subelements, or for the - overall group status. - element_status: The status of a certain element with regards to the - type requested. - grid_state: The state of the Grid. - group_state: The state of a group. - ha_status: Status of the HA pair. - hotfixes: The list of hotfixes. - ipv4_address: The IPv4 Address of virtual node or physical one. - ipv6_address: The IPv6 Address of virtual node or physical one. - member: Member that participates in the upgrade process. - message: The Grid message. - pnode_role: Status of the physical node in the HA pair. - reverted: Determines if the upgrade process is reverted. - status_time: The status time. - status_value: Status of a certain group, virtual node or physical - node. - status_value_update_time: Timestamp of when the status was updated. - steps: The list of upgrade process steps. - steps_completed: The number of steps done. - steps_total: Total number steps in the upgrade process. - subelement_type: The type of subelements to be requested. If 'type' - is 'GROUP', or 'VNODE', then 'upgrade_group' or 'member' should - have proper values for an operation to return data specific for - the values passed. Otherwise, overall data is returned for every - group or physical node. - subelements_completed: Number of subelements that have accomplished - an upgrade. - subelements_status: The upgrade process information of subelements. - subelements_total: Number of subelements number in a certain group, - virtual node, or the Grid. - type: The type of upper level elements to be requested. - upgrade_group: Upgrade group that participates in the upgrade - process. - upgrade_schedule_active: Determines if the upgrade schedule is - active. - upgrade_state: The upgrade state of the Grid. - upgrade_test_status: The upgrade test status of the Grid. - upload_version: The version that is uploaded. - upload_version_summary: Upload version summary for the 'type' - requested. This field can be requested for the Grid, a certain - group that has virtual nodes as subelements, or overall group - status. + Attributes: + allow_distribution: Determines if distribution is allowed for + the Grid. + allow_distribution_scheduling: Determines if distribution + scheduling is allowed. + allow_upgrade: Determines if upgrade is allowed for the Grid. + allow_upgrade_cancel: Determines if the Grid is allowed to + cancel an upgrade. + allow_upgrade_pause: Determines if the Grid is allowed to pause + an upgrade. + allow_upgrade_resume: Determines if the Grid is allowed to + resume an upgrade. + allow_upgrade_scheduling: Determine if the Grid is allowed to + schedule an upgrade. + allow_upgrade_test: Determines if the Grid is allowed to test an + upgrade. + allow_upload: Determine if the Grid is allowed to upload a + build. + alternate_version: The alternative version. + comment: Comment in readable format for an upgrade group a or + virtual node. + current_version: The current version. + current_version_summary: Current version summary for the 'type' + requested. This field can be requested for the Grid, a + certain group that has virtual nodes as subelements, or for + the overall group status. + distribution_schedule_active: Determines if the distribution + schedule is active for the Grid. + distribution_schedule_time: The Grid master distribution + schedule time. + distribution_state: The current state of distribution process. + distribution_version: The version that is distributed. + distribution_version_summary: Distribution version summary for + the 'type' requested. This field can be requested for the + Grid, a certain group that has virtual nodes as subelements, + or for the overall group status. + element_status: The status of a certain element with regards to + the type requested. + grid_state: The state of the Grid. + group_state: The state of a group. + ha_status: Status of the HA pair. + hotfixes: The list of hotfixes. + ipv4_address: The IPv4 Address of virtual node or physical one. + ipv6_address: The IPv6 Address of virtual node or physical one. + member: Member that participates in the upgrade process. + message: The Grid message. + pnode_role: Status of the physical node in the HA pair. + reverted: Determines if the upgrade process is reverted. + status_time: The status time. + status_value: Status of a certain group, virtual node or + physical node. + status_value_update_time: Timestamp of when the status was + updated. + steps: The list of upgrade process steps. + steps_completed: The number of steps done. + steps_total: Total number steps in the upgrade process. + subelement_type: The type of subelements to be requested. If + 'type' is 'GROUP', or 'VNODE', then 'upgrade_group' or + 'member' should have proper values for an operation to + return data specific for the values passed. Otherwise, + overall data is returned for every group or physical node. + subelements_completed: Number of subelements that have + accomplished an upgrade. + subelements_status: The upgrade process information of + subelements. + subelements_total: Number of subelements number in a certain + group, virtual node, or the Grid. + type: The type of upper level elements to be requested. + upgrade_group: Upgrade group that participates in the upgrade + process. + upgrade_schedule_active: Determines if the upgrade schedule is + active. + upgrade_state: The upgrade state of the Grid. + upgrade_test_status: The upgrade test status of the Grid. + upload_version: The version that is uploaded. + upload_version_summary: Upload version summary for the 'type' + requested. This field can be requested for the Grid, a + certain group that has virtual nodes as subelements, or + overall group status. """ _infoblox_type = 'upgradestatus' _fields = ['allow_distribution', 'allow_distribution_scheduling', @@ -17279,39 +18240,39 @@ class Userprofile(InfobloxObject): The user profile of the admin who has logged in. - Fields: - active_dashboard_type: Determines the active dashboard type. - admin_group: The Admin Group object to which the admin belongs. An - admin user can belong to only one admin group at a time. - days_to_expire: The number of days left before the admin's password - expires. - email: The email address of the admin. - global_search_on_ea: Determines if extensible attribute values will - be returned by global search or not. - global_search_on_ni_data: Determines if global search will search - for network insight devices and interfaces or not. - grid_admin_groups: List of Admin Group objects that the current user - is mapped to. - last_login: The timestamp when the admin last logged in. - lb_tree_nodes_at_gen_level: Determines how many nodes are displayed - at generation levels. - lb_tree_nodes_at_last_level: Determines how many nodes are displayed - at the last level. - max_count_widgets: The maximum count of widgets that can be added to - one dashboard. - name: The admin name. - old_password: The current password that will be replaced by a new - password. To change a password in the database, you must provide - both the current and new password values. This is a write-only - attribute. - password: The new password of the admin. To change a password in the - database, you must provide both the current and new password - values. This is a write-only attribute. - table_size: The number of lines of data a table or a single list - view can contain. - time_zone: The time zone of the admin user. - use_time_zone: Use flag for: time_zone - user_type: The admin type. + Attributes: + active_dashboard_type: Determines the active dashboard type. + admin_group: The Admin Group object to which the admin belongs. + An admin user can belong to only one admin group at a time. + days_to_expire: The number of days left before the admin's + password expires. + email: The email address of the admin. + global_search_on_ea: Determines if extensible attribute values + will be returned by global search or not. + global_search_on_ni_data: Determines if global search will + search for network insight devices and interfaces or not. + grid_admin_groups: List of Admin Group objects that the current + user is mapped to. + last_login: The timestamp when the admin last logged in. + lb_tree_nodes_at_gen_level: Determines how many nodes are + displayed at generation levels. + lb_tree_nodes_at_last_level: Determines how many nodes are + displayed at the last level. + max_count_widgets: The maximum count of widgets that can be + added to one dashboard. + name: The admin name. + old_password: The current password that will be replaced by a + new password. To change a password in the database, you must + provide both the current and new password values. This is a + write-only attribute. + password: The new password of the admin. To change a password in + the database, you must provide both the current and new + password values. This is a write-only attribute. + table_size: The number of lines of data a table or a single list + view can contain. + time_zone: The time zone of the admin user. + use_time_zone: Use flag for: time_zone + user_type: The admin type. """ _infoblox_type = 'userprofile' _fields = ['active_dashboard_type', 'admin_group', 'days_to_expire', @@ -17334,61 +18295,62 @@ class Vdiscoverytask(InfobloxObject): This object represents vDiscovery Task. - Fields: - allow_unsecured_connection: Allow unsecured connection over HTTPS - and bypass validation of the remote SSL certificate. - auto_consolidate_cloud_ea: Whether to insert or update cloud EAs - with discovery data. - auto_consolidate_managed_tenant: Whether to replace managed tenant - with discovery tenant data. - auto_consolidate_managed_vm: Whether to replace managed virtual - machine with discovery vm data. - auto_create_dns_hostname_template: Template string used to generate - host name. - auto_create_dns_record: Control whether to create or update DNS - record using discovered data. - auto_create_dns_record_type: Indicates the type of record to create - if the auto create DNS record is enabled. - comment: Comment on the task. - credentials_type: Credentials type used for connecting to the cloud - management platform. - dns_view_private_ip: The DNS view name for private IPs. - dns_view_public_ip: The DNS view name for public IPs. - domain_name: The name of the domain to use with keystone v3. - driver_type: Type of discovery driver. - enabled: Whether to enabled the cloud discovery or not. - fqdn_or_ip: FQDN or IP of the cloud management platform. - identity_version: Identity service version. - last_run: Timestamp of last run. - member: Member on which cloud discovery will be run. - merge_data: Whether to replace the old data with new or not. - name: Name of this cloud discovery task. Uniquely identify a task. - password: Password used for connecting to the cloud management - platform. - port: Connection port used for connecting to the cloud management - platform. - private_network_view: Network view for private IPs. - private_network_view_mapping_policy: Mapping policy for the network - view for private IPs in discovery data. - protocol: Connection protocol used for connecting to the cloud - management platform. - public_network_view: Network view for public IPs. - public_network_view_mapping_policy: Mapping policy for the network - view for public IPs in discovery data. - scheduled_run: Schedule setting for cloud discovery task. - service_account_file: The service_account_file for GCP. - state: Current state of this task. - state_msg: State message of the complete discovery process. - update_dns_view_private_ip: If set to true, the appliance uses a - specific DNS view for private IPs. - update_dns_view_public_ip: If set to true, the appliance uses a - specific DNS view for public IPs. - update_metadata: Whether to update metadata as a result of this - network discovery. - use_identity: If set true, all keystone connection will use - "/identity" endpoint and port value will be ignored. - username: Username used for connecting to the cloud management - platform. + Attributes: + allow_unsecured_connection: Allow unsecured connection over + HTTPS and bypass validation of the remote SSL certificate. + auto_consolidate_cloud_ea: Whether to insert or update cloud EAs + with discovery data. + auto_consolidate_managed_tenant: Whether to replace managed + tenant with discovery tenant data. + auto_consolidate_managed_vm: Whether to replace managed virtual + machine with discovery vm data. + auto_create_dns_hostname_template: Template string used to + generate host name. + auto_create_dns_record: Control whether to create or update DNS + record using discovered data. + auto_create_dns_record_type: Indicates the type of record to + create if the auto create DNS record is enabled. + comment: Comment on the task. + credentials_type: Credentials type used for connecting to the + cloud management platform. + dns_view_private_ip: The DNS view name for private IPs. + dns_view_public_ip: The DNS view name for public IPs. + domain_name: The name of the domain to use with keystone v3. + driver_type: Type of discovery driver. + enabled: Whether to enabled the cloud discovery or not. + fqdn_or_ip: FQDN or IP of the cloud management platform. + identity_version: Identity service version. + last_run: Timestamp of last run. + member: Member on which cloud discovery will be run. + merge_data: Whether to replace the old data with new or not. + name: Name of this cloud discovery task. Uniquely identify a + task. + password: Password used for connecting to the cloud management + platform. + port: Connection port used for connecting to the cloud + management platform. + private_network_view: Network view for private IPs. + private_network_view_mapping_policy: Mapping policy for the + network view for private IPs in discovery data. + protocol: Connection protocol used for connecting to the cloud + management platform. + public_network_view: Network view for public IPs. + public_network_view_mapping_policy: Mapping policy for the + network view for public IPs in discovery data. + scheduled_run: Schedule setting for cloud discovery task. + service_account_file: The service_account_file for GCP. + state: Current state of this task. + state_msg: State message of the complete discovery process. + update_dns_view_private_ip: If set to true, the appliance uses a + specific DNS view for private IPs. + update_dns_view_public_ip: If set to true, the appliance uses a + specific DNS view for public IPs. + update_metadata: Whether to update metadata as a result of this + network discovery. + use_identity: If set true, all keystone connection will use + "/identity" endpoint and port value will be ignored. + username: Username used for connecting to the cloud management + platform. """ _infoblox_type = 'vdiscoverytask' _fields = ['allow_unsecured_connection', 'auto_consolidate_cloud_ea', @@ -17445,188 +18407,207 @@ class DNSView(InfobloxObject): With DNS views, the appliance can provide a different answer to the same query, depending on the source of the query. - Fields: - blacklist_action: The action to perform when a domain name matches - the pattern defined in a rule that is specified by the - blacklist_ruleset method. Valid values are "REDIRECT" or - "REFUSE". The default value is "REFUSE". - blacklist_log_query: The flag that indicates whether blacklist - redirection queries are logged. Specify "true" to enable - logging, or "false" to disable it. The default value is "false". - blacklist_redirect_addresses: The array of IP addresses the - appliance includes in the response it sends in place of a - blacklisted IP address. - blacklist_redirect_ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value of the - synthetic DNS responses resulted from blacklist redirection. The - TTL value is a 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the TTL - in seconds. - blacklist_rulesets: The name of the Ruleset object assigned at the - Grid level for blacklist redirection. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the DNS view; maximum 64 characters. - custom_root_name_servers: The list of customized root name servers. - You can either select and use Internet root name servers or - specify custom root name servers by providing a host name and IP - address to which the Infoblox appliance can send queries. - Include the specified parameter to set the attribute value. Omit - the parameter to retrieve the attribute value. - ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Defines whether creation - timestamp of RR should be updated ' when DDNS update happens - even if there is no change to ' the RR. - ddns_principal_group: The DDNS Principal cluster group name. - ddns_principal_tracking: The flag that indicates whether the DDNS - principal track is enabled or disabled. - ddns_restrict_patterns: The flag that indicates whether an option to - restrict DDNS update request based on FQDN patterns is enabled - or disabled. - ddns_restrict_patterns_list: The unordered list of restriction - patterns for an option of to restrict DDNS updates based on FQDN - patterns. - ddns_restrict_protected: The flag that indicates whether an option - to restrict DDNS update request to protected resource records is - enabled or disabled. - ddns_restrict_secure: The flag that indicates whether DDNS update - request for principal other than target resource record's - principal is restricted. - ddns_restrict_static: The flag that indicates whether an option to - restrict DDNS update request to resource records which are - marked as 'STATIC' is enabled or disabled. - disable: Determines if the DNS view is disabled or not. When this is - set to False, the DNS view is enabled. - dns64_enabled: Determines if the DNS64 s enabled or not. - dns64_groups: The list of DNS64 synthesis groups associated with - this DNS view. - dnssec_enabled: Determines if the DNS security extension is enabled - or not. - dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled: Determines if the DNS security - extension accepts expired signatures or not. - dnssec_negative_trust_anchors: A list of zones for which the server - does not perform DNSSEC validation. - dnssec_trusted_keys: The list of trusted keys for the DNS security - extension. - dnssec_validation_enabled: Determines if the DNS security validation - is enabled or not. - enable_blacklist: Determines if the blacklist in a DNS view is - enabled or not. - enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Determines if the fixed RRset order - FQDN is enabled or not. - enable_match_recursive_only: Determines if the 'match-recursive- - only' option in a DNS view is enabled or not. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - filter_aaaa: The type of AAAA filtering for this DNS view object. - filter_aaaa_list: Applies AAAA filtering to a named ACL, or to a - list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses and networks from which queries are - received. This field does not allow TSIG keys. - fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: The fixed RRset order FQDN. If this field - does not contain an empty value, the appliance will - automatically set the enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns field to - 'true', unless the same request sets the enable field to - 'false'. - forward_only: Determines if this DNS view sends queries to - forwarders only or not. When the value is True, queries are sent - to forwarders only, and not to other internal or Internet root - servers. - forwarders: The list of forwarders for the DNS view. A forwarder is - a name server to which other name servers first send their off- - site queries. The forwarder builds up a cache of information, - avoiding the need for other name servers to send queries off- - site. - is_default: The NIOS appliance provides one default DNS view. You - can rename the default view and change its settings, but you - cannot delete it. There must always be at least one DNS view in - the appliance. - lame_ttl: The number of seconds to cache lame delegations or lame - servers. - match_clients: A list of forwarders for the match clients. This list - specifies a named ACL, or a list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, - networks, TSIG keys of clients that are allowed or denied access - to the DNS view. - match_destinations: A list of forwarders for the match destinations. - This list specifies a name ACL, or a list of IPv4/IPv6 - addresses, networks, TSIG keys of clients that are allowed or - denied access to the DNS view. - max_cache_ttl: The maximum number of seconds to cache ordinary - (positive) answers. - max_ncache_ttl: The maximum number of seconds to cache negative - (NXDOMAIN) answers. - name: Name of the DNS view. - network_view: The name of the network view object associated with - this DNS view. - notify_delay: The number of seconds of delay the notify messages are - sent to secondaries. - nxdomain_log_query: The flag that indicates whether NXDOMAIN - redirection queries are logged. Specify "true" to enable - logging, or "false" to disable it. The default value is "false". - nxdomain_redirect: Determines if NXDOMAIN redirection in a DNS view - is enabled or not. - nxdomain_redirect_addresses: The array with IPv4 addresses the - appliance includes in the response it sends in place of an - NXDOMAIN response. - nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6: The array with IPv6 addresses the - appliance includes in the response it sends in place of an - NXDOMAIN response. - nxdomain_redirect_ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value of the synthetic - DNS responses resulted from NXDOMAIN redirection. The TTL value - is a 32-bit unsigned integer that represents the TTL in seconds. - nxdomain_rulesets: The names of the Ruleset objects assigned at the - grid level for NXDOMAIN redirection. - recursion: Determines if recursion is enabled or not. - response_rate_limiting: The response rate limiting settings for the - DNS View. - root_name_server_type: Determines the type of root name servers. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled: Enables the appliance to ignore RPZ-IP - triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum - prefix length. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4: The minimum prefix length - for IPv4 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ-IP triggers - with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum IPv4 prefix - length. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6: The minimum prefix length - for IPv6 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ-IP triggers - with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum IPv6 prefix - length. - rpz_qname_wait_recurse: The flag that indicates whether recursive - RPZ lookups are enabled. - scavenging_settings: The scavenging settings. - sortlist: A sort list that determines the order of IP addresses in - responses sent to DNS queries. - use_blacklist: Use flag for: blacklist_action , blacklist_log_query, - blacklist_redirect_addresses, blacklist_redirect_ttl, - blacklist_rulesets, enable_blacklist - use_ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Use flag for: - ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update - use_ddns_patterns_restriction: Use flag for: - ddns_restrict_patterns_list , ddns_restrict_patterns - use_ddns_principal_security: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_secure , - ddns_principal_tracking, ddns_principal_group - use_ddns_restrict_protected: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_protected - use_ddns_restrict_static: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_static - use_dns64: Use flag for: dns64_enabled , dns64_groups - use_dnssec: Use flag for: dnssec_enabled , - dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled, dnssec_validation_enabled, - dnssec_trusted_keys - use_filter_aaaa: Use flag for: filter_aaaa , filter_aaaa_list - use_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Use flag for: fixed_rrset_order_fqdns , - enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns - use_forwarders: Use flag for: forwarders , forward_only - use_lame_ttl: Use flag for: lame_ttl - use_max_cache_ttl: Use flag for: max_cache_ttl - use_max_ncache_ttl: Use flag for: max_ncache_ttl - use_nxdomain_redirect: Use flag for: nxdomain_redirect , - nxdomain_redirect_addresses, nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6, - nxdomain_redirect_ttl, nxdomain_log_query, nxdomain_rulesets - use_recursion: Use flag for: recursion - use_response_rate_limiting: Use flag for: response_rate_limiting - use_root_name_server: Use flag for: custom_root_name_servers , - root_name_server_type - use_rpz_drop_ip_rule: Use flag for: rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled , - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4, - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6 - use_rpz_qname_wait_recurse: Use flag for: rpz_qname_wait_recurse - use_scavenging_settings: Use flag for: scavenging_settings - use_sortlist: Use flag for: sortlist + Attributes: + blacklist_action: The action to perform when a domain name + matches the pattern defined in a rule that is specified by + the blacklist_ruleset method. Valid values are "REDIRECT" or + "REFUSE". The default value is "REFUSE". + blacklist_log_query: The flag that indicates whether blacklist + redirection queries are logged. Specify "true" to enable + logging, or "false" to disable it. The default value is + "false". + blacklist_redirect_addresses: The array of IP addresses the + appliance includes in the response it sends in place of a + blacklisted IP address. + blacklist_redirect_ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value of the + synthetic DNS responses resulted from blacklist redirection. + The TTL value is a 32-bit unsigned integer that represents + the TTL in seconds. + blacklist_rulesets: The name of the Ruleset object assigned at + the Grid level for blacklist redirection. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the DNS view; maximum 64 characters. + custom_root_name_servers: The list of customized root name + servers. You can either select and use Internet root name + servers or specify custom root name servers by providing a + host name and IP address to which the Infoblox appliance can + send queries. Include the specified parameter to set the + attribute value. Omit the parameter to retrieve the + attribute value. + ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Defines whether creation + timestamp of RR should be updated ' when DDNS update happens + even if there is no change to ' the RR. + ddns_principal_group: The DDNS Principal cluster group name. + ddns_principal_tracking: The flag that indicates whether the + DDNS principal track is enabled or disabled. + ddns_restrict_patterns: The flag that indicates whether an + option to restrict DDNS update request based on FQDN + patterns is enabled or disabled. + ddns_restrict_patterns_list: The unordered list of restriction + patterns for an option of to restrict DDNS updates based on + FQDN patterns. + ddns_restrict_protected: The flag that indicates whether an + option to restrict DDNS update request to protected resource + records is enabled or disabled. + ddns_restrict_secure: The flag that indicates whether DDNS + update request for principal other than target resource + record's principal is restricted. + ddns_restrict_static: The flag that indicates whether an option + to restrict DDNS update request to resource records which + are marked as 'STATIC' is enabled or disabled. + disable: Determines if the DNS view is disabled or not. When + this is set to False, the DNS view is enabled. + dns64_enabled: Determines if the DNS64 s enabled or not. + dns64_groups: The list of DNS64 synthesis groups associated with + this DNS view. + dnssec_enabled: Determines if the DNS security extension is + enabled or not. + dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled: Determines if the DNS + security extension accepts expired signatures or not. + dnssec_negative_trust_anchors: A list of zones for which the + server does not perform DNSSEC validation. + dnssec_trusted_keys: The list of trusted keys for the DNS + security extension. + dnssec_validation_enabled: Determines if the DNS security + validation is enabled or not. + edns_udp_size: Advertises the EDNS0 buffer size to the upstream + server. The value should be between 512 and 4096 bytes. The + recommended value is between 512 and 1220 bytes. + enable_blacklist: Determines if the blacklist in a DNS view is + enabled or not. + enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Determines if the fixed RRset + order FQDN is enabled or not. + enable_match_recursive_only: Determines if the 'match-recursive- + only' option in a DNS view is enabled or not. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + filter_aaaa: The type of AAAA filtering for this DNS view + object. + filter_aaaa_list: Applies AAAA filtering to a named ACL, or to a + list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses and networks from which queries + are received. This field does not allow TSIG keys. + fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: The fixed RRset order FQDN. If this + field does not contain an empty value, the appliance will + automatically set the enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns field + to 'true', unless the same request sets the enable field to + 'false'. + forward_only: Determines if this DNS view sends queries to + forwarders only or not. When the value is True, queries are + sent to forwarders only, and not to other internal or + Internet root servers. + forwarders: The list of forwarders for the DNS view. A forwarder + is a name server to which other name servers first send + their off-site queries. The forwarder builds up a cache of + information, avoiding the need for other name servers to + send queries off-site. + is_default: The NIOS appliance provides one default DNS view. + You can rename the default view and change its settings, but + you cannot delete it. There must always be at least one DNS + view in the appliance. + lame_ttl: The number of seconds to cache lame delegations or + lame servers. + last_queried_acl: Determines last queried ACL for the specified + IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and networks in scavenging settings. + match_clients: A list of forwarders for the match clients. This + list specifies a named ACL, or a list of IPv4/IPv6 + addresses, networks, TSIG keys of clients that are allowed + or denied access to the DNS view. + match_destinations: A list of forwarders for the match + destinations. This list specifies a name ACL, or a list of + IPv4/IPv6 addresses, networks, TSIG keys of clients that are + allowed or denied access to the DNS view. + max_cache_ttl: The maximum number of seconds to cache ordinary + (positive) answers. + max_ncache_ttl: The maximum number of seconds to cache negative + (NXDOMAIN) answers. + max_udp_size: The value is used by authoritative DNS servers to + never send DNS responses larger than the configured value. + The value should be between 512 and 4096 bytes. The + recommended value is between 512 and 1220 bytes. + name: Name of the DNS view. + network_view: The name of the network view object associated + with this DNS view. + notify_delay: The number of seconds of delay the notify messages + are sent to secondaries. + nxdomain_log_query: The flag that indicates whether NXDOMAIN + redirection queries are logged. Specify "true" to enable + logging, or "false" to disable it. The default value is + "false". + nxdomain_redirect: Determines if NXDOMAIN redirection in a DNS + view is enabled or not. + nxdomain_redirect_addresses: The array with IPv4 addresses the + appliance includes in the response it sends in place of an + NXDOMAIN response. + nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6: The array with IPv6 addresses + the appliance includes in the response it sends in place of + an NXDOMAIN response. + nxdomain_redirect_ttl: The Time To Live (TTL) value of the + synthetic DNS responses resulted from NXDOMAIN redirection. + The TTL value is a 32-bit unsigned integer that represents + the TTL in seconds. + nxdomain_rulesets: The names of the Ruleset objects assigned at + the grid level for NXDOMAIN redirection. + recursion: Determines if recursion is enabled or not. + response_rate_limiting: The response rate limiting settings for + the DNS View. + root_name_server_type: Determines the type of root name servers. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled: Enables the appliance to ignore RPZ-IP + triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum + prefix length. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4: The minimum prefix + length for IPv4 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ- + IP triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified + minimum IPv4 prefix length. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6: The minimum prefix + length for IPv6 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ- + IP triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified + minimum IPv6 prefix length. + rpz_qname_wait_recurse: The flag that indicates whether + recursive RPZ lookups are enabled. + scavenging_settings: The scavenging settings. + sortlist: A sort list that determines the order of IP addresses + in responses sent to DNS queries. + use_blacklist: Use flag for: blacklist_action , + blacklist_log_query, blacklist_redirect_addresses, + blacklist_redirect_ttl, blacklist_rulesets, enable_blacklist + use_ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Use flag for: + ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update + use_ddns_patterns_restriction: Use flag for: + ddns_restrict_patterns_list , ddns_restrict_patterns + use_ddns_principal_security: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_secure + , ddns_principal_tracking, ddns_principal_group + use_ddns_restrict_protected: Use flag for: + ddns_restrict_protected + use_ddns_restrict_static: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_static + use_dns64: Use flag for: dns64_enabled , dns64_groups + use_dnssec: Use flag for: dnssec_enabled , + dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled, + dnssec_validation_enabled, dnssec_trusted_keys + use_edns_udp_size: Use flag for: edns_udp_size + use_filter_aaaa: Use flag for: filter_aaaa , filter_aaaa_list + use_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns: Use flag for: + fixed_rrset_order_fqdns , enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns + use_forwarders: Use flag for: forwarders , forward_only + use_lame_ttl: Use flag for: lame_ttl + use_max_cache_ttl: Use flag for: max_cache_ttl + use_max_ncache_ttl: Use flag for: max_ncache_ttl + use_max_udp_size: Use flag for: max_udp_size + use_nxdomain_redirect: Use flag for: nxdomain_redirect , + nxdomain_redirect_addresses, nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6, + nxdomain_redirect_ttl, nxdomain_log_query, nxdomain_rulesets + use_recursion: Use flag for: recursion + use_response_rate_limiting: Use flag for: response_rate_limiting + use_root_name_server: Use flag for: custom_root_name_servers , + root_name_server_type + use_rpz_drop_ip_rule: Use flag for: rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled , + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4, + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6 + use_rpz_qname_wait_recurse: Use flag for: rpz_qname_wait_recurse + use_scavenging_settings: Use flag for: scavenging_settings , + last_queried_acl + use_sortlist: Use flag for: sortlist """ _infoblox_type = 'view' _fields = ['blacklist_action', 'blacklist_log_query', @@ -17640,12 +18621,13 @@ class DNSView(InfobloxObject): 'dns64_enabled', 'dns64_groups', 'dnssec_enabled', 'dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled', 'dnssec_negative_trust_anchors', 'dnssec_trusted_keys', - 'dnssec_validation_enabled', 'enable_blacklist', - 'enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', 'enable_match_recursive_only', - 'extattrs', 'filter_aaaa', 'filter_aaaa_list', - 'fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', 'forward_only', 'forwarders', - 'is_default', 'lame_ttl', 'match_clients', 'match_destinations', - 'max_cache_ttl', 'max_ncache_ttl', 'name', 'network_view', + 'dnssec_validation_enabled', 'edns_udp_size', + 'enable_blacklist', 'enable_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', + 'enable_match_recursive_only', 'extattrs', 'filter_aaaa', + 'filter_aaaa_list', 'fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', 'forward_only', + 'forwarders', 'is_default', 'lame_ttl', 'last_queried_acl', + 'match_clients', 'match_destinations', 'max_cache_ttl', + 'max_ncache_ttl', 'max_udp_size', 'name', 'network_view', 'notify_delay', 'nxdomain_log_query', 'nxdomain_redirect', 'nxdomain_redirect_addresses', 'nxdomain_redirect_addresses_v6', 'nxdomain_redirect_ttl', 'nxdomain_rulesets', 'recursion', @@ -17657,15 +18639,15 @@ class DNSView(InfobloxObject): 'use_blacklist', 'use_ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update', 'use_ddns_patterns_restriction', 'use_ddns_principal_security', 'use_ddns_restrict_protected', 'use_ddns_restrict_static', - 'use_dns64', 'use_dnssec', 'use_filter_aaaa', - 'use_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', 'use_forwarders', 'use_lame_ttl', - 'use_max_cache_ttl', 'use_max_ncache_ttl', + 'use_dns64', 'use_dnssec', 'use_edns_udp_size', + 'use_filter_aaaa', 'use_fixed_rrset_order_fqdns', + 'use_forwarders', 'use_lame_ttl', 'use_max_cache_ttl', + 'use_max_ncache_ttl', 'use_max_udp_size', 'use_nxdomain_redirect', 'use_recursion', 'use_response_rate_limiting', 'use_root_name_server', 'use_rpz_drop_ip_rule', 'use_rpz_qname_wait_recurse', 'use_scavenging_settings', 'use_sortlist'] - _search_for_update_fields = ['is_default', 'name', - 'network_view'] + _search_for_update_fields = ['is_default', 'name', 'network_view'] _updateable_search_fields = ['blacklist_action', 'blacklist_log_query', 'comment', 'dns64_enabled', 'dnssec_enabled', 'dnssec_expired_signatures_enabled', @@ -17691,6 +18673,7 @@ class DNSView(InfobloxObject): 'dnssec_trusted_keys': Dnssectrustedkey.from_dict, 'filter_aaaa_list': Addressac.from_dict, 'fixed_rrset_order_fqdns': GridDnsFixedrrsetorderfqdn.from_dict, + 'last_queried_acl': Addressac.from_dict, 'match_clients': Addressac.from_dict, 'match_destinations': Addressac.from_dict, 'sortlist': Sortlist.from_dict, @@ -17704,22 +18687,24 @@ class Vlan(InfobloxObject): """ Vlan: VLAN object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'vlan' - Fields: - assigned_to: List of objects VLAN is assigned to. - comment: A descriptive comment for this VLAN. - contact: Contact information for person/team managing or using VLAN. - department: Department where VLAN is used. - description: Description for the VLAN object, may be potentially - used for longer VLAN names. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - id: VLAN ID value. - name: Name of the VLAN. - parent: The VLAN View or VLAN Range to which this VLAN belongs. - reserved: When set VLAN can only be assigned to IPAM object - manually. - status: Status of VLAN object. Can be Assigned, Unassigned, - Reserved. + Attributes: + assigned_to: List of objects VLAN is assigned to. + comment: A descriptive comment for this VLAN. + contact: Contact information for person/team managing or using + VLAN. + department: Department where VLAN is used. + description: Description for the VLAN object, may be potentially + used for longer VLAN names. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + id: VLAN ID value. + name: Name of the VLAN. + parent: The VLAN View or VLAN Range to which this VLAN belongs. + reserved: When set VLAN can only be assigned to IPAM object + manually. + status: Status of VLAN object. Can be Assigned, Unassigned, + Reserved. """ _infoblox_type = 'vlan' _fields = ['assigned_to', 'comment', 'contact', 'department', @@ -17741,18 +18726,19 @@ class Vlanrange(InfobloxObject): """ Vlanrange: VLAN Range object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'vlanrange' - Fields: - comment: A descriptive comment for this VLAN Range. - end_vlan_id: End ID for VLAN Range. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: Name of the VLAN Range. - pre_create_vlan: If set on creation VLAN objects will be created - once VLAN Range created. - start_vlan_id: Start ID for VLAN Range. - vlan_name_prefix: If set on creation prefix string will be used for - VLAN name. - vlan_view: The VLAN View to which this VLAN Range belongs. + Attributes: + comment: A descriptive comment for this VLAN Range. + end_vlan_id: End ID for VLAN Range. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: Name of the VLAN Range. + pre_create_vlan: If set on creation VLAN objects will be created + once VLAN Range created. + start_vlan_id: Start ID for VLAN Range. + vlan_name_prefix: If set on creation prefix string will be used + for VLAN name. + vlan_view: The VLAN View to which this VLAN Range belongs. """ _infoblox_type = 'vlanrange' _fields = ['comment', 'delete_vlans', 'end_vlan_id', 'extattrs', 'name', @@ -17777,19 +18763,20 @@ class Vlanview(InfobloxObject): """ Vlanview: VLAN View object. Corresponds to WAPI object 'vlanview' - Fields: - allow_range_overlapping: When set to true VLAN Ranges under VLAN - View can have overlapping ID. - comment: A descriptive comment for this VLAN View. - end_vlan_id: End ID for VLAN View. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - name: Name of the VLAN View. - pre_create_vlan: If set on creation VLAN objects will be created - once VLAN View created. - start_vlan_id: Start ID for VLAN View. - vlan_name_prefix: If set on creation prefix string will be used for - VLAN name. + Attributes: + allow_range_overlapping: When set to true VLAN Ranges under VLAN + View can have overlapping ID. + comment: A descriptive comment for this VLAN View. + end_vlan_id: End ID for VLAN View. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + name: Name of the VLAN View. + pre_create_vlan: If set on creation VLAN objects will be created + once VLAN View created. + start_vlan_id: Start ID for VLAN View. + vlan_name_prefix: If set on creation prefix string will be used + for VLAN name. """ _infoblox_type = 'vlanview' _fields = ['allow_range_overlapping', 'comment', 'end_vlan_id', 'extattrs', @@ -17831,281 +18818,312 @@ class DNSZone(InfobloxObject): for which one or more name servers have the responsibility to respond to address-to-name queries. - Fields: - address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. - allow_active_dir: This field allows the zone to receive GSS-TSIG - authenticated DDNS updates from DHCP clients and servers in an - AD domain.Note that addresses specified in this field ignore the - permission set in the struct which will be set to 'ALLOW'. - allow_fixed_rrset_order: The flag that allows to enable or disable - fixed RRset ordering for authoritative forward-mapping zones. - allow_gss_tsig_for_underscore_zone: The flag that allows DHCP - clients to perform GSS-TSIG signed updates for underscore zones. - allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates: The flag that enables or disables the - zone for GSS-TSIG updates. - allow_query: Determines whether DNS queries are allowed from a named - ACL, or from a list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, networks, and TSIG - keys for the hosts. - allow_transfer: Determines whether zone transfers are allowed from a - named ACL, or from a list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, networks, and - TSIG keys for the hosts. - allow_update: Determines whether dynamic DNS updates are allowed - from a named ACL, or from a list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, - networks, and TSIG keys for the hosts. - allow_update_forwarding: The list with IP addresses, networks or - TSIG keys for clients, from which forwarded dynamic updates are - allowed. - aws_rte53_zone_info: Additional information for Route53 zone. - cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related information - for this object. - comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. - copy_xfer_to_notify: If this flag is set to True then copy allowed - IPs from Allow Transfer to Also Notify. - create_ptr_for_bulk_hosts: Determines if PTR records are created for - hosts automatically, if necessary, when the zone data is - imported. This field is meaningful only when import_from is set. - create_ptr_for_hosts: Determines if PTR records are created for - hosts automatically, if necessary, when the zone data is - imported. This field is meaningful only when import_from is set. - create_underscore_zones: Determines whether automatic creation of - subzones is enabled or not. - ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Defines whether creation - timestamp of RR should be updated ' when DDNS update happens - even if there is no change to ' the RR. - ddns_principal_group: The DDNS Principal cluster group name. - ddns_principal_tracking: The flag that indicates whether the DDNS - principal track is enabled or disabled. - ddns_restrict_patterns: The flag that indicates whether an option to - restrict DDNS update request based on FQDN patterns is enabled - or disabled. - ddns_restrict_patterns_list: The unordered list of restriction - patterns for an option of to restrict DDNS updates based on FQDN - patterns. - ddns_restrict_protected: The flag that indicates whether an option - to restrict DDNS update request to protected resource records is - enabled or disabled. - ddns_restrict_secure: The flag that indicates whether DDNS update - request for principal other than target resource record's - principal is restricted. - ddns_restrict_static: The flag that indicates whether an option to - restrict DDNS update request to resource records which are - marked as 'STATIC' is enabled or disabled. - disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this is - set to False, the zone is enabled. - disable_forwarding: Determines whether the name servers that host - the zone should forward queries (ended with the domain name of - the zone) to any configured forwarders. - display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. - dns_fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in punycode format. For a - reverse zone, this is in "address/cidr" format. For other zones, - this is in FQDN format in punycode format. - dns_integrity_enable: If this is set to True, DNS integrity check is - enabled for this zone. - dns_integrity_frequency: The frequency, in seconds, of DNS integrity - checks for this zone. - dns_integrity_member: The Grid member that performs DNS integrity - checks for this zone. - dns_integrity_verbose_logging: If this is set to True, more - information is logged for DNS integrity checks for this zone. - dns_soa_email: The SOA email for the zone in punycode format. - dnssec_key_params: This structure contains the DNSSEC key parameters - for this zone. - dnssec_keys: A list of DNSSEC keys for the zone. - dnssec_ksk_rollover_date: The rollover date for the Key Signing Key. - dnssec_zsk_rollover_date: The rollover date for the Zone Signing - Key. - do_host_abstraction: Determines if hosts and bulk hosts are - automatically created when the zone data is imported. This field - is meaningful only when import_from is set. - effective_check_names_policy: The value of the check names policy, - which indicates the action the appliance takes when it - encounters host names that do not comply with the Strict - Hostname Checking policy. This value applies only if the host - name restriction policy is set to "Strict Hostname Checking". - effective_record_name_policy: The selected hostname policy for - records under this zone. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - external_primaries: The list of external primary servers. - external_secondaries: The list of external secondary servers. - fqdn: The name of this DNS zone. For a reverse zone, this is in - "address/cidr" format. For other zones, this is in FQDN format. - This value can be in unicode format.Note that for a reverse - zone, the corresponding zone_format value should be set. - grid_primary: The grid primary servers for this zone. - grid_primary_shared_with_ms_parent_delegation: Determines if the - server is duplicated with parent delegation. - grid_secondaries: The list with Grid members that are secondary - servers for this zone. - import_from: The IP address of the Infoblox appliance from which - zone data is imported. Setting this address to '255.255.255.255' - and do_host_abstraction to 'true' will create Host records from - A records in this zone without importing zone data. - is_dnssec_enabled: This flag is set to True if DNSSEC is enabled for - the zone. - is_dnssec_signed: Determines if the zone is DNSSEC signed. - is_multimaster: Determines if multi-master DNS is enabled for the - zone. - last_queried: The time the zone was last queried on. - locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot make - conflicting changes. This is for administration purposes only. - The zone will continue to serve DNS data even when it is locked. - locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who locked - this zone. - mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. - member_soa_mnames: The list of per-member SOA MNAME information. - member_soa_serials: The list of per-member SOA serial information. - ms_ad_integrated: The flag that determines whether Active Directory - is integrated or not. This field is valid only when ms_managed - is "STUB", "AUTH_PRIMARY", or "AUTH_BOTH". - ms_allow_transfer: The list of DNS clients that are allowed to - perform zone transfers from a Microsoft DNS server.This setting - applies only to zones with Microsoft DNS servers that are either - primary or secondary servers. This setting does not inherit any - value from the Grid or from any member that defines an - allow_transfer value. This setting does not apply to any grid - member. Use the allow_transfer field to control which DNS - clients are allowed to perform zone transfers on Grid members. - ms_allow_transfer_mode: Determines which DNS clients are allowed to - perform zone transfers from a Microsoft DNS server.Valid values - are:"ADDRESS_AC", to use ms_allow_transfer field for specifying - IP addresses, networks and Transaction Signature (TSIG) keys for - clients that are allowed to do zone transfers."ANY", to allow - any client."ANY_NS", to allow only the nameservers listed in - this zone."NONE", to deny all zone transfer requests. - ms_dc_ns_record_creation: The list of domain controllers that are - allowed to create NS records for authoritative zones. - ms_ddns_mode: Determines whether an Active Directory-integrated zone - with a Microsoft DNS server as primary allows dynamic updates. - Valid values are:"SECURE" if the zone allows secure updates - only."NONE" if the zone forbids dynamic updates."ANY" if the - zone accepts both secure and nonsecure updates.This field is - valid only if ms_managed is either "AUTH_PRIMARY" or - "AUTH_BOTH". If the flag ms_ad_integrated is false, the value - "SECURE" is not allowed. - ms_managed: The flag that indicates whether the zone is assigned to - a Microsoft DNS server. This flag returns the authoritative name - server type of the Microsoft DNS server. Valid values are:"NONE" - if the zone is not assigned to any Microsoft DNS server."STUB" - if the zone is assigned to a Microsoft DNS server as a stub - zone."AUTH_PRIMARY" if only the primary server of the zone is a - Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_SECONDARY" if only the secondary - server of the zone is a Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_BOTH" if both - the primary and secondary servers of the zone are Microsoft DNS - servers. - ms_primaries: The list with the Microsoft DNS servers that are - primary servers for the zone. Although a zone typically has just - one primary name server, you can specify up to ten independent - servers for a single zone. - ms_read_only: Determines if a Grid member manages the zone served by - a Microsoft DNS server in read-only mode. This flag is true when - a Grid member manages the zone in read-only mode, false - otherwise.When the zone has the ms_read_only flag set to True, - no changes can be made to this zone. - ms_secondaries: The list with the Microsoft DNS servers that are - secondary servers for the zone. - ms_sync_disabled: This flag controls whether this zone is - synchronized with Microsoft DNS servers. - ms_sync_master_name: The name of MS synchronization master for this - zone. - network_associations: The list with the associated network/network - container information. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this zone - resides. - notify_delay: The number of seconds in delay with which notify - messages are sent to secondaries. - ns_group: The name server group that serves DNS for this zone. - parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching for - reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be used. - prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field - only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for a - mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the name of - the allocated address block. The prefix can be alphanumeric - characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or sub-B. - primary_type: The type of the primary server. - record_name_policy: The hostname policy for records under this zone. - records_monitored: Determines if this zone is also monitoring - resource records. - restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. - rr_not_queried_enabled_time: The time data collection for Not - Queried Resource Record was enabled for this zone. - scavenging_settings: The scavenging settings. - set_soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record - incrementally changes every time the record is modified. The - Infoblox appliance allows you to change the serial number (in - the SOA record) for the primary server so it is higher than the - secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers come from the - primary server (as they should). To change the serial number you - need to set a new value at "soa_serial_number" and pass - "set_soa_serial_number" as True. - soa_default_ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value of the SOA record of - this zone. This value is the number of seconds that data is - cached. - soa_email: The SOA email value for this zone. This value can be in - unicode format. - soa_expire: This setting defines the amount of time, in seconds, - after which the secondary server stops giving out answers about - the zone because the zone data is too old to be useful. The - default is one week. - soa_negative_ttl: The negative Time to Live (TTL) value of the SOA - of the zone indicates how long a secondary server can cache data - for "Does Not Respond" responses. - soa_refresh: This indicates the interval at which a secondary server - sends a message to the primary server for a zone to check that - its data is current, and retrieve fresh data if it is not. - soa_retry: This indicates how long a secondary server must wait - before attempting to recontact the primary server after a - connection failure between the two servers occurs. - soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record incrementally - changes every time the record is modified. The Infoblox - appliance allows you to change the serial number (in the SOA - record) for the primary server so it is higher than the - secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers come from the - primary server (as they should). To change the serial number you - need to set a new value at "soa_serial_number" and pass - "set_soa_serial_number" as True. - srgs: The associated shared record groups of a DNS zone.If a shared - record group is associated with a zone, then all shared records - in a shared record group will be shared in the zone. - update_forwarding: Use this field to allow or deny dynamic DNS - updates that are forwarded from specific IPv4/IPv6 addresses, - networks, or a named ACL. You can also provide TSIG keys for - clients that are allowed or denied to perform zone updates. This - setting overrides the member-level setting. - use_allow_active_dir: Use flag for: allow_active_dir - use_allow_query: Use flag for: allow_query - use_allow_transfer: Use flag for: allow_transfer - use_allow_update: Use flag for: allow_update - use_allow_update_forwarding: Use flag for: allow_update_forwarding - use_check_names_policy: Apply policy to dynamic updates and inbound - zone transfers (This value applies only if the host name - restriction policy is set to "Strict Hostname Checking".) - use_copy_xfer_to_notify: Use flag for: copy_xfer_to_notify - use_ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Use flag for: - ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update - use_ddns_patterns_restriction: Use flag for: - ddns_restrict_patterns_list , ddns_restrict_patterns - use_ddns_principal_security: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_secure , - ddns_principal_tracking, ddns_principal_group - use_ddns_restrict_protected: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_protected - use_ddns_restrict_static: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_static - use_dnssec_key_params: Use flag for: dnssec_key_params - use_external_primary: This flag controls whether the zone is using - an external primary. - use_grid_zone_timer: Use flag for: soa_default_ttl , soa_expire, - soa_negative_ttl, soa_refresh, soa_retry - use_import_from: Use flag for: import_from - use_notify_delay: Use flag for: notify_delay - use_record_name_policy: Use flag for: record_name_policy - use_scavenging_settings: Use flag for: scavenging_settings - use_soa_email: Use flag for: soa_email - using_srg_associations: This is true if the zone is associated with - a shared record group. - view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. Example - "external". - zone_format: Determines the format of this zone. - zone_not_queried_enabled_time: The time when "DNS Zones Last - Queried" was turned on for this zone. + Attributes: + address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. + allow_active_dir: This field allows the zone to receive GSS-TSIG + authenticated DDNS updates from DHCP clients and servers in + an AD domain.Note that addresses specified in this field + ignore the permission set in the struct which will be set to + 'ALLOW'. + allow_fixed_rrset_order: The flag that allows to enable or + disable fixed RRset ordering for authoritative forward- + mapping zones. + allow_gss_tsig_for_underscore_zone: The flag that allows DHCP + clients to perform GSS-TSIG signed updates for underscore + zones. + allow_gss_tsig_zone_updates: The flag that enables or disables + the zone for GSS-TSIG updates. + allow_query: Determines whether DNS queries are allowed from a + named ACL, or from a list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, networks, + and TSIG keys for the hosts. + allow_transfer: Determines whether zone transfers are allowed + from a named ACL, or from a list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, + networks, and TSIG keys for the hosts. + allow_update: Determines whether dynamic DNS updates are allowed + from a named ACL, or from a list of IPv4/IPv6 addresses, + networks, and TSIG keys for the hosts. + allow_update_forwarding: The list with IP addresses, networks or + TSIG keys for clients, from which forwarded dynamic updates + are allowed. + aws_rte53_zone_info: Additional information for Route53 zone. + cloud_info: Structure containing all cloud API related + information for this object. + comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. + copy_xfer_to_notify: If this flag is set to True then copy + allowed IPs from Allow Transfer to Also Notify. + create_ptr_for_bulk_hosts: Determines if PTR records are created + for hosts automatically, if necessary, when the zone data is + imported. This field is meaningful only when import_from is + set. + create_ptr_for_hosts: Determines if PTR records are created for + hosts automatically, if necessary, when the zone data is + imported. This field is meaningful only when import_from is + set. + create_underscore_zones: Determines whether automatic creation + of subzones is enabled or not. + ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Defines whether creation + timestamp of RR should be updated ' when DDNS update happens + even if there is no change to ' the RR. + ddns_principal_group: The DDNS Principal cluster group name. + ddns_principal_tracking: The flag that indicates whether the + DDNS principal track is enabled or disabled. + ddns_restrict_patterns: The flag that indicates whether an + option to restrict DDNS update request based on FQDN + patterns is enabled or disabled. + ddns_restrict_patterns_list: The unordered list of restriction + patterns for an option of to restrict DDNS updates based on + FQDN patterns. + ddns_restrict_protected: The flag that indicates whether an + option to restrict DDNS update request to protected resource + records is enabled or disabled. + ddns_restrict_secure: The flag that indicates whether DDNS + update request for principal other than target resource + record's principal is restricted. + ddns_restrict_static: The flag that indicates whether an option + to restrict DDNS update request to resource records which + are marked as 'STATIC' is enabled or disabled. + disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this + is set to False, the zone is enabled. + disable_forwarding: Determines whether the name servers that + host the zone should forward queries (ended with the domain + name of the zone) to any configured forwarders. + display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. + dns_fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in punycode format. For a + reverse zone, this is in "address/cidr" format. For other + zones, this is in FQDN format in punycode format. + dns_integrity_enable: If this is set to True, DNS integrity + check is enabled for this zone. + dns_integrity_frequency: The frequency, in seconds, of DNS + integrity checks for this zone. + dns_integrity_member: The Grid member that performs DNS + integrity checks for this zone. + dns_integrity_verbose_logging: If this is set to True, more + information is logged for DNS integrity checks for this + zone. + dns_soa_email: The SOA email for the zone in punycode format. + dnssec_key_params: This structure contains the DNSSEC key + parameters for this zone. + dnssec_keys: A list of DNSSEC keys for the zone. + dnssec_ksk_rollover_date: The rollover date for the Key Signing + Key. + dnssec_zsk_rollover_date: The rollover date for the Zone Signing + Key. + do_host_abstraction: Determines if hosts and bulk hosts are + automatically created when the zone data is imported. This + field is meaningful only when import_from is set. + effective_check_names_policy: The value of the check names + policy, which indicates the action the appliance takes when + it encounters host names that do not comply with the Strict + Hostname Checking policy. This value applies only if the + host name restriction policy is set to "Strict Hostname + Checking". + effective_record_name_policy: The selected hostname policy for + records under this zone. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + external_primaries: The list of external primary servers. + external_secondaries: The list of external secondary servers. + fqdn: The name of this DNS zone. For a reverse zone, this is in + "address/cidr" format. For other zones, this is in FQDN + format. This value can be in unicode format.Note that for a + reverse zone, the corresponding zone_format value should be + set. + grid_primary: The grid primary servers for this zone. + grid_primary_shared_with_ms_parent_delegation: Determines if the + server is duplicated with parent delegation. + grid_secondaries: The list with Grid members that are secondary + servers for this zone. + import_from: The IP address of the Infoblox appliance from which + zone data is imported. Setting this address to + '255.255.255.255' and do_host_abstraction to 'true' will + create Host records from A records in this zone without + importing zone data. + is_dnssec_enabled: This flag is set to True if DNSSEC is enabled + for the zone. + is_dnssec_signed: Determines if the zone is DNSSEC signed. + is_multimaster: Determines if multi-master DNS is enabled for + the zone. + last_queried: The time the zone was last queried on. + last_queried_acl: Determines last queried ACL for the specified + IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and networks in scavenging settings. + locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot + make conflicting changes. This is for administration + purposes only. The zone will continue to serve DNS data even + when it is locked. + locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who + locked this zone. + mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. + member_soa_mnames: The list of per-member SOA MNAME information. + member_soa_serials: The list of per-member SOA serial + information. + ms_ad_integrated: The flag that determines whether Active + Directory is integrated or not. This field is valid only + when ms_managed is "STUB", "AUTH_PRIMARY", or "AUTH_BOTH". + ms_allow_transfer: The list of DNS clients that are allowed to + perform zone transfers from a Microsoft DNS server.This + setting applies only to zones with Microsoft DNS servers + that are either primary or secondary servers. This setting + does not inherit any value from the Grid or from any member + that defines an allow_transfer value. This setting does not + apply to any grid member. Use the allow_transfer field to + control which DNS clients are allowed to perform zone + transfers on Grid members. + ms_allow_transfer_mode: Determines which DNS clients are allowed + to perform zone transfers from a Microsoft DNS server.Valid + values are:"ADDRESS_AC", to use ms_allow_transfer field for + specifying IP addresses, networks and Transaction Signature + (TSIG) keys for clients that are allowed to do zone + transfers."ANY", to allow any client."ANY_NS", to allow only + the nameservers listed in this zone."NONE", to deny all zone + transfer requests. + ms_dc_ns_record_creation: The list of domain controllers that + are allowed to create NS records for authoritative zones. + ms_ddns_mode: Determines whether an Active Directory-integrated + zone with a Microsoft DNS server as primary allows dynamic + updates. Valid values are:"SECURE" if the zone allows secure + updates only."NONE" if the zone forbids dynamic + updates."ANY" if the zone accepts both secure and nonsecure + updates.This field is valid only if ms_managed is either + "AUTH_PRIMARY" or "AUTH_BOTH". If the flag ms_ad_integrated + is false, the value "SECURE" is not allowed. + ms_managed: The flag that indicates whether the zone is assigned + to a Microsoft DNS server. This flag returns the + authoritative name server type of the Microsoft DNS server. + Valid values are:"NONE" if the zone is not assigned to any + Microsoft DNS server."STUB" if the zone is assigned to a + Microsoft DNS server as a stub zone."AUTH_PRIMARY" if only + the primary server of the zone is a Microsoft DNS + server."AUTH_SECONDARY" if only the secondary server of the + zone is a Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_BOTH" if both the + primary and secondary servers of the zone are Microsoft DNS + servers. + ms_primaries: The list with the Microsoft DNS servers that are + primary servers for the zone. Although a zone typically has + just one primary name server, you can specify up to ten + independent servers for a single zone. + ms_read_only: Determines if a Grid member manages the zone + served by a Microsoft DNS server in read-only mode. This + flag is true when a Grid member manages the zone in read- + only mode, false otherwise.When the zone has the + ms_read_only flag set to True, no changes can be made to + this zone. + ms_secondaries: The list with the Microsoft DNS servers that are + secondary servers for the zone. + ms_sync_disabled: This flag controls whether this zone is + synchronized with Microsoft DNS servers. + ms_sync_master_name: The name of MS synchronization master for + this zone. + network_associations: The list with the associated + network/network container information. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this zone + resides. + notify_delay: The number of seconds in delay with which notify + messages are sent to secondaries. + ns_group: The name server group that serves DNS for this zone. + parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching + for reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be + used. + prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field + only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for + a mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the + name of the allocated address block. The prefix can be + alphanumeric characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or + sub-B. + primary_type: The type of the primary server. + record_name_policy: The hostname policy for records under this + zone. + records_monitored: Determines if this zone is also monitoring + resource records. + restart_if_needed: Restarts the member service. + rr_not_queried_enabled_time: The time data collection for Not + Queried Resource Record was enabled for this zone. + scavenging_settings: The scavenging settings. + set_soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record + incrementally changes every time the record is modified. The + Infoblox appliance allows you to change the serial number + (in the SOA record) for the primary server so it is higher + than the secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers + come from the primary server (as they should). To change the + serial number you need to set a new value at + "soa_serial_number" and pass "set_soa_serial_number" as + True. + soa_default_ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value of the SOA record + of this zone. This value is the number of seconds that data + is cached. + soa_email: The SOA email value for this zone. This value can be + in unicode format. + soa_expire: This setting defines the amount of time, in seconds, + after which the secondary server stops giving out answers + about the zone because the zone data is too old to be + useful. The default is one week. + soa_negative_ttl: The negative Time to Live (TTL) value of the + SOA of the zone indicates how long a secondary server can + cache data for "Does Not Respond" responses. + soa_refresh: This indicates the interval at which a secondary + server sends a message to the primary server for a zone to + check that its data is current, and retrieve fresh data if + it is not. + soa_retry: This indicates how long a secondary server must wait + before attempting to recontact the primary server after a + connection failure between the two servers occurs. + soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record + incrementally changes every time the record is modified. The + Infoblox appliance allows you to change the serial number + (in the SOA record) for the primary server so it is higher + than the secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers + come from the primary server (as they should). To change the + serial number you need to set a new value at + "soa_serial_number" and pass "set_soa_serial_number" as + True. + srgs: The associated shared record groups of a DNS zone.If a + shared record group is associated with a zone, then all + shared records in a shared record group will be shared in + the zone. + update_forwarding: Use this field to allow or deny dynamic DNS + updates that are forwarded from specific IPv4/IPv6 + addresses, networks, or a named ACL. You can also provide + TSIG keys for clients that are allowed or denied to perform + zone updates. This setting overrides the member-level + setting. + use_allow_active_dir: Use flag for: allow_active_dir + use_allow_query: Use flag for: allow_query + use_allow_transfer: Use flag for: allow_transfer + use_allow_update: Use flag for: allow_update + use_allow_update_forwarding: Use flag for: + allow_update_forwarding + use_check_names_policy: Apply policy to dynamic updates and + inbound zone transfers (This value applies only if the host + name restriction policy is set to "Strict Hostname + Checking".) + use_copy_xfer_to_notify: Use flag for: copy_xfer_to_notify + use_ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update: Use flag for: + ddns_force_creation_timestamp_update + use_ddns_patterns_restriction: Use flag for: + ddns_restrict_patterns_list , ddns_restrict_patterns + use_ddns_principal_security: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_secure + , ddns_principal_tracking, ddns_principal_group + use_ddns_restrict_protected: Use flag for: + ddns_restrict_protected + use_ddns_restrict_static: Use flag for: ddns_restrict_static + use_dnssec_key_params: Use flag for: dnssec_key_params + use_external_primary: This flag controls whether the zone is + using an external primary. + use_grid_zone_timer: Use flag for: soa_default_ttl , soa_expire, + soa_negative_ttl, soa_refresh, soa_retry + use_import_from: Use flag for: import_from + use_notify_delay: Use flag for: notify_delay + use_record_name_policy: Use flag for: record_name_policy + use_scavenging_settings: Use flag for: scavenging_settings , + last_queried_acl + use_soa_email: Use flag for: soa_email + using_srg_associations: This is true if the zone is associated + with a shared record group. + view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. + Example "external". + zone_format: Determines the format of this zone. + zone_not_queried_enabled_time: The time when "DNS Zones Last + Queried" was turned on for this zone. """ _infoblox_type = 'zone_auth' _fields = ['address', 'allow_active_dir', 'allow_fixed_rrset_order', @@ -18129,12 +19147,13 @@ class DNSZone(InfobloxObject): 'external_primaries', 'external_secondaries', 'fqdn', 'grid_primary', 'grid_primary_shared_with_ms_parent_delegation', 'grid_secondaries', 'import_from', 'is_dnssec_enabled', - 'is_dnssec_signed', 'is_multimaster', 'last_queried', 'locked', - 'locked_by', 'mask_prefix', 'member_soa_mnames', - 'member_soa_serials', 'ms_ad_integrated', 'ms_allow_transfer', - 'ms_allow_transfer_mode', 'ms_dc_ns_record_creation', - 'ms_ddns_mode', 'ms_managed', 'ms_primaries', 'ms_read_only', - 'ms_secondaries', 'ms_sync_disabled', 'ms_sync_master_name', + 'is_dnssec_signed', 'is_multimaster', 'last_queried', + 'last_queried_acl', 'locked', 'locked_by', 'mask_prefix', + 'member_soa_mnames', 'member_soa_serials', 'ms_ad_integrated', + 'ms_allow_transfer', 'ms_allow_transfer_mode', + 'ms_dc_ns_record_creation', 'ms_ddns_mode', 'ms_managed', + 'ms_primaries', 'ms_read_only', 'ms_secondaries', + 'ms_sync_disabled', 'ms_sync_master_name', 'network_associations', 'network_view', 'notify_delay', 'ns_group', 'parent', 'prefix', 'primary_type', 'record_name_policy', 'records_monitored', 'restart_if_needed', @@ -18158,8 +19177,8 @@ class DNSZone(InfobloxObject): _all_searchable_fields = ['comment', 'dnssec_ksk_rollover_date', 'dnssec_zsk_rollover_date', 'fqdn', 'parent', 'view', 'zone_format'] - _return_fields = ['extattrs', 'fqdn', 'view', 'ns_group', - 'prefix', 'grid_primary', 'grid_secondaries'] + _return_fields = ['extattrs', 'fqdn', 'view', 'ns_group', 'prefix', + 'grid_primary', 'grid_secondaries'] _remap = {} _shadow_fields = ['_ref'] @@ -18173,6 +19192,7 @@ class DNSZone(InfobloxObject): 'external_secondaries': Extserver.from_dict, 'grid_primary': Memberserver.from_dict, 'grid_secondaries': Memberserver.from_dict, + 'last_queried_acl': Addressac.from_dict, 'member_soa_mnames': GridmemberSoamname.from_dict, 'member_soa_serials': GridmemberSoaserial.from_dict, 'ms_allow_transfer': Addressac.from_dict, @@ -18217,13 +19237,14 @@ class ZoneAuthDiscrepancy(InfobloxObject): This object contains information about discrepancies found when performing a DNS integrity check for a zone. - Fields: - description: Information about the discrepancy. - severity: The severity of the discrepancy reported. - timestamp: The time when the DNS integrity check was last run for - this zone. - zone: The reference of the zone during a search. Otherwise, this is - the zone object of the zone to which the discrepancy refers. + Attributes: + description: Information about the discrepancy. + severity: The severity of the discrepancy reported. + timestamp: The time when the DNS integrity check was last run + for this zone. + zone: The reference of the zone during a search. Otherwise, this + is the zone object of the zone to which the discrepancy + refers. """ _infoblox_type = 'zone_auth_discrepancy' _fields = ['description', 'severity', 'timestamp', 'zone'] @@ -18252,83 +19273,90 @@ class DNSZoneDelegated(InfobloxObject): queries multiple delegated name servers based on their round-trip times. - Fields: - address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. - comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. - delegate_to: This provides information for the remote name server - that maintains data for the delegated zone. The Infoblox - appliance redirects queries for data for the delegated zone to - this remote name server. - delegated_ttl: You can specify the Time to Live (TTL) values of - auto-generated NS and glue records for a delegated zone. This - value is the number of seconds that data is cached. - disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this is - set to False, the zone is enabled. - display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. - dns_fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in punycode format. For a - reverse zone, this is in "address/cidr" format. For other zones, - this is in FQDN format in punycode format. - enable_rfc2317_exclusion: This flag controls whether automatic - generation of RFC 2317 CNAMEs for delegated reverse zones - overwrite existing PTR records. The default behavior is to - overwrite all the existing records in the range; this - corresponds to "allow_ptr_creation_in_parent" set to False. - However, when this flag is set to True the existing PTR records - are not overwritten. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - fqdn: The name of this DNS zone. For a reverse zone, this is in - "address/cidr" format. For other zones, this is in FQDN format. - This value can be in unicode format.Note that for a reverse - zone, the corresponding zone_format value should be set. - locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot make - conflicting changes. This is for administration purposes only. - The zone will continue to serve DNS data even when it is locked. - locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who locked - this zone. - mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. - ms_ad_integrated: The flag that determines whether Active Directory - is integrated or not. This field is valid only when ms_managed - is "STUB", "AUTH_PRIMARY", or "AUTH_BOTH". - ms_ddns_mode: Determines whether an Active Directory-integrated zone - with a Microsoft DNS server as primary allows dynamic updates. - Valid values are:"SECURE" if the zone allows secure updates - only."NONE" if the zone forbids dynamic updates."ANY" if the - zone accepts both secure and nonsecure updates.This field is - valid only if ms_managed is either "AUTH_PRIMARY" or - "AUTH_BOTH". If the flag ms_ad_integrated is false, the value - "SECURE" is not allowed. - ms_managed: The flag that indicates whether the zone is assigned to - a Microsoft DNS server. This flag returns the authoritative name - server type of the Microsoft DNS server. Valid values are:"NONE" - if the zone is not assigned to any Microsoft DNS server."STUB" - if the zone is assigned to a Microsoft DNS server as a stub - zone."AUTH_PRIMARY" if only the primary server of the zone is a - Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_SECONDARY" if only the secondary - server of the zone is a Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_BOTH" if both - the primary and secondary servers of the zone are Microsoft DNS - servers. - ms_read_only: Determines if a Grid member manages the zone served by - a Microsoft DNS server in read-only mode. This flag is true when - a Grid member manages the zone in read-only mode, false - otherwise.When the zone has the ms_read_only flag set to True, - no changes can be made to this zone. - ms_sync_master_name: The name of MS synchronization master for this - zone. - ns_group: The delegation NS group bound with delegated zone. - parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching for - reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be used. - prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field - only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for a - mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the name of - the allocated address block. The prefix can be alphanumeric - characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or sub-B. - use_delegated_ttl: Use flag for: delegated_ttl - using_srg_associations: This is true if the zone is associated with - a shared record group. - view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. Example - "external". - zone_format: Determines the format of this zone. + Attributes: + address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. + comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. + delegate_to: This provides information for the remote name + server that maintains data for the delegated zone. The + Infoblox appliance redirects queries for data for the + delegated zone to this remote name server. + delegated_ttl: You can specify the Time to Live (TTL) values of + auto-generated NS and glue records for a delegated zone. + This value is the number of seconds that data is cached. + disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this + is set to False, the zone is enabled. + display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. + dns_fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in punycode format. For a + reverse zone, this is in "address/cidr" format. For other + zones, this is in FQDN format in punycode format. + enable_rfc2317_exclusion: This flag controls whether automatic + generation of RFC 2317 CNAMEs for delegated reverse zones + overwrite existing PTR records. The default behavior is to + overwrite all the existing records in the range; this + corresponds to "allow_ptr_creation_in_parent" set to False. + However, when this flag is set to True the existing PTR + records are not overwritten. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + fqdn: The name of this DNS zone. For a reverse zone, this is in + "address/cidr" format. For other zones, this is in FQDN + format. This value can be in unicode format.Note that for a + reverse zone, the corresponding zone_format value should be + set. + locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot + make conflicting changes. This is for administration + purposes only. The zone will continue to serve DNS data even + when it is locked. + locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who + locked this zone. + mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. + ms_ad_integrated: The flag that determines whether Active + Directory is integrated or not. This field is valid only + when ms_managed is "STUB", "AUTH_PRIMARY", or "AUTH_BOTH". + ms_ddns_mode: Determines whether an Active Directory-integrated + zone with a Microsoft DNS server as primary allows dynamic + updates. Valid values are:"SECURE" if the zone allows secure + updates only."NONE" if the zone forbids dynamic + updates."ANY" if the zone accepts both secure and nonsecure + updates.This field is valid only if ms_managed is either + "AUTH_PRIMARY" or "AUTH_BOTH". If the flag ms_ad_integrated + is false, the value "SECURE" is not allowed. + ms_managed: The flag that indicates whether the zone is assigned + to a Microsoft DNS server. This flag returns the + authoritative name server type of the Microsoft DNS server. + Valid values are:"NONE" if the zone is not assigned to any + Microsoft DNS server."STUB" if the zone is assigned to a + Microsoft DNS server as a stub zone."AUTH_PRIMARY" if only + the primary server of the zone is a Microsoft DNS + server."AUTH_SECONDARY" if only the secondary server of the + zone is a Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_BOTH" if both the + primary and secondary servers of the zone are Microsoft DNS + servers. + ms_read_only: Determines if a Grid member manages the zone + served by a Microsoft DNS server in read-only mode. This + flag is true when a Grid member manages the zone in read- + only mode, false otherwise.When the zone has the + ms_read_only flag set to True, no changes can be made to + this zone. + ms_sync_master_name: The name of MS synchronization master for + this zone. + ns_group: The delegation NS group bound with delegated zone. + parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching + for reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be + used. + prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field + only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for + a mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the + name of the allocated address block. The prefix can be + alphanumeric characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or + sub-B. + use_delegated_ttl: Use flag for: delegated_ttl + using_srg_associations: This is true if the zone is associated + with a shared record group. + view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. + Example "external". + zone_format: Determines the format of this zone. """ _infoblox_type = 'zone_delegated' _fields = ['address', 'comment', 'delegate_to', 'delegated_ttl', 'disable', @@ -18365,81 +19393,88 @@ class DNSZoneForward(InfobloxObject): partners internal site to a name server, which the partner hosts, configured just for other partners to access. - Fields: - address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. - comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this is - set to False, the zone is enabled. - disable_ns_generation: Determines whether a auto-generation of NS - records in parent zone is disabled or not. When this is set to - False, the auto-generation is enabled. - display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. - dns_fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in punycode format. For a - reverse zone, this is in "address/cidr" format. For other zones, - this is in FQDN format in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - external_ns_group: A forward stub server name server group. - forward_to: The information for the remote name servers to which you - want the Infoblox appliance to forward queries for a specified - domain name. - forwarders_only: Determines if the appliance sends queries to - forwarders only, and not to other internal or Internet root - servers. - forwarding_servers: The information for the Grid members to which - you want the Infoblox appliance to forward queries for a - specified domain name. - fqdn: The name of this DNS zone. For a reverse zone, this is in - "address/cidr" format. For other zones, this is in FQDN format. - This value can be in unicode format.Note that for a reverse - zone, the corresponding zone_format value should be set. - locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot make - conflicting changes. This is for administration purposes only. - The zone will continue to serve DNS data even when it is locked. - locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who locked - this zone. - mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. - ms_ad_integrated: The flag that determines whether Active Directory - is integrated or not. This field is valid only when ms_managed - is "STUB", "AUTH_PRIMARY", or "AUTH_BOTH". - ms_ddns_mode: Determines whether an Active Directory-integrated zone - with a Microsoft DNS server as primary allows dynamic updates. - Valid values are:"SECURE" if the zone allows secure updates - only."NONE" if the zone forbids dynamic updates."ANY" if the - zone accepts both secure and nonsecure updates.This field is - valid only if ms_managed is either "AUTH_PRIMARY" or - "AUTH_BOTH". If the flag ms_ad_integrated is false, the value - "SECURE" is not allowed. - ms_managed: The flag that indicates whether the zone is assigned to - a Microsoft DNS server. This flag returns the authoritative name - server type of the Microsoft DNS server. Valid values are:"NONE" - if the zone is not assigned to any Microsoft DNS server."STUB" - if the zone is assigned to a Microsoft DNS server as a stub - zone."AUTH_PRIMARY" if only the primary server of the zone is a - Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_SECONDARY" if only the secondary - server of the zone is a Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_BOTH" if both - the primary and secondary servers of the zone are Microsoft DNS - servers. - ms_read_only: Determines if a Grid member manages the zone served by - a Microsoft DNS server in read-only mode. This flag is true when - a Grid member manages the zone in read-only mode, false - otherwise.When the zone has the ms_read_only flag set to True, - no changes can be made to this zone. - ms_sync_master_name: The name of MS synchronization master for this - zone. - ns_group: A forwarding member name server group. - parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching for - reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be used. - prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field - only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for a - mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the name of - the allocated address block. The prefix can be alphanumeric - characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or sub-B. - using_srg_associations: This is true if the zone is associated with - a shared record group. - view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. Example - "external". - zone_format: Determines the format of this zone. + Attributes: + address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. + comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this + is set to False, the zone is enabled. + disable_ns_generation: Determines whether a auto-generation of + NS records in parent zone is disabled or not. When this is + set to False, the auto-generation is enabled. + display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. + dns_fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in punycode format. For a + reverse zone, this is in "address/cidr" format. For other + zones, this is in FQDN format in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + external_ns_group: A forward stub server name server group. + forward_to: The information for the remote name servers to which + you want the Infoblox appliance to forward queries for a + specified domain name. + forwarders_only: Determines if the appliance sends queries to + forwarders only, and not to other internal or Internet root + servers. + forwarding_servers: The information for the Grid members to + which you want the Infoblox appliance to forward queries for + a specified domain name. + fqdn: The name of this DNS zone. For a reverse zone, this is in + "address/cidr" format. For other zones, this is in FQDN + format. This value can be in unicode format.Note that for a + reverse zone, the corresponding zone_format value should be + set. + locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot + make conflicting changes. This is for administration + purposes only. The zone will continue to serve DNS data even + when it is locked. + locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who + locked this zone. + mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. + ms_ad_integrated: The flag that determines whether Active + Directory is integrated or not. This field is valid only + when ms_managed is "STUB", "AUTH_PRIMARY", or "AUTH_BOTH". + ms_ddns_mode: Determines whether an Active Directory-integrated + zone with a Microsoft DNS server as primary allows dynamic + updates. Valid values are:"SECURE" if the zone allows secure + updates only."NONE" if the zone forbids dynamic + updates."ANY" if the zone accepts both secure and nonsecure + updates.This field is valid only if ms_managed is either + "AUTH_PRIMARY" or "AUTH_BOTH". If the flag ms_ad_integrated + is false, the value "SECURE" is not allowed. + ms_managed: The flag that indicates whether the zone is assigned + to a Microsoft DNS server. This flag returns the + authoritative name server type of the Microsoft DNS server. + Valid values are:"NONE" if the zone is not assigned to any + Microsoft DNS server."STUB" if the zone is assigned to a + Microsoft DNS server as a stub zone."AUTH_PRIMARY" if only + the primary server of the zone is a Microsoft DNS + server."AUTH_SECONDARY" if only the secondary server of the + zone is a Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_BOTH" if both the + primary and secondary servers of the zone are Microsoft DNS + servers. + ms_read_only: Determines if a Grid member manages the zone + served by a Microsoft DNS server in read-only mode. This + flag is true when a Grid member manages the zone in read- + only mode, false otherwise.When the zone has the + ms_read_only flag set to True, no changes can be made to + this zone. + ms_sync_master_name: The name of MS synchronization master for + this zone. + ns_group: A forwarding member name server group. + parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching + for reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be + used. + prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field + only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for + a mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the + name of the allocated address block. The prefix can be + alphanumeric characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or + sub-B. + using_srg_associations: This is true if the zone is associated + with a shared record group. + view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. + Example "external". + zone_format: Determines the format of this zone. """ _infoblox_type = 'zone_forward' _fields = ['address', 'comment', 'disable', 'disable_ns_generation', @@ -18482,117 +19517,130 @@ class ZoneRp(InfobloxObject): lead secondary that receives RPZ updates from external reputation sources and redistributes the updates to other Grid members. - Fields: - address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. - comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this is - set to False, the zone is enabled. - display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. - dns_soa_email: The SOA email for the zone in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - external_primaries: The list of external primary servers. - external_secondaries: The list of external secondary servers. - fireeye_rule_mapping: Rules to map fireeye alerts. - fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in FQDN format. - grid_primary: The grid primary servers for this zone. - grid_secondaries: The list with Grid members that are secondary - servers for this zone. - locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot make - conflicting changes. This is for administration purposes only. - The zone will continue to serve DNS data even when it is locked. - locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who locked - this zone. - mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. - member_soa_mnames: The list of per-member SOA MNAME information. - member_soa_serials: The list of per-member SOA serial information. - network_view: The name of the network view in which this zone - resides. - ns_group: The name server group that serves DNS for this zone. - parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching for - reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be used. - prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field - only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for a - mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the name of - the allocated address block. The prefix can be alphanumeric - characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or sub-B. - primary_type: The type of the primary server. - record_name_policy: The hostname policy for records under this zone. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled: Enables the appliance to ignore RPZ-IP - triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum - prefix length. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4: The minimum prefix length - for IPv4 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ-IP triggers - with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum IPv4 prefix - length. - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6: The minimum prefix length - for IPv6 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ-IP triggers - with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum IPv6 prefix - length. - rpz_last_updated_time: The timestamp of the last update for zone - data. - rpz_policy: The response policy zone override policy. - rpz_priority: The priority of this response policy zone. - rpz_priority_end: This number is for UI to identify the end of - qualified zone list. - rpz_severity: The severity of this response policy zone. - rpz_type: The type of rpz zone. - set_soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record - incrementally changes every time the record is modified. The - Infoblox appliance allows you to change the serial number (in - the SOA record) for the primary server so it is higher than the - secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers come from the - primary server (as they should). To change the serial number you - need to set a new value at "soa_serial_number" and pass - "set_soa_serial_number" as True. - soa_default_ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value of the SOA record of - this zone. This value is the number of seconds that data is - cached. - soa_email: The SOA email value for this zone. This value can be in - unicode format. - soa_expire: This setting defines the amount of time, in seconds, - after which the secondary server stops giving out answers about - the zone because the zone data is too old to be useful. The - default is one week. - soa_negative_ttl: The negative Time to Live (TTL) value of the SOA - of the zone indicates how long a secondary server can cache data - for "Does Not Respond" responses. - soa_refresh: This indicates the interval at which a secondary server - sends a message to the primary server for a zone to check that - its data is current, and retrieve fresh data if it is not. - soa_retry: This indicates how long a secondary server must wait - before attempting to recontact the primary server after a - connection failure between the two servers occurs. - soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record incrementally - changes every time the record is modified. The Infoblox - appliance allows you to change the serial number (in the SOA - record) for the primary server so it is higher than the - secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers come from the - primary server (as they should). To change the serial number you - need to set a new value at "soa_serial_number" and pass - "set_soa_serial_number" as True. - substitute_name: The canonical name of redirect target in substitute - policy of response policy zone. - use_external_primary: This flag controls whether the zone is using - an external primary. - use_grid_zone_timer: Use flag for: soa_default_ttl , soa_expire, - soa_negative_ttl, soa_refresh, soa_retry - use_record_name_policy: Use flag for: record_name_policy - use_rpz_drop_ip_rule: Use flag for: rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled , - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4, - rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6 - use_soa_email: Use flag for: soa_email - view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. Example - "external". + Attributes: + address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. + comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this + is set to False, the zone is enabled. + display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. + dns_soa_email: The SOA email for the zone in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + external_primaries: The list of external primary servers. + external_secondaries: The list of external secondary servers. + fireeye_rule_mapping: Rules to map fireeye alerts. + fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in FQDN format. + grid_primary: The grid primary servers for this zone. + grid_secondaries: The list with Grid members that are secondary + servers for this zone. + locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot + make conflicting changes. This is for administration + purposes only. The zone will continue to serve DNS data even + when it is locked. + locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who + locked this zone. + log_rpz: Determines whether RPZ logging enabled or not at zone + level. When this is set to False, the logging is disabled. + mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. + member_soa_mnames: The list of per-member SOA MNAME information. + member_soa_serials: The list of per-member SOA serial + information. + network_view: The name of the network view in which this zone + resides. + ns_group: The name server group that serves DNS for this zone. + parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching + for reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be + used. + prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field + only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for + a mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the + name of the allocated address block. The prefix can be + alphanumeric characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or + sub-B. + primary_type: The type of the primary server. + record_name_policy: The hostname policy for records under this + zone. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled: Enables the appliance to ignore RPZ-IP + triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified minimum + prefix length. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4: The minimum prefix + length for IPv4 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ- + IP triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified + minimum IPv4 prefix length. + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6: The minimum prefix + length for IPv6 RPZ-IP triggers. The appliance ignores RPZ- + IP triggers with prefix lengths less than the specified + minimum IPv6 prefix length. + rpz_last_updated_time: The timestamp of the last update for zone + data. + rpz_policy: The response policy zone override policy. + rpz_priority: The priority of this response policy zone. + rpz_priority_end: This number is for UI to identify the end of + qualified zone list. + rpz_severity: The severity of this response policy zone. + rpz_type: The type of rpz zone. + set_soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record + incrementally changes every time the record is modified. The + Infoblox appliance allows you to change the serial number + (in the SOA record) for the primary server so it is higher + than the secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers + come from the primary server (as they should). To change the + serial number you need to set a new value at + "soa_serial_number" and pass "set_soa_serial_number" as + True. + soa_default_ttl: The Time to Live (TTL) value of the SOA record + of this zone. This value is the number of seconds that data + is cached. + soa_email: The SOA email value for this zone. This value can be + in unicode format. + soa_expire: This setting defines the amount of time, in seconds, + after which the secondary server stops giving out answers + about the zone because the zone data is too old to be + useful. The default is one week. + soa_negative_ttl: The negative Time to Live (TTL) value of the + SOA of the zone indicates how long a secondary server can + cache data for "Does Not Respond" responses. + soa_refresh: This indicates the interval at which a secondary + server sends a message to the primary server for a zone to + check that its data is current, and retrieve fresh data if + it is not. + soa_retry: This indicates how long a secondary server must wait + before attempting to recontact the primary server after a + connection failure between the two servers occurs. + soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record + incrementally changes every time the record is modified. The + Infoblox appliance allows you to change the serial number + (in the SOA record) for the primary server so it is higher + than the secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers + come from the primary server (as they should). To change the + serial number you need to set a new value at + "soa_serial_number" and pass "set_soa_serial_number" as + True. + substitute_name: The canonical name of redirect target in + substitute policy of response policy zone. + use_external_primary: This flag controls whether the zone is + using an external primary. + use_grid_zone_timer: Use flag for: soa_default_ttl , soa_expire, + soa_negative_ttl, soa_refresh, soa_retry + use_log_rpz: Use flag for: log_rpz + use_record_name_policy: Use flag for: record_name_policy + use_rpz_drop_ip_rule: Use flag for: rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled , + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4, + rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6 + use_soa_email: Use flag for: soa_email + view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. + Example "external". """ _infoblox_type = 'zone_rp' _fields = ['address', 'comment', 'disable', 'display_domain', 'dns_soa_email', 'extattrs', 'external_primaries', 'external_secondaries', 'fireeye_rule_mapping', 'fqdn', 'grid_primary', 'grid_secondaries', 'locked', 'locked_by', - 'mask_prefix', 'member_soa_mnames', 'member_soa_serials', - 'network_view', 'ns_group', 'parent', 'prefix', 'primary_type', - 'record_name_policy', 'rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled', + 'log_rpz', 'mask_prefix', 'member_soa_mnames', + 'member_soa_serials', 'network_view', 'ns_group', 'parent', + 'prefix', 'primary_type', 'record_name_policy', + 'rpz_drop_ip_rule_enabled', 'rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv4', 'rpz_drop_ip_rule_min_prefix_length_ipv6', 'rpz_last_updated_time', 'rpz_policy', 'rpz_priority', @@ -18600,7 +19648,7 @@ class ZoneRp(InfobloxObject): 'set_soa_serial_number', 'soa_default_ttl', 'soa_email', 'soa_expire', 'soa_negative_ttl', 'soa_refresh', 'soa_retry', 'soa_serial_number', 'substitute_name', 'use_external_primary', - 'use_grid_zone_timer', 'use_record_name_policy', + 'use_grid_zone_timer', 'use_log_rpz', 'use_record_name_policy', 'use_rpz_drop_ip_rule', 'use_soa_email', 'view'] _search_for_update_fields = ['fqdn', 'view'] _updateable_search_fields = ['comment', 'view'] @@ -18657,112 +19705,122 @@ class ZoneStub(InfobloxObject): to locate the correct name server to query, eliminating the need to query the root server. - Fields: - address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. - comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. - disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this is - set to False, the zone is enabled. - disable_forwarding: Determines if the name servers that host the - zone should not forward queries that end with the domain name of - the zone to any configured forwarders. - display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. - dns_fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in punycode format. For a - reverse zone, this is in "address/cidr" format. For other zones, - this is in FQDN format in punycode format. - extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For valid - values for extensible attributes, see the following information. - external_ns_group: A forward stub server name server group. - fqdn: The name of this DNS zone. For a reverse zone, this is in - "address/cidr" format. For other zones, this is in FQDN format. - This value can be in unicode format.Note that for a reverse - zone, the corresponding zone_format value should be set. - locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot make - conflicting changes. This is for administration purposes only. - The zone will continue to serve DNS data even when it is locked. - locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who locked - this zone. - mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. - ms_ad_integrated: The flag that determines whether Active Directory - is integrated or not. This field is valid only when ms_managed - is "STUB", "AUTH_PRIMARY", or "AUTH_BOTH". - ms_ddns_mode: Determines whether an Active Directory-integrated zone - with a Microsoft DNS server as primary allows dynamic updates. - Valid values are:"SECURE" if the zone allows secure updates - only."NONE" if the zone forbids dynamic updates."ANY" if the - zone accepts both secure and nonsecure updates.This field is - valid only if ms_managed is either "AUTH_PRIMARY" or - "AUTH_BOTH". If the flag ms_ad_integrated is false, the value - "SECURE" is not allowed. - ms_managed: The flag that indicates whether the zone is assigned to - a Microsoft DNS server. This flag returns the authoritative name - server type of the Microsoft DNS server. Valid values are:"NONE" - if the zone is not assigned to any Microsoft DNS server."STUB" - if the zone is assigned to a Microsoft DNS server as a stub - zone."AUTH_PRIMARY" if only the primary server of the zone is a - Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_SECONDARY" if only the secondary - server of the zone is a Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_BOTH" if both - the primary and secondary servers of the zone are Microsoft DNS - servers. - ms_read_only: Determines if a Grid member manages the zone served by - a Microsoft DNS server in read-only mode. This flag is true when - a Grid member manages the zone in read-only mode, false - otherwise.When the zone has the ms_read_only flag set to True, - no changes can be made to this zone. - ms_sync_master_name: The name of MS synchronization master for this - zone. - ns_group: A stub member name server group. - parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching for - reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be used. - prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field - only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for a - mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the name of - the allocated address block. The prefix can be alphanumeric - characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or sub-B. - soa_email: The SOA email for the zone. This value can be in unicode - format. - soa_expire: This setting defines the amount of time, in seconds, - after which the secondary server stops giving out answers about - the zone because the zone data is too old to be useful. - soa_mname: The SOA mname value for this zone. The Infoblox appliance - allows you to change the name of the primary server on the SOA - record that is automatically created when you initially - configure a zone. Use this method to change the name of the - primary server on the SOA record. For example, you may want to - hide the primary server for a zone. If your device is named - dns1.zone.tld, and for security reasons, you want to show a - secondary server called dns2.zone.tld as the primary server. To - do so, you would go to dns1.zone.tld zone (being the true - primary) and change the primary server on the SOA to - dns2.zone.tld to hide the true identity of the real primary - server. This value can be in unicode format. - soa_negative_ttl: The negative Time to Live (TTL) value of the SOA - of the zone indicates how long a secondary server can cache data - for "Does Not Respond" responses. - soa_refresh: This indicates the interval at which a secondary server - sends a message to the primary server for a zone to check that - its data is current, and retrieve fresh data if it is not. - soa_retry: This indicates how long a secondary server must wait - before attempting to recontact the primary server after a - connection failure between the two servers occurs. - soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record incrementally - changes every time the record is modified. The Infoblox - appliance allows you to change the serial number (in the SOA - record) for the primary server so it is higher than the - secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers come from the - primary server. - stub_from: The primary servers (masters) of this stub zone. - stub_members: The Grid member servers of this stub zone.Note that - the lead/stealth/grid_replicate/ - preferred_primaries/override_preferred_primaries fields of the - struct will be ignored when set in this field. - stub_msservers: The Microsoft DNS servers of this stub zone.Note - that the stealth field of the struct will be ignored when set in - this field. - using_srg_associations: This is true if the zone is associated with - a shared record group. - view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. Example - "external". - zone_format: Determines the format of this zone. + Attributes: + address: The IP address of the server that is serving this zone. + comment: Comment for the zone; maximum 256 characters. + disable: Determines whether a zone is disabled or not. When this + is set to False, the zone is enabled. + disable_forwarding: Determines if the name servers that host the + zone should not forward queries that end with the domain + name of the zone to any configured forwarders. + display_domain: The displayed name of the DNS zone. + dns_fqdn: The name of this DNS zone in punycode format. For a + reverse zone, this is in "address/cidr" format. For other + zones, this is in FQDN format in punycode format. + extattrs: Extensible attributes associated with the object.For + valid values for extensible attributes, see the following + information. + external_ns_group: A forward stub server name server group. + fqdn: The name of this DNS zone. For a reverse zone, this is in + "address/cidr" format. For other zones, this is in FQDN + format. This value can be in unicode format.Note that for a + reverse zone, the corresponding zone_format value should be + set. + locked: If you enable this flag, other administrators cannot + make conflicting changes. This is for administration + purposes only. The zone will continue to serve DNS data even + when it is locked. + locked_by: The name of a superuser or the administrator who + locked this zone. + mask_prefix: IPv4 Netmask or IPv6 prefix for this zone. + ms_ad_integrated: The flag that determines whether Active + Directory is integrated or not. This field is valid only + when ms_managed is "STUB", "AUTH_PRIMARY", or "AUTH_BOTH". + ms_ddns_mode: Determines whether an Active Directory-integrated + zone with a Microsoft DNS server as primary allows dynamic + updates. Valid values are:"SECURE" if the zone allows secure + updates only."NONE" if the zone forbids dynamic + updates."ANY" if the zone accepts both secure and nonsecure + updates.This field is valid only if ms_managed is either + "AUTH_PRIMARY" or "AUTH_BOTH". If the flag ms_ad_integrated + is false, the value "SECURE" is not allowed. + ms_managed: The flag that indicates whether the zone is assigned + to a Microsoft DNS server. This flag returns the + authoritative name server type of the Microsoft DNS server. + Valid values are:"NONE" if the zone is not assigned to any + Microsoft DNS server."STUB" if the zone is assigned to a + Microsoft DNS server as a stub zone."AUTH_PRIMARY" if only + the primary server of the zone is a Microsoft DNS + server."AUTH_SECONDARY" if only the secondary server of the + zone is a Microsoft DNS server."AUTH_BOTH" if both the + primary and secondary servers of the zone are Microsoft DNS + servers. + ms_read_only: Determines if a Grid member manages the zone + served by a Microsoft DNS server in read-only mode. This + flag is true when a Grid member manages the zone in read- + only mode, false otherwise.When the zone has the + ms_read_only flag set to True, no changes can be made to + this zone. + ms_sync_master_name: The name of MS synchronization master for + this zone. + ns_group: A stub member name server group. + parent: The parent zone of this zone.Note that when searching + for reverse zones, the "in-addr.arpa" notation should be + used. + prefix: The RFC2317 prefix value of this DNS zone.Use this field + only when the netmask is greater than 24 bits; that is, for + a mask between 25 and 31 bits. Enter a prefix, such as the + name of the allocated address block. The prefix can be + alphanumeric characters, such as 128/26 , 128-189 , or + sub-B. + soa_email: The SOA email for the zone. This value can be in + unicode format. + soa_expire: This setting defines the amount of time, in seconds, + after which the secondary server stops giving out answers + about the zone because the zone data is too old to be + useful. + soa_mname: The SOA mname value for this zone. The Infoblox + appliance allows you to change the name of the primary + server on the SOA record that is automatically created when + you initially configure a zone. Use this method to change + the name of the primary server on the SOA record. For + example, you may want to hide the primary server for a zone. + If your device is named dns1.zone.tld, and for security + reasons, you want to show a secondary server called + dns2.zone.tld as the primary server. To do so, you would go + to dns1.zone.tld zone (being the true primary) and change + the primary server on the SOA to dns2.zone.tld to hide the + true identity of the real primary server. This value can be + in unicode format. + soa_negative_ttl: The negative Time to Live (TTL) value of the + SOA of the zone indicates how long a secondary server can + cache data for "Does Not Respond" responses. + soa_refresh: This indicates the interval at which a secondary + server sends a message to the primary server for a zone to + check that its data is current, and retrieve fresh data if + it is not. + soa_retry: This indicates how long a secondary server must wait + before attempting to recontact the primary server after a + connection failure between the two servers occurs. + soa_serial_number: The serial number in the SOA record + incrementally changes every time the record is modified. The + Infoblox appliance allows you to change the serial number + (in the SOA record) for the primary server so it is higher + than the secondary server, thereby ensuring zone transfers + come from the primary server. + stub_from: The primary servers (masters) of this stub zone. + stub_members: The Grid member servers of this stub zone.Note + that the lead/stealth/grid_replicate/ + preferred_primaries/override_preferred_primaries fields of + the struct will be ignored when set in this field. + stub_msservers: The Microsoft DNS servers of this stub zone.Note + that the stealth field of the struct will be ignored when + set in this field. + using_srg_associations: This is true if the zone is associated + with a shared record group. + view: The name of the DNS view in which the zone resides. + Example "external". + zone_format: Determines the format of this zone. """ _infoblox_type = 'zone_stub' _fields = ['address', 'comment', 'disable', 'disable_forwarding',